PHOENIX CONTACT | Interface technology and switching devices

PHOENIX CONTACT | Interface technology and switching devices - 2019 / 2020

Terminal blocks • Terminal blocks Sensor/actuator cabling and connectors • Sensor/actuator cabling • Cables and lines • Connectors Marking systems, tools, and mounting material • Marking and labeling • Tools • Installation and mounting material Surge protection, power supplies, and device circuit breakers • Surge protection and interference suppression filters • Power supplies and UPS • Protective devices 1 2 3 4 Interface technology and switching devices • Electronic switching devices and motor 5 control • Measurement and control technology • Monitoring • Relay modules • System cabling for controllers Automation • PLCnext Technology • Industrial cloud computing • Software • PLCs and I/O systems • Functional safety • Industrial communication technology • HMIs and industrial PCs • Lighting and signaling Charging technology for electromobility • Charging technology for electromobility PCB terminal blocks and PCB connectors Use our E-paper for quick product selection. Web code: #1517 6 7 8 Find out more with the web code For detailed information, use the web codes provided in this brochure. Simply enter # and the four-digit number in the search field on our website. Web code: #1234 (example) Or use the direct link: phoenixcontact.net/webcode/#1234 You will find the latest information including all the new products directly in the product area of our website: phoenixcontact.net/products You can also use the Phoenix Contact catalog app interactively on your tablet.

Table of contents Illustrated product range overview Access the right product more quickly from here COMPLETE line The comprehensive solution for the control cabinet Electronic switching devices and motor control Measurement and control technology Monitoring Relay modules System cabling for controllers Technical information / index 4 8 10 56 194 268 458 580

Complete overview Product range overview Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Page 14 Hybrid motor starters Page 22 Solid-state contactors Page 40 Power distribution boards Page 50 Monitoring Termination Carrier system cabling Page 170 Process indicators and field devices Page 180 EMPro energy measuring devices for installation in front panel Page 202 Three-phase energy meters Page 204 Current transducers, current protectors Page 226 MCR voltage transducers for AC and DC voltages up to 660 V Page 238 SOLARCHECK Photovoltaic string monitoring Compact monitoring relays Page 246 Page 240 Special function modules Page 266 4 PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology Complete overview Product range overview Highly-compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Page 66 Signal conditioners with functional safety Page 116 Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Page 142 Multiplexers for HART signals Page 172 Complete packages for data logging Page 207 Current transformers Page 208 Current transformers for retrofitting Page 220 PACT-RCP...-UV current transformers for retrofitting with UV protection Page 224 Ultra-narrow timer relays Ultra-narrow multifunctional timer relays Page 260 Page 262 Multifunctional monitoring relays Page 250 Multifunctional timer relays Page 264 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 5

Complete overview Product range overview Relay modules RIFLINE complete Page 280 PLC-INTERFACE Page 360 PLC logic programmable logic relay system Page 428 DEK series Page 438 System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Page 468 V8 adapters Page 528 Retrofit and modernization components Page 538 Universal modules Page 548 6 PHOENIX CONTACT

Complete overview Product range overview Safety devices See Catalog 6 Universal cables Page 562 Potential distributors Page 578 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 7

COMPLETE line The comprehensive solution for the control cabinet Easy planning, intuitive installation COMPLETE line is a system comprising Your advantages at a glance: technologically leading and coordinated hardware and software products, consulting services, and system solutions that help you optimize your processes in control cabinet manufacturing. Engineering, purchasing, installation, and operation become significantly easier for you. – Intuitive handling, thanks to the uniform design, look, and function – Time savings across the entire engineering process, thanks to consistent software support – Reduced logistics costs with standardized accessories and reduced variety of parts – Optimized processes in control cabinet manufacturing, thanks to custom services and innovative manufacturing solutions 8 PHOENIX CONTACT

The comprehensive solution for the control cabinet COMPLETE line Comprehensive product portfolio Intuitive handling With COMPLETE line, we offer a complete product portfolio of technologically leading products. These include: – Controllers and I/O modules – Power supplies and device circuit breakers – Terminal blocks and distribution blocks – Relay modules and motor starters – Signal conditioners – Safety technology – Surge protection – Heavy-duty connectors Thanks to the simple, intuitive handling of the coordinated hardware components, you will save time during installation, startup, and maintenance. Push-in connection technology enables you to wire applications quickly – without using tools. The broad, technologically leading product portfolio will always provide you with the right product for standard or special applications. Time savings across the entire engineering process The PROJECT complete planning and marking software supports the entire control cabinet manufacturing process. The program features an intuitive user interface and enables the individual planning, automatic checking, and direct ordering of terminal strips. Reduced logistics costs Reduced variety of parts, thanks to standardized marking, bridging, and testing accessories. The COMPLETE line system coordinates products, design, and accessories enabling you to benefit from maximum reusability, thus reducing your logistics costs. Optimized processes in control cabinet manufacturing From engineering through to manufacturing, COMPLETE line supports you in making your control cabinet production as efficient as possible, thus creating a customized concept for optimizing your processes in control cabinet manufacturing. Our terminal strip production helps you to flexibly manage peak order times or to supply your control cabinet production with fully assembled DIN rails just-in-time. Additional information: Find out more about COMPLETE line and your comprehensive solutions for the control cabinet. Visit our website: phoenixcontact.com/completeline For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 9

Electronic switchgear and motor control Switching devices for starting, reversing, and protecting electric motors rank among the components used in automation technology. These components are designed redundantly for safety-sensitive applications. When it comes to reducing installation time and space requirements, CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters are the state-of-the-art alternative. This is because CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters combine up to four functions in a single device. They are integrated into popular fieldbus systems via the Interface system connection. For protection of the entire system, the product range now includes the electronic motor manager (EMM). In addition to typical measured values such as voltage and current, the behavior of the system is monitored and protected by means of active power measurement. The process data in all popular fieldbus systems can be supplied with the gateway and evaluated by a controller. Product range overview Product overview Electronic motor management Network-capable hybrid motor starters with reversing function Modular hybrid motor starters with reversing function Hybrid motor starters with reversing function Network-capable hybrid motor starters with direct start function Modular hybrid motor starters with direct start function Hybrid motor starters with direct start function Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection 3-phase solid-state reversing contactors 3-phase solid-state contactors Solid-state reversing contactors for DC motors Single-phase solid-state contactors Power distribution boards 12 14 24 26 28 30 32 34 37 40 42 46 48 50 PHOENIX CONTACT 11

Electronic switchgear and motor control Product overview Motor management Electronic motor management Page 16 Gateways Page 20 IFS extension modules for the Interface system Page 21 Hybrid motor starters Network-capable hybrid motor starters with reversing function Page 24 Hybrid motor starters with reversing function Page 28 Network-capable hybrid motor starters with direct start function Page 30 Hybrid motor starters with direct start function Page 34 Solid-state contactors 3-phase solid-state reversing contactors Page 40 3-phase solid-state contactors Page 42 Solid-state reversing contactors for DC motors Page 46 Single-phase solid-state contactors Page 48 12 PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control Product overview Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection Page 37 Loop bridges for hybrid motor starters Page 38 Power distribution boards Power distribution boards Page 50 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 13

Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management In addition, signals are generated by the Interface system module for the recognition of the direction of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures are detected and signalized. Permanent status monitoring with high scanning rates and the fast semiconductor switch enable complete system protection, including motor protection. Without any extra wiring – and with just a single device – pumps, actuating drives, fans, and tools are monitored for proper functioning, contamination (filter or similar), and wear. The adjustable “inrush suppression” time can be used to mask out the switching operation from the monitoring process. The Interface system (IFS) consists of devices which can be connected to each other via the DIN rail connector. A gateway with up to 32 IFS devices forms the head of the Interface system. The station is managed by the gateway. Interface system properties: – Use of the Interface system via the DIN rail connector for the purpose of configuration, diagnostics and exchange of data – Compatible with defined IFS accessories – 24 V supply of the devices (e.g., EMM...IFS, ELR...IFS, EM-GATEWAY-IFS) via the DIN rail connector Electronic motor management (EMM) The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern active power monitoring. The measuring and evaluation electronics for all performance classes. EMM offers the same functionality for all performance classes, but without a power unit. Power within limits Monitoring is based on freely configurable switching and signaling thresholds for overload and underload detection. Identical or separate settings can be made for the thresholds for both directions of rotation. The active power consumed, calculated from three currents, voltages, and the phase angle, is used for configuration. As it is independent of voltage fluctuations and drive load, the configuration is thus much more precise than when only the current is taken into consideration. If a switching threshold is violated, an emergency shutdown of the motor is initiated immediately or with an adjustable “delay time”. In addition, a message is sent via an output. This state can only be deactivated via a defined reset. If the effective power consumed is determined as being above or below the signaling thresholds, all that occurs is that a check-back is returned for the duration for which the module was addressed. 14 PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Protection against dry running, blocking, and cavitation, warning thresholds to indicate filter contamination. Protection against blocking, warning Protection against blocking and broken thresholds for bearing wear and other cases that trigger overload. tools, warning thresholds for tool and bearing wear. Switch-on delay Delay time Switch-on delay Delay time ) P ( r e w o p l a e R Continuous dry running with forced shutdown ) P ( r e w o p l a e R Temporary dry running Performance Lower performance threshold Time (t) Upper performance threshold Signaling threshold, contamination of screen or filter Performance Lower performance threshold Time (t) Switch-on delay Delay time ) P ( r e w o p l a e R Excess performance due to possible broken tool Increased performance Tool wear Performance threshold Broken tool Signaling threshold Tool wear Performance when idling Time (t) Motor startup Tool positioning Milling process Drive shutdown In the case of motor-driven pumps, Forced shutdown of the drive is delayed Machine tools are monitored and protected the lower performance threshold provides reliable protection against hazardous dry running. by the “delay time”. This prevents forced shutdown in the event of air bubbles. in a similar way when drilling, milling or grinding. If the feed value on a milling machine is set too high, a tool may break in the worst-case scenario. The power threshold, configured accordingly, can be used to resolve this issue. Additionally, a signaling threshold signals tool wear in advance. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 15

Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Electronic motor management EMM motor management (with or without current transformer) for all performance classes monitors and protects 3-phase loads, such as electrical drives. – Freely configurable signaling or switching thresholds – Digital outputs control external switching elements – Optional connection to the Interface system (e.g., IFS gateways) via DIN rail connector Input data Rated control supply voltage US Control supply voltage range Rated control supply current IS at US Input data, digital inputs Number of inputs Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating current IC Power measurement Voltage measuring input Nominal current, voltage measuring input Current measuring input Output data, checkback contacts O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal H D W H D W Allows the use of external current transformers With integrated current transformers   Ex:  US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 O1 O2 O3 O4 USO O Digital IN Digital OUT IFS- Port Reset T A D R R E L R Logic μP P T-BUS Thermistor V1 V2 V3 I11 I21 I31 I12 I22 I32 Th1 Th2   Ex:  US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 O1 O2 O3 O4 USO O 24 VDC Digital IN Digital OUT 24 VDC IFS- Port Reset Logic μP DAT ERR L R P T-BUS Thermistor 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Th1 Th2 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 25 mA EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS 4 (IN1 - IN4) 24 V DC 3.3 mA 42 V AC ... 575 V AC <0.5 mA 5 A (secondary external converter) 230 V AC 92 V AC ... 253 V AC 10 mA EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS 4 (IN1 - IN4) 230 V AC 3.5 mA 42 V AC ... 575 V AC <0.5 mA 5 A (secondary external converter) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 25 mA EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS 4 (IN1 - IN4) 24 V DC 3.3 mA 230 V AC 92 V AC ... 253 V AC 10 mA EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS 4 (IN1 - IN4) 230 V AC 3.5 mA 42 V AC ... 575 V AC <0.5 mA max. 16 A 42 V AC ... 575 V AC <0.5 mA max. 16 A 24 V DC (semiconductor output) / 500 mA 230 V AC (relay output) / 500 mA 24 V DC (semiconductor output) / 500 mA 230 V AC (relay output) / 500 mA General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of protection in accordance with IEC 60529/EN 60529 Mounting position Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 6 kV 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 583 6 kV 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Electronic motor management Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user manual on CD Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface DIN rail connector Voltage transducer for 690 V, for EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS, comprising 3 modular terminal blocks and cover Multi-functional memory block for the Interface system - Flat design - Tall design MINI COMBICON connectors - Female contact - Male contact 16 PHOENIX CONTACT EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS Accessories MM-CONF-SET IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET IFS-CONFSTICK IFS-CONFSTICK-L MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 2297497 2297507 2297992 2811271 2201937 2901667 2986122 2901103 1803604 1857919 1 1 1 1 50 1 1 1 250 50 EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS 2297523 2297536 Accessories MM-CONF-SET 2297992 IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 1 1 1 1 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY 2201937 50 IFS-CONFSTICK IFS-CONFSTICK-L MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 2986122 2901103 1803604 1857919 1 1 250 50

Electronic motor management Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management s t u p n i L1 L2 L3 l e u d o M l y p p u s l a t i g D i l e u d o M l y p p u s l a t i g D i s t u p n i / 0 9 6 C V C R D T M - 4 T U - / 0 9 6 C V C R D T M - 4 T U - / 0 9 6 C V C R D T M - 4 T U - S1/k P1 US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 1 L / 1 2 L / 3 3 L / 5 Current measurement US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 1 V 2 V 3 V 1 1 I 1 2 I 1 3 I Voltage Current measurement measurement S2/l P2 S1/k P1 EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS O U OS O1 O2 O3 O4 Current measurement 1 h T 2 h T 1 T / 2 2 T / 4 3 T / 6 OO U OS O1 O2 O3 O4 Current measurement 1 h T 2 h T 2 1 I 2 2 I 2 3 I S2/l P2 S1/k P1 S2/l P2 l y p p u S l a t i g d i s t u p t u o s t u p t u o Thermistor input l y p p u S l a t i g D i s t u p t u o s t u p t u o Thermistor input l a t i g D i l a t i g d i Reverse running 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Separate switching module Forward running GND 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Reverse running 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Separate switching module Forward running GND 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 M M The electronic motor management modules (EMM) offer all the advantages of modern active power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the active power consumed by a drive system or another 3-phase load is determined based on three currents, voltages, and the phase angle. Currents up to 16 A are directly acquired and currents >16 A are fed through external converters. Separate mechanical or electronic switching elements, which take care of the actual load switching, are controlled via digital outputs. The EMM is designed to reliably protect connected loads – irrespective of their power consumption – against overload and underload, and to provide continuous status monitoring. Up to 8 freely configurable switching, signaling thresholds and up to four freely configurable inputs and outputs enable the protection of electrical drives and the system. The EMM modules can record the following data: – Apparent, active, and reactive power – Currents and voltages – Phase angle – Switching-cycle and operating-hour meters – Power meter Additional functions: – Adjustable Class 5-40 bimetal function – Thermistor monitoring – Recording measured values – GATEWAY connection via DIN rail connector – Pre-configured motor feeders such as reversing starters, star-delta starters, etc. With the EMM modules, complete “driving curves” are recorded, which can be used for the system documentation, for example. With the forward running, reverse running, reversing, and limit switch (with integrated restart lock) operating modes, actuators and control drives, pumps and similar are switched and monitored for wear. Current transformer The external converters should be selected with a secondary nominal current of 5 A. The primary current is determined by the current consumption of the load (refer to connection diagram). Refer to the Interface catalog for suitable current transformers. DIN rail connectors The DIN rail connector (Order No. 2201937) is used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC or to couple up to 32 EMMs to the EM-PROFINET-GATEWAY-IFS, for example. Switching element Depending on the requirements for the actual load switching, an electromechanical contactor or a reversing contactor combination or a solid-state contactor/ solid-state reversing contactor is used. These switching elements are controlled via the digital outputs of the EMM modules. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 17

Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management Electronic machine management new new Phoenix Contact’s electronic motor and machine management combines precise energy measurement with display and monitoring for important parameters for motors, machines or other 3-phase loads. – Flexible use in the central control cabinet and in the decentral control box – Increased system availability, thanks to predictive maintenance based on process data – Continuous monitoring of mixed loads within an application – Connects directly via DIN rail connector interfaces to all standard fieldbus systems   With external current transformers up to 90 A With external current transformers up to 160 A US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 O1 O2 O3 O4 USO O 24 V DC Digital IN Digital OUT 24 V DC PWR IFS- Port Reset Logic µP T-BUS DAT ERR L R U Input ext CT Input ext CT I V1 V2 V3 D-SUB   US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 O1 O2 O3 O4 USO O 24 V DC Digital IN Digital OUT 24 V DC PWR IFS- Port Reset Logic µP T-BUS DAT ERR L R U Input ext CT Input ext CT I V1 V2 V3 D-SUB Input data Rated control supply voltage US Control supply voltage range Rated control supply current IS at US Input data, digital inputs Number of inputs Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating current IC Power measurement Voltage measuring input Nominal current, voltage measuring input Current measuring input Output data, checkback contacts O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of protection in accordance with IEC 60529/EN 60529 Mounting position Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 33 mA 4 (IN1 - IN4) 24 V DC 3.3 mA - - - 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 33 mA 4 (IN1 - IN4) 24 V DC 3.3 mA - - - 24 V DC (semiconductor output) / 500 mA 24 V DC (semiconductor output) / 500 mA 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 50°C EN 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 IP20 Any 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C EN 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 IP20 Any 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Electronic motor management – With external current transformers (90 A) – With external current transformers (160 A) Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user manual on CD Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface DIN rail connector Assembled shielded round cable - 0.5 m - 1.0 m - 1.5 m - 2.0 m - 3.0 m Multi-functional memory block for the Interface system EMM 3-24DC/500AC-90-EXM-IFS 2908602 Accessories MM-CONF-SET 2297992 IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 1 1 1 EMM 3-24DC/500AC-160-EXM-IFS 2908603 Accessories MM-CONF-SET 2297992 IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 1 1 1 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY 2201937 50 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY 2201937 50 CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2299987 2299990 2300009 2302010 2302023 1 1 1 1 1 1 CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2299987 2299990 2300009 2302010 2302023 IFS-CONFSTICK 2986122 1 1 1 1 1 1 - Flat design IFS-CONFSTICK 2986122 18 PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management IFS gateways for Interface system devices EM...GATEWAY-IFS for connecting Interface system devices (IFS) to popular bus systems: PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, Modbus/TCP, CANopen®, and PROFINET, EtherNet/IP™. – Communication via DIN rail connector with up to 32 Interface system devices, such as EMM...IFS- and ELR...IFS modules – Equipped with freely configurable digital inputs and outputs – Digital switching outputs for direct control Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Input circuit Digital inputs Number of inputs Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating current IC Input circuit Digital outputs Number of outputs Maximum switching voltage Max. switching current Residual voltage Output protection General data Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of protection Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Description IFS gateway for PROFIBUS DP Modbus/TCP CANopen® PROFINET EtherNet/IP™ Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user manual on CD Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface DIN rail connector MINI COMBICON connectors - Female contact - Male contact 20 PHOENIX CONTACT H D W IFS gateway   US GND 24V DC IFS- Port EPROM Reset IN Fieldbus connection µController USO TO OUT IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 O1 O2 O3 O4 Status IFS TBUS Technical data 24 V DC -20% ... +25% 85 mA (plus load current of the outputs) Reverse polarity protection 8 24 V DC ±20% 3 mA Reverse polarity protection 4 23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output) 500 mA 1 V Parallel protection against polarity reversal, note fusing -35°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor EN 50178 IP20 Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.2 ... 2 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 12 - 24 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 583 W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS EM-PNET-GATEWAY-IFS EM-ETH-GATEWAY-IFS 2297620 2901528 2901504 2904472 2901988 Accessories MM-CONF-SET 2297992 IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY 2201937 MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 1857919 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 250 50

IFS extension modules for the Interface system EM-D-8/4... IFS digital extension modules for the Interface system (IFS). For more complex applications, in order to process additional signals in the field. – Communication with an IFS gateway via DIN rail connector as the slave – Freely configurable digital inputs and outputs Electronic switchgear and motor control Motor management H D W IFS extension module   US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 USO O 24 V DC IFS- Port Reset PWR DAT ERR Digital IN Logic µP Digital OUT O1 O2 O3 O4 24 V DC T-BUS Technical data 24 V DC -20% ... +25% 85 mA (plus load current of the outputs) Reverse polarity protection 8 24 V DC ±20% 3 mA Reverse polarity protection 4 23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output) 500 mA (per output) 1 V Parallel protection against polarity reversal, note fusing -35°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor EN 61131-2 IP20 Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.2 ... 2 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 12 - 24 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm W / H / D Ordering data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Input circuit Digital inputs Number of inputs Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating current IC Input circuit Digital outputs Number of outputs Maximum switching voltage Max. switching current Residual voltage Output protection General data Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of protection Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IFS extension module, with 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user manual on CD Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface DIN rail connector MINI COMBICON connectors - Female contact - Male contact EM-D-8/4-24DC-IFS 2904473 Accessories MM-CONF-SET 2297992 IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY 2201937 MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 1857919 1 1 1 50 250 50 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 21

Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters The CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters combine up to four functions in one device: motor starter, reversing function, motor protection against overload, and emergency stop. In addition to standard devices for parallel wiring, network-capable versions, which can be integrated into fieldbus environments, are also available. CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter Switch motors safely and reliably with technology is a microprocessor-controlled combination of wear-free solid-state technology and robust relay technology. The semiconductors execute the wear-prone on and off switching procedures, while the relays only conduct low-loss current. This enables soft switching and considerably reduces the load on the relay contacts. compact hybrid motor starters. The devices are used wherever three-phase asynchronous motors, from 50 W to 3 kW, need to be reversed and protected. The product range of hybrid motor starters consists of direct and reversing starters, which are available with various functions such as emergency stop and motor protection. 22 PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Hybrid motor starters with up to four functions in one device: forward running, reverse running, motor protection, and emergency stop. Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters with integrated fuses, for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail and 60 mm busbar systems. Connection of the hybrid motor starters to a bus system via the IFS Interface system. Gateways are available for the most important bus systems: PROFIBUS DP, Modbus/TCP, EtherNet/IP™, CANopen®, PROFINET, etc. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 23

Electronic switchgear and motor control Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W Motor protection, emergency stop and Interface system support    - EN- EN+ + Enable Reset Logic μP T-BUS 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Control supply voltage range Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC EN+ Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 550 V 6 kV -5°C ... 60°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Load current 0.075 A ... 0.6 A Screw connection Push-in connection Load current 0.18 A ... 3 A Screw connection Push-in connection Load current 1.5 A ... 9 A Screw connection Push-in connection ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS ELR H5-IES-SC/500AC-9-IFS ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-9-IFS 2905151 2905138 2905152 2905139 2905153 2905140 1 1 1 1 1 1 Accessories DIN rail connector ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY 2201937 50 Hybrid motor starters Network-capable hybrid motor starters with reversing function These 3-phase hybrid motor starters offer up to four functions: forward running, reverse running, motor protection, and emergency stop up to SIL 3 / PL e. Featuring the following advantages: – Bus connection via Interface system (IFS) or via IO-Link – Diagnostic functions using process data – Reduced wiring effort – Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging Safety level in accordance with: – IEC 61508-1: SIL 3 – ISO 13849: PL e ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] = aligned with > 20 mm spacing = aligned without spacing Derating curve 24 PHOENIX CONTACT

H D W H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Motor protection and Interface system support Motor protection, emergency stop and IO-Link support    NC NC NC NC   - EN- EN+ + A1/L+ A2/L- NC NC C/Q 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Reset Logic μP T-BUS Enable Reset Logic µP i k n L - O I 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA - - - Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 550 V 6 kV -5°C ... 60°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 65 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 550 V 6 kV -5°C ... 55°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 126.8 mm / 113.7 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS ELR H5-I-SC/500AC-9-IFS ELR H5-I-PT/500AC-9-IFS 2905157 2905144 2905159 2905146 2905160 2905147 1 1 1 1 1 1 ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-3-IOL 2908669 ELR H5-IES-PT/500AC-9-IOL 2908670 1 1 Accessories Accessories ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY 2201937 50 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 25

Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Modular hybrid motor starters with reversing function In addition to the functions forward running, reverse running, motor protection, and emergency stop up to SIL 3/PL e, these modular 3-phase hybrid motor starters offer additional advantages such as: – Safe group switch-off – Modular expansion option – Wiring and cost savings with DIN rail connector – Slow tripping characteristic curve Class 10 up to 3 A Safety level in accordance with: – IEC 61508-1: SIL 3 – ISO 13849: PL e 26 PHOENIX CONTACT Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W new Motor protection, emergency stop      MAN RES AUT Reset Auto- reset Us T R L EN+ + L1 L2 L3 Logic µP Reset2 24 VDC & Error Reset Enable 98 95 96 T-BUS Technical data 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Control supply voltage range Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC EN+ Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Description Load current 0.18 A ... 3 A Screw connection Push-in connection Load current 1.5 A ... 9 A Screw connection Push-in connection Extension module Screw connection Push-in connection Safety relay with interface for DIN rail connectors Screw connection Push-in connection DIN rail connector - For modular hybrid motor starters - For safety relay modules 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 550 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) EN 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / EN 50495 / EN ISO 13849 / IEC 62061 / IEC 61508 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 107.4 mm / 113.7 mm W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-3-P 2909556 ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9-P 2909554 Accessories EM-2RSC/21AU-R/L-P EM-2RPT/21AU-R/L-P PSR-MC38-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC38-2NO-1DO-24DC-PI ELR-TBUS-22,5-P PSR-TBUS 2908701 2909573 1009831 1009832 2203861 2890425 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 50

H D W H D W new new Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Motor protection, emergency stop Motor protection      MAN RES AUT Reset Auto- reset Us T R L EN+ + Logic µP Reset2 24 VDC & Error Reset Enable 98 95 96 T-BUS      MAN RES AUT Reset Auto- reset L1 L2 L3 Us T R L 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 Logic µP Reset2 24 VDC L1 L2 L3 & Error Reset 98 95 96 T-BUS 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC - 550 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) EN 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / EN ISO 13849 / IEC 62061 / IEC 61508 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC - 550 V 6 kV -25°C ... 55°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H5-IS-SC- 24DC/500AC-3-P ELR H5-IS-PT- 24DC/500AC-3-P ELR H5-IS-SC- 24DC/500AC-9-P ELR H5-IS-PT- 24DC/500AC-9-P Accessories EM-2RSC/21AU-R/L-P EM-2RPT/21AU-R/L-P 2908699 2909569 2908697 2909567 2908701 2909573 1 1 1 1 1 1 ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-3-P ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-3-P ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9-P ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9-P Accessories EM-2RSC/21AU-R/L-P EM-2RPT/21AU-R/L-P 2908695 2909562 2908693 2909560 2908701 2909573 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 27

Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Hybrid motor starters with reversing function These 3-phase hybrid motor starters offer up to four functions: forward running, reverse running, motor protection, and emergency stop up to SIL 3 / PL e. Featuring the following advantages: – 22.5 mm wide – Reduced wiring effort – Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging Safety level in accordance with: – IEC 61508-1: SIL 3 – ISO 13849: PL e Motor protection and emergency stop      Ex:  MAN RES AUTO Us T T E R L 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 RES Logic µP & Error 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 mA (input type 1) Surge protection, reverse polarity protection 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 4 mA 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 7 mA (input type 1) Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / IEC 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) 4 kV Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H5-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900582 2903902 2900414 2903904 2900420 2900421 2903906 2900422 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Control supply voltage range Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC R/L Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Description Load current 0.075 A ... 0.6 A Screw connection Push-in connection Load current 0.18 A ... 2.4 A Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Load current 1.5 A ... 9 A Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Load current 0 A ... 9 A Screw connection Screw connection 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] = aligned with > 20 mm spacing = aligned without spacing Derating curve for ELR H5...24DC... 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 60 70 = aligned with 20 mm spacing = aligned without spacing Derating curve for ELR H5...230AC... 28 PHOENIX CONTACT

H D W H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Motor protection Reversing function only         MAN RES AUT Us T R L RES Logic µP & Error 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Us T R L Logic µP 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 mA (input type 1) Surge protection, reverse polarity protection 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 4 mA 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 7 mA (input type 1) Surge protection 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 mA (input type 1) Surge protection, reverse polarity protection 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 4 mA 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 7 mA (input type 1) Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / - 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection Surge protection 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / IEC 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) 4 kV 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / IEC 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) 4 kV Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H5-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900573 2903908 2900574 2903910 2900575 2900576 2903912 2900578 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900538 2900539 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 29

Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Network-capable hybrid motor starters with direct start function These 3-phase hybrid motor starters offer up to three functions: forward running, motor protection, and emergency stop up to SIL 3 / PL e. Featuring the following advantages: – Bus connection via Interface system (IFS) or via IO-Link – Diagnostic functions using process data – Reduced wiring effort – Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging Safety level in accordance with: – IEC 61508-1: SIL 3 – ISO 13849: PL e Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W Motor protection, emergency stop and Interface system support    - EN- EN+ + Enable Reset Logic μP T-BUS 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 550 V 6 kV -5°C ... 60°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-06-IFS ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-06-IFS ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-3-IFS ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-3-IFS ELR H3-IES-SC/500AC-9-IFS ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-9-IFS 2905154 2905141 2905155 2905142 2905156 2905143 1 1 1 1 1 1 Accessories Input data Rated control supply voltage US Control supply voltage range Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC EN+ Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Description Load current 0.075 A ... 0.6 A Screw connection Push-in connection Load current 0.18 A ... 3 A Screw connection Push-in connection Load current 1.5 A ... 9 A Screw connection Push-in connection ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 DIN rail connector ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY 2201937 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] = aligned with > 20 mm spacing = aligned without spacing Derating curve 30 PHOENIX CONTACT

H D W H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Motor protection and Interface system support Motor protection, emergency stop and IO-Link support    NC NC NC NC   - EN- EN+ + A1/L+ A2/L- NC NC C/Q 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Reset Logic μP T-BUS Enable Reset Logic µP i k n L - O I 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA - - - Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 550 V 6 kV -5°C ... 60°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 65 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 550 V 6 kV -5°C ... 55°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 126.8 mm / 113.7 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-06-IFS ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-06-IFS ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-3-IFS ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-3-IFS ELR H3-I-SC/500AC-9-IFS ELR H3-I-PT/500AC-9-IFS 2905162 2905148 2905163 2905149 2905164 2905150 1 1 1 1 1 1 ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-3-IOL 2908671 ELR H3-IES-PT/500AC-9-IOL 2908672 1 1 Accessories Accessories ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GY 2201937 50 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 31

Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Modular hybrid motor starters with direct start function In addition to the functions forward running, motor protection, and emergency stop up to SIL 3/PL e, these modular 3-phase hybrid motor starters offer additional advantages such as: – Safe group switch-off – Modular expansion option – Wiring and cost savings with DIN rail connector – Slow tripping characteristic curve Class 10 up to 3 A Safety level in accordance with: – IEC 61508-1: SIL 3 – ISO 13849: PL e Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W new Motor protection, emergency stop      MAN RES AUT Reset Auto- reset Us T ON EN+ + Reset2 24 VDC Enable Logic µP L1 L2 L3 & Error Reset Input data Rated control supply voltage US Control supply voltage range Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC EN+ Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Description Load current 0.18 A ... 3 A Screw connection Push-in connection Load current 1.5 A ... 9 A Screw connection Push-in connection Extension module Screw connection Push-in connection Safety relay with interface for DIN rail connectors Screw connection Push-in connection DIN rail connector - For modular hybrid motor starters - For safety relay modules 32 PHOENIX CONTACT 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 98 95 96 T-BUS Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 550 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) EN 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / EN 50495 / EN ISO 13849 / IEC 62061 / IEC 61508 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 107.4 mm / 113.7 mm W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-3-P 2909557 ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9-P 2909555 Accessories EM-2RSC/21AU-R/L-P EM-2RPT/21AU-R/L-P PSR-MC38-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC38-2NO-1DO-24DC-PI ELR-TBUS-22,5-P PSR-TBUS 2908701 2909573 1009831 1009832 2203861 2890425 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 50

H D W H D W new new Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Motor protection, emergency stop Motor protection      MAN RES AUT Reset Auto- reset Us T ON EN+ + Reset2 24 VDC Enable Logic µP L1 L2 L3 & Error Reset 98 95 96 T-BUS 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2      MAN RES AUT Reset Auto- reset Us T ON Logic µP Reset2 24 VDC L1 L2 L3 & Error Reset 98 95 96 T-BUS 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC - 550 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) EN 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / EN ISO 13849 / IEC 62061 / IEC 61508 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 7 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC - 550 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) EN 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H3-IS-SC- 24DC/500AC-3-P ELR H3-IS-PT- 24DC/500AC-3-P ELR H3-IS-SC- 24DC/500AC-9-P ELR H3-IS-PT- 24DC/500AC-9-P Accessories EM-2RSC/21AU-R/L-P EM-2RPT/21AU-R/L-P 2908700 2909570 2908698 2909568 2908701 2909573 1 1 1 1 1 1 ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-3-P ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-3-P ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9-P ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9-P Accessories EM-2RSC/21AU-R/L-P EM-2RPT/21AU-R/L-P 2908696 2909563 2908694 2909561 2908701 2909573 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 33

Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Hybrid motor starters with direct start function These 3-phase hybrid motor starters offer up to three functions: forward running, motor protection, and emergency stop up to SIL 3 / PL e. Featuring the following advantages: – 22.5 mm wide – Reduced wiring effort – Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A – Long service life – Space-saving – 3-phase loop bridging Safety level in accordance with: – IEC 61508-1: SIL 3 – ISO 13849: PL e Motor protection and emergency stop      Ex:  MAN RES AUTO Us T T E ON RES Logic µP & Error 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 mA (input type 1) Surge protection, reverse polarity protection 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 4 mA 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 7 mA (input type 1) Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / IEC 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) 4 kV Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-IES-PT- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900566 2903914 2900567 2903916 2900568 2900569 2903918 2900570 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Control supply voltage range Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuation voltage UC ON Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Description Load current 0.075 A ... 0.6 A Screw connection Push-in connection Load current 0.18 A ... 2.4 A Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Load current 1.5 A ... 9 A Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Load current 0 A ... 9 A Screw connection Screw connection 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Ambient temperature [°C] = aligned with > 20 mm spacing = aligned without spacing Derating curve for ELR H3...24DC... 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 60 70 = aligned with 20 mm spacing = aligned without spacing Derating curve for ELR H3...230AC... 34 PHOENIX CONTACT

H D W H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Motor protection Direct start function only         MAN RES AUT Us T ON RES Logic µP & Error 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Us T ON Logic µP 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 mA (input type 1) Surge protection, reverse polarity protection 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 4 mA 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 7 mA (input type 1) Surge protection 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 mA (input type 1) Surge protection, reverse polarity protection 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 4 mA 230 V AC 85 V AC ... 253 V AC 7 mA (input type 1) Surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / - 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC Surge protection Surge protection 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / IEC 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) 4 kV 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / IEC 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) 4 kV Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 106.6 mm / 113.7 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-0,6 ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-2 ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-I-PT- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900542 2903920 2900543 2903922 2900544 2900545 2903924 2900546 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900530 2900531 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 35

Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection These short-circuit-proof 3-phase hybrid Featuring the following advantages: motor starters for mounting on 35 mm DIN rails, the CrossPowerSystem energy distribution board, or 60 mm power busbars combine four functions in one device: forward running, reverse running, motor protection, and emergency stop up to SIL 3/PL e. – 22.5 mm wide – Bi-metal function, adjustable up to 9 A – Long service life – Space-saving – Reduced wiring effort – 3-phase loop bridging – Plug-in motor output terminal block – Coordination type 2 in accordance with IEC/EN 60947-4-2 – IEC 61508-1: SIL 3 – ISO 13849: PL e 36 PHOENIX CONTACT Input data Rated control supply voltage US Control supply voltage range Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuating voltage UC R/L Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Load current range Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D Description Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters Hybrid motor starter DIN rail adapter Busbar adapter, 160 mm Busbar adapter, 200 mm Set consisting of short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter and adapter - with DIN rail adapter - with busbar adapter, 160 mm - with busbar adapter, 200 mm Fuse Coordination type 2 to 10 kA/500 V Coordination type 2 to 5 kA/400 V Coordination type 1 to 30 kA/500 V

H D W H D W H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A    Ex:  MAN RES AUT Reset Auto- reset Us T T E R L L1 L2 L3 Logic μP & Error Reset Reset2 24 VDC 24VDC 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 97 96 95 Technical data    Ex:  MAN RES AUT Reset Auto- reset Us T T E R L L1 L2 L3 Logic μP & Error Reset Reset2 24 VDC 24VDC 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 97 96 95 Technical data    Ex:  MAN RES AUT Reset Auto- reset Us T T E R L L1 L2 L3 Logic μP & Error Reset Reset2 24 VDC 24VDC 2/T1 6/T3 4/T2 97 96 95 Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 75 mA ... 600 mA (see derating) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 180 mA ... 2.4 A (see derating) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 40 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 mA Surge protection, reverse polarity protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 1.5 A ... 9 A (see derating) Surge protection, short-circuit protection Surge protection, short-circuit protection Surge protection, short-circuit protection 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) 500 V 6 kV -25°C ... 70°C (observe derating) IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-4-2 / IEC 61508 / ISO 13849 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm Alignable, for spacing see derating 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06 EM RD-ADAPTER EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902746 2902747 2902748 2902831 ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-COMPACT- SET ELR-H51-0,6-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET 2902952 2904333 2904334 Accessories FUSE-10X38-16A-GR FUSE-10X38-20A-GR FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903126 2903384 2903119 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2 EM RD-ADAPTER EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902744 2902747 2902748 2902831 ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-COMPACT- SET ELR-H51-2,4-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET 2902953 2904335 2904336 Accessories FUSE-10X38-16A-GR FUSE-10X38-20A-GR FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903126 2903384 2903119 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9 EM RD-ADAPTER EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902745 2902747 2902748 2902831 ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-COMPACT-SET 2902954 2904337 ELR-H51-9-BUSBAR-CLASSIC-SET 2904338 Accessories FUSE-10X38-16A-GR FUSE-10X38-20A-GR FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903126 2903384 2903119 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 37

Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters Loop bridges for hybrid motor starters The flexible CONTACTRON loop bridge (BRIDGE-...) simplifies the supply and looping through of phases L1, L2, and L3. It is available in 2- to 10-bridge versions for modules in the CONTACTRON family with 22.5 mm housing width. Features of the 3-phase loop bridge: – Significant reductions in wiring effort – Suitable for CONTACTRON series - ELR H3... - ELR H5... - EMM...IFS – Bridging of 2 to 10 devices with maximum module spacing of 22.5 mm – Up to 575 V AC/3 x 25 A – Additional bridge versions available on request 38 PHOENIX CONTACT 0.3 m connecting cable for hybrid motor starters, with screw connection  42 V AC ... 575 V AC ≤25 A 2.5 mm² Technical data Ordering data Type BRIDGE- 2 BRIDGE- 3 BRIDGE- 4 BRIDGE- 5 BRIDGE- 6 BRIDGE- 7 BRIDGE- 8 BRIDGE- 9 BRIDGE-10 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2900746 2900747 2900748 2900749 2900750 2900751 2900752 2900753 2900754 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 General data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN Cross section Description 3-phase loop bridge 2-bridge 3-bridge 4-bridge 5-bridge 6-bridge 7-bridge 8-bridge 9-bridge 10-bridge Covering hood for unused connectors Accessories BRIDGE COVER 2906240 10 1 2 3 4 ... 10 ≤22,5 5 5 ≤

Electronic switchgear and motor control Hybrid motor starters 3 m connecting cable for hybrid 3 m connecting cable for hybrid motor starters, with screw connection motor starters, with Push-in connection   Technical data Technical data 42 V AC ... 575 V AC ≤25 A 2.5 mm² 42 V AC ... 575 V AC ≤25 A 2.5 mm² Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. BRIDGE- 2-3M BRIDGE- 3-3M BRIDGE- 4-3M BRIDGE- 5-3M BRIDGE- 6-3M BRIDGE- 7-3M BRIDGE- 8-3M BRIDGE- 9-3M BRIDGE-10-3M 2901543 2901656 2901659 2901545 2901697 2901698 2901700 2901701 2901702 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BRIDGE-PT 2 BRIDGE-PT 3 BRIDGE-PT 4 BRIDGE-PT 5 BRIDGE-PT 6 BRIDGE-PT 7 BRIDGE-PT 8 BRIDGE-PT 9 BRIDGE-PT 10 2904490 2904491 2904492 2904493 2904494 2904495 2904496 2904497 2904498 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Accessories Accessories BRIDGE COVER 2906240 10 BRIDGE COVER 2906240 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 39

Notes: Type of insulating housing: ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9 Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray ELR W 3...37 Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: gray Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Three-phase solid-state reversing contactors The 3-phase solid-state reversing contactors with integrated locking circuit and load wiring are ideally suited for applications such as: – Control valves – Slides – Switches – Ship steering gear The power spectrum ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A. This corresponds to 1 kW to 18.5 kW. Advantages of the three-phase solid-state reversing contactors: – Noise-free and wear-free switching – Integrated protective circuit – Stable and short switching times – Long service life – High switching frequency – Integrated locking and load wiring – Thermal fuse optional For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A   DNV GL 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 R L T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 12.7 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 230 V AC 92 V AC ... 253 V AC 11.2 mA Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 100 mA ... 2 A (see derating) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 100 mA ... 2 A (see derating) <1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s <1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s RCV circuit 6 kV 500 V 6 kV Basic insulation ≤10 Hz max. 5 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm ≤2 Hz max. 1 Hz 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Input data Rated actuating voltage UC R/L Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current range Residual voltage Leakage current Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Reversing frequency Switching frequency Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of protection in accordance with IEC 60529/EN 60529 Mounting position Mounting Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG - Control side - Load side Dimensions W / H / D ELR ...-9 ELR ...-2 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 20 40 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Description Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor 3-phase solid-state reversing contactor ] A [ t n e r r u c t u p t u O ] A [ t n e r r u c t u p t u O Thermal fuse THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297293 2297303 Accessories 1 1 1 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 20 30 40 50 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 70 Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor 40 PHOENIX CONTACT

H D W H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A For reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A   DNV GL   DNV GL 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 R L T R L T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 12.7 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 230 V AC 92 V AC ... 253 V AC 11.2 mA Surge protection 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 12.7 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 230 V AC 92 V AC ... 253 V AC 11.2 mA Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 100 mA ... 9 A (see derating) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 100 mA ... 9 A (see derating) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 200 mA ... 37 A (see derating) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 200 mA ... 37 A (see derating) <1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s <1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit <1.5 V 6 mA 9,000 A2s <1.5 V 6 mA 9,000 A2s RCV circuit 6 kV 500 V 6 kV Basic insulation ≤10 Hz max. 5 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm ≤2 Hz max. 1 Hz 6 kV 500 V 6 kV Basic insulation ≤10 Hz max. 5 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm ≤2 Hz max. 1 Hz 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297316 2297329 Accessories THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 1 1 ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297374 2297387 Accessories THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 41

Notes: Type of insulating housing: ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9 Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray ELR W 3...37 Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: gray Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Three-phase semiconductor contactors The 3-phase solid-state contactors are ideally suited for applications such as: – Mixers – Machine tools – Conveying systems – Pumps – Fans The power spectrum ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A. This corresponds to 1 kW to 18.5 kW. Advantages of three-phase semiconductor contactors: – Noise-free and wear-free switching – Integrated protective circuit – Stable and short switching times – Long service life – High switching frequency – Thermal fuse optional For switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3   DNV GL ON T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 8.3 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 230 V AC 92 V AC ... 253 V AC 12.5 mA Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 100 mA ... 2 A (see derating) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 100 mA ... 2 A (see derating) <1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s <1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s RCV circuit 6 kV ≤1 Hz 500 V 6 kV Basic insulation ≤10 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297196 2297206 Accessories 1 1 1 Input data Rated actuation voltage UC ON Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current range Residual voltage Leakage current Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Switching frequency Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of protection in accordance with IEC 60529/EN 60529 Mounting position Mounting Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG - Control side - Load side Dimensions W / H / D ELR ...-9 ELR ...-2 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 20 40 60 Description Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor Three-phase semiconductor contactor ] A [ t n e r r u c t u p t u O ] A [ t n e r r u c t u p t u O 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 20 30 40 50 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 70 Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor 42 PHOENIX CONTACT Thermal fuse THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796

H D W H D W Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors For switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A For switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A   DNV GL   DNV GL 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 ON T ON T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 8.3 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 230 V AC 92 V AC ... 253 V AC 12.5 mA Surge protection 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 8.3 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 230 V AC 92 V AC ... 253 V AC 12.5 mA Surge protection - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 100 mA ... 9 A (see derating) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 100 mA ... 9 A (see derating) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 200 mA ... 37 A (see derating) 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V 200 mA ... 37 A (see derating) <1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s <1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit <1.5 V 6 mA 9,000 A2s <1.5 V 6 mA 9,000 A2s RCV circuit 6 kV ≤1 Hz 500 V 6 kV Basic insulation ≤10 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 6 kV ≤1 Hz 500 V 6 kV Basic insulation ≤10 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297219 2297222 Accessories THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 1 1 ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297277 2297280 Accessories THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 43

Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Semiconductor reversing contactors with soft starter With the ELR W 3/9-400 S soft switch, you can extend the service life of a 3-phase asynchronous motor. – Configuration takes place via display and keyboard directly on the device – Friction time – Torque, start – Start up time – Stop time – Torque stop – Braking time – Braking torque – Drive can be controlled locally via keyboard Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 D W H Solid-state reversing contactor with soft starter Parameterization 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3  24V DC UIN Logic 24V DC 24V DC L R & Memory Alarm Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 85 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 5 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED 440 V AC (L1/T1) 440 V AC (L2/T2) 440 V AC (L3/T3) 110 V AC ... 433 V AC 1,000 V 150 mA ... 8 A (at 20°C Tu, see derating) Input data Supply nominal voltage UVN Supply voltage range with reference to UVN Quiescent current Control voltage UST right/left Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Max. switching voltage Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current range Residual voltage Leakage current Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of protection in accordance with IEC 60529/EN 60529 Mounting position Mounting Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D Typically 1.5 V (for IL) 5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state) RC element, surge protection 2.5 kV -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with >20 mm spacing 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10 62 mm / 94 mm / 122 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Solid-state reversing contactor, with integrated soft switch ELR W3/ 9-400 S 2963569 1 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor 44 PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors 100% operation positive Torque, start 100% operation positive Torque, start Torque, stop 100% operation negative ON delay Operation OFF delay Torque, stop Friction time Start time Switch operation Stop time Braking time Friction time Start time Switch operation Switch-off procedure The figure shows the control of the reversing load relay with a soft starter and the operation of a three-phase current load. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 45

Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 PWM = Pulse Width Modulation D W H Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Electronic reversing load relays for DC motors The ELR-DC electronic reversing load relays allow mechanically commutated DC motors to be switched. They reverse and reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24 V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A short- circuit, surge-voltage, and overload-proof output guarantees reliable use in the plant. When a 24 V DC signal is applied at the “left” input, the output supplies the motor with voltage. When the “right” output is activated, the polarity of the voltage at the output is reversed. If the signal is applied at both inputs, i.e., “right” and “left”, the motor is short-circuited internally via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed. Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit and load wiring, wiring effort is reduced to a minimum. Electronic reversing load relay for DC motors   +U R L Logic M+ M- GND Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 3 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 3 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection Green LED / Yellow LED / - 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 2 A (mounted in rows with zero spacing) Approx. 7 mA (when switched off) Approx. 7 mA (when switched off) 15 A 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 6 A (see derating) 20 A Reverse polarity protection, surge protection Green LED / - / - 2.5 kVrms -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor EN 50178 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail, motor output below) Application example M R L L R U D N G V 4 2 - M + M 24 V DC +- Input data Control voltage UST right/left Control voltage range in reference to UST Typical input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Load current Quiescent current Current limitation at short-circuits Output protection Operating voltage / status / error indicator General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of protection in accordance with IEC 60529/EN 60529 Mounting position Status table Input Output Right Left M + M – Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 12.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 High resistance High resistance Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. +24 V GND GND GND +24 V GND Electronic reversing load relay, for controlling DC motors ELR W1/ 2-24DC ELR W1/ 6-24DC 2963598 2982090 1 1 Load current depending on ambient temperature Operating time: 100% (ED) ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 10 20 1 2 40 50 30 Ambient temperature [°C] 60  Stand-alone device  Aligned without spacing 46 PHOENIX CONTACT

Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W For switching 1~ AC motors up to 660 V AC/20 A A1(1) + A2(2) - h c t i w s e g a t l o v o r e Z new L1 T1 Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors Single-phase solid-state contactors Notes: Single-phase solid-state contactors are used in AC voltage networks where silent switching, high switching frequencies, and practically unlimited service lives are required. The robust power semiconductors switch to zero voltage crossing. In doing so, they do not generate any additional high-frequency interfering impulses. The modules are resistant to shock and vibration, they can even be used without problem in aggressive environments containing harmful substances. They offer the following advantages: – High switching frequency – Wear-free and output-free – Input voltage versions 24 V DC and 230 V AC The areas of application are: – Production machines – Temperature controllers – Conveyor equipment – Lights and lighting systems 48 PHOENIX CONTACT Input data Actuating voltage range Rated actuating current IC at UC Switching level Transmission frequency flimit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current range Residual voltage Leakage current Phase angle (cos φ) Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Mounting position Mounting Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG - Control side - Load side Dimensions Technical data 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 12 mA ≥4 V DC (“1” signal) ≤1 V DC (“0” signal) 25 Hz 24 V AC ... 275 V AC 17 mA ≥20 V AC/DC (“1” signal) ≤5 V AC/DC (“0” signal) 6 Hz Green LED / - / - 42 V AC ... 660 V AC 1200 V 150 mA ... 20 A (see derating) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC 1200 V 150 mA ... 20 A (see derating) <1.6 V <3 mA (in off state) 0.5 525 A2s <1.6 V <3 mA (in off state) 0.5 525 A2s Varistor - Basic insulation -30°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 55011 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with ≥22.5 mm spacing 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 18 - 12 2.5 - 6 mm² / 1 - 4 mm² / 14 - 10 17.8 mm / 110 mm / 103 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Single-phase electronic load relay ELR 1-SC-24DC/600AC-20 ELR 1-SC-230AC/600AC-20 1032919 1032920 1 1

H D W H D W new new Electronic switchgear and motor control Solid-state contactors For switching 1~ AC motors up to 660 V AC/30 A For switching 1~ AC motors up to 660 V AC/50 A A1(1) + A2(2) - h c t i w s e g a t l o v o r e Z A1(1) + L1 A2(2) - T1 h c t i w s e g a t l o v o r e Z L1 T1 Technical data Technical data 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 12 mA ≥4 V DC (“1” signal) ≤1 V DC (“0” signal) 25 Hz 24 V AC ... 275 V AC 17 mA ≥20 V AC/DC (“1” signal) ≤5 V AC/DC (“0” signal) 6 Hz 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 12 mA ≥4 V DC (“1” signal) ≤1 V DC (“0” signal) 25 Hz 24 V AC ... 275 V AC 17 mA ≥20 V AC/DC (“1” signal) ≤5 V AC/DC (“0” signal) 6 Hz Green LED / - / - Green LED / - / - 42 V AC ... 660 V AC 1200 V 250 mA ... 25 A (see derating) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC 1200 V 250 mA ... 25 A (see derating) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC 1200 V 500 mA ... 43 A (see derating) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC 1200 V 500 mA ... 43 A (see derating) <1.6 V <3 mA (in off state) 0.5 1800 A2s <1.6 V <3 mA (in off state) 0.5 1800 A2s Varistor <1.6 V <3 mA (in off state) 0.5 18,000 A2s <1.6 V <3 mA (in off state) 0.5 18,000 A2s Varistor - Basic insulation -30°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 55011 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with ≥22.5 mm spacing - Basic insulation -30°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 55011 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with ≥22.5 mm spacing 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 18 - 12 2.5 - 6 mm² / 1 - 4 mm² / 14 - 10 17.8 mm / 110 mm / 103 mm 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 18 - 12 2.5 - 6 mm² / 1 - 4 mm² / 14 - 10 35 mm / 110 mm / 141 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ELR 1-SC-24DC/600AC-30 ELR 1-SC-230AC/600AC-30 1032921 1032922 1 1 ELR 1-SC-24DC/600AC-50 ELR 1-SC-230AC/600AC-50 1032926 1032927 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 49

Electronic switchgear and motor control Power distribution boards The new 5 A power supply further reduces your wiring costs. It can be used to supply power to all hybrid motor starters on the board. Furthermore, to generate motor-relevant data for system monitoring, you can simply use the network-capable solution alongside the classic motor starter via IO-Link. The 3-phase CrossPowerSystem power distribution board is the new platform for modular and functional control cabinets. With just one click, the devices are mounted on the board without tools and a safe electrical connection to the three phases is established simultaneously – all in just one step. The new CrossPowerSystem power distribution board now enables you to start up and monitor your motors more easily in your control cabinet. The CrossPowerSystem enables you to realize modular and functional solutions. Wherever necessary, simple modifications can be made or extensions can be added to adapt to new requirements. 50 PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control Power distribution boards The TRIO POWER power supply features Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters standard functionality, high quality, and reliability. It can be mounted directly on the power distribution board. with integrated fuses can be mounted directly on the power distribution board. Device adapter with fuse holder for 16 A fuse (10x38/Class CC), CrossLink® interface and fixed DIN rail for IO-Link motor starters and direct starters. Adapters for contactors and contactor combinations for loads with currents up to 45 A. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 51

Electronic switchgear and motor control Power distribution boards Power distribution boards Modular power distribution boards with CrossLink® interface, 125 A, 3-pos., protected against contact and polarity reversal, width: 225 mm and 405 mm. new new Power distribution board, 225 mm Power distribution board, 405 mm Ordering data Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Power distribution boards with CrossLink® interface EM-CPS-225 1002634 1 EM-CPS-405 1002635 1 Connection modules new new 3-pos. connection modules for maximum 63 A or 125 A. 63 A connection module 125 A connection module Ordering data Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Connection module with integrated spring-loaded terminals for cables from 1.5 to 16 mm², 3-pos., maximum 63 A Box terminal connection module for cables from 6 to 50 mm², maximum 125 A EM-CPS-TB3/63A 1002633 4 EM-CPS-TB3/125A 1070299 4 52 PHOENIX CONTACT

Device adapters Device adapter with CrossLink® interface for hybrid motor starters and miniature circuit breakers. Electronic switchgear and motor control Power distribution boards new new Device adapter Adapter for miniature circuit breakers Ordering data Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Device adapter with fuse holder for 16 A fuse (10x38/Class CC), CrossLink® interface and fixed DIN rail Single-position adapters with CrossLink® interface for connecting miniature circuit breakers EM-CPS-DA-22,5F/16A 1002668 1 16 A, phase L1 16 A, phase L2 16 A, phase L3 63 A, phase L1 63 A, phase L2 63 A, phase L3 EM-CPS-DA-18S/16A-L1 EM-CPS-DA-18S/16A-L2 EM-CPS-DA-18S/16A-L3 EM-CPS-DA-18S/63A-L1 EM-CPS-DA-18S/63A-L2 EM-CPS-DA-18S/63A-L3 1089439 1089440 1089441 1089356 1089442 1089446 6 6 6 6 6 6 Device adapters new new Device adapters with CrossLink® interface for contactors. Standard device adapter Comfort device adapter Ordering data Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Standard device adapter with CrossLink® interface and fixed DIN rail Rated current: 16 A Rated current: 32 A Comfort device adapter with CrossLink® interface and moveable DIN rail Rated current: 16 A Rated current: 25 A Rated current: 32 A Rated current: 45 A Comfort DIN rail, additional DIN rail for Comfort device adapter EM-CPS-DA-45S/16A EM-CPS-DA-45S/32A 1003291 1003292 4 4 EM-CPS-DA-45C/16A EM-CPS-DA-45C/25A EM-CPS-DA-45C/32A EM-CPS-DA-45C/45A EM-CPS-TS-45 1002666 1002665 1002664 1003289 1003295 4 4 4 4 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 53

Electronic switchgear and motor control Power distribution boards Accessories – Device adapters Accessories for height and side extensions for 45 mm device adapter and contactor holder. new new Extension Device holder Ordering data Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Height extension for Comfort device adapter, width: 45 mm Lateral extension of the height extension for Comfort device adapter, width: 45 mm Siemens device mount, positioning element for Siemens S0 and S00 switching devices Eaton device mount, positioning element for Eaton PKZ switching devices EM-CPS-DAE-45 1003293 EM-CPS-DAES-45 1003294 8 1 EM-CPS-DHS-45 1003296 EM-CPS-DHE-45 1002663 1 1 54 PHOENIX CONTACT

Power supplies The new TRIO CROSS POWER power supply for the CrossPowerSystem power distribution board is perfectly adapted for use in machine building. All functions and the space-saving design are tailored to the stringent demands in this area. The Push-in connection enables quick and easy connection of a 24 V DC control voltage. Additional features: – Rapid startup: tool-free mounting and automatic contacting in one easy step – Push-in connection enables quick and easy 24 V DC control voltage connection – Reliable starting of high loads with dynamic boost Electronic switchgear and motor control Power distribution boards new H D W Power supply, 3 AC, 24 V DC, 5 A  1.1 1.2 1.3 L1 L2 L3 TRIO CROSS POWER 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 3.2 + + - - - 13 14 Technical data 3x 400 V AC ... 500 V AC 2x 400 V AC ... 500 V AC 3x 400 V AC ... 500 V AC -20% ....+15% 2x 400 V AC ... 500 V AC -10% ... +15% 50 Hz ... 60 Hz 3x 0.4 A (400 V AC) / 3x 0.3 A (500 V AC) 2x 0.6 A (400 V AC) / 2x 0.5 A (500 V AC) ≤22 A / ≤0.25 A2s Typically 20 ms (400 V AC) / typically 20 ms (500 V AC) 24 V DC ±1% 24 V DC ... 28 V DC (>24 V DC, constant capacity restricted) 5 A / 7.5 A (5 s) Yes, with redundancy module / Yes <1 W (400 V AC) / <12 W (480 V AC) Typically 91% (400 V AC) ≤20 mVPP LED, floating signal contact 0.7 kg / 36 x 160 x 159 mm Cross Power System Snap-on connection - mm² / - mm² / - 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 IP20 / II >1,300,000 h (40°C) -25°C ... 70°C (>60°C derating: 2.5%/K) 1.5 kV AC (routine test) / 3 kV AC (type test) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU IEC 61010-1 (SELV) EN 50178/VDE 0160 (PELV) DIN VDE 0100-410 UL Listed UL 61010-2-201 EN 61000-3-2 Ordering data Input data Nominal input voltage range Input voltage range Frequency range Current consumption (nominal load) Inrush current limitation at 25°C / I2t Mains buffering (IN) Output data Nominal output voltage Setting range of the output voltage (USet) Output current / dynamic boost Can be connected in parallel/series Max. power dissipation (no load/nominal load) Efficiency Residual ripple Signaling Signaling DC OK General data Weight / dimensions W x H x D Connection Connection method Input connection data (solid/stranded/AWG) Output connection data (solid/stranded/AWG) Degree of protection / protection class MTBF (IEC 61709, SN 29500) Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Insulation voltage input/output Electromagnetic compatibility Electrical safety Electronic equipment for electrical power installations Safe isolation UL approvals Limitation of harmonic line currents Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Power supply unit, primary-switched EM-CPS-PS/3AC/24DC/5 1064922 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 55

Measurement and control technology Product range overview Product overview Selection guide for signal conditioners Basics MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection Multiplexers for HART signals Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices 58 62 64 66 112 172 180 From highly-compact 6 mm signal conditioners and functionally safe signal conditioners to signal isolators for intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area: our signal conditioner range and process indicators offer a solution for all applications in analog signal conditioning. Signal conditioners − Your advantages – Achieve space savings of up to 65% compared to other isolators on the market with these highly compact signal conditioners – Integrate field signals into industrial networks while also benefiting from safe electrical isolation with signal conditioners with a bus and network connection – Precise transmission and high operational safety with signal conditioners with consistent SIL certification – Maximum explosion protection for all Ex zones and gas groups: with single- and two-channel signal isolators for intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area – Integrate analog signals easily into the safety chain in accordance with the Machinery Directive: with signal conditioners with Performance Level Process indicators and field devices – Your advantages – Display, monitor, and control analog and temperature signals with the multifunctional process displays – Interference-free transmission of analog signals as well as temperature measurement in the field, thanks to versatile signal conditioners and 2-conductor field devices PHOENIX CONTACT 57

MCR technology Product overview Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MINI Analog Pro Page 66 MINI Analog Pro gateways Page 98 System cabling, Termination Carriers Page 102 Accessories for MINI Analog Pro Page 106 Multiplexers Process indicators and field devices Multiplexers for HART signals Page 172 Accessories for MACX Analog Page 175 System cabling, Termination Carriers Page 170 Field Analog Page 180 58 PHOENIX CONTACT

Signal conditioners with functional safety Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Product overview MACX Analog Page 116 MACX Analog Page 142 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 59

MCR technology Selection guide Analog IN / Analog OUT 4-way signal conditioners 4-way signal duplicators 4-way supply doublers 3-way signal conditioners 3-way repeater power supplies 2-way repeater power supplies 2-way passive isolators Temperature Temperature transducers Frequency Frequency transducers Analog frequency transducers Potentiometer/resistor Universal Universal Universal Configurable Fixed signal combinations Single-channel Output loop-powered, 1- or 2-channel Input loop-powered, 1- or 2-channel Output loop-powered, 1- or 2-channel For resistance thermometers For thermocouples Universal Universal Potentiometer measuring transducers Universal NAMUR sensors, floating contacts Analog limit values, universal Temperature, universal Modbus RTU, PROFIBUS DP Modbus/TCP Programming adapters System adapters Termination Carrier 1:1 feed-through terminal block Power terminal, fault signaling modules, DIN rail connector, system power supply For line fault detection Digital IN Signal conditioners Limit values Limit value switches Bus and network connection Gateways Accessories Constant voltage/constant current sources Configuration System cabling Supply components Marking material Connector sets Shield fast connection Test plugs Resistance circuits 60 PHOENIX CONTACT Highly compact signal conditioners Page 68 70 78 74 72 76 77 79 80 81 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 From 96 100 101 106 111 104 105 110 From 108 111 107 173 177 177

MCR technology Selection guide Process indicators and field devices Ex i process indicators and field devices Page 182 184 186 187 188 192 189 190 193 Page 182 184 192 189 190 193 Process indicators Multifunctional process indicators Loop-powered process indicators Standard signals Frequency Setpoint adjusters Accessories for process indicators Temperature transducers Temperature head transducers Temperature transducers, DIN rail Accessories For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 61

MCR technology Selection guide Analog IN / Analog OUT 3-way signal conditioners 3-way repeater power supplies 2-way passive isolators Temperature Temperature transducers Configurable 1-channel Signal duplicators 2-channel Input loop-powered, 1- or 2-channel Output loop-powered, 1- or 2-channel For resistance temperature detectors For thermocouples Universal Potentiometer / resistor Potentiometer measuring transducers Universal Digital IN Signal conditioners Digital OUT Solenoid drivers Limit values Limit value switches NAMUR sensors, floating contacts Signal duplicators NAMUR output, floating contacts NAMUR sensors on NAM Loop-powered With line fault detection Analog limit values, configurable Temperature, universal Signal conditioners with functional safety Page 116 120 From 121 123 124 125 From 128 132 126 134 135 138 136 139 140 62 PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology Selection guide Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Page 142 143 144 146 148 150 150 154 158 155 158 156 159 160 166 163 168 152 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 63

The user manual is available for download free of charge: https://www.phoenixcontact.com/assets/ downloads_ed/global/web_dwl_promotion/ 52007057_EN_MCR_technology_ User_manual.pdf Order No.: 105238 MCR technology Basics Glossary/the most important terms related to signal conditioners Input Maximum input signal: Describes the value achieved before any damage occurs to the module. Input resistance: A minor input signal load can be achieved with low impedance for current inputs and high impedance for voltage inputs. Common mode rejection: Characterizes the suppression of identical signals at the two inputs. Analog output Maximum output signal: During uninterrupted operation, an overload at the input cannot cause greater values than at the output. Zero/span adjustment: Zero adjustment = setting the zero point Span adjustment = adjustment of the analog output compared to the input, increasing/reducing the amplification factor of the output characteristic curve. Load: Load capacity at the output; total resistance that can be “driven”. Residual ripple/ripple: A superimposed ripple can appear on the output signal due to signal conditioning required by the circuit. Open-circuit behavior: If values exceed or fall below a tolerance limit, a defined output signal is sent. Digital output In the case of signal conditioners, digital outputs can be realized either using relays or transistor outputs. The switching behavior of the digital outputs can be configured. Active isolation: With active isolation, the module has its own power supply. A differentiation is made between three methods of active isolation: – 3-way isolation – Input isolation – Repeater power supply Passive isolation: The modules draw the power needed for signal transmission and electrical isolation from an active input or output circuit. A differentiation is therefore made between – Input loop-powered – Output loop-powered Resistance temperature detector Resistance temperature detectors (e.g., Pt 100, Ni 1000, etc.) change their resistance value depending on the temperature. They require a constant measurement current. Signal conditioners detect this value and convert it into a proportional analog signal. With regard to the connection technology, a differentiation is made between: – 2-conductor – 3-conductor – 4-conductor Thermocouples As opposed to resistance temperature detectors, thermocouples are active sources. They are composed of different metals and generate a voltage that – due to the Seebeck effect – is dependent on the ambient temperature. Refer to the user manual for detailed information on the principles of MCR technology. It includes explanations on technical and physical fundamentals, application cases, and circuits. Moreover, the user manual provides information on the basic elements of functional safety, digital fieldbus systems, and an introduction into surge protection in MCR technology. 64 PHOENIX CONTACT

Non-intrinsically-safe signal transmission in potentially explosive areas MCR technology Basics Example: A sensor/actuator with type of protection “n” can be connected to an isolator from the MINI Analog Pro or MACX Analog families in zone 2. Ex n stands for type of protection n. In this case, it pertains to “non-sparking equipment”, that at no time represents a source of ignition due to hot surfaces or electrically or mechanically generated sparks. See our free brochure for detailed information on the topic of explosion protection: https://www.phoenixcontact.com/assets/ downloads_ed/global/web_dwl_promotion/ 5149416_EN_HQ_Explosion_protection_ LoRes.pdf Order No.: 5149416 Electrical equipment operated in systems with potentially explosive areas is subject to different requirements, depending on the application. Signal conditioners and measuring transducers are generally deployed in the safe area (non-potentially explosive area). In a housing with degree of protection IP54 that is suitable for zone 2, it is also possible to install the signal conditioners and measuring transducers in a zone 2 Ex area. If enclosed in a pressure-tight encapsulated housing with type of protection Ex d, they can also be used in Ex zone 1. The respective stipulations of the corresponding type of protection and the Ex zone must be taken into consideration at all times. The figure shows a range of options for installing electrical devices in areas with a danger of gas explosions. Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission Zone 2 Sensor/ actuator Ex n MACX Ex n Safe area Zone 1 Housing e.g., Ex d Sensor/ actuator Housing e.g., Ex d Sensor/ actuator Sensor/ actuator Ex n MACX Ex n MACX Ex n Housing IP54* MINI Ex n MINI Ex n Housing IP54* Sensor/ actuator Ex n Sensor/ actuator Ex n *Use of suitable housings approved for use in zone 2 MINI Ex n For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 65

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Easier than ever but as slim as before MINI Analog Pro offers you the easiest installation and startup in confined spaces. – Space savings of up to 65% Easy installation – Easily visible and accessible terminal points and FASTCON Pro pluggable connection terminal blocks Power bridging and fault monitoring – The DIN rail connector simplifies supply and enables remote diagnostics by means of group error monitoring Select from the following categories – Analog IN/OUT – Temperature – Frequency – Potentiometers – Digital IN – Limit values – Accessories 66 PHOENIX CONTACT DIN-rail-connector-compatible The DIN rail connector enables modular bridging of the 24 V supply voltage.

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Measure current signals during operation Numerous configuration options – Via DIP, PC or smartphone app Service-friendly – Generous marking areas for complete Measure signals conveniently for startup and servicing during operation, thanks to integrated measurement diodes. – It is not necessary to break the circuit to integrate the measuring device into the signal circuit – By setting the connector to the disconnect position, signal circuits can be easily interrupted during servicing and startup App functions via NFC communication Access to information – Access module information DIP switch setting help – Access module information – Display DIP switch setting help on your smartphone Configuration via smartphone – Via Bluetooth or NFC – Access module information – Display DIP switch setting help – Wireless configuration via smartphone loop identification using standard marking materials as well as permanently visible status LEDs on each module Choice of connection technology – Wiring with screw connection or fast and tool-free with Push-in connection technology Optimum signal quality – The latest transmission technology and safe electrical isolation between input, output, and power supply with 3 kV test voltage Suitable for any application – Extended supply voltage and temperature range as well as multifunctional device types The following parameters are generally valid for all MINI Analog Pro modules: Test voltage input/output/power supply Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions (W / H / D) Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Housing material Mounting 3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C 6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12 PBT Any For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 67

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Analog IN/Analog OUT 4-way signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire OUT U, I+ 1 OUT U, I– 2 S-Port TI– + 1 IN U, I+ – 2 IN U, I– TI+ + 5 OUT U, I+ active 6 OUT U, I– – passive 5 6 + 3 RO+ 7 + PWR+ – 4 RO– 8 – PWR– FM – R W P + R W P U,I IN U,I OUT FM POWER Universal 4-way signal conditioner with switching output, configurable Zone 2   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software) Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software) U input 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V 10 V ... 0 V 10 V ... 2 V 5 V ... 0 V 5 V ... 1 V 0 V ... 12 V >120 kΩ U output 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V 0 V ... 10.5 V Approx. 12.3 V ≥10 kΩ <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) 1 N/O contact 30 V DC 100 mA (at 30 V) U output 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 32 mA (24 V DC) I input 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 0 mA ... 10 mA 2 mA ... 10 mA 20 mA ... 0 mA 20 mA ... 4 mA 10 mA ... 0 mA 10 mA ... 2 mA 0 mA ... 24 mA Approx. 50 Ω (+ 0.7 V for test diode) I output 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 0 mA ... 10 mA 2 mA ... 10 mA 0 mA ... 21 mA 24.6 mA ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) I output 63 mA (12 V DC) ≤1 W (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load) – Universally configurable, highly-compact signal conditioner with switching output for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals – Plug-in connection system – Safe 4-way isolation – Standard signal combinations configurable via DIP switches – Freely-configurable with software or smartphone app – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Limiting behavior at the output configurable – Status and error indicator LEDs Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key. 68 PHOENIX CONTACT Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple Switching output Relay output Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Electrical isolation Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description 0.1% (of final value) 0.01%/K, typically 0.01%/K Approx. 140 ms (15 Hz sample rate) Approx. 45 ms (60 Hz sample rate) Approx. 25 ms (240 Hz sample rate) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 B, B, A, A Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 4-way signal conditioner with switching output, for electrical isolation of analog signals Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-PT-C MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO-C 2902028 2902026 2902027 2902024 Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-UIRO(-PT)(-C) 4-way signal conditioners (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Input Input signal Start End Output Output signal Start End Measuring range limit Cut-off frequency 2902024 / I / 0.0 / 20.0 / I / 0.0 / 20.0 / 0 / 15 / ... 2902024  MINI MCR-2- UNI-UI-UIRO-C I  I U  U 2902027  MINI MCR-2- UNI-UI-UIRO-PT-C 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 24 mA 20.0  20 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 24 mA I  I U  U 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21 mA 20.0  20 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21 mA 0  OFF 1  AN 15  15 Hz 60  60 Hz U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 12 V U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 12 V U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V Measuring range span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA Failure information Behavior in the event of an error Open circuit / short circuit Measuring value over-range Measured value under-range ... / NE43DO / 0.0 / 0.0 / 0.0 FD  Freely definable 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (free definition only for unlimited output) (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (free definition only for unlimited output) (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (free definition only for unlimited output) (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) Note: Failure information in accordance with NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output NE43UP  NE 43 upscale NE43DO  NE 43 downscale NE430  NE 43 0 mA NE43UD  NE 43 upscale/downscale 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 3.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 21.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 21.5 mA For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 69

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Analog IN/Analog OUT 4-way signal duplicators Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire OUT U, I+ 1 OUT U, I– 2 S-Port TI– + 1 IN U, I+ IN U, I– – 2 TI+ + 3 OUT 2 U, I+ active – 4 OUT 2 U, I– FM passive 5 6 TI+ + 5 OUT 1 U, I+ active 6 OUT 1 U, I– – 7 + PWR+ 8 – 3 PWR– passive 4 – R W P + R W P Zone 2 Input data Input signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software) Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software) Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description 4-way signal duplicator    Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm U input 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V 0 V ... 12 V 12 V >120 kΩ U output 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V 0 V ... 10.5 V Approx. 12.3 V ≤25 mA ≥10 kΩ <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) U output 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 55 mA (24 V DC) Technical data I input 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 0 mA ... 10 mA 20 mA ... 0 mA 0 mA ... 24 mA 24 mA Approx. 50 Ω (+ 0.7 V for test diode) I output 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 0 mA ... 10 mA 20 mA ... 0 mA 0 mA ... 21 mA 24.6 mA ≤18.5 V ≤600 Ω (per channel) <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) I output 110 mA (12 V DC) 1.5 W (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load) 0.05% (of final value) 0.01%/K Approx. 140 ms (15 Hz sample rate) Approx. 45 ms (60 Hz sample rate) Approx. 25 ms (240 Hz sample rate) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 B, B, A, A Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 4-way signal duplicator, with independently adjustable outputs Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI-PT MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI-PT-C MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI-C 2905028 2905026 2905027 2905025 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OUT1 U, I IN U, I U, I OUT2 FM POWER – Universally configurable, highly-compact 4-way signal duplicator – For electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of standard signals – Independently adjustable outputs – Input side for current signals from 0 to 24 mA or voltage signals from 0 to 12 V – Supports fault monitoring – Plug-in connection system – Safe 4-way isolation – Standard behavior can be configured via DIP switches – Freely configurable via software or smartphone app – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. 70 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-UNI-UI-2UI(-PT)(-C) 4-way signal duplicators (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Input Input signal Start End Output 1 Output signal 1 Start End Output 2 Output signal 2 Start End 2905027 / I / 0.0 / 20.0 / I / 0.0 / 20.0 / I / 0.0 / 20.0 / ... 2905025  MINI MCR-2- UNI-UI-2UI-C 2905027  MINI MCR-2- UNI-UI-2UI-PT-C I  I U  U 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 23.5 mA 20.0  20 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 24 mA I  I U  U U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11.5 V U: freely selectable between 0.5 ... 12 V 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 20 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V 20.0  20 mA I: freely selectable between 1.0 ... 21 mA U: freely selectable between 0.5 ... 11 V I  I U  U 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 20 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V 20.0  20 mA I: freely selectable between 1.0 ... 21 mA U: freely selectable between 0.5 ... 11 V Measuring range span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA Sample rate Factory calibration certificate ... / 15 / None 15  15 Hz 60  60 Hz 250  240 Hz None  no factory calibration certificate Yes  certificate but no test data YesPlus  certificate with test data For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 71

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Analog IN/Analog OUT 3-way signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire OUT U,I GND 1 2 TI– + 1 IN U, I+ TI+ + 5 OUT U, I+ active – 2 IN U, I– 6 OUT U, I– – 5 6 passive + 3 PWR+ 7 + PWR+ – 4 PWR– 8 – PWR– FM – R W P + R W P 3-way signal conditioner for standard signals, configurable Zone 2   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) U input 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V -5 V ... 5 V 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V -10 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 20 V 4 V ... 20 V -20 V ... 20 V 0 V ... 24 V 4.8 V ... 24 V -24 V ... 24 V 0 V ... 30 V 6 V ... 30 V -30 V ... 30 V >1,000 kΩ U output 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V -5 V ... 5 V 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V -10 V ... 10 V <32 mA ≥10 kΩ <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) U output 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 25 mA (current output, at 24 V DC incl. load) Technical data I input 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA -20 mA ... 20 mA Approx. 63 Ω (+ 0.7 V for test diode) I output 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 22 mA <17 V ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) I output 54 mA (current output, at 12 V DC incl. load) ≤800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load) ≤0.1% (of final value) 0.01%/K, typically 0.01%/K 30 Hz (via DIP switch) <8.5 ms (with 30 Hz filter) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 C, EMC2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IN U,I U,I OUT FM POWER – Configurable, ultra-compact signal conditioner for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Standard signal combinations configurable via DIP switches – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector Input resistance – Status LED Notes: Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key. Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10-90%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description 3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of analog signals Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT MINI MCR-2-UI-UI MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT-C MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-C 2902040 2902037 2902039 2902036 1 1 1 1 72 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-UI(-PT)(-C) 3-way signal conditioners (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Input Output Cut-off frequency 5K 30 Hz 5 kHz 2902036 / IN03 / OUT01 / OUT 01  0 ... 20 mA OUT 02  4 ... 20 mA OUT 03  0 ... 10 V OUT 04  2 ... 10 V OUT 05  0 ... 5 V OUT 06  1 ... 5 V OUT 13  -5 ... 5 V OUT 14  -10 ... 10 V 2902036  MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-C 2902039  MINI MCR-2-UI-UI-PT-C IN 01  0 ... 20 mA IN 02  4 ... 20 mA IN 03  0 ... 10 V IN 04  2 ... 10 V IN 05  0 ... 5 V IN 06  1 ... 5 V IN 21  -5 ... 5 V IN 22  -10 ... 10 V IN 23  -20 ... 20 V IN 32  0 ... 20 V IN 35  -20 ... 20 mA IN 38  0 ... 24 V IN 39  0 ... 30 V IN 80  -30 ... 30 V IN 93  -24 ... 24 V IN 94  4.8 ... 24 V IN 95  6 ... 30 V IN 96  4 ... 20 V Signal combinations for MINI MCR-2-U-UI(-PT)(-C) signal conditioners Output Input 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA -20 ... 20 mA 0 ... 5 V 1 ... 5 V -5 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V 2 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 V 4 ... 20 V -20 ... 20 V 0 ... 24 V 4.8 ... 24 V -24 ... 24 V 0 ... 30 V 6 ... 30 V -30 ... 30 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 5 V 1 ... 5 V -5 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V 2 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 73

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Analog IN/Analog OUT 3-way signal conditioners new Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire OUT U+ U- 1 2 + 1 IN U + – 2 IN U – TI+ + 5 OUT U, I+ active 6 OUT U, I– 5 6 passive + 3 PWR+ 7 PWR+ – 4 PWR– 8 PWR– FM – R W P + R W P Zone 2 Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10-90%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description 3-way signal conditioner for standard signals, configurable Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data See table >10 kΩ U output 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V -5 V ... 5 V 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V -10 V ... 10 V <32 mA ≥10 kΩ <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) U output 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 25 mA (current output, at 24 V DC incl. load) I output 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 22 mA <17 V ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) I output 54 mA (current output, at 12 V DC incl. load) ≤800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load) ≤0.1% (of final value) 0.01%/K 30 Hz (via DIP switch) <8.5 ms (with 30 Hz filter) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 - Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2902021 2902019 2902020 2902018 1 1 1 1 Type Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-U-UI-PT MINI MCR-2-U-UI MINI MCR-2-U-UI-PT-C MINI MCR-2-U-UI-C IN U U,I OUT FM POWER – Configurable 3-way signal conditioner with plug-in connection technology – Input and output signal range configurable via DIP switches – Input signal range from 50 mV to 30 V – Bipolar input/output signals – Calibrated measuring range switch-over – Approval for Ex zone 2 (nA) – Screw or Push-in connection – Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 – Supply voltage range of 9.6 V ... 30 V DC Notes: Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key. 74 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-U-UI(-PT)(-C) 3-way signal conditioners (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Input Output Cut-off frequency 5K 30 Hz 5 kHz 2902018 / IN03 / OUT01 / OUT 01  0 ... 20 mA OUT 02  4 ... 20 mA OUT 03  0 ... 10 V OUT 04  2 ... 10 V OUT 05  0 ... 5 V OUT 06  1 ... 5 V OUT 13  -5 ... 5 V OUT 14  -10 ... 10 V 2902018  MINI MCR-2- U-UI-C 2902021  MINI MCR-2- U-UI-PT-C IN40  0 ... 50 mV IN53  50 mV IN24  0 ... 60 mV IN13  60 mV IN41  0 ... 75 mV IN54  75 mV IN42  0 ... 80 mV IN55  80 mV IN25  0 ... 100 mV IN14  100 mV IN43  0 ... 120 mV IN56  120 mV IN44  0 ... 150 mV IN57  150 mV IN26  0 ... 200 mV IN15  200 mV IN45  0 ... 240 mV IN58  240 mV IN27  0 ... 300 mV IN16  300 mV IN28  0 ... 500 mV IN17  500 mV IN46  0 ... 600 mV IN59  600 mV IN47  0 ... 750 mV IN60  750 mV IN48  0 ... 800 mV IN61  800 mV IN29  0 ... 1 V IN18  1 V IN49  0 ... 1.2 V IN62  1.2 V IN50  0 ... 1.5 V IN63  1.5 V IN30  0 ... 2 V IN19  2 V IN51  0 ... 2.4 V IN64  2.4 V IN52  0 ... 3 V IN65  3 V IN05  0 ... 5 V IN21  5 V IN100  0 ... 7.5 V IN107  7.5 V IN03  0 ... 10 V IN22  10 V IN101  0 ... 12 V IN108  12 V IN67  0 ... 15 V IN79  15 V IN32  0 ... 20 V IN23  20 V IN38  0 ... 24 V IN93  24 V IN39  0 ... 30 V IN80  30 V Signal combinations for MINI MCR-2-U-UI(-PT)(-C) signal conditioners Output Input 0 ... 50 mV (50 mV) 0 ... 60 mV (60 mV) 0 ... 75 mV (75 mV) 0 ... 80 mV (80 mV) 0 ... 100 mV (100 mV) 0 ... 120 mV (120 mV) 0 ... 150 mV (150 mV) 0 ... 200 mV (200 mV) 0 ... 240 mV (240 mV) 0 ... 300 mV (300 mV) 0 ... 500 mV (500 mV) 0 ... 600 mV (600 mV) 0 ... 750 mV (750 mV) 0 ... 800 mV (800 mV) 0 ... 1 V (1 V) 0 ... 1.2 V (1.2 V) 0 ... 1.5 V (1.5 V) 0 ... 2 V (2 V) 0 ... 2.4 V (2.4 V) 0 ... 3 V (3 V) 0 ... 5 V (5 V) 0 ... 7.5 V (7.5 V) 0 ... 10 V (10 V) 0 ... 12 V (12 V) 0 ... 15 V (15 V) 0 ... 20 V (20 V) 0 ... 24 V (24 V) 0 ... 30 V (30 V) 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 5 V 1 ... 5 V -5 ... 5 V 0 ... 10 V 2 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Unipolar or bipolar selection option available for input signal via DIP switch. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 75

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Analog IN/Analog OUT 3-way signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire OUT U+ OUT U- 1 2 + 1 IN U+ – 2 IN U– TI+ + 5 OUT I+ active 6 – OUT I– 5 6 passive + 3 PWR+ 7 + PWR+ – 4 PWR– 8 – PWR– FM – R W P + R W P Zone 2 Input data Input resistance Output data Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Nominal supply voltage Typ. current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10-90%) Degree of protection Electrical isolation EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL 3-way signal conditioner with fixed signal combinations   Ex:   U input Approx. 1 MΩ U output 11 V <15 mA ≥10 kΩ <20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) Technical data I input Approx. 63 Ω (+ 0.7 V for test diode) I output 22 mA <17 V ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 25 mA (24 V DC) 0.1% (of final value) 0.01%/K, typically 0.01%/K Approx. 30 Hz Approx. 10 ms IP20 Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 C, EMC2 Ordering data Description Input signal Output signal Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of analog signals Push-in connection 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-2-U-I0-PT Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V MINI MCR-2-U-I0 MINI MCR-2-U-I4-PT MINI MCR-2-U-I4 MINI MCR-2-I0-U-PT MINI MCR-2-I0-U MINI MCR-2-I4-U-PT MINI MCR-2-I4-U MINI MCR-2-I-I-PT MINI MCR-2-I-I MINI MCR-2-U-U-PT MINI MCR-2-U-U 2902023 2902022 2902030 2902029 2902001 2902000 2902003 2902002 2901999 2901998 2902043 2902042 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IN U,I U,I OUT FM POWER – Highly compact signal conditioners for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals – Fixed signal combinations – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status LED Notes: Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 76 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Analog IN/Analog OUT 3-way repeater power supplies POWER IN OUT I I FM POWER – Highly compact repeater power supply for electrical isolation, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals – Supply of 2-conductor and passive 3-conductor sensors – Can also be used as an isolator without supply – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status LED Notes: Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking components can be found starting at page 102 Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS 2-wire 3-wire US 4-wire PWR IN+ OUT I– PWR IN+ OUT I+ OUT I– OUT I+ OUT I– 1 2 1 3 4 3 4 TI+ + 1 PWR OUT + – 2 IN I– TI– + 3 IN I+ TI+ + 5 OUT I+ active 6 – OUT I– 7 + PWR+ 5 6 passive – 4 IN I– 8 – PWR– FM – R W P + R W P Zone 2 Input data Input signal Input resistance Transmitter supply voltage Output data Output signal Maximum output signal No-load voltage Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10-90%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description 3-way repeater power supplies 3-way repeater power supply   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data 0 ... 20 mA, isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA, repeater power supply and isolator operation Approx. 68 Ω (+ 0.7 V for test diode) >19.5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 24 mA <20 V ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 25 mA (at 24 V DC and in isolator operation) ≤1400 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load) 0.05% (of final value, at 4 mA ... 20 mA) 0.0075%/K, typically 0.0075%/K >1.75 kHz (typically) <200 µs (typically) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5 C, EMC2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I-PT MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-I 2902015 2902014 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 77

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Analog IN / Analog OUT Power supply doublers new OUT1 I POWER IN I I OUT2 FM POWER Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS PWR IN+ 2-wire OUT I- US 4-wire OUT I– OUT I+ 1 2 1 2 TI+ + 1 PWR OUT+ /IN – TI+ + 5 OUT 1 I+ 5 pas. – 2 TI+ + 3 IN I- / IN I+ OUT I1 - 6 – 6 7 + OUT 2 I+ PWR+ – 4 OUT 2 I– FM 8 – PWR- – R W P + R W P 3 pas. 4 Power supply doubler with HART transmission – Highly compact power supply doubler with electrical isolation for doubling, amplifying, and filtering standard analog signals – Supply of 2-conductor sensors – Can also be used as an isolator without supply – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status LED Zone 2   Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data 0 ... 20 mA, isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA, repeater power supply and isolator operation 90 Ω (+1.6 V) >19.5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 25 mA <20 V ≤500 Ω (per channel) <20 mVPP (at 500 Ω) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 40 mA (at 24 V DC and in isolator operation) 1.6 W (at IOUT = 20 mA, 500 Ω load) 0.05% (of final value) 0.0075%/K, >1 kHz (typically) <400 µs (typically) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5 B, B, A, A Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Input data Input signal Input resistance Transmitter supply voltage Output data Output signal Maximum output signal No-load voltage Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10-90%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description 4-way power supply doubler, with HART transmission and automatic active/passive detection at the outputs Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-2I-PT MINI MCR-2-RPSS-I-2I 2905629 2905628 1 1 78 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Analog IN / Analog OUT 2-way repeater power supplies, output loop-powered new I POWER IN POWER OUT I Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS PWR IN+ 2-wire OUT I- 1 2 TI+ + 1 PWR OUT+ – 2 IN I– TI– + 5 PWR IN+ passive OUT I– 6 – 5 6 PWR active max. 30VDC 3 4 7 8 Zone 2 – The single or dual-channel output loop-powered 2-way repeater power supply with plug-in connection technology is used for the electrical isolation and filtering of analog signals – This device allows operation on an active analog input module – The module and the connected sensors are powered via the current loop of the controller – As a result, no additional power supply is required – Input signal = output signal: 0(4) mA ... 20 mA Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Output data Output signal Output signal General data Maximum transmission error Additional error, depending on the input voltage Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada Either 1- or 2-channel   Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA UA - 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 5 V ... 30 V ≤0.1% (at 5 V) (UA - 5 V) x 0.06% ≤0.001%/K 100 Hz Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Output loop-powered 2-way repeater power supply, for isolating current signals without auxiliary power Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-RPS-I-I-OLP-PT MINI MCR-2-RPS-I-I-OLP MINI MCR-2-RPS-2I-2I-OLP-PT MINI MCR-2-RPS-2I-2I-OLP 2906447 2906446 2906449 2906448 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 79

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Analog IN/Analog OUT 2-way passive isolators, input loop-powered IN POWER IN POWER I I I I OUT OUT Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire OUT I+ 1 PWR max 30VDC 2 OUT I- TI– + 1 IN I+ – 2 IN I– TI+ + 5 OUT I+ active 6 – OUT I– 5 6 passive 3 4 7 8 Zone 2 – Highly-compact 2-way repeater power supply – Input loop-supplied – Does not require any additional auxiliary voltage – For electrical isolation and filtering of analog signals – Powered via the current loop of the sensor – Input signal = output signal 0(4) to 20 mA – Plug-in connection system – Status LED Notes: Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 Input data Input signal Input voltage limitation Voltage drop Response current Output data Output signal Load RB Transmission Behavior General data Maximum transmission error Additional error per 100 Ω load Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada GL Description Either 1- or 2-channel  Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 30 V 3.1 V (I = 20 mA) Approx. 200 µA 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA <600 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal) 1:1 to input signal ≤0.1% (of final value) <0.075% (of measured value / 100 Ω load) ≤0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load) 100 Hz Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 GL applied for Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Input loop-powered 2-way isolator, for isolating current signals without auxiliary power single-channel single-channel two-channel two-channel Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-I-I-ILP-PT MINI MCR-2-I-I-ILP MINI MCR-2-2I-2I-ILP-PT MINI MCR-2-2I-2I-ILP 2901995 2901994 2901997 2901996 1 1 1 1 I US 4-wire UE U = 3,1 V V I I RB U = 30 V DC

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology new MCR technology Analog IN/Analog OUT 2-way passive isolators, output loop-powered Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire OUT I+ OUT I- OUT U+ 1 2 3 4 IN U,I I POWER OUT US 4-wire OUT U- TI– + 1 IN I+ – 2 IN I– + 3 IN U+ – 4 IN U– TI+ + 5 PWR In passive 6 – OUT I 5 6 PWR active 7 8 Zone 2 D W H Configurable, up to 74 signal combinations    Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) U input 2 ... 10 V, additional areas can be configured, see table I input – Highly-compact passive isolator for electrical isolation and filtering of standard analog signals – Safe 2-way isolation – Supplied by an output loop – Does not require any additional auxiliary voltage – Up to 74 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches – Plug-in connection system – Voltage input from mV voltages up to 30 V – Current input from 2 to 40 mA – Status LED Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key. Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10-90%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 DNV GL <30 V Approx. 100 kΩ (at ≤1 V, otherwise approximately 1 MΩ) 50 mA (dielectric strength up to 30 V) 25 Ω (+ 0.7 V for test diode) 4 ... 20 mA 32 mA <1,000 Ω ((UB - 8 V) / 22 mA) <10 mVrms (at 600 Ω) ≤20 mA ≤0.1% (of final value) 0.01%/K, typically 0.005%/K Approx. 30 Hz 20 ms Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5 B, B, A, A Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Output loop-powered 2-way isolator, for isolating current signals without auxiliary power Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-PT-C MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP-C 2902063 2902061 2902062 2902060 1 1 1 1 Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-I-OLP(-PT)(-C) Order No. Input 2902060 / 0 mV ... 1,000 mV 2902060  MINI MCR-2- UI-I-OLP-C 2902062  MINI MCR-2- UI-I-OLP-PT-C 0 mV ... 1,000 mV 0 mV ... 750 mV 0 mV ... 500 mV 0 mV ... 300 mV 0 mV ... 250 mV 0 mV ... 200 mV 0 mV ... 150 mV 0 mV ... 125 mV 0 mV ... 120 mV 0 mV ... 100 mV 0 mV ... 75 mV 0 mV ... 60 mV 0 mV ... 50 mV 0 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 7.5 V 0 V ... 5 V 0 V ... 3 V 0 V ... 2.5 V 0 V ... 2 V 0 V ... 1.5 V 0 V ... 1.25 V 0 V ... 1.2 V 0 V ... 30 V 0 V ... 25 V 0 V ... 20 V 0 V ... 12.5 V 0 V ... 12 V 0 V ... 15 V 2 V ... 10 V -1,000 mV ... 1,000 mV -750 mV ... 750 mV -500 mV ... 500 mV -300 mV ... 300 mV -250 mV ... 250 mV -200 mV ... 200 mV -125 mV ... 125 mV -120 mV ... 120 mV -150 mV ... 150 mV -100 mV ... 100 mV -75 mV ... 75 mV -60 mV ... 60 mV -50 mV ... 50 mV -10 V ... 10 V -7.5 V ... 7.5 V -5 V ... 5 V -3 V ... 3 V -2.5 V ... 2.5 V -2 V ... 2 V -1.25 V ... 1.25 V -1.2 V ... 1.2 V -1.5 V ... 1.5 V -30 V ... 30 V -25 V ... 25 V -20 V ... 20 V -12.5 V ... 12.5 V -12 V ... 12 V -15 V ... 15 V 1 V ... 5 V 0 mA ... 40 mA 0 mA ... 30 mA 0 mA ... 20 mA 0 mA ... 12 mA 0 mA ... 10 mA 0 mA ... 8 mA 0 mA ... 7.5 mA 0 mA ... 5 mA 0 mA ... 6 mA 0 mA ... 4 mA 0 mA ... 3 mA 0 mA ... 2.5 mA 0 mA ... 2 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 2 mA ... 10 mA 1 mA ... 5 mA -2 mA ... 2 mA -3 mA ... 3 mA -10 mA ... 10 mA -15 mA ... 15 mA -20 mA ... 20 mA -30 mA ... 30 mA -40 mA ... 40 mA For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 81

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Temperature Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS ϑ ϑ ϑ 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 S-Port TI+ + 5 OUT U, I+ active 6 OUT U, I– – 7 + PWR+ passive 5 6 4 FM 8 – PWR– – R W P + R W P Zone 2 Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Measuring range span Linear resistance measuring range Output data Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software) Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power consumption Transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada IN U,I OUT FM POWER – Universally configurable, highly compact temperature transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of resistance thermometer and remote resistance-type sensor signals – For 2, 3 or 4-conductor sensors in accordance with IEC 751, JIS, GOST – 2-conductor resistance measurement, up to 4,000 Ω – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Standard signal combinations configurable via DIP switches – Freely-configurable with software or smartphone app – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key. DNV GL Universal temperature transducer for resistance thermometers    Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2-, 3-, 4-conductor -200°C ... 850°C (range depends on sensor type, range can be set freely via software or in increments from -150°C to 850°C via DIP switches) ≥20 K 0 Ω ... 4,000 Ω (minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected measuring range) U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V Approx. 12.3 V <31.5 mA ≥10 kΩ <10 mVrms 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA 24.6 mA <17.5 V ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) <10 mVrms (at 600 Ω) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 32 mA (24 V DC) ≤850 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load) 0.1% * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1% >350 K (Pt/Ni) 0.3% * 200 K / set measuring range; 0.3% >200 K (Cu) 0.01%/K Typically 200 ms (2-conductor) Typically 500 ms (3-conductor) Typically 500 ms (4-conductor) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 C, EMC2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-PT-C MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI-C 2902052 2902049 2902051 2902048 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 82 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as example) Order No. Sensor type Connection technology Measuring unit Measuring range Start End Output Output signal Start End 2902048 / PT100 / 3 / C / -50 / 150 / I / 4.0 / 20.0 / ... 2902048  MINI MCR-2- RTD-UI-C 2902051  MINI MCR-2- RTD-UI-PT-C PT100  Pt 100 IEC751 PT200  Pt 200 IEC751 PT500  Pt 500 IEC751 PT1000  Pt 1000 IEC751 PT100G  Pt 100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00394) PT1000G  Pt 1000 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00394) PT100J  Pt 100 JIS C1604/1997 PT1000J  Pt 1000 JIS C1604/1997 NI100  Ni 100 DIN 43760 NI1000  Ni 1000 DIN 43760 CU50  Cu 50 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) CU100  Cu 100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) CU53  Cu 53 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426) 2  2-conductor 3  3-conductor 4  4-conductor C °C F °F Freely selectable between -200°C ... 850°C (measuring range limits depend on sensor type) Freely selectable between -200°C ... 850°C (measuring range limits depend on sensor type) I  I U  U 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21 mA 20.0  20 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V Minimum measuring span 20 K Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA Failure information Behavior in the event of an error Open circuit Short circuit Measuring value over-range Measured value under-range Factory calibration certificate ... / NE43DO / 0.0 / 0.0 / 0.0 / 0.0 / None FD  Freely definable 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) Note: Failure information in accordance with NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output NE43UP  NE 43 upscale NE43DO  NE 43 downscale NE430  NE 43 0 mA NE43UD  NE 43 upscale/ downscale 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 3.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 3.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 21.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 21.5 mA None  no factory calibration certificate Yes  certificate but no test data YesPlus  certificate with test data Sensor types and measuring ranges for MINI MCR-2-RTD-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducers Sensor type Standard Measuring range Pt 100 Pt 200 Pt 500 Pt 1000 Pt 100 Pt 1000 Pt 100 Pt 1000 Ni100 Ni 1000 Cu50 Cu100 Cu53 Customer-specific characteristic curves IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) JIS C1604-1997 JIS C1604-1997 DIN 43760 DIN 43760 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.0428) GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.0428) GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.0426) -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -200°C ... +850°C -60°C ... +250°C -60°C ... +250°C -180°C ... +200°C -180°C ... +200°C -50°C ... +180°C -200°C ... +850°C Smallest measuring span 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K 20 K Adjustable using: DIP switch DIP switch Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 83

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Temperature Temperature transducers for thermocouples Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS TC 1 2 S-Port + 1 – 2 3 4 passive 5 6 TI+ + 5 OUT U, I+ active 6 OUT U, I– – 7 + PWR+ 8 – PWR– FM – R W P + R W P IN U,I OUT FM POWER Universal temperature transducer for thermocouples Zone 2    Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm – Universally configurable, highly compact Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Measuring range span Output data Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software) min. 50 K U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V temperature transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of thermocouple signals – Voltage measurement from 0 ... 15 mV to 0 ... 500 mV, fully adjustable – For thermocouples in accordance with IEC 584 and GOST – Internal cold junction compensation – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Standard signal combinations configurable via DIP switches – Freely-configurable with software or smartphone app – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power consumption Transmission error Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key. Cold junction errors Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description Technical data B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L -250°C ... 2500°C (range depends on sensor type, range can be set freely via software or in increments from -150°C to 1350°C via DIP switches) 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V Approx. 12.3 V <31.5 mA ≥10 kΩ <10 mVrms I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA 24.6 mA <17.5 V ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) <10 mVrms (at 600 Ω) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 32.7 mA (24 V DC) ≤850 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load) 0.1% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1% >600 K (C, E, J, K, N, T, L, U, M Gost, L Gost) 0.2% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2% >600 K (B, R, S, A1, A2, A3) 0.2% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2% >600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L, U, M Gost, L Gost); Highspeed Mode 0.4% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.4% >600 K (B, R, S, A1, A2, A3); Highspeed Mode - (typically 2 K (2 K + (0,2 K * ΔT)) ) ≤0.01%/K Typically 400 ms (highspeed Mode: typically 150 ms) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 C, EMC2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Temperature transducers for thermocouples Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT MINI MCR-2-TC-UI MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-PT-C MINI MCR-2-TC-UI-C 2905249 2902055 2905248 2902053 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 84 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-TC-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Sensor type Cold junction error compensation Measuring unit Measuring range Start End Output Output signal Start End 2902053 / J / 1 / C / -200 / 1200 / I / 4.0 / 20.0 / ... 2902053  MINI MCR-2- TC-UI-C 2905248  MINI MCR-2- TC-UI-PT-C B  B IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) E  E IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) J  J IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) K  K IEC584-1(NiCr-Ni) N  N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) R  R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) S  S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) T  T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) L  L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) U  U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) A1G  A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 A2G  A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 A3G  A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 MG  M GOST 8.585-2001 LG  L GOST 8.585-2001 0  OFF 1  AN C °C F °F Freely selectable between Freely selectable between -250°C ... 2500°C (measuring range limits depend on sensor type) -250°C ... 2500°C (measuring range limits depend on sensor type) I  I U  U 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21 mA 20.0  20 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V Minimum measuring span 50 K Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA Failure information Behavior in the event of an error Open circuit Measuring value over-range Measured value under-range Factory calibration certificate ... / NE43DO / 0.0 / 0.0 / 0.0 / None FD  Freely definable 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) None  no factory calibration certificate Yes  certificate but no test data Note: Failure information in accordance with NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output NE43UP  NE 43 upscale NE43DO  NE 43 downscale NE430  NE 43 0 mA NE43UD  NE 43 upscale/downscale 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 3.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 21.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 21.5 mA YesPlus  certificate with test data Sensor types and measuring ranges for MINI MCR-2-TC-UI(-PT)(-C) temperature transducers Sensor type Standard B E J K N R S T L U A-1 A-2 A-3 M L Customer-specific characteristic curves IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 IEC 584-1 DIN 43710 DIN 43710 GOST 8.585 GOST 8.585 GOST 8.585 GOST 8.585 GOST 8.585 Measuring range +500°C ... +1,820°C -230°C ... +1,000°C -210°C ... +1,200°C -250°C ... +1,372°C -200°C ... +1,300°C -50°C ... +1,768°C -50°C ... +1,768°C -200°C ... +400°C -200°C ... +900°C -200°C ... +600°C 0°C ... +2,500°C 0°C ... +1,800°C 0°C ... +1,800°C -200°C ... +100°C -200°C ... +800°C -250°C ... +2,500°C Smallest measuring span 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K 50 K Adjustable using: Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app DIP switch DIP switch Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app Software or smartphone app For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 85

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Frequency Universal frequency transducers new Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS U,I IN f OUT FM POWER – Universally configurable, highly compact 3-way isolated frequency transducer with inverting transistor switching output – Suitable for the connection of NAMUR proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227) as well as for sensors with NPN and PNP outputs that generate a frequency signal – For electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of frequency and PWM signals – Frequency signals in the range from 0.002 to 200 kHz and PWM signals up to 1 kHz – Supports fault monitoring – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Standard behavior can be configured via DIP switches – Freely configurable via software or smartphone app – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 PNP NPN NAMUR universal frequency OUT max.30VDC 100mA PWR– 1 3 2 3 4 Input data Input sources Frequency measuring range Maximum input signal PWM (range) Measuring range span Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple Switching output Relay output Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Minimum switching current General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description MCR frequency transducers Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Constant voltage source with Push-in connection with screw connection Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 MINI MCR-2-SPS-24-15-PT MINI MCR-2-SPS-24-15 1033201 1033202 86 PHOENIX CONTACT S-Port TI+ +5 OUT U, I+ active OUT U, I– –6 passive 5 6 1 IN 2 IN 3 IN 4 RO+ FM +7 PWR+ –8 PWR– – R W P + R W P Zone 2 Configurable, universal frequency or PWM input   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data NAMUR initiators NPN/PNP transistor outputs Floating contact (dry contact) Frequency generator Incremental encoder (speed only) HTL encoders TTL rotary transducer S0 signal 0.002 Hz ... 200 kHz 30 V (incl. DC voltage) 0.002 Hz ... 60 Hz (Duty cycle 2 ... 98%) 60 Hz ... 300 Hz (Duty cycle 5 ... 95%) 300 Hz ... 600 Hz (Duty cycle 10 ... 90%) 600 Hz ... 1,000 Hz (Duty cycle 20 ... 80%) ≥2 V U output 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V Approx. 12.3 V ≥10 kΩ <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA 24.6 mA ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) 1 N/O contact 30 V DC 100 mA (30 V) 100 µA 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 32 mA (24 V DC) 63 mA (12 V DC) ≤1 W (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load) 0.1% (Frequency) 1% (PWM signal) 0.01%/K, typically 0.01%/K <35 ms (f >500 Hz) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5 B, B, A, A Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-F-UI-PT MINI MCR-2-F-UI MINI MCR-2-F-UI-PT-C MINI MCR-2-F-UI-C 2902058 2902056 2902059 2902057 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-F-UI(-PT)(-C) 3-way signal conditioners (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Input Input signal Sensor Low voltage level High voltage level Frequency signal Start End PWM signal Start End Output signal f f  f PWM  PWM 2902057 / 2902057  MINI MCR-2- F-UI-C 2902059  MINI MCR-2- F-UI-PT-C / NAMUR / 0 / 30 / 0.002 / 200,000.000 / 2 / 98 / I / ... NAMUR  NAMUR NPN  NPN PNP  PNP Frequency  General frequency input U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 28 V U: freely selectable between 2.0 ... 30 V 0.002  0.002 Hz 200,000.000  200,000.000 Hz PWM: freely selectable between 2 ... 88% PWM: freely selectable between 12 ... 98% I  I U  U The minimum measuring span must be 2 V. The minimum measuring span must be 2 V. f:  freely selectable between 0.002 ... 133,333.33 Hz f:  freely selectable between 0.003 ... 200,000 Hz Measuring range span at least 10%/see below* Increment 1% / 0.001 Hz Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA Output Start End Switching output Switching function Low switching point (SPL) High switching point (SPH) Factory calibration certificate ... / 4.0 / 20.0 / 0 / 0.0 / 0.0 / NONE 0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 20 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10 V 0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V 0  L 1  H 2  L -->SPH -->H 3  H -->SPH -->L 4  L -->SPH -->H -->SPH -->L 5  H -->SPH -->L -->SPH -->H 6  L -->SPL -->H -->SPH -->L 7  H -->SPL -->L -->SPH -->H f:  freely selectable between 0.002 ... 133,333.33 Hz f:  freely selectable between 0.003 ... 200,000 Hz NONE YES YES PLUS PWM: freely selectable between 2 ... 88% Only values for switching functions 4, 5, 6, 7 can be set PWM: freely selectable between 12 ... 98% Only values for switching functions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 can be set Values depend on the input range selected Values depend on the input range selected Note: L = Low (relay off) H = High (relay on) SPL = Setpoint Low SPH = Setpoint High * Note: The minimum separation between the two values depends on the frequency range in which they are located. If the start value is being set, then the maximum possible value that can be set depends on the already set final value. If the final value is being set, then the smallest possible value that can be set depends on the already set start value. If the start value is being set: If the final value is being set: Final Value  10.1 Hz >10.1 Hz ... 110 Hz >110 Hz ... 240 Hz >240 Hz ... 364 Hz >364 Hz ... 490 Hz >490 Hz Maximum possible start value that can be set Final value 1.01 Final value 1.1 Final value 1.2 Final value 1.3 Final value 1.4 Final value 1.5 Start value  10 Hz >10 Hz ... 100 Hz >100 Hz ... 200 Hz >200 Hz ... 280 Hz >280 Hz ... 350 Hz >350 Hz Smallest possible final value that can be set Start value 1.01 Start value 1.1 Start value 1.2 Start value 1.3 Start value 1.4 Start value 1.5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 87

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Frequency Analog frequency transducers Sensor / Field IN OUT US 4-wire OUT I+ OUT I- 1 2 S-Port TI– + 1 IN U, I+ OUT f 5 + PWM+ passive – 2 IN U, I– + 3 RO + –6 OUT f PWM– 7 + PWR+ – 4 RO - FM 8 – PWR– + R W P – R W P f IN U, I OUT FM POWER PLC / DCS supply max. 30VDC + - max. 100mA RL + T U O - T U O 5 6 D W H Configurable, frequency, PWM or switching output II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X    Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Input data Input signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software) Maximum input signal Input resistance U input 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V 10 V ... 0 V 10 V ... 2 V 5 V ... 0 V 5 V ... 1 V 0 V ... 12 V 12 V >120 kΩ Output data Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software) Frequency output 0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz I input 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 0 mA ... 10 mA 2 mA ... 10 mA 20 mA ... 0 mA 20 mA ... 4 mA 10 mA ... 0 mA 10 mA ... 2 mA 0 mA ... 24 mA 24 mA Approx. 50 Ω (+ 0.7 V for test diode) PWM output 15.6 kHz (10 bit) / 1.9 kHz (10 bit) 3.9 kHz (12 bit) / 488 Hz (12 bit) 977 Hz (14 bit) / 122 Hz (14 bit) 50 Hz (15 Bit) / 244 Hz (16 bit) 12 mA ≤(UL / RL) ≤100 mA Minimum load Load current maximum Maximum switching voltage Overrange/underrange General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Transmission error, maximum Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description 0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz 0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz 0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz 4 mA ≤(UL / RL) ≤100 mA 100 mA 30 V Can be set (via software) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 27 mA (12 V DC) 13.5 mA (24 V DC) ≤350 mW (9.6 V DC) ≤0.1% (>7 kHz ≤0.2%) <0.01%/K, typically 0.01%/K 120 ms (15 Hz sample rate) Further values can be set via software Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 B, B, A, A Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Analog frequency converter with limit value function Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-PT-C MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO-C 2902032 2902031 2906202 2906201 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 – Universally configurable highly-compact analog-to-frequency measuring transducer for electrical isolation, amplification, conversion and filtering of analog standard signals to frequencies or PWM signals – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Additional switching output – Frequency output can be used as second switching output – Standard signal combinations configurable via DIP switches – Freely-configurable with software or smartphone app – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. 88 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-FRO(-PT)(-C) analog frequency measuring transducers (standard configuration entered as example) Order No. Input Input signal Start End Output Output signal Carrier frequency Start End Measuring range limit 2906201 / I / 0.0 / 20.0 / I  I U  U 2906201  MINI MCR-2- UI-FRO-C 2906202  MINI MCR-2- UI-FRO-PT-C 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 24 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 12 V 20.0  20 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 24 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 12 V I f  f / 0 / 0 / 1,000 / 15 / ... 0  at frequency output 0  0 Hz f: freely selectable between 0 ... 10 kHz 10,000  10 kHz f: freely selectable between 0 ... 10 kHz 0  off 1  on D: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 100% D: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 100% PWM  PWM 15.6 k  15.6 kHz 15.6 kHz (10 bits) 1.9 kHz (10 bits) 7.8 kHz (11 bits) 977 Hz (11 bits) 3.9 kHz (12 bits) 488 Hz (12 bits) 1.9 kHz (13 bits) 244 Hz (13 bits) 977 Hz (14 bits) 122 Hz (14 bits) 488 Hz (15 bits) 61 Hz (15 bits) 244 Hz (16 bits) 31 Hz (16 bits) Measuring range span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA Output signal span at least 10 Hz / 1% Increment 1 Hz / 0.1% Cut-off frequency Failure information Open circuit / short circuit Behavior in the event of an error Measuring value over-range Measured value under-range Factory calibration certificate ... / 15 / 0 / FD / 0 / 0 / NONE 15 Hz  15 Hz 60 Hz  60 Hz 240 Hz  240 Hz 0  0 Hz f: freely selectable between 0 ... 11 kHz D: freely selectable between 0.0 and 100% FD  Freely definable Failure information only adjustable for unlimited output 0  0 Hz f: freely selectable between 0 ... 11 kHz D: freely selectable between 0.0 and 100% 0  0 Hz f: freely selectable between 0 ... 11 kHz D: freely selectable between 0.0 and 100% (free definition only for unlimited output) (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) (free definition only for unlimited output) (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) (free definition only for unlimited output) (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) None  no factory calibration certificate Yes  certificate but no test data YesPlus  certificate with test data For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 89

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Potentiometers Potentiometer transducers Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS 1 2 3 1 IN 2 3 IN IN S-Port TI+ + 5 OUT U, I+ active 6 OUT U, I– – 7 + PWR+ passive 5 6 4 FM 8 – PWR– – R W P + R W P Zone 2 Input data Potentiometer Output data Output signal (configurable via DIP switch or freely via software) Maximum output signal No-load voltage Short-circuit current Load RB Ripple Behavior in the event of a sensor error General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL IN R U,I OUT FM POWER – Universally configurable, highly compact potentiometer transducer for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of potentiometer signals – For potentiometers from 100 Ω to 100 kΩ – Automatic potentiometer detection without manual adjustment – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Standard signal combinations configurable via DIP switches – Freely-configurable with software or smartphone app – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 Potentiometer transducer, configurable   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm 100 Ω ... 100 kΩ U output 1 ... 5 V / 10 ... 0 V 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V Approx. 12.3 V <31.5 mA ≥10 kΩ <20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) configurable Technical data I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA 24.6 mA <17.5 V ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) <20 mVPP 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 33 mA (24 V DC) ≤850 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, 600 Ω load) <0.1% (R <240 Ω = <0,2%) 0.01%/K, typically 0.01%/K <60 ms Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5 C, EMC2 Ordering data To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the desired configuration by referring to the order key. Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Potentiometer transducer Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT MINI MCR-2-POT-UI MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-PT-C MINI MCR-2-POT-UI-C 2902017 2902016 2905006 2905005 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 90 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-POT-UI(-PT)(-C) potentiometer measuring transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Automatic potentiometer detection Output Output signal Start End Sliding mean value Open circuit detection 2905005 / AUTO / I 4.0 20.0 / AUTO  ON OFF  OFF I  I U  U 2905005  MINI MCR-2- POT-UI-C 2905006  MINI MCR-2- POT-UI-PT-C 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21 mA 20.0  20 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10.5 V / ON / ... ON  ON OFF  OFF 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Output signal span at least 0.5 V / 1 mA Increment 0.1 V / 0.1 mA Failure information Behavior in the event of an error Open circuit slider Input open (no potentiometer connected) Measuring value over-range Measured value under-range ... / NE43DO / 0.0 / 0.0 / 0.0 / 0.0 FD  Freely definable 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (only if open circuit detection is on) (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) 0.0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 21.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11 V (signal type corresponds to selected output signal) Note: Failure information in accordance with NE 43 can only be selected for 4 ... 20 mA output NE43UP  NE 43 upscale NE43DO  NE 43 downscale NE430  NE 43 0 mA NE43UD  NE 43 upscale/downscale 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 3.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 3.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 21.5 mA 21.5 mA 3.5 mA 0 mA 21.5 mA For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 91

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Digital IN Signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS 1 2 1 2 1 2 + 1 IN + + 5 OUT 1+ – 2 IN– 6 – OUT 1– + 3 OUT 2+ 7 + PWR+ – 4 OUT 2- FM 8 – PWR– + R W P – R W P 5 6 3 4 DI1 DI2 D W H Configurable, for NAMUR sensors and floating contacts II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X   Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm Input data Input signal Control circuit No-load voltage Switching points (in accordance with IEC 60947-5-6) Line error detection Switching output Transistor output Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit 8.2 V DC ±10% <1.2 mA (blocking) >2.1 mA (conductive) >6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit) <0.35 mA (with wire break) N/O contact behavior 2x 30 V DC 50 mA 5 kHz 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 18 mA (24 V DC) 35 mA (12 V DC) 450 mW (9.6 V DC) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 B, B, A, A Ordering data IN OUT FM POWER – Highly compact signal conditioners for electrical isolation, amplification, and duplication of proximity sensor signals – For proximity sensors in accordance with IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227 – Floating contacts and contacts with resistance circuit can be connected – Plug-in connection system – Input and output signals can be configured via DIP switches – Transistor switching contacts on the output – Second output can be used as a doubler or error signaling output – Safe 3-way isolation – Switchover between operating current and quiescent current (inverted switching behavior) – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status LEDs Notes: Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioner Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO-PT MINI MCR-2-NAM-2RO 2902005 2902004 1 1 92 PHOENIX CONTACT

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Limit values, threshold value switches PLC / DCS OUT IN Sensor / Field 14 1 1 11 2 11 3 2 3 12 4 4 S-Port TI- 5 IN U, I+ + 6 IN U, I– – 7 + PWR+ 8 – PWR– Zone 2 FM – R W P + R W P Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum input signal Input resistance 5 6 OUT U,I + OUT U,I - 4-wire US D W H Configurable, with relay PDT output    Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm U input 0 ... 10 V / 0 ... 12 V 12 V >120 kΩ Technical data I input 0 ... 20 mA / 0 ... 24 mA 24 mA Approx. 50 Ω (+ 0.7 V for test diode) Specification of the switching point Can be set via software or in steps via DIP switches 1 PDT AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC 6 A Can be set freely via software 0 s ... 10 s (can be set freely via software) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 40 mA (12 V DC) 20 mA (24 V DC) ≤0.5 W 0.1% (of final value) 0.01%/K Typically 140 ms (can be set via software) Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4A B, B, A, A Ordering data Switching output Relay output Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch) Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP switch) General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Limit value switch with relay PDT output, standard configuration Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-UI-REL-PT MINI MCR-2-UI-REL MINI MCR-2-UI-REL-PT-C MINI MCR-2-UI-REL-C 2902035 2902033 2909887 2909886 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IN U,I OUT FM POWER – Universally configurable highly-compact threshold value switch for switching analog limit values – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Standard switching behavior can be configured via DIP switches – Freely-configurable with software or smartphone app – PDT relay at output – Limiting continuous current up to 6 A – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 Information on MINI Analog Pro accessories can be found from page 107 94 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Order key for MINI MCR-2-UI-REL(-PT)(-C) 3-way signal conditioners (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Input Input signal Start End Cut-off frequency 2909886 / I / 0.0 / 24.0 / 15 / ... I  I U  U 2909886  MINI MCR-2- UI-REL-C 2909887  MINI MCR-2- UI-REL-PT-C 0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 23.5 mA U: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 11.5 V 0  0 mA I: freely selectable between 1 ... 24 mA U: freely selectable between 0.5 ... 12 V 15  15 Hz 60  60 Hz 240  240 Hz Measuring range span at least 0.5 V/1 mA Increment 0.1 V/0.1 mA Output Switching function Low switching point (SPL) High switching point (SPH) Switch-on delay Switch-off delay Error ... / 2 / -- / 10 / 0.0 / 0.0 / 0 0  L 1  H 2  L -->SPH -->H 3  H -->SPH -->L 4  L -->SPH -->H -->SPH -->L 5  H -->SPH -->L -->SPH -->H 6  L -->SPL -->H -->SPH -->L 7  H -->SPL -->L -->SPH -->H --  Off I:  freely selectable between 0.04 ... 23.96 mA 10  10 mA I:  freely selectable between 0.08 ... 24 mA 0  0 sec. t: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10 sec. 0  0 sec. t: freely selectable between 0.0 ... 10 sec. 0  No response U: freely selectable between 0.02 ... 11.98 V U: freely selectable between 0.04 ... 12 V Only values for switching functions 4, 5, 6, 7 can be set Only values for switching functions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 can be set 1  0 relay on 2  0 relay off Note: L = Low (relay off) H = High (relay on) SPL = Setpoint Low SPH = Setpoint High For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 95

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Limit values Temperature Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS TC 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 S-PORT 1 5 5 14 6 6 11 7 + PWR+ 8 – PWR– FM – R W P + R W P IN OUT FM POWER Configurable, temperature transducer with N/O relay output Zone 2    Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm – Universally configurable, highly-compact temperature limit value switch for switching analog limit values from resistance thermometers and remote resistance-type sensor signals – For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor RTD sensors in accordance with IEC 751, JIS, GOST – For thermocouples in accordance with IEC 584 and GOST – 2-conductor resistance measurement, up to 4,000 Ω – Internal cold junction compensation – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Standard behavior can be configured via DIP switches – Freely configurable via software or smartphone app – N/O relay output (N/C function can be set via software) – Limiting continuous current up to 6 A – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Measuring range span Linear resistance measuring range Switching output Relay output Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Minimum switching current Limiting continuous current Hysteresis Setting range of the response delay General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Switching point accuracy Power consumption Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Description Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 Temperature limit value switches Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2-, 3-, 4-conductor -250°C ... 2500°C min. 20 K 0 Ω ... 4,000 Ω 1 N/O contact AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC 6 A (for 250 V AC) 100 mA (12 V DC) 6 A Can be set freely via software 0 s ... 10 s (can be set freely via software) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 44 mA (12 V DC) 22 mA (24 V DC) <0.1% 570 mW 0.01%/K Typically 300 ms Typically 570 ms Typically 380 ms Typically 300 ms Typically 570 ms Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4A B, B, A, A Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-T-REL-PT MINI MCR-2-T-REL 2905633 2905632 1 1 1 1 1 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 96 PHOENIX CONTACT

Configurable, temperature transducer with transistor output   Ex:   Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2-, 3-, 4-conductor -250°C ... 2500°C min. 20 K 0 Ω ... 4,000 Ω 2 N/O contacts 30 V DC 100 mA (30 V (≤50°C)) 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 mA (12 V DC) 10 mA (24 V DC) <0.1% 350 mW 0.01%/K Typically 300 ms Typically 570 ms Typically 380 ms Typically 300 ms Typically 570 ms Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 B, B, A, A Ordering data Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Measuring range span Linear resistance measuring range Switching output Transistor output Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Switching point accuracy Power consumption Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description – Universally configurable, highly-compact temperature limit value switch for switching analog limit values from resistance thermometers and remote resistance-type sensor signals – For 2, 3 or 4-conductor RTD sensors in accordance with IEC 751, JIS, GOST – For thermocouples in accordance with IEC 584 and GOST – 2-conductor resistance measurement, up to 4,000 Ω – Internal cold junction compensation – Plug-in connection system – Safe 3-way isolation – Standard behavior can be configured via DIP switches – Freely configurable via software or smartphone app – 2 transistor switching contacts on the output – Maximum switching current 30 V / 100 mA – Power supply and fault monitoring possible via DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Limit values Temperature Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS TC 1 2 3 4 IN OUT FM POWER 1 2 3 4 FM S-PORT max. 30V DC 100mA 5 R 1+O 6 R 2+O 5 6 PWR- 7 + PWR+ 8 – PWR– – R W P + R W P Zone 2 Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Temperature limit value switches Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-T-2RO-PT MINI MCR-2-T-2RO 2906877 2906876 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 97

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Safely isolated from field to network. MINI Analog Pro signal conditioners with bus and network connections combine the benefits of safe electrical isolation with those of digital communication. With an overall width of less than 50 mm, you can transmit, free of interference, up to eight field signals to industrial networks, without the need for signal-specific input cards. Further advantages: – Gateways for different protocols: Modbus/RTU, Modbus/TCP, EtherNet/IPTM, and PROFIBUS DP – Interference-free signal transmission from the field level to the CPU, thanks to safe electrical isolation – Fast, fault-free wiring, by bundling the signals in one network cable 98 PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology No need for input cards – Cost and space savings, as signal-specific input cards are no longer needed Modular and space-saving – Space-saving network integration of freely combinable signal conditioners by means of plug-in gateways Flexible configuration – Quick configuration via rotary coding switch, software, web server or app Smart configuration and monitoring – Carry out on-site configuration and read current values directly off a smartphone with the MINI Analog Pro app Easy startup and service – Measure current signals during operation, without disconnecting current loops Easy maintenance – Large-surface marking areas for standard marking material as well as permanently visible status and error LEDs on each module For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 99

100

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MINI Analog Pro gateways – Easy integration of up to eight field signals into the bus systems – Any combination of signal conditioners Sensor/Field PLC/DCS 2-wire 3-wire Us 4-wire ININ OUT . . . - 8 V - 2 - R C M Bus PLC I I N M 8 x IN MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 - + - + - + Input data Number of inputs Configurable/programmable Current input signal Maximum input current Input resistance of current input Maximum input voltage Output data Number of outputs Data update rate General data Nominal supply voltage range Supply voltage range Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Gateway for bus and network connection   Ex:  Housing width 51.1 mm Technical data 8 Yes 4 mA ... 20 mA 24 mA 50 Ω 5 V 1 15 ms 12 V ... 24 V 9.6 V ... 30 V <1,000 mW 0.1% 0.01% 0.5 kV -40°C ... 65°C PBT 7% GF V0 51.1 / 104.1 / 56.8 mm Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. For bus and network connection Modbus/RTU PROFIBUS DP Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface MINI MCR-2-V8-MOD-RTU MINI MCR-2-V8-PB-DP 2905634 2905636 Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 1 is possible (standard signal, temperature, etc.) – Easy attachment to the output side of MINI Analog Pro modules – Huge savings in terms of input cards and bus couplers – Safe channel-to-channel electrical isolation right through to the CPU – Versions available with Modbus/RTU or PROFIBUS DP – Can be configured via software or smartphone app Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 100 PHOENIX CONTACT

101

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology MINI Analog Pro gateways – Easy integration of up to eight field signals in the bus systems – Any combination of signal conditioners Sensor/Field PLC/DCS is possible (standard signal, temperature, etc.) – Easy attachment to the output side of MINI Analog Pro modules – Huge savings in terms of input cards and bus couplers – Safe channel-to-channel electrical isolation right through to the CPU – Versions available with Modbus/TCP or EtherNet/IP™ – Can be configured via software or smartphone app Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on the programming adapters can be found on page 111 2-wire 3-wire Us 4-wire ININ OUT . . . - 8 V - 2 - R C M Bus PLC I I N M 8 x IN MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 - + - + - + Input data Number of inputs Configurable/programmable Current input signal Maximum input current Input resistance of current input Maximum input voltage Output data Number of outputs Data update rate General data Nominal supply voltage range Supply voltage range Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Test voltage, input/output/supply Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Gateway for bus and network connection   Ex:  Housing width 51.1 mm Technical data 8 Yes 4 mA ... 20 mA 24 mA 50 Ω 5 V 1 15 ms 12 V ... 24 V 9.6 V ... 30 V <1200 mW 0.1% 0.01% 0.5 kV -40°C ... 55°C PBT 7% GF V0 51.1 / 104.1 / 61 mm Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Gateways for bus and network connection Modbus/TCP Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface USB programming adapter for configuring modules with Windows software Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface MINI MCR-2-V8-MOD-TCP 2905635 Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 TWN4 MIFARE NFC USB ADAPTER 2909681 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 101

102

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology System cabling solutions for your MINI Analog Pro signal conditioners System cabling adapter for plugging on to up to eight MINI Analog Pro signal conditioners Thanks to its innovative plug-in concept, the MINI MCR-2-V8-FLK 16 system adapter offers a time-saving wiring solution. Eight MINI Analog Pro signal converters connect easily to a controller using pluggable system cabling. This leads to a considerable reduction in cabling effort and the risk of wiring errors compared to individual wiring on the controller side: Using the system cabling allows you to connect the MINI Analog Pro modules by simply plugging them on to the PLC. The FLK 16 system adapter also offers all the advantages of gateways to bus and network connection, such as configuration and readout of measurement values over NFC, continuous measurement of currents, a generous marking area, and always visible diagnostic and status LEDs. Further advantages: – Plug and Play solution for your MINI Analog Pro signal conditioners – Safe galvanic isolation per channel combined with major time and cost savings – Saves space, thanks to modular plugging of the system cabling adapter 102 PHOENIX CONTACT

103

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Termination Carriers for your MINI Analog Pro signal conditioners Select standard DIN rail device Select module carrier Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable TC... Termination Carriers are compact solutions for conveniently and smoothly connecting standard DIN rail signal conditioners from the MINI Analog Pro series to input and output cards of automation systems using system cabling. Termination Carriers are also available for MACX Analog and PSR safety devices. The most compact signal conditioners combined with the most compact and flexible module carriers on the market enable you to achieve a hitherto unparalleled packing density in your control cabinet together with professional system cabling. Compact – The compact design combined with MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in the control cabinet Rugged and reliable – Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile – PCB is completely decoupled from signal conditioners – PCB without active electronics – Redundant supply via separate DIN rail module – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting Flexible – Profile sections without pitch markings – Quick and safe module connection with plug-in cable sets – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting – Can be flexibly adapted to suit any controller or higher-level control system – Solutions tailored to your requirements on request – Available pre-assembled with modules and wired, or for self-assembly For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 103

104

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Sensor/Field PLC/DCS 2-wire 3-wire Us 4-wire ININ OUT 8 x IN MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 MINI MCR- -...2 - + - + - + . . . - 8 V - 2 - R C M FLK 16 PLC I I N M Input data Number of inputs Configurable/programmable Maximum input current Maximum input voltage Output data Number of outputs Connection method Configurable/programmable General data Test voltage input/output Rated insulation voltage Degree of protection Overvoltage category / Degree of pollution Ambient temperature (operation) Humidity Maximum altitude for use above sea level Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada GL Description System cabling adapter for MINI Analog Pro modules System cabling adapter   Ex:   Housing width 51.1 mm Technical data 8 no 4 A (500 mA per ch.) 30 V 8 IDC/FLK pin strip no 0.5 kV 50 Vrms IP20 II / 2 -40°C ... 70°C 5% ... 95% 4,000 m PBT 7% GF V0 51.1 / 104.1 / 56.8 mm CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC Gc U UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T5 GL applied for Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MINI MCR-2-V8-FLK 16 2901993 1 MINI Analog Pro system adapters – Time-saving wiring solution thanks to unique plug-in concept – System cabling on PLC side – Plug-and-Play – For up to eight channels – Reduces wiring costs and errors – Easy attachment to the output side of MINI Analog Pro modules – Especially easy to maintain, thanks to interruption-free current measurement function 104 PHOENIX CONTACT

105

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Termination Carriers for your MINI Analog Pro signal conditioners The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-MP-P-UNI universal Termination Carrier is a compact solution which connects signal conditioners from the MINI Analog Pro series to analog or binary input and output cards of automation systems. The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-MP-PS-UNI Termination Carrier design, when combined with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer, also enables communication between HART-compatible field devices and a management system. – Connection of up to 16 single-channel signal conditioners – Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos. D-SUB connector – For system cables with D-SUB socket and open ends for universal connection – Redundant supply and monitoring via separate MINI MCR-2-PTB-PT feed-in terminal and MINI MCR-2-FM-RC-PT fault signaling module Notes: Contact us: together, we can develop optimum solutions for your automation system with the Termination Carrier for MINI Analog Pro. TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-MP-P-UNI (Order No. 2906639) is not a class A product. General data Connection to the control system level No. of pos. Maximum operating voltage Maximum permissible current Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Degree of pollution Overvoltage category Air clearances and creepage distances Ambient temperature range Shock Vibration (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Power supply via power module Input voltage range Redundant supply Polarization and surge protection Fuse Status indication Switching output Description Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and feed-through module - With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer MINI Analog Pro power terminal block MINI Analog Pro error signaling module HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-conductor flat-ribbon cable   Ex:  Housing width 136 mm Technical data D-SUB pin strip 37 <30 V DC (per signal/channel) 23 mA (signal/channel) 50 V (basic insulation) 0.5 kV 2 II DIN EN 50178 (basic insulation) -20°C ... 60°C (please observe module specifications) 15g, in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 2g, in accordance with IEC 60068-2-6 136 / 170 / 160 mm 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC Yes, decoupled from diodes Yes 2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable) 2 x red LED (error) 2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) 1 N/C contact (alarm = open) Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. TC-D37SUB-AIO16-MP-PS-UNI 2906640 TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-MP-P-UNI 2906639 Accessories MINI MCR-2-PTB-PT MINI MCR-2-FM-RC-PT MACX MCR-S-MUX 2902067 2904508 2865599 1 1 1 1 1 m r a A l 1 1 2 2 1 W P ) ) + + ( ( 3 3 ) - ( 4 2 W P ) + ( 5 ) - ( 6 1 F 2 F I N O C B M O C 0 2 X M F 1 B T P 1 56 78 6 5 78 0 12 1 22 2 32 3 42 4 52 5 62 6 72 7 82 8 92 0 1 9 2 1 1 0 3 2 1 1 3 3 1 2 3 4 1 3 3 5 1 4 3 6 1 5 3 7 3 B U S D 1 X 1 W P 2 W P M S T P 1 H C 2 H C 3 H C 4 H C 5 H C 6 H C 7 H C 8 H C 9 H C 0 1 H C 1 1 H C 2 1 H C 3 1 H C 4 1 H C 5 1 H C 6 1 H C + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - R C M I I N M - - C R M F - L S C N 1 6 9 2 0 9 2 - + - R C M I I N M S U B - T M F - B T P - L S 8 5 9 2 0 9 2 6 - 2 S B F TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI connection scheme For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 105

106

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Accessories Constant voltage/constant current sources Sensor / Field OUT OUT PLC / DCS TI+ + 1 OUT U,I+ TI+ + 5 OUT U,I+ – 2 OUT U,I– OUT U,I– 6 – + 3 PWR+ 7 + PWR+ – 4 PWR- FM 8 – PWR- – R W P + R W P Zone 2 Input data Input signal Output data Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Short-circuit current Ripple General data Supply voltage range Power consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Electrical isolation Degree of protection EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description D W H Configurable output signals   Ex:  Housing width 6.2 mm 9.6 ... 30 V U output 10 V DC 8.75 V DC 7.5 V DC 6.25 V DC 5 V DC 3.75 V DC 2.5 V DC 1.25 V DC >32 mA <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) Technical data I output 20 mA 17.5 mA 15 mA 12.5 mA 10 mA 7.5 mA 5 mA 2.5 mA 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC <1.1 W (9.6 V DC) ≤0.1% (of final value) <0.01%/K Reinforced insulation in accordance with IEC 61010-1 IP20 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 B, B, A, A Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Constant voltage/constant current source Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-CVCS-PT MINI MCR-2-CVCS Accessories Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually Resistance value 4.7 kΩ Resistance value 10 kΩ EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN EMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2902065 2902064 2940252 2942124 1 1 10 10 POWER U CV I CC IN OUT FM – Constant voltage/constant current source for potentiometers, measuring bridges, encoders, etc. – Plug-in connection system – Highly precise – Output signals can be configured via DIP switches – Input signal corresponds to power supply – Input signal and therefore energy supply and fault monitoring via the DIN rail connector – For voltages up to 10 V and currents up to 20 mA – Status LED 106 PHOENIX CONTACT

107

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Accessories Connector set – FASTCON Pro connector set – Consisting of four connectors, one each for every position on the module – Suitable for all MINI Analog Pro modules – Four-way coding prevents incorrect insertion into the device – Screw or Push-in connection technology With Push-in connection With screw connection Technical data Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Technical data Technical data 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FASTCON Pro connector set - with Push-in connection - with screw connection FASTCON PRO-SET-PT 2906228 1 FASTCON PRO-SET 2906227 1 Accessories, constant voltage sources new Sensor / Field OUT OUT PLC / DCS + 1 PWR OUT+ 5 PWR OUT+ + – 2 OUT – 6 – OUT – + 3 PWR+ 7 + PWR+ – 4 PWR- FM 8 – PWR- – R W P + R W P Zone 2 D W H Input data Input signal Output data Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Short-circuit current Ripple General data EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada Technical data I output 9.6 ... 30 V U output 15 V DC >35 mA <20 mVPP (at 600 Ω) Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 Ordering data Description Constant voltage source with Push-in connection with screw connection Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-SPS-24-15-PT MINI MCR-2-SPS-24-15 1033201 1033202 1 1 POWER U CV I CC IN OUT FM – Sensor feed from 2-conductor or 3-conductor 15 V / 30 mA sensors – 15 V constant voltage source for sensors, encoders, etc. – Plug-in connection system – Input signal corresponds to power supply – Input signal and therefore energy supply and fault monitoring via the DIN rail connector – Status LED For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 107

108

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Accessories DIN rail connectors for bridging the supply voltage ME 6,2 TBUS – Module replacement without interrupting the supply to the remaining modules (hot swappable) – One DIN rail connector for two MINI Analog Pro modules ME 17,5 TBUS – For use with a MINI POWER system power supply unit For bridging the supply voltage For system power supply Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails in accordance with EN 60715, UL-approved Color: gray Color: green DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval, two pieces are required per system power supply ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GY ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2695439 2869728 10 10 Color: green ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 10 H D W For applications with local voltages of over 100 V Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. System power supply, primary-switched, with zone 2 approval. Further information can be found in Catalog 4, surge protection and power supplies. System power supply, primary-switched (not for zone 2). You can find further information in Catalog 4, surge protection and power supplies. MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX 2866653 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 Accessories System power supplies – For supplying the supply voltage via the DIN rail connector where AC voltages are available – Nominal input voltage range 100 ... 240 V AC – 24 V DC output voltage – For up to 60 MINI Analog modules – For up to 1.5 A, secondary – Status and error signaling via diagnostic LEDs 108 PHOENIX CONTACT

109

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Accessories Power terminal blocks – Power terminal block for supplying the supply voltage to the DIN rail connector – Plug-in connection system – Increased output current of 3.2 A – For up to 115 MINI Analog Pro modules – Monitoring of supplies in combination with the fault monitoring module – Flexible redundant supply from one or both module sides – Status and error indicator LEDs Notes: Pay attention to the supply instructions for the MINI and MACX modules. IN OUT FM +9,6 V …+30 V +9,6 V …+30 V + 1 PWR 1 IN OUT-FM – 2 + 3 PWR 2 IN OUT-FM – 4 IN 5 + PWR 1 IN 6 – 7 + PWR 2 IN 8 – +9,6 V …+30 V +9,6 V …+30 V D W H – + PWR OUT Zone 2 Input data/output data Input voltage range Output voltage Output current General data EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description Redundant supply for existing 24 V Technical data 9.9 V DC ... 30 V DC 9.6 V DC ... 29.7 V DC ≤3.2 A Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 C, EMC2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MINI Analog Pro power terminal block Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-PTB-PT MINI MCR-2-PTB 2902067 2902066 1 1 Accessories Setpoint potentiometers D W H Uref IN U OUT 10 V Sw 0 V 0 V – For direct setpoint definition in combination with a constant voltage source Input data Resistance value Linearity Load capacity General data Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Technical data EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN 4.7 kΩ ±20% 5% (of final value) 0.5 W EMG 30-SP-10K LIN 10 kΩ ±20% 5% (of final value) 0.5 W 0°C ... 40°C Any Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F 30 / 75 / 68 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually Resistance value 4.7 kΩ Resistance value 10 kΩ EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN EMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2940252 2942124 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 109

110

MCR technology MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology Accessories Feed-through terminal blocks – Feed-through terminal block for 1:1 forwarding of signals that are already electrically isolated in the MINI Analog Pro group – Plug-in connection system Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS 1 IN 5 OUT 2 IN 3 IN 6 7 OUT OUT 4 IN 8 OUT General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description For signals already electrically isolated Technical data IP20 -40°C ... 70°C any PBT 6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 C, EMC2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MINI Analog Pro feed-through terminal block Screw connection MINI MCR-2-TB 2902068 1 +9,9 V…+30 V IN + PWR 1 1 IN – 2 OUT + 5 OUT RC 6 – OUT RC FAULT CONTACT +9,9 V…+30 V + PWR 2 3 IN – 4 7 + PWR OUT 8 – +9,6 V…+29,7 V D W H Zone 2 FM – R W P + R W P Input data/output data Input signal Output signal Switching output Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current General data Test voltage input/output EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX UL, USA/Canada DNV GL Description MINI Analog Pro error signaling module For group error message and supply monitoring Technical data 9.9 V DC ... 30 V DC 9.6 V DC ... 29.7 V DC 30 V DC 50 mA 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Class A product, see page 583  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 C, EMC2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Push-in connection Screw connection MINI MCR-2-FM-RC-PT MINI MCR-2-FM-RC 2904508 2904504 1 1 Accessories Error message modules – Fault monitoring module for evaluating and reporting group errors from the fault monitoring system – Monitoring of up to 115 connected MINI Analog Pro modules – Plug-in connection system – Monitoring of supply voltages of MINI MCR-2-PTB(-PT) power terminal blocks – Drawing off the supply is possible – Fault signaling via an N/C contact – Status and error indicator LEDs – CE-compliant 110 PHOENIX CONTACT

111

MINI Analog Pro – Highly compact signal conditioners with plug-in connection technology MCR technology Accessories Programming adapters IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER programming adapter for configuring Phoenix Contact INTERFACE modules with S-PORT interface. The adapters are used with the FDT/DTM or the ANALOG-CONF software. For programming the MACX Analog, MINI Analog Pro, and MINI Analog. Accessories Marking labels for transparent cover – Snap-in labels and adhesive labels with large-area for marking – For snapping into or sticking onto MINI Analog Pro covers, without overlapping the status and error LEDs – The sheets can be marked quickly and easily using the BLUEMARK CLED and the THERMOMARK CARD... – They can also be custom printed in accordance with customer requirements General data EMC note Description Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface Technical data Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 1 Unlabeled or labeled in accordance with customer specifications Ordering data Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. UniCard, for marking the CLIPFIX 35-5, 24-part end brackets, 8 individual labels per strip, lettering field size: 30 x 5 mm Lettering field size: 30 x 5 mm 10-section, lettering field size: 15 x 5 mm 10-section, lettering field size: 15 x 5 mm Continuous labels, can be marked with thermal transfer printer, can be separated with a cutter, pitch as desired, strip length up to 1,000 mm white white white white 1 roll = 90 m continuous, height: 5.0 mm, 10 strips white UCT-EM (30X5) UCT-EM (30X5) CUS UC-EMLP (15X5) UC-EMLP (15X5) CUS 0801505 0801589 0819301 0824550 10 1 10 1 SK 5,0 WH:REEL 0805221 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 111

112

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection Reliable and safe In all phases of the product lifecycle, MACX signal conditioners have been developed and produced in accordance with IEC 61508 standards for functional safety. This ensures the highest level of safety for your machines and systems. Save planning and operating costs by combining high signal flexibility with comprehensive SIL certification. From the cost-effective standard signal In addition to being SIL-certified, certain conditioner to multifunctional universal devices, MACX signal conditioners provide you with comprehensive solutions for signal processing. MACX signal conditioners also feature performance level PL d. This means that you can integrate analog signals easily into your safety application in accordance with the Machinery Directive. Versions with PL d and Ex i approval are also available. All Ex i versions are SIL-certified and also have ATEX and IECEx approval. Single and two-channel signal isolators are available for intrinsically safe circuits up to zone 0 and zone 20 and for all gas and dust groups – with an overall width of just 12.5 mm. The products are type-tested by an independent NAMUR test laboratory in accordance with NE 95, ensuring that they satisfy the high requirements of the chemical industry. 112 PHOENIX CONTACT

113

MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection MCR technology Reliable and safe Highest safety for your machines and systems. Precise, interference-free signal transmission and long service life – Patented transmission concept with safe Phoenix Contact meets the requirements electrical isolation Easy configuration and monitoring – Either via FDT/DTM or alternatively with user-friendly stand-alone software – with integrated monitoring function of functional safety in accordance with IEC 61508 in a standardized development process. We take measures for fault avoidance and fault control into consideration, from the development and production of a device up to device operation. – Low power consumption and self-heating – Or without software via DIP switches on the housing front Intelligent concept for supply and diagnostics – 24 Volt power bridging via DIN rail connector for easy wiring, system expansion, or hot-swap module replacement. Direct feed via a MACX module or via supply and fault reporting module with the option of redundant, diode-decoupled supply and fault reporting – Wide-range power supply: Versions with wide range input for direct installation in all power supply networks – anywhere in the world with no additional power supply unit required Fast, error-free signal connection – Compact Termination Carriers for quickly and smoothly connecting MACX DIN rail devices to automation system input and output cards using preassembled VARIOFACE system cabling – Plug and Play – Saves up to 30% of space when compared to other solutions on the market – High system availability, thanks to robust aluminum profile with mechanically decoupled PCB – Easy to service, with a single engineering design for both DIN rail and system applications Easy-maintenance connection technology – Plug-in connection technology, with either screw connection or a spring-cage version with fast Push-in technology – Coding and clear marking ensure reliable protection against polarity reversal and prevent unintentional mismatching of pre-conductord connection terminal blocks – Integrated sockets for testing, or for connecting to HART communicators, for example For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 113

114

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection Intrinsically safe signal transmission in potentially explosive areas Many process technology systems have areas where potentially explosive atmospheres may occur. As such, measuring and control circuits around the world are usually designed with intrinsic safety protection (Ex i). The intrinsic safety type of protection, as opposed to other types of protection (such as increased safety, or Ex e), refers not only to an individual item of equipment but to the entire circuit. A circuit is described as intrinsically safe if the current and voltage are limited to such an extent that no spark or thermal effect can cause a potentially explosive atmosphere to ignite. associated equipment (Ex i signal conditioner) and the connecting cables. Intrinsically safe equipment and intrinsically safe parts of associated items of equipment are classed in accordance with IEC/EN 60079-11 in safety levels ia, ib, and ic. The demonstration of intrinsic safety that the user is required to carry out as described in IEC/EN 60079-14, among others, serves to ensure that the interconnection described above is intrinsically safe. This type of protection offers the user the following advantages, among others: – Service and conversions while the system is operating requiring no special permits – Cost-effective, thanks to the lack of expensive housing designs An intrinsically safe circuit typically consists – Ex i field devices and Ex i signal of at least one item of intrinsically safe equipment (field device) and one item of conditioners can be combined regardless of manufacturer See our free brochure for detailed information on the topic of explosion protection: https://www.phoenixcontact.com/assets/ downloads_ed/global/web_dwl_promotion/ 5149416_EN_HQ_Explosion_protection_ LoRes.pdf Order No. 5149416 Installation examples for intrinsically safe circuits: Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2 Safe area MACX Ex [Ex ia] Ex n MACX Ex [Ex ia] Ex n PLC Sensor/actuator Ex ic Sensor/actuator Ex ia Sensor/actuator Ex ia Sensor/actuator Ex ia Sensor/actuator Ex ib Housing e.g., Ex d MACX Ex [Ex ia] Ex n Housing e.g., Ex d Sensor/ actuator MACX Ex [Ex ia] Ex n MACX Ex [Ex ia] Ex n Housing IP54* Housing IP54* MINI Ex n MINI Ex n Sensor/actuator Ex n MINI Ex n Sensor/ Actuator Ex n 114 PHOENIX CONTACT

115

MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety and explosion protection MCR technology Functional safety (SIL) The standard IEC 61511 “Functional Functional safety (PL) The term SIL (safety integrity level) is an important one in the field of process technology. It defines the requirements that a device or a system is expected to fulfill so that the failure probability can be specified. If a device or system fails, a defined safe state is attained. The basic standard IEC 61508 “Functional safety of electrical/electronic/ programmable electronic safety-related systems” describes the requirements that manufacturers must take into consideration for their devices or systems. safety – Safety instrumented systems for the process industry sector” describes the requirements for constructing systems with functional safety. The operator, proprietor, and planner are responsible for complying with this standard in observance of national regulations. The attached table is an excerpt from IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 and describes the correlation between the average probability of failure and the SIL level of the safety instrumented function (SIF) attained and the reduction in risk. SIL PFDavg PFH RRF Safety Integrity Low demand mode High demand mode Level (average probability of failure (Probability of a dangerous failure Risk reduction factor (Risk Reduction Factor) of the function on demand) per hour) SIL 1 SIL 2 SIL 3 SIL 4  10-2 ... <10-1  10-3 ... <10-2  10-4 ... <10-3  10-5 ... <10-4  10-6 ... <10-5  10-7 ... <10-6  10-8 ... <10-7  10-9 ... <10-8  100 ... >10  1,000 ... >100  10,000 ... >1,000  100,000 ... >10,000 The term Performance Level (PL) in accordance with EN ISO 13849 refers to safety of machinery. The attached table depicts the correlation between the required Performance Level (PL) and the average probability of a dangerous failure per hour (PFHd). PL PFHd Performance level Probability of dangerous failure PL a PL b PL c PL d PL e on average per hour 10-5  PFHd <10-4 3 x 10-6  PFHd <10-5 10-6  PFHd <3 x 10-6 10-7  PFHd <10-6 10-8  PFHd <10-7 Furthermore, parameters such as category, degree of diagnostic coverage (DC), and mean time to dangerous failure (MTTFd) must be taken into consideration for safety of machinery in accordance with EN ISO 13849. Sensor Sensor Digital input Analog input Controller Digital output Analog output Actuator Actuator PFD1 + PFD2 + PFD3 + PFD4 + PFD5 10% Signal path 10% Signal path 35% Sensor and signal path 15% SSPS 50% Actuator and signal path Example of error distribution in a safety-related closed-loop control circuit with low demand rate in accordance with IEC 61508 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 115

116

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Analog IN/Analog OUT 3-way signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire [mA] US 4-wire [mV] US 4-wire [V] 4.2 4.1 5.2 5.1 4.1 5.2 4.2 5.2 5.1 5.2 IN U,I U,I OUT POWER 50 mV... 1000 mV ± ± ±1 mA... 5 mA ± ±10 mA... ±100 mA GND ±1 V... ±100 V active - + 3.2 3.1 - 3.2 passive 3.1 + + 2.2 2.2 passive 2.1 1.2 1.1 GND +24 V active - 2.1 GND +24 V Zone 2 Div. 2 Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Load RB General data Supply voltage range Power dissipation Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient ZERO / SPAN adjustment Limit frequency (3 dB) Step response (10-90%) Electrical isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Universal signal conditioners for operating 4-conductor measuring transducers. – Analog signal conditioners for isolating, filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals – Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals – 3-way electrical isolation – Over 1600 signal conversions can be set via DIP switches on the front – 10 kHz limit frequency for time-critical applications – Output active or passive – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Status indicator for supply voltage – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 116 PHOENIX CONTACT 3-way signal conditioner, universal, configurable, over 1600 signal combinations   Functional Safety Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data U input 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering 0 ... 1 mA, configurable via DIP switches I input ± 100 V Approx. 1 MΩ (± 1 V DC ... ± 100 V DC) U output 0 ... 10 V, configurable via DIP switches 0 ... 20 mA, please indicate if different setting when ordering ± 100 mA Approx. 10 Ω (± 10 mA DC ... ± 100 mA DC) I output ≥1 kΩ (10 V) ≤600 Ω (20 mA; active) passive: ≤(UB-2 V) / Ioutmax 12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% ... +25%) <0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) ≤0.1% (compared to the final value) 0.0075%/K ± 4% / ± 4% 10 kHz (can be switched to 30 Hz) 35 µs (at 10 kHz) 11 ms (at 30 Hz) Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 70°C any PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of analog signals Order configuration Order configuration Standard configuration Standard configuration Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-UI-UI MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC 2811284 2811572 2811446 2811556 1 1 1 1

117

Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example) Input Order No. 2811284 / IN03 / OUT01 / 10K / NONE Output Cut-off frequency Factory calibration certificate (FCC) MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology 30 = 30 Hz 10K = 10 kHz NONE = Without FCC YES = With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) OUT19 = 0 ... 2.5 V OUT05 = 0 ... 5 V OUT03 = 0 ... 10 V OUT15 = 0 ... 5 mA OUT16 = 0 ... 10 mA OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA OUT20 = -2.5 ... +2.5 V OUT13 = -5 ... +5 V OUT14 = -10 ... +10 V OUT21 = -5 ... +5 mA OUT22 = -10 ... +10 mA OUT23 = -20 ... +20 mA OUT24 = 0.5 ... +2.5 V OUT06 = 1 ... 5 V OUT04 = 2 ... 10 V OUT25 = 1 ... 5 mA OUT26 = 2 ... 10 mA OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA OUT27 = 2.5 ... 0 V OUT11 = 5 ... 0 V OUT09 = 10 ... 0 V OUT28 = 5 ... 0 mA OUT29 = 10 ... 0 mA OUT07 = 20 ... 0 mA 2811284 = MACX MCR-UI-UI 2811572 = MACX MCR- UI-UI-SP IN53 = -50 ... +50 mV IN13 = -60 ... +60 mV IN54 = -75 ... +75 mV IN14 = -100 ... +100 mV IN56 = -120 ... +120 mV IN57 = -150 ... +150 mV IN15 = -200 ... +200 mV IN16 = -300 ... +300 mV IN17 = -500 ... +500 mV IN70 = 0 ... 1.0 mA IN40 = 0 ... 50 mV IN71 = 0 ... 1.5 mA IN24 = 0 ... 60 mV IN72 = 0 ... 2.0 mA IN41 = 0 ... 75 mV IN73 = 0 ... 3.0 mA IN25 = 0 ... 100 mV IN36 = 0 ... 5 mA IN43 = 0 ... 120 mV IN37 = 0 ... 10 mA IN44 = 0 ... 150 mV IN74 = 0 ... 15 mA IN26 = 0 ... 200 mV IN01 = 0 ... 20 mA IN27 = 0 ... 300 mV IN28 = 0 ... 500 mV IN75 = 0 ... 30 mA IN66 = 0 ... 1,000 mV IN78 = -1,000 ... +1,000 mV IN76 = 0 ... 50 mA IN29 = 0 ... 1.0 V IN77 = 0 ... 100 mA IN50 = 0 ... 1.5 V IN30 = 0 ... 2.0 V IN52 = 0 ... 3.0 V IN05 = 0 ... 5 V IN03 = 0 ... 10 V IN67 = 0 ... 15 V IN32 = 0 ... 20 V IN39 = 0 ... 30 V IN68 = 0 ... 50 V IN69 = 0 ... 100 V IN18 = -1.0 ... +1.0 V IN63 = -1.5 ... +1.5 V IN19 = -2.0 ... +2.0 V IN65 = -3.0 ... +3.0 V IN21 = -5 ... +5 V IN22 = -10 ... +10 V IN79 = -15 ... +15 V IN23 = -20 ... +20 V IN80 = -30 ... +30 V IN81 = -50 ... +50 V IN82 = -100 ... +100 V IN83 = -1.0 ... +1.0 mA IN84 = -1.5 ... +1.5 mA IN85 = -2.0 ... +2.0 mA IN86 = -3.0 ... +3.0 mA IN33 = -5 ... +5 mA IN34 = -10 ... +10 mA IN87 = -15 ... +15 mA IN35 = -20 ... +20 mA IN88 = -30 ... +30 mA IN89 = -50 ... +50 mA IN90 = -100 ... +100 mA IN06 = 1 ... 5 V IN04 = 2 ... 10 V IN91 = 1 ... 5 mA IN92 = 2 ... 10 mA IN02 = 4 ... 20 mA Application example: Level measurement and active analog input card MACX MCR-UI-UI IN OUT Level sensor 24 V 0...20 mA 4.2 4.1 5.2 5.1 ± ±1 50 mV... 1000 mV ± mA... 5 mA ± ±10 mA... ±100 mA active – + 3.2 3.1 GND ±1 V... ±100 V passive GND +24 V 2.2 2.1 1.2 1.1 GND +24 V 24 V Controller Mains voltage Application example: Shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station M MACX MCR-UI-UI IN OUT Shunt resistor mV 4.2 4.1 5.2 5.1 + – Battery ± ±1 50 mV... 1000 mV ± mA... 5 mA ± ±10 mA... ±100 mA active GND ±1 V... ±100 V passive GND +24 V – + 3.2 3.1 2.2 2.1 1.2 1.1 GND +24 V 24 V D AI2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 (Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact is to be found in Catalog 6 and at phoenixcontact.net/products) Mains voltage IB IL AI 2/SF For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 117

118

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Analog IN/Analog OUT 3-way signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire [mA] US 4-wire [mV] US 4-wire [V] 4.2 4.1 5.2 5.1 4.1 5.2 4.2 5.2 5.1 5.2 IN U,I U,I OUT POWER 50 mV... 1000 mV ± ± ±1 mA... 5 mA ± ±10 mA... ±100 mA GND ±1 V... ±100 V active - + 3.2 3.1 - 3.2 passive 3.1 + + 2.2 2.2 passive Power 24V ...230V AC/DC active - 2.1 2.1 1.2 1.1 3-way signal conditioner, configurable, over 1600 signal combinations Zone 2 Div. 2  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm – Analog signal conditioners for isolating, filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals – Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals Input data Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Maximum input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) – 3-way electrical isolation – Over 1600 signal conversions can be set Maximum output signal Load RB via DIP switches on the front – Output active or passive – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology – Wide-range power supply of 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – Status indicator for supply voltage – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. General data Supply voltage range Power dissipation Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient ZERO / SPAN adjustment Electrical isolation Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Technical data U input 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering 0 ... 1 mA, configurable via DIP switches I input ± 100 V Approx. 1 MΩ (± 1 V DC ... ± 100 V DC) U output 0 ... 10 V, configurable via DIP switches 0 ... 20 mA, configurable via DIP switches ± 100 mA Approx. 10 Ω (± 10 mA DC ... ± 100 mA DC) I output 15 V ≥1 kΩ (10 V) 35 mA ≤600 Ω (20 mA; active) passive: ≤(UB-2 V) / Ioutmax 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) <0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) <0.9 W (at 230 V AC / 20 mA) ≤0.1% (compared to the final value) 0.0075%/K ± 4% / ± 4% Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) IP20 -20°C ... 70°C PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 3-way signal conditioner, for electrical isolation of analog signals with long-range power supply Order configuration Order configuration Standard configuration Standard configuration Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC 2811459 2811585 2811297 2811569 1 1 1 1 118 PHOENIX CONTACT

119

Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI(-SP) (standard configuration entered as an example) Input Order No. 2811459 / IN03 / OUT01 / 10K / NONE Output Cut-off frequency Factory calibration certificate (FCC) MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology 30 = 30 Hz 10K = 10 kHz NONE = Without FCC YES = With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) OUT19 = 0 ... 2.5 V OUT05 = 0 ... 5 V OUT03 = 0 ... 10 V OUT15 = 0 ... 5 mA OUT16 = 0 ... 10 mA OUT01 = 0 ... 20 mA OUT20 = -2.5 ... +2.5 V OUT13 = -5 ... +5 V OUT14 = -10 ... +10 V OUT21 = -5 ... +5 mA OUT22 = -10 ... +10 mA OUT23 = -20 ... +20 mA OUT24 = 0.5 ... +2.5 V OUT06 = 1 ... 5 V OUT04 = 2 ... 10 V OUT25 = 1 ... 5 mA OUT26 = 2 ... 10 mA OUT02 = 4 ... 20 mA OUT27 = 2.5 ... 0 V OUT11 = 5 ... 0 V OUT09 = 10 ... 0 V OUT28 = 5 ... 0 mA OUT29 = 10 ... 0 mA OUT07 = 20 ... 0 mA 2811459 = MACX MCR- UI-UI-UP 2811585 = MACX MCR- UI-UI-UP-SP IN53 = -50 ... +50 mV IN13 = -60 ... +60 mV IN54 = -75 ... +75 mV IN14 = -100 ... +100 mV IN56 = -120 ... +120 mV IN57 = -150 ... +150 mV IN15 = -200 ... +200 mV IN16 = -300 ... +300 mV IN17 = -500 ... +500 mV IN70 = 0 ... 1.0 mA IN40 = 0 ... 50 mV IN71 = 0 ... 1.5 mA IN24 = 0 ... 60 mV IN72 = 0 ... 2.0 mA IN41 = 0 ... 75 mV IN73 = 0 ... 3.0 mA IN25 = 0 ... 100 mV IN36 = 0 ... 5 mA IN43 = 0 ... 120 mV IN37 = 0 ... 10 mA IN44 = 0 ... 150 mV IN74 = 0 ... 15 mA IN26 = 0 ... 200 mV IN01 = 0 ... 20 mA IN27 = 0 ... 300 mV IN28 = 0 ... 500 mV IN75 = 0 ... 30 mA IN66 = 0 ... 1,000 mV IN78 = -1,000 ... +1,000 mV IN76 = 0 ... 50 mA IN29 = 0 ... 1.0 V IN77 = 0 ... 100 mA IN50 = 0 ... 1.5 V IN30 = 0 ... 2.0 V IN52 = 0 ... 3.0 V IN05 = 0 ... 5 V IN03 = 0 ... 10 V IN67 = 0 ... 15 V IN32 = 0 ... 20 V IN39 = 0 ... 30 V IN68 = 0 ... 50 V IN69 = 0 ... 100 V IN18 = -1.0 ... +1.0 V IN63 = -1.5 ... +1.5 V IN19 = -2.0 ... +2.0 V IN65 = -3.0 ... +3.0 V IN21 = -5 ... +5 V IN22 = -10 ... +10 V IN79 = -15 ... +15 V IN23 = -20 ... +20 V IN80 = -30 ... +30 V IN81 = -50 ... +50 V IN82 = -100 ... +100 V IN83 = -1.0 ... +1.0 mA IN84 = -1.5 ... +1.5 mA IN85 = -2.0 ... +2.0 mA IN86 = -3.0 ... +3.0 mA IN33 = -5 ... +5 mA IN34 = -10 ... +10 mA IN87 = -15 ... +15 mA IN35 = -20 ... +20 mA IN88 = -30 ... +30 mA IN89 = -50 ... +50 mA IN90 = -100 ... +100 mA IN06 = 1 ... 5 V IN04 = 2 ... 10 V IN91 = 1 ... 5 mA IN92 = 2 ... 10 mA IN02 = 4 ... 20 mA Application example: Level measurement and active analog input card MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP IN OUT Level sensor 24V 0...20mA 4.2 4.1 5.2 5.1 ± ±1 50mV... 1000mV ± mA... 5mA ± ±10 mA... ±100 mA active GND ±1V... ±100V passive Power 24V ...230V AC/DC – + 3.2 3.1 2.2 2.1 ≃ 1.2 1.1 Controller Power 24V ...230V AC/DC Application example: Shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station M MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP IN OUT Shunt resistor mV 4.2 4.1 5.2 5.1 + – Battery ± ±1 50mV... 1000mV ± mA... 5mA ± ±10 mA... ±100 mA active GND ±1V... ±100V passive Power 24V ...230V AC/DC – + 3.2 3.1 2.2 2.1 ≃ 1.2 1.1 D AI2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Power 24V ...230V AC/DC IB IL AI 2/SF (Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact is to be found in Catalog 6 and at phoenixcontact.net/products) For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 119

120

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies POWER IN I I OUT POWER Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS C O M M U N I C A T I O N P R O T O C O L passive active 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 2-wire or US 4-wire 5.2 5.1 - + 5.2 5.1 + 3.2 - 2.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 - + 2.2 2.1 1.2 1.1 250 Ω GND +24V Power GND +24V Zone 2 Div. 2 Repeater power supply and input signal conditioners for the operation of 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources – 0/4 to 20 mA input (powered or not powered) – 0/4 to 20 mA output (active or passive) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance systems – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner   Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 4 mA ... 20 mA >21.5 V (20 mA) <3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) <1,000 Ω (20 mA) <20 mVrms 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <76 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA / 1,000 ) ; <55 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA / 250 ) <1.1 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA) <0.95 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 250 ) <1.2 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 0 ) <0.01%/K <200 µs (for jump 4 mA ... 20 mA, load 600 Ω) <0.05% (of final value) <0.1% (of final value) In accordance with NE 43 Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA II T4 Gc X UL 61010 Listed UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Repeater power supply, HARTR-transparent Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP 2865955 2924207 1 1 120 PHOENIX CONTACT

121

MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies OUT1 I POWER IN I I OUT2 POWER Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 HHT or 5.2 5.1 - + 5.2 5.1 HHT passive HHT HHT passive OUT 1 OUT 2 3.2 - 3.2 + 3.1 3.1 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 - + - + GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 Power GND +24V Repeater power supply and input signal conditioners for the operation of 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources – 0/4 to 20 mA input (powered or not powered) – Two electrically isolated outputs, 0/4 to 20 mA (active) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals (both outputs) – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – 4-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL d in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal (per output) Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication (per output) Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL IEC 61508 PL EN ISO 13849 Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner, with two electrically isolated outputs    Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA >21.5 V (20 mA) <3.9 V (in input signal conditioner operation) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 0 mA ... 20 mA <450 Ω (20 mA) <20 mVrms 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <75 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA) <1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA) <0.01%/K 1.3 ms (for jump 4 mA ... 20 mA, typical) <0.05% (of final value) <0.1% (of final value) In accordance with NE 43 Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) -20°C ... 70°C (any mounting position, module distance 5 mm, MTBF reduction factor 2.5, not assessed by UL) Green LED (PWR supply voltage) Yes HART PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Repeater power supply, HARTR-transparent Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP 2924825 2924838 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 121

122

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies POWER IN I I OUT POWER Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS 2-wire or US 4-wire - + - + 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.3 4.2 active - 3.3 + 3.2 3.3 S2 passive - + 250 Ω 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 S1 Ω 0 5 2 Power 24V ...230V AC/DC 1.2 –~ 1.2 –~ 1.1 –~ 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner for the operation of 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources – 0/4 to 20 mA input (powered or not powered) – 0/4 to 20 mA output (active or passive), 0/1 to 5 V, can be selected via DIP switch – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance systems – 3-way electrical isolation – Wide-range power supply of 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 177 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner, wide-range power supply   Functional Safety Ex:  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data 4 mA ... 20 mA >16 V (20 mA) <3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) Configurable via DIP switches <600 Ω (20 mA) <20 mVrms 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC (24 V AC/DC ... 230 V AC/DC (- 20% ... +10%, 50/60 Hz)) <75 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA) <1.6 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA) <0.01%/K <600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) <0.05% (of final value) <0.1% (of final value) In accordance with NE 43 Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 6.6-FR 17.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Repeater power supply, HARTR-transparent Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP 2865968 2924210 1 1 122 PHOENIX CONTACT

123

Analog IN / Analog OUT repeater power supplies Sensor / Field IN OUT 4.2 4.2 - CH1 + 4.1 4.1 HHT POWER IN POWER IN I I I I POWER OUT OUT HHT 5.2 5.2 - CH2 + 5.1 5.1 3.2 3.2 active CH1 3.1 3.1 2.2 2.2 active CH2 2.1 2.1 Power GND +24V GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Underload/overload signal range Output data Output signal Load Underload/overload signal range General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation Repeater power supply for the operation of 2-conductor measuring transducers. – 2-channel – Input: 4 to 20 mA (powered) – Output: 4 to 20 mA (active) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – Safe 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL d in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology PLC / DCS AI passive - + HHT passive - + HHT SIL IEC 61508 PL EN ISO 13849 2-channel repeater power supply   Functional Safety Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data per channel 4 mA ... 20 mA >16 V (at 20 mA) 0 mA ... 24 mA per channel 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) ≤450 Ω (20 mA) 0 mA ... 24 mA 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <100 mA (24 V / 20 mA) <1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) <0.01%/K <1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) <0.05% (of final value) <0.1% (of final value) Input/output, power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output 1/output 2/ power supply Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Systematic Capability 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 2 3 SC 3 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Repeater power supply, 2-channel, HARTR-transparent Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I MACX MCR-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP 2904089 2904090 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 123

124

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Analog IN / Analog OUT passive isolators Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4- Wire - 4.2 4.2 active passive + 4.1 4.1 3.2 3.2 - active passive CH1 3.1 3.1 + IN IN I I I I OUT OUT The single- or dual-channel input loop-powered 2-way isolator with increased isolation voltage and plug-in connection technology is used for the electrical isolation and filtering of analog signals. The device allows operation on active sensor technology with a supply voltage of 6 to 30 V DC. The device is powered via the current loop of the sensor. As a result, no additional power supply is required. Input data Max. voltage input signal Input signal Input voltage limitation Voltage dissipation Response current Output data Max. voltage output signal Output signal Residual ripple Transmission Behavior Load General data Supply voltage range Temperature coefficient Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation Passive isolator, one and two channel Zone 2    Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data <30.5 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA 30.5 V 2.9 V (I = 20 mA) Approx. 50 µA 27.5 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA <10 mVrms (500 Ω load) 1:1 to input signal ≤1375 Ω (I = 20 mA) no separate supply voltage necessary ≤0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load) ≤0.1% (of final value) Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Degree of protection Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -40°C ... 85°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) IP20 V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 3 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Passive isolator, one or two channel Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-I-I-ILP MACX MCR-SL-I-I-ILP-SP MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-ILP MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-ILP-SP 2905278 2905279 2905280 2905281 1 1 1 1 124 PHOENIX CONTACT

125

MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4- Wire - 4.2 4.2 active passive + 4.1 4.1 3.2 3.2 - active passive CH1 3.1 3.1 + Analog IN / Analog OUT passive isolators IN IN I I I I OUT OUT The single- or dual-channel input loop-powered 2-way isolator with increased isolation voltage and plug-in connection technology is used for the electrical isolation and filtering of analog signals. The device allows operation on active sensor technology with a supply voltage of 6 to 30 V DC. The device is powered via the current loop of the sensor. As a result, no additional power supply is required. Input data Max. voltage input signal Input signal Input voltage limitation Voltage dissipation Response current Output data Max. voltage output signal Output signal Residual ripple Transmission Behavior Load General data Supply voltage range Temperature coefficient Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation Passive isolator, one and two channel 5 kV test voltage Zone 2    Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data <30.5 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA 30.5 V 2.9 V (I = 20 mA) Approx. 50 µA 27.5 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA <10 mVrms (500 Ω load) 1:1 to input signal ≤1375 Ω (I = 20 mA) no separate supply voltage necessary ≤0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load) ≤0.1% (of final value) Input/output/power supply 600 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Degree of protection Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -40°C ... 85°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) IP20 V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 3 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Passive isolator, one or two channel Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-I-I-HV-ILP MACX MCR-SL-I-I-HV-ILP-SP MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-HV-ILP MACX MCR-SL-2I-2I-HV-ILP-SP 2907704 2907705 2907706 2907707 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 125

126

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Temperature, temperature transducers U,I IN OUT 3x POWER Universal temperature transducers with freely configurable properties – Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources – Measure differential temperatures – Freely programmable input and output – Option of inverse output signal ranges – Three limit value relays, can be used in combination as a safe limit value relay – Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) – Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- ADAPTER programming adapter – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology – Cold junction compensation with separate connector – Wide-range power supply of 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL d in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet (phoenixcontact.net/products). For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 173 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Cold junction compensation connector for thermocouples IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER MACX MCR-CJC 126 PHOENIX CONTACT Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-C MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C Accessories 2811378 2811828 2811514 2811831 2811271 2924993 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sensor / Field IN OUT RTD TC - + Poti ϑ ϑ ϑ 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.3 4.2 4.1 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 GND 3.3 I U OUT 3.2 OUT 3.1 3x NC 1.3 Power 24V ...230V AC/DC 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 PLC / DCS passive - + 3.3 3.2 - 3.3 + 3.1 3.6 34 3.5 31 DI 3.4 32 2.6 2.5 24 21 2.4 22 DI 1.6 14 1.5 11 DI 1.4 12 Input data Resistance thermometers Thermocouple sensors Resistor Potentiometer Voltage Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Behavior in the event of a sensor error Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current General data Supply voltage range Power consumption Temperature coefficient Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Description Temperature transducer Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration SIL IEC 61508 PL EN ISO 13849 Temperature transducer, universal, with three limit value relays, wide range supply   Functional Safety Ex:    Housing width 35 mm Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2-, 3-, 4-conductor B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG I output 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ -1,000 mV ... 1,000 mV U output 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL) ± 11 V ≥10 kΩ In accordance with NE 43 or freely configurable Relay output 3 PDTs AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (250 V DC) 2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC) 22 mA ≤600 Ω (at 20 mA) 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) <2.4 W 0.01%/K 0.1% (e.g. for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA) Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/output Input/power supply Input/switching output 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -20°C ... 65°C Typically 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 35 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T6 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T6 2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt.

127

MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Order key for MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. SIL Measuring unit Sensor type Connection technology Measuring range: Start End Output signal Switching function 1 Lower switching point 1 Upper switching point 1 Switching function 2 Lower switching point 2 Upper switching point 2 Factory calibration certificate 2811514 / ON / C / PT100 / 4 / -50 / 150 / OUT02 / 0 / 99999 / 99999 / 0 / 99999 / 99999 / NONE 2811514 = MACX MCR- T-UIREL-UP-C 2811831 = MACX MCR- T-UIREL-UP- SP-C ON = Active Celsius [C] Ω [O] Millivolts [V] NONE = Not active ON only with output range = OUT02 See below 2 = 2-conductor 3 = 3-conductor 4 = 4-conductor See below See below 0...20 mA [OUT01] 4...20 mA [OUT02] 0...10 V [OUT03] 2...10 V [OUT04] 0...5 V [OUT05] 1...5 V [OUT06] -5...+5 V [OUT13] -10...+10 V [OUT14] 0...5 mA [OUT15] 0...10 mA [OUT16] 1...5 mA [OUT25] 2...10 mA [OUT26] Free input, see web site for more  H [2]  L [3]   H   L   H   L SPL SPL SPH SPH L [0] H [1]  L  H  L  H  L  H SPH SPH SPH SPH SPL SPL Resistance temperature detector (RTD) Thermocouples (TC) Remote resistance- type sensors (R) (2-, 3-, 4-conductor) Potentiometers (3-conductor) °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C Ω Ω = Pt 50 IEC60751 PT50 = Pt 100 IEC60751 PT100 = Pt 200 IEC60751 PT200 = Pt 500 IEC60751 PT500 = Pt 1000 IEC60751 PT1000 = Pt 2000 IEC60751 PT2000 = Pt 5000 IEC60751 PT5000 = PT50 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT50S PT100S = PT100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT200S = PT200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT500S = PT500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT1000S = PT1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT2000S = PT2000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT5000S = PT5000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT100G = PT100 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT200G = PT200 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT500G = PT500 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT1000G = PT1000 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) = Pt 100 JIS C1604/1997 PT100J = Pt 200 JIS C1604/1997 PT200J = Pt 500 JIS C1604/1997 PT500J PT1000J = Pt 1000 JIS C1604/1997 = NI100 DIN 43760 NI100 = NI200 DIN 43760 NI200 = NI500 DIN 43760 NI500 = NI1000 DIN 43760 NI1000 = NI100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 NI100S = NI200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 NI200S = NI500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 NI500S NI1000S = NI1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 NI1000L = NI1000 Landis&Gyr CU10 CU50 CU100 CU53 KTY81 KTY84 = CU10 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = CU 50 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 100 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 53 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00426) = KTY81 KTY81-110 (Philips) = KTY81 KTY84-130 (Philips) A1G A2G A3G B C D E J K MG N R S T L LG U = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 = B IEC584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) = C ASTM E988 = DA ASTM E988(2002) = E IEC584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) = J IEC584-1(Fe-CuNi) = K IEC584-1(NiCr-Ni) = MG GOST 8.585-2001 = N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) = R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) = S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) = T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) = L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) = LG GOST 8.585-2001 = U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) RES12 For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com = Resistance 0…50,000 Ω POT12 For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com = Potentiometer 0…50,000 Ω -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -50 -70 -50 -50 -50 -55 -40 0 0 0 500 0 0 -230 -210 -250 -200 -200 -50 -50 -200 -200 -200 -200 0 0 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 250 250 250 250 180 180 180 180 160 500 200 200 180 150 300 2,500 1,800 1,800 1,820 2,315 2,315 1,000 1,200 1372 100 1,300 1,768 1,768 400 900 800 600 50,000 50,000 Voltage signals (mV) mV V04 For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com = Voltage -1,000 mV…+1,000 mV -1,000 1,000 Temperature conversion guide for°C to°F: 9 T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 5 Free input, see web site for more Free input, see web site for more NONE = Without FCC = YES With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) Other setting options can be configured with the IFS-CONF software: - Freely configurable user characteristic curve with 30 support points - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or overrange/underrange can be freely configured or set in accordance with NE43 (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: ON) - Switching behavior: switching output (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF) Free input, see web site for more     L [4] H [5] L [6] H [7] Smallest measuring range span 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 10% of the selected measuring range 10% of the selected measuring range 10% of nominal span For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 127

128

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Temperature, temperature transducers Sensor / Field IN OUT RTD TC - + Poti ϑ ϑ ϑ 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.3 4.2 4.1 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 U,I IN OUT POWER PLC / DCS passive - + 3.3 3.2 T R O P - S C μ GND 3.3 3.3 I U OUT 3.2 OUT 3.1 3.1 - + 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 14 11 DI 2.1 2.1 12 NC 1.3 Power 24V ...230V AC/DC 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 Input data Resistance thermometers Thermocouple sensors Resistor Potentiometer Voltage Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Behavior in the event of a sensor error Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current General data Supply voltage range Power consumption Temperature coefficient Transmission error, total Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Description Temperature transducer Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Universal temperature transducers with freely configurable properties – Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources – Measure differential temperatures – Freely programmable input and output – Option of inverse output signal ranges – Relay switching output – Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) – Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- ADAPTER programming adapter – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology – Cold junction compensation with separate connector – Wide-range power supply of 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet (phoenixcontact.net/products). For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 173 128 PHOENIX CONTACT Temperature transducer, universal, with switching output, wide range supply   Functional Safety Ex:    Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2-, 3-, 4-conductor B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG I output 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ -1,000 mV ... 1,000 mV U output 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL) ± 11 V ≥10 kΩ In accordance with NE 43 or freely configurable Relay output 1 PDT AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 30 V AC (30 V DC) 0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC) 22 mA ≤600 Ω (20 mA) 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) <1.5 W 0.01%/K <0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA) Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/output Input/power supply Input/switching output 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -20°C ... 65°C Typically 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X 2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-T-UI-UP MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C Accessories 2811394 2811860 2811873 2811970 2811271 2924993 1 1 1 1 1 1 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Cold junction compensation connector for thermocouples IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER MACX MCR-CJC

129

Order key for MACX MCR-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Safety Integrity Level (SIL) Sensor type Connection technology Cold junction compensation Measuring range: Start End Measuring unit Output range Factory calibration certificate = FCC 2811873 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology 2811873 = MACX MCR- T-UI-UP-C 2811970 = MACX MCR- T-UI-UP-SP-C ON = Active NONE = Not active See below 2 = 2-conductor 0 = Off, e.g., 3 = 3-conductor with RTD, R, potentiometer, mV See below See below = °C C = °F F O =  = % P = mV V ON only with output range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor 1 = On, e.g., with TC NONE = Without FCC YES = With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) = 0 ... 5 mA = 0 ... 10 mA = 0 ... 20 mA = 0 ... 5 mA = 1 ... 5 mA = 2 ... 10 mA = 4 ... 20 mA = 0 ... 5 V = 0 ... 10 V = 1 ... 5 V = 2 ... 10 V = -5 ... +5 V = -10 ... +10 V OUT15 OUT16 OUT01 OUT15 OUT25 OUT26 OUT02 OUT05 OUT03 OUT06 OUT04 OUT13 OUT14 Others can be freely configured in the software Smallest measuring range span Other setting options can be configured with the IFS-CONF software: - Freely configurable user characteristic curve with 30 support points - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or overrange/underrange can be freely configured or set in accordance with NE43 (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: ON) - Switching behavior: switching output (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF) Resistance temperature detector (RTD) Thermocouples (TC) = Pt 50 IEC60751 PT50 = Pt 100 IEC60751 PT100 = Pt 200 IEC60751 PT200 = Pt 500 IEC60751 PT500 = Pt 1000 IEC60751 PT1000 = Pt 2000 IEC60751 PT2000 = Pt 5000 IEC60751 PT5000 = PT50 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT50S = PT100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT100S = PT200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT200S = PT500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT500S PT1000S = PT1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT2000S = PT2000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT5000S = PT5000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT100 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT100G = PT200 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT200G = PT500 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT500G PT1000G = PT1000 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT100J PT200J PT500J PT1000J NI100 NI200 NI500 NI1000 NI100S NI200S NI500S NI1000S NI1000L CU10 CU50 CU100 CU53 KTY81 KTY84 = Pt 100 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 200 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 500 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 1000 JIS C1604/1997 = NI100 DIN 43760 = NI200 DIN 43760 = NI500 DIN 43760 = NI1000 DIN 43760 = NI100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI1000 Landis&Gyr = CU10 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = CU 50 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 100 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 53 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00426) = KTY81 KTY81-110 (Philips) = KTY81 KTY84-130 (Philips) A1G A2G A3G B C D E J K MG N R S T L LG U = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 = B IEC584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) = C ASTM E988 = DA ASTM E988(2002) = E IEC584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) = J IEC584-1 (Fe-CuNi) = K IEC584-1(NiCr-Ni) = MG GOST 8.585-2001 = N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) = R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) = S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) = T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) = L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) = LG GOST 8.585-2001 = U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) Remote resistance- type sensors (R) (2-, 3-, 4-conductor) Potentiometers (3-conductor) RES12 POT12 = Resistance 0…50,000 Ω For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com = Potentiometer 0…50,000 Ω For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -50 -70 -50 -50 -50 -55 -40 0 0 0 500 0 0 -230 -210 -250 -200 -200 -50 -50 -200 -200 -200 -200 0 0 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 250 250 250 250 180 180 180 180 160 500 200 200 180 150 300 2,500 1,800 1,800 1,820 2,315 2,315 1,000 1,200 1,372 100 1,300 1,768 1,768 400 900 800 600 50,000 50,000 °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C Ω Ω Voltage signals (mV) V04 = Voltage -1,000 mV…+1,000 mV -1,000 1,000 mV For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com Temperature conversion guide for°C to°F: 9 T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 5 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 10% of the selected measuring range 10% of the selected measuring range 10% of nominal span For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 129

130

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Temperature, temperature transducers new Sensor / Field IN OUT RTD2 RTD1 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 5.2 5.2 μC μC PLC / DCS AI 3.2 3.2 - passive + 3.1 3.1 IN I OUT POWER i t o P D T R x 2 e r i w - 2 D T R e r i w - 2 D T R e r i w - 3 5.1 5.1 D T R e r i w - 4 Power GND +24V GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Temperature transducer for resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors Programmable temperature transducers for operating resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA signal. – Input for resistance thermometers, potentiometers, and resistance-type sensors – 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA output – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm signal, and output range – Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- ADAPTER programming adapter – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Installation in zone 2 permitted – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 Input data Resistance thermometers Resistor Potentiometer Cable resistance Sensor input current Measuring range span Output data Output signal Load Behavior in the event of a sensor error Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current draw Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Transmission error, total ZERO / SPAN adjustment Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ ≤50 Ω per cable 10 µA ... 210 µA (up to 2 x 210 µA for 3-conductor) ≥50 K 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA (SIL) ≤600 Ω As per NE 43 or can be freely defined <15 µAPP 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) ≤40 mA (24 V DC) ≤0.74 W 0.01%/K Typically 1 s ≤1.7 s 0.1% x 1,000 [K]/measuring span ± 5% / ± 5% Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/output Input/power supply 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -40°C ... 70°C (any mounting position) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage, PWR) Red LED, flashing 2.4 Hz (cable error, sensor error on input or output, ERR) Red LED, flashing 1.2 Hz (service operation, ERR) Red LED, permanently on (module error, ERR) Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3(1) G Ex ec ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X Ex ec ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface MACX MCR-RTD-I MACX MCR-RTD-I-SP MACX MCR-RTD-I-C MACX MCR-RTD-I-SP-C 1050192 1050201 1052472 1052464 Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 1 1 1 1 1 130 PHOENIX CONTACT

131

MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Order key for MACX MCR-RTD-I-(SP)-C temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. SIL ON/OF Sensor type Measuring unit Connection technology Measuring range: Start End Output signal Sliding mean value Alarm signal, short circuit Alarm signal, sensor break Factory calibration certificate 1052472 / ON / PT100 / C / 4 / -50 / 150 / OUT02 / 1 / I000 / I000 / NONE 1052472 = MACX MCR- RTD-I-C 1052464 = MACX MCR- RTD-I-SP-C ON = Active NONE = Not active ON only with output range = OUT02 See below Celsius [C] 2 = 2-conductor Ω [O] 3 = 3-conductor Millivolts [V] 4 = 4-conductor See below See below 0...20 mA [OUT01] 4...20 mA [OUT02] 0...5 mA [OUT15] 0...10 mA [OUT16] 1...5 mA [OUT25] 2...10 mA [OUT26] 1 - 10 0 mA [I000] 3.5 mA [I035] 21.5 mA [I215] 0 mA [I000] 3.5 mA [I035] 21.5 mA [I215] NONE = Without FCC YES = With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) Smallest measuring range span Other setting options can be configured with the IFS-CONF software: - Freely configurable user characteristic curve with 30 support points - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or over-range/under-range can be freely configured or set in accordance with NE43 (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: ON) - Switching behavior: switching output (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF) Resistance temperature detector (RTD) Remote resistance-type sensors (R) (2-, 3-, 4-conductor) PT50 PT100 PT200 PT500 PT1000 PT2000 PT5000 PT50S PT100S PT200S PT500S PT1000S PT2000S PT5000S PT100G PT200G PT500G PT1000G PT100J PT200J PT500J PT1000J NI100 NI200 NI500 NI1000 NI100S NI200S NI500S NI1000S NI1000L CU10 CU50 CU100 CU53 KTY81 KTY84 RES02 RES03 RES04 RES05 RES06 RES07 RES08 RES09 RES10 RES11 RES12 = Pt 50 IEC60751 = Pt 100 IEC60751 = Pt 200 IEC60751 = Pt 500 IEC60751 = Pt 1000 IEC60751 = Pt 2000 IEC60751 = Pt 5000 IEC60751 = PT50 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT2000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT5000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT100 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) = PT200 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) = PT500 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) = PT1000 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) = Pt 100 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 200 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 500 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 1000 JIS C1604/1997 = NI100 DIN 43760 = NI200 DIN 43760 = NI500 DIN 43760 = NI1000 DIN 43760 = NI100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI1000 Landis&Gyr = CU10 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = CU 50 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 100 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 53 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00426) = KTY81 KTY81-110 (Philips) = KTY81 KTY84-130 (Philips) = Resistance 0…75 Ω = Resistance 0…150 Ω = Resistance 0…300 Ω = Resistance 0…600 Ω = Resistance 0…1,200 Ω = Resistance 0…2,400 Ω = Resistance 0…4,800 Ω = Resistance 0…6,250 Ω = Resistance 0…12,500 Ω = Resistance 0…25,000 Ω = Resistance 0…50,000 Ω °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 100k 100k 100k 100k 20k 20k 10% of the selected measuring range -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -50 -70 -50 -50 -50 -55 -40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 250 250 250 250 180 180 180 180 160 500 200 200 180 150 300 75 150 300 600 1200 2400 4800 6250 12500 25000 50,000 Temperature conversion guide for°C to°F: T [°F] = 9 – T [°C] + 32 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 131

132

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Temperature, temperature transducers new Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS μC μC AI - passive + 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 - mV TC + 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 C J - S e n s o r P t 1 0 0 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 Power GND +24V GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 IN I OUT POWER Programmable temperature transducers for operating thermocouples and mV sources. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA signal. – Input for thermocouples and mV signals – 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA output – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm signal, and output range – Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- ADAPTER programming adapter – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Installation in zone 2 permitted – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 Input data Thermocouple sensors Voltage Measuring range span Output data Output signal Load Behavior in the event of a sensor error Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Transmission error, total Cold junction errors ZERO / SPAN adjustment Electrical isolation Temperature transducer for thermocouples Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, C, D, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, Lr -1,000 mV ... 1,000 mV Min. 50 K with thermocouple, 10% of the nominal span of the respective range with mV sources 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA (SIL) ≤600 Ω As per NE 43 or can be freely defined <15 µAPP 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <40 mA (24 V DC) ≤1 W ≤0.74 W 0.01%/K Typically 700 ms ≤1,000 ms 0.1% x 600 [K]/measuring span; 0.1% >600 [K] ± 1 K  5% /  5% 2 Type MACX MCR-TC-I MACX MCR-TC-I-C Ordering data Accessories Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 1050228 1052459 2811271 1085776 1 1 1 1 Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/output Input/power supply 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -40°C ... 70°C (any mounting position) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Description Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Cold junction compensation connector for thermocouples IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER IOA MCR-CJC-PT100 132 PHOENIX CONTACT

133

MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Order key for MACX MCR-TC-I-C temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. SIL Sensor type Measuring unit Cold junction compensation Measuring range: Start End Output signal Sliding mean value Alarm signal, short circuit Alarm signal, sensor break Factory calibration certificate 1052459 / ON / K / C / 1052459 = MACX MCR- TC-I-C ON = Active NONE = Not active ON only with output range = OUT02 See below Celsius [C] Ω [O] Millivolts [V] ON ON OFF / -50 / 150 / OUT02 / 1 / I000 / I000 / NONE See below See below 0...20 mA [OUT01] 4...20 mA [OUT02] 0...5 mA [OUT15] 0...10 mA [OUT16] 1...5 mA [OUT25] 2...10 mA [OUT26] 1 - 10 0 mA [I000] 3.5 mA [I035] 21.5 mA [I215] 0 mA [I000] 3.5 mA [I035] 21.5 mA [I215] NONE = Without FCC YES = With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) Thermocouples (TC) Voltage signals (mV) A1G A2G A3G B C D E J K MG N R S T L LG U V04 V05 V06 V07 V08 V09 V10 = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 = B IEC584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) = C ASTM E988 = DA ASTM E988(2002) = E IEC584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) = J IEC584-1 (Fe-CuNi) = K IEC584-1(NiCr-Ni) = MG GOST 8.585-2001 = N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) = R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) = S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) = T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) = L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) = LG GOST 8.585-2001 = U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) = Voltage -1,000 mV…+1,000 mV = Voltage -500 mV…+500 mV = Voltage -250 mV…+250 mV = Voltage -125 mV…+125 mV = Voltage -60 mV…+60 mV = Voltage -30 mV…+30 mV = Voltage -15 mV…+15 mV °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C mV mV mV mV mV mV mV 0 0 0 500 0 0 -230 -210 -250 -200 -200 -50 -50 -200 -200 -200 -200 -1,000 -500 -250 -125 -60 -30 -15 2,500 1,800 1,800 1,820 2,315 2,315 1,000 1,200 1,372 100 1,300 1,768 1,768 400 900 800 600 1,000 500 250 125 60 30 150 Temperature conversion guide for°C to°F: T [°F] = 9 – T [°C] + 32 5 Smallest measuring range span Other setting options can be configured with the IFS-CONF software: - Freely configurable user characteristic curve with 30 support points - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or over-range/under-range can be freely configured or set in accordance with NE43 (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) - Filter setting ( standard configuration: 1) - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: ON) - Switching behavior: switching output (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF) 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 10% of nominal span For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 133

134

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 -4.2 + 4.1 4.2 4.1 IN OUT POWER l i a n g s t l u a F NAMUR signal conditioners for operating proximity sensors and mechanical contacts – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit – Relay signal output (PDT) – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing led and de-excitation of the output relay – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 134 PHOENIX CONTACT 3.2 3.1 - + 3.2 11 3.1 14 DI 2.2 2.2 12 Power LFD +24V GND GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 NAMUR signal conditioner, signal output: PDT relay   DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) <0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω Relay output 1 PDT AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch ≤20 Hz (without load) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 21 mA (24 V DC) <650 mW Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation Input/output Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output/input, supply, TBUS 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/supply, DIN rail connector Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioners Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP 2865997 2924252 1 1

135

MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 -4.2 + 4.1 4.2 4.1 IN OUT POWER l i a n g s t l u a F NAMUR signal conditioners for operating proximity sensors and mechanical contacts – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit – 2 relay signal outputs (N/O contact), output 2 can also be used as an error signal output – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing led and de-excitation of the output relay – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 4-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 OUT1 3.2 3.2 13 3.1 3.1 14 DI OUT2 2.2 2.2 13 2.1 2.1 14 DI Power LFD +24V GND GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 NAMUR signal conditioner, 2 signal outputs: N/O relay  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) <0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω Relay output 2 N/O contacts AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch ≤20 Hz (without load) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 30 mA (24 V DC) <950 mW Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation Input/supply, DIN rail connector 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) Output 1/output 2/input/power supply, DIN rail connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioners Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP 2865010 2924265 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 135

136

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS - CH1 + 4.2 4.1 - CH2 + 5.2 5.1 - + - + - + IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 POWER l i a n g s t l u a F NAMUR signal conditioners for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit – Relay signal output (N/O contact) – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing led and de-excitation of the output relay – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 136 PHOENIX CONTACT 3.2 3.2 13 3.1 3.1 14 DI 2.2 2.2 13 2.1 2.1 14 DI Power LFD +24V GND GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, output: 1 N/O contact per channel  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) <0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω Relay output 1 N/O contact per channel AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch ≤20 Hz (without load) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 35 mA (24 V DC) <1 W Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation Input/supply, DIN rail connector 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Description NAMUR signal conditioner -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP 2865049 2924294 1 1

137

Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 POWER NAMUR signal conditioners for operating proximity sensors and mechanical contacts – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit – Relay signal output (PDT) – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing led and de-excitation of the output relay – Wide-range power supply of 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be found on page 177 MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS CH1 - + 4.3 4.1 CH2 - + 5.3 5.1 - + - + - + DI 3.3 3.3 12 3.2 3.2 11 3.1 3.1 14 2.3 2.3 12 2.2 2.2 11 2.1 2.1 14 DI 24...230 V AC/DC –~ 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Description NAMUR signal conditioner Input/output Input/power supply NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, output: 1 N/O contact per channel, with wide range supply    Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) <0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω Relay output 1 PDT per channel AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted using DIP switch ≤20 Hz (load-dependent) 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC (24 V AC/DC ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50/60 Hz)) <80 mA ; <42 mA (24 V DC) ≤1.3 W 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 17.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP 2865052 2924304 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 137

138

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS OUT1 OUT2 IN POWER 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 -4.2 + 4.1 4.2 4.1 l i a n g s t l u a F NAMUR signal conditioners for operating proximity sensors and mechanical contacts – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit – 2 signal outputs transistor (passive), up to 5 kHz – Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault signaling output – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing LED and blocking the transistor output – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 4-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 138 PHOENIX CONTACT - + - + DI DI OUT1 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 OUT2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 Power LFD +24V GND NAMUR signal conditioner: 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω 2 transistor outputs, passive 30 V DC 50 mA (short-circuit-proof) <1.4 V Can be inverted using DIP switch ≤5 kHz 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <28 mA (24 V DC) ≤800 mW Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Drop (ΔU) Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output 1/output 2 50 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1)) 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Description NAMUR signal conditioner -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326-1  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP 2865023 2924278 1 1

139

MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS - CH1 + 4.2 4.1 - CH2 + 5.2 5.1 - + - + - + IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 POWER l i a n g s t l u a F NAMUR signal conditioners for operating proximity sensors and mechanical contacts – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit – Signal output transistor (passive), up to 5 kHz – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing LED and blocking the transistor output – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + 2.2 2.2 - 2.1 2.1 + DI DI Power LFD +24V GND GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, signal output: transistor (passive)  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω 1 transistor output, passive (per channel) 30 V DC 50 mA (short-circuit-proof) <1.4 V Can be inverted using DIP switch ≤5 kHz 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <34 mA (24 V DC) 1,000 mW Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Drop (ΔU) Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output 1/output 2 50 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1)) 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Description NAMUR signal conditioner -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Listed UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC T4 2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP 2865036 2924281 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 139

140

MCR technology MACX Analog – Signal conditioners with functional safety Limit values, threshold value switches new Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS US 4-wire [mA] or US 4-wire [V] - + - + 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 l i a n g s t l u a F 3.2 3.2 11 3.1 3.1 14 2.2 2.2 11 2.1 2.1 12 DI GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Power LFD +24V GND Zone 2 IN U,I OUT POWER – Input for analog standard current and voltage signals for switching analog limit values – Safe 3-way isolation – Configure limit values via DIP switch – PDT relay at output – Limiting continuous current up to 6 A – Energy can be supplied via the DIN rail connector Input data Voltage input signal Total error of the voltage input maximum Current input signal Total error of the current input maximum Input resistance Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection – Status and error indicator LEDs – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PLc in accordance with ISO 13849 – Installation in zone 2 possible Switching output Contact type Maximum switching current Mechanical service life Switching voltage Current/volatge input General data Supply voltage range Current consumption, maximum Current consumption, typical Current draw Power consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Switching point accuracy Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation Configurable, with relay PDT output   Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 0.1 V ... 10 V 0.1 V ... 10.5 V (maximum range) ± 10 mV 0.2 mA ... 20 mA 0.18 mA ... 21 mA (maximum range) ± 20 µA <28 Ω / >100 kΩ - / configurable via DIP switch (in 1.25% increments) and potentiometer (linearly up to 2% of the switching threshold set via the DIP switch) Off: approx. 0.5%, on: approx. 1% Break U <50 mV, I <0.1 mA Short circuit U >10.8 V, I >21.1 mA Relay output 1 PDT ≤4 A AC (cos phi = 1) ≤107 cycles ≤250 V AC ≤120 V DC 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC (12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) 90 mA (10 V DC) 38 mA (24 V DC) ≤30 mA (30 V DC) ≤1.2 W <0.9 W 0.01%/K ≤22 ms <0.1% 0.1% Input/output Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Humidity Altitude Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Dimensions W/H/D Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -20°C ... 65°C (any mounting position) -40°C ... 85°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) ≤2,000 m V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II 3 G Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc UL applied for 2 (single-channel) 3 (two-channel) Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Screw connection Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-SL-UI-REL MACX MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP 2906169 2906170 1 1 140 PHOENIX CONTACT

142

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Analog IN Repeater power supplies, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS AI passive - 3.2 3.2 + 3.1 3.1 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 HHT or 5.2 5.1 - + 5.2 5.1 HHT Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation HHT - 2.1 2.2 2.1 250 Ω GND 1.2 3.2 active + Power GND +24V +24V - 1.1 2.2 HHT + 2.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner    Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex  KC-s  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 4 mA ... 20 mA >16 V (20 mA) <3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) <1,000 Ω (20 mA) <20 mVrms 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <76 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA / 1,000 ) ; <55 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA / 250 ) <1.1 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 1,000 ) <0.95 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 250 ) <1.2 W (24 V DC / 20 mA / 0 ) <0.01%/K <200 µs (for jump 4 mA ... 20 mA, load 600 Ω) <0.05% (of final value) <0.1% (of final value) In accordance with NE 43 POWER IN I I OUT POWER Repeater power supply and input signal conditioners for the operation of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources installed in Ex areas. – 0/4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered or not powered) – 0/4 to 20 mA output (active or passive) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance systems – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 142 PHOENIX CONTACT Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Input/output Input/power supply 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.2 V 93 mA 587 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc  I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc UL 61010 Listed Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Repeater power supply, HARTR-transparent, intrinsically safe input Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP 2865340 2924016 1 1

143

Analog IN Repeater power supplies, Ex i OUT1 I POWER IN I I OUT2 POWER Repeater power supply and input signal conditioners for the operation of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources installed in Ex areas. – 0/4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered or not powered) – Two electrically isolated outputs, 0/4 to 20 mA (active) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals (both outputs) – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – 4-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL d in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Sensor / Field IN or 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 5.2 5.1 - + 5.2 5.1 OUT PLC / DCS AI passive - 3.2 3.2 OUT 1 + 3.1 3.1 OUT 2 2.2 2.1 2.2 passive - + 2.1 GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Power GND +24V Zone 2 Div. 2 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal (per output) Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication (per output) Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL IEC 61508 PL EN ISO 13849 Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner, with two electrically isolated outputs   Functional Safety Ex: EAC Ex   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA >16 V (20 mA) Approx. 3.9 V (in input signal conditioner operation) 4 mA ... 20 mA (output 1 and output 2 active) <450 Ω (20 mA) <20 mVrms 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <75 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA) <1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA) <0.01%/K 1.3 ms (for jump 4 mA ... 20 mA, typical) <0.05% (of final value) <0.1% (of final value) In accordance with NE 43 Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/output Input/power supply Output 1/output 2 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) Green LED (PWR supply voltage) Yes HART PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.2 V 93 mA 587 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Repeater power supply, HARTR-transparent, intrinsically safe input With just one HART-transparent output Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-1S MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-1S-SP 2865366 2924236 2908855 2908856 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 143

144

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Analog IN Repeater power supplies, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT 4.2 4.2 - CH1 + 4.1 4.1 HHT 5.2 5.2 - CH2 + 5.1 5.1 HHT Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 3.2 3.2 active CH1 3.1 3.1 2.2 2.2 active CH2 2.1 2.1 Power GND +24V GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 1 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Underload/overload signal range Output data Output signal Load Underload/overload signal range General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation PLC / DCS AI passive - + HHT passive - + HHT SIL IEC 61508 PL EN ISO 13849 2-channel repeater power supply   Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex  KC-s  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data per channel 4 mA ... 20 mA >16 V (20 mA) 0 mA ... 24 mA per channel 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) ≤450 Ω (20 mA) 0 mA ... 24 mA 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <100 mA (24 V / 20 mA) <1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA) <0.01%/K <1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) <0.05% (of final value) <0.1% (of final value) Input/output, power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/output Input/power supply Output 1/output 2/ power supply Ambient temperature range Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.2 V 93 mA 587 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 3 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Repeater power supply, 2-channel, HARTR-transparent, intrinsically safe input Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP 2865382 2924676 1 1 POWER IN POWER IN OUT OUT I I I I POWER Repeater power supply for the operation of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor measuring transducers installed in the Ex area. – 2-channel – 4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered) – 4 to 20 mA output (active) – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – Safe 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL d in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found from page 175 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 144 PHOENIX CONTACT

145

Analog IN Repeater power supplies with wide range power supply, Ex i POWER IN I I OUT POWER Repeater power supply and input signal conditioners for the operation of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources installed in Ex areas. – 0/4 to 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered or not powered) – 0/4 to 20 mA output (active or passive), 0/1 to 5 V, can be selected via DIP switch – Bidirectional transmission of digital HART communication signals – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology, with integrated sockets for HART communicators – 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance systems – 3-way electrical isolation – Wide-range power supply of 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information on marking material can be found on page 178 Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 177 MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Sensor / Field IN 4.3 4.2 4.1 - 4.2 + 4.1 - + 4.3 4.2 or Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 OUT 3.3 S2 250 Ω 3.2 3.1 S1 Ω 0 5 2 PLC / DCS AI passive - 3.2 + 3.1 active - 3.3 24...230 V AC/DC + 3.2 –~ 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 Input data Input signal Transmitter supply voltage Voltage drop Output data Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) Load Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Transmission error, typical Maximum transmission error Under-/overload range Electrical isolation Repeater power supply and input signal conditioner, wide-range power supply    Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   // Applied for: GL Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data 4 mA ... 20 mA >16 V (20 mA) <3.5 V (in input signal conditioner operation) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage) 1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%) Configurable via DIP switches <600 Ω (20 mA) <20 mVrms 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) <80 mA (24 V DC / 20 mA) <1.6 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA) <0.01%/K <600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step) <0.05% (of final value) <0.1% (of final value) In accordance with NE 43 Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication SMART communication Signal bandwidth Protocols supported Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Input/output Input/power supply 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) Yes as per HART specifications HART V0 PA 6.6-FR 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.2 V 93 mA 587 mW 253 V AC/DC (supply terminals) 253 V AC (output terminals) 125 V DC (output terminals) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Repeater power supply, 2-channel, HARTR-transparent, intrinsically safe input Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP 2865793 2924029 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 145

146

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Temperature Temperature transducers, Ex i new Sensor / Field IN OUT RTD2 RTD1 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 5.2 5.2 μC μC PLC / DCS AI 3.2 3.2 - passive + 3.1 3.1 IN I OUT POWER i t o P D T R x 2 e r i w - 2 D T R e r i w - 2 D T R e r i w - 3 Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 5.1 5.1 D T R e r i w - 4 Power GND +24V GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Temperature transducer for resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors Programmable temperature transducer for intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors installed in Ex areas. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA signal. – Input for resistance thermometers and resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia] – 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA output – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm signal, and output range – Programming during operation with Ex measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- ADAPTER programming adapter – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Installation in zone 2 permitted Input data Resistance thermometers Resistor Cable resistance Sensor input current Measuring range span Output data Output signal Load Behavior in the event of a sensor error Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current draw Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Transmission error, total ZERO / SPAN adjustment Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Sensors (2-, 3-, 4-conductor) 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ ≤50 Ω per cable 10 µA ... 210 µA (up to 2 x 210 µA for 3-conductor) ≥50 K 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA (SIL) ≤600 Ω As per NE 43 or can be freely defined <15 µAPP 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) ≤40 mA (24 V DC) ≤0.74 W 0.01%/K Typically 1 s ≤1.7 s 0.1% x 1,000 [K]/measuring span ± 5% / ± 5% Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/output Input/power supply 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -40°C ... 70°C (any mounting position) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage, PWR) Red LED, flashing 2.4 Hz (cable error, sensor error on input or output, ERR) Red LED, flashing 1.2 Hz (service operation, ERR) Red LED, permanently on (module error, ERR) Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 6 V 16.6 mA 9.7 mW CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex ec ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex ec ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc - Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-RTD-I MACX MCR-EX-RTD-I-SP MACX MCR-EX-RTD-I-C MACX MCR-EX-RTD-I-SP-C 1050222 1050252 1052463 1052652 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 1 1 1 1 1 146 PHOENIX CONTACT

147

MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Order key for MACX MCR-EX-RTD-I-(SP)-C temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. SIL ON/OF Sensor type Measuring unit Connection technology Measuring range: Start End Output signal Sliding mean value Alarm signal, short circuit Alarm signal, sensor break Factory calibration certificate 1052463 / ON / PT100 / C / 4 / -50 / 150 / OUT02 / 1 / I000 / I000 / NONE 1052463 = MACX MCR- EX-RTD-I-C 1052452 = MACX MCR- EX-RTD-I-SP- C ON = Active NONE = Not active ON only with output range = OUT02 See below Celsius [C] 2 = 2-conductor Ω [O] 3 = 3-conductor Millivolts [V] 4 = 4-conductor See below See below 0...20 mA [OUT01] 4...20 mA [OUT02] 0...5 mA [OUT15] 0...10 mA [OUT16] 1...5 mA [OUT25] 2...10 mA [OUT26] 1 - 10 0 mA [I000] 3.5 mA [I035] 21.5 mA [I215] 0 mA [I000] 3.5 mA [I035] 21.5 mA [I215] NONE = Without FCC YES = With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) Smallest measuring range span Other setting options can be configured with the IFS-CONF software: - Freely configurable user characteristic curve with 30 support points - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or over-range/under-range can be freely configured or set in accordance with NE43 (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: ON) - Switching behavior: switching output (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF) Resistance temperature detector (RTD) Remote resistance-type sensors (R) (2-, 3-, 4-conductor) PT50 PT100 PT200 PT500 PT1000 PT2000 PT5000 PT50S PT100S PT200S PT500S PT1000S PT2000S PT5000S PT100G PT200G PT500G PT1000G PT100J PT200J PT500J PT1000J NI100 NI200 NI500 NI1000 NI100S NI200S NI500S NI1000S NI1000L CU10 CU50 CU100 CU53 KTY81 KTY84 RES02 RES03 RES04 RES05 RES06 RES07 RES08 RES09 RES10 RES11 RES12 = Pt 50 IEC60751 = Pt 100 IEC60751 = Pt 200 IEC60751 = Pt 500 IEC60751 = Pt 1000 IEC60751 = Pt 2000 IEC60751 = Pt 5000 IEC60751 = PT50 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT2000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT5000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT100 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) = PT200 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) = PT500 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) = PT1000 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) = Pt 100 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 200 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 500 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 1000 JIS C1604/1997 = NI100 DIN 43760 = NI200 DIN 43760 = NI500 DIN 43760 = NI1000 DIN 43760 = NI100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI1000 Landis&Gyr = CU10 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = CU 50 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 100 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 53 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00426) = KTY81 KTY81-110 (Philips) = KTY81 KTY84-130 (Philips) = Resistance 0…75 Ω = Resistance 0…150 Ω = Resistance 0…300 Ω = Resistance 0…600 Ω = Resistance 0…1,200 Ω = Resistance 0…2,400 Ω = Resistance 0…4,800 Ω = Resistance 0…6,250 Ω = Resistance 0…12,500 Ω = Resistance 0…25,000 Ω = Resistance 0…50,000 Ω °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 100k 100k 100k 100k 20k 20k 10% of the selected measuring range -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -50 -70 -50 -50 -50 -55 -40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 250 250 250 250 180 180 180 180 160 500 200 200 180 150 300 75 150 300 600 1200 2400 4800 6250 12500 25000 50,000 Temperature conversion guide for°C to°F: T [°F] = 9 – T [°C] + 32 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 147

148

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Temperature Temperature transducers, Ex i new Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS μC μC AI - passive + 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 Power GND +24V GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 - mV + 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 P t 1 0 0 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 TC C J - S e n s o r Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Input data Thermocouple sensors Voltage Measuring range span Output data Output signal Load Behavior in the event of a sensor error Output ripple General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Transmission error, total Cold junction errors ZERO / SPAN adjustment Electrical isolation Temperature transducer for thermocouples Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, C, D, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, Lr -1,000 mV ... 1,000 mV Min. 50 K with thermocouple, 10% of the nominal span of the respective range with mV sources 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA (SIL) ≤600 Ω As per NE 43 or can be freely defined <15 µAPP 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <40 mA (24 V DC) ≤0.74 W 0.01%/K Typically 700 ms ≤1,000 ms 0.1% ± 1 K  5% /  5% Input/output/power supply 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Input/output Input/power supply Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -40°C ... 70°C (any mounting position) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage, PWR) Red LED, flashing 2.4 Hz (cable error, sensor error on input or output, ERR) Red LED, flashing 1.2 Hz (service operation, ERR) Red LED, permanently on (module error, ERR) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6 V 4.3 mA 9.7 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex ec ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex ec ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc - Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Cold junction compensation connector for thermocouples IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER IOA MCR-CJC-PT100 MACX MCR-EX-TC-I MACX MCR-EX-TC-I-C Accessories 1050233 1052458 2811271 1085776 1 1 1 1 IN I OUT POWER Programmable temperature transducer for intrinsically safe operation of thermocouples and mV sources installed in Ex areas. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA signal. – Input for thermocouples and mV sources, [Ex ia] – 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA output – Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm signal, and output range – Programming during operation with Ex measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- ADAPTER programming adapter – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – 3-way electrical isolation – Power supply via DIN rail connector possible – Installation in zone 2 permitted 148 PHOENIX CONTACT

149

MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Order key for MACX MCR-EX-TC-I-C temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. SIL Sensor type Measuring unit Cold junction compensation Measuring range: Start End Output signal Sliding mean value Alarm signal, short circuit Alarm signal, sensor break Factory calibration certificate 1052458 / ON / K / C / 1052458 = MACX MCR- EX-TC-I-C ON = Active NONE = Not active ON only with output range = OUT02 See below Celsius [C] Ω [O] Millivolts [V] ON ON OFF / -50 / 150 / OUT02 / 1 / I000 / I000 / NONE See below See below 0...20 mA [OUT01] 4...20 mA [OUT02] 0...5 mA [OUT15] 0...10 mA [OUT16] 1...5 mA [OUT25] 2...10 mA [OUT26] 1 - 10 0 mA [I000] 3.5 mA [I035] 21.5 mA [I215] 0 mA [I000] 3.5 mA [I035] 21.5 mA [I215] NONE = Without FCC YES = With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) Thermocouples (TC) Voltage signals (mV) A1G A2G A3G B C D E J K MG N R S T L LG U V04 V05 V06 V07 V08 V09 V10 = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 = B IEC584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) = C ASTM E988 = DA ASTM E988(2002) = E IEC584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) = J IEC584-1 (Fe-CuNi) = K IEC584-1 (NiCr-Ni) = MG GOST 8.585-2001 = N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) = R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) = S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) = T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) = L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) = LG GOST 8.585-2001 = U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) = Voltage -1,000 mV…+1,000 mV = Voltage -500 mV…+500 mV = Voltage -250 mV…+250 mV = Voltage -125 mV…+125 mV = Voltage -60 mV…+60 mV = Voltage -30 mV…+30 mV = Voltage -15 mV…+15 mV °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C mV mV mV mV mV mV mV 0 0 0 500 0 0 -230 -210 -250 -200 -200 -50 -50 -200 -200 -200 -200 -1,000 -500 -250 -125 -60 -30 -15 2,500 1,800 1,800 1,820 2,315 2,315 1,000 1,200 1,372 100 1,300 1,768 1,768 400 900 800 600 1,000 500 250 125 60 30 150 Temperature conversion guide for°C to°F: T [°F] = 9 – T [°C] + 32 5 Smallest measuring range span Other setting options can be configured with the IFS-CONF software: - Freely configurable user characteristic curve with 30 support points - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or overrange/underrange can be freely configured or set in accordance with NE43 (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: ON) - Switching behavior: switching output (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF) 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 10% of nominal span For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 149

150

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Temperature Temperature transducers, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT RTD TC - + Poti ϑ ϑ ϑ 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.3 4.2 4.1 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 U,I IN OUT POWER Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 PLC / DCS passive - + 3.3 3.2 T R O P - S C µ GND 3.3 3.3 I U OUT 3.2 OUT 3.1 3.1 - + 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 14 11 DI 2.1 2.1 12 NC 1.3 Power 24V ...230V AC/DC 1.2 1.1 Input data Resistance thermometers Thermocouple sensors Resistor Potentiometer Voltage Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Behavior in the event of a sensor error Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current General data Supply voltage range Power consumption Temperature coefficient Transmission error, total Electrical isolation Universal temperature transducer with freely configurable properties for intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and potentiometers installed in Ex areas – Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia] – Measure differential temperatures – Freely programmable input and output – Option of inverse output signal ranges – Relay switching output – Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) – Programming during operation with Ex measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- ADAPTER programming adapter – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology – Cold junction compensation with separate connector – Wide-range power supply of 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL d in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet (phoenixcontact.net/products). For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 111 150 PHOENIX CONTACT SIL IEC 61508 PL EN ISO 13849 Temperature transducer, universal, with switching output, wide range supply    Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex  KC-s  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2-, 3-, 4-conductor B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG I output 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ -1,000 mV ... 1,000 mV U output 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL) ± 11 V ≥10 kΩ In accordance with NE 43 or freely configurable Switching output 1 PDT AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 30 V AC (30 V DC) 0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC) 22 mA ≤600 Ω (20 mA) 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) <1.5 W 0.01%/K <0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA) Input/output/power supply Input/output Input/power supply Input/switching output Output/supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -20°C ... 65°C Typically 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 6 V 7.4 mA 11 mW CE-compliant  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C 2865654 2924689 2811763 2924692 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 1 1 1 1 1

151

MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Order key for MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Safety Integrity Level (SIL) Sensor type Connection technology Cold junction compensation Measuring range: Start End Measuring unit Output range Factory calibration certificate = FCC 2811763 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE 2811763 = MACX MCR-EX- T-UI-UP-C 2924692 = MACX MCR-EX- T-UI-UP-SP-C ON = Active NONE = Not active See below 2 = 2-conductor 0 = Off, e.g., 3 = 3-conductor with RTD, R, potentiometer, mV See below See below = °C C = °F F O =  = % P = mV V ON only with output range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor 1 = On, e.g., with TC NONE = Without FCC YES = With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) = 0 ... 5 mA = 0 ... 10 mA = 0 ... 20 mA = 0 ... 5 mA = 1 ... 5 mA = 2 ... 10 mA = 4 ... 20 mA = 0 ... 5 V = 0 ... 10 V = 1 ... 5 V = 2 ... 10 V = -5 ... +5 V = -10 ... +10 V OUT15 OUT16 OUT01 OUT15 OUT25 OUT26 OUT02 OUT05 OUT03 OUT06 OUT04 OUT13 OUT14 Others can be freely configured in the software Smallest measuring range span Other setting options can be configured with the IFS-CONF software: - Freely configurable user characteristic curve with 30 support points - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or overrange/underrange can be freely configured or set in accordance with NE43 (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) - Filter setting ( standard configuration: 1) - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: ON) - Switching behavior: switching output (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF) Resistance temperature detector (RTD) Thermocouples (TC) = Pt 50 IEC60751 PT50 = Pt 100 IEC60751 PT100 = Pt 200 IEC60751 PT200 = Pt 500 IEC60751 PT500 = Pt 1000 IEC60751 PT1000 = Pt 2000 IEC60751 PT2000 = Pt 5000 IEC60751 PT5000 = PT50 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT50S = PT100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT100S = PT200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT200S = PT500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT500S PT1000S = PT1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT2000S = PT2000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT5000S = PT5000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = PT100 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT100G = PT200 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT200G = PT500 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT500G PT1000G = PT1000 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00391) PT100J PT200J PT500J PT1000J NI100 NI200 NI500 NI1000 NI100S NI200S NI500S NI1000S NI1000L CU10 CU50 CU100 CU53 KTY81 KTY84 = Pt 100 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 200 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 500 JIS C1604/1997 = Pt 1000 JIS C1604/1997 = NI100 DIN 43760 = NI200 DIN 43760 = NI500 DIN 43760 = NI1000 DIN 43760 = NI100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = NI1000 Landis&Gyr = CU10 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = CU 50 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 100 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00428) = CU 53 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0.00426) = KTY81 KTY81-110 (Philips) = KTY81 KTY84-130 (Philips) A1G A2G A3G B C D E J K MG N R S T L LG U = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 = B IEC584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) = C ASTM E988 = DA ASTM E988(2002) = E IEC584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) = J IEC584-1 (Fe-CuNi) = K IEC584-1 (NiCr-Ni) = MG GOST 8.585-2001 = N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) = R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) = S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) = T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) = L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) = LG GOST 8.585-2001 = U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) Remote resistance- type sensors (R) (2-, 3-, 4-conductor) Potentiometers (3-conductor) RES12 POT12 = Resistance 0…50,000 Ω For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com = Potentiometer 0…50,000 Ω For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -50 -70 -50 -50 -50 -55 -40 0 0 0 500 0 0 -230 -210 -250 -200 -200 -50 -50 -200 -200 -200 -200 0 0 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 250 250 250 250 180 180 180 180 160 500 200 200 180 150 300 2,500 1,800 1,800 1,820 2,315 2,315 1,000 1,200 1,372 100 1,300 1,768 1,768 400 900 800 600 50,000 50,000 °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C Ω Ω Voltage signals (mV) V04 = Voltage -1,000 mV…+1,000 mV -1,000 1,000 mV For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com Temperature conversion guide for°C to°F: 9 T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 5 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 10% of the selected measuring range 10% of the selected measuring range 10% of nominal span For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 151

152

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Temperature Temperature transducers, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT RTD TC - + Poti ϑ ϑ ϑ 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.3 4.2 4.1 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 GND 3.3 I U OUT 3.2 OUT 3.1 3x NC 1.3 Power 24V ...230V AC/DC 1.2 1.1 Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2 PLC / DCS passive - + 3.3 3.2 - 3.3 + 3.1 3.6 34 3.5 31 DI 3.4 32 2.6 2.5 24 21 2.4 22 DI 1.6 14 1.5 11 DI 1.4 12 U,I IN OUT 3x POWER Universal temperature transducer with freely configurable properties for intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and potentiometers installed in Ex areas – Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia] – Measure differential temperatures – Freely programmable input and output – Option of inverse output signal ranges – Three limit value relays, can be used in combination as a safe limit value relay – Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) – Programming during operation with Ex measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- ADAPTER programming adapter – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology – Cold junction compensation with separate connector – Wide-range power supply of 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, sensor, and module errors – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL d in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Input data Resistance thermometers Thermocouple sensors Resistor Potentiometer Voltage Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Behavior in the event of a sensor error Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current General data Supply voltage range Power consumption Temperature coefficient Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX SIL IEC 61508 PL EN ISO 13849 Temperature transducer, universal, with three limit value relays, wide range supply   Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   Housing width 35 mm Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2-, 3-, 4-conductor B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG I output 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ -1,000 mV ... 1,000 mV U output 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL) ± 11 V ≥10 kΩ In accordance with NE 43 or freely configurable Relay output 3 PDTs AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (250 V DC) 2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC) 22 mA ≤600 Ω (20 mA) 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz) <2.4 W 0.01%/K 0.1% (e.g. for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA) Input/output/power supply Input/output Input/power supply Input/switching output Output/supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) -20°C ... 65°C Typically 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 35 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 6 V 7.4 mA 11 mW CE-compliant  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X 2 Ordering data The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet (phoenixcontact.net/products). For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 173 IECEx SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input Standard configuration Standard configuration Order configuration Order configuration Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-C MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C 2865751 2924799 2865722 2924809 Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Accessories IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 1 1 1 1 1 152 PHOENIX CONTACT

153

MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Order key for MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. SIL Measuring unit Sensor type Connection technology Measuring range: Start End Output signal Switching function 1 Lower switching point 1 Upper switching point 1 Switching function 2 Lower switching point 2 Upper switching point 2 Factory calibration certificate 2865722 / ON / C / PT100 / 4 / -50 / 150 / OUT02 / 0 / 99999 / 99999 / 0 / 99999 / 99999 / NONE 2865722 = MACX MCR- EX-T-UIREL- UP-C 2924809 = MACX MCR- EX-T-UIREL- UP-SP-C ON = Active Celsius [C] Ω [O] Millivolts [V] NONE = Not active ON only with output range = OUT02 See below 2 = 2-conductor 3 = 3-conductor 4 = 4-conductor See below See below 0...20 mA [OUT01] 4...20 mA [OUT02] 0...10 V [OUT03] 2...10 V [OUT04] 0...5 V [OUT05] 1...5 V [OUT06] -5...+5 V [OUT13] -10...+10 V [OUT14] 0...5 mA [OUT15] 0...10 mA [OUT16] 1...5 mA [OUT25] 2...10 mA [OUT26] Free input, see web site for more  H [2]  L [3]   H   L   H   L SPL SPL SPH SPH L [0] H [1]  L  H  L  H  L  H SPH SPH SPH SPH SPL SPL Resistance temperature detector (RTD) Thermocouples (TC) Remote resistance- type sensors (R) (2-, 3-, 4-conductor) Potentiometers (3-conductor) °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C °C Ω Ω = Pt 50 IEC60751 PT50 = Pt 100 IEC60751 PT100 = Pt 200 IEC60751 PT200 = Pt 500 IEC60751 PT500 = Pt 1000 IEC60751 PT1000 = Pt 2000 IEC60751 PT2000 = Pt 5000 IEC60751 PT5000 = PT50 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT50S PT100S = PT100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT200S = PT200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT500S = PT500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT1000S = PT1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT2000S = PT2000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT5000S = PT5000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 PT100G = PT100 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0,00391) PT200G = PT200 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0,00391) PT500G = PT500 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0,00391) PT1000G = PT1000 G GOST 6651-2009 (α=0,00391) = Pt 100 JIS C1604/1997 PT100J = Pt 200 JIS C1604/1997 PT200J = Pt 500 JIS C1604/1997 PT500J PT1000J = Pt 1000 JIS C1604/1997 = NI100 DIN 43760 NI100 = NI200 DIN 43760 NI200 = NI500 DIN 43760 NI500 = NI1000 DIN 43760 NI1000 = NI100 SAMA RC21-4-1966 NI100S = NI200 SAMA RC21-4-1966 NI200S = NI500 SAMA RC21-4-1966 NI500S NI1000S = NI1000 SAMA RC21-4-1966 NI1000L = NI1000 Landis&Gyr CU10 CU50 CU100 CU53 KTY81 KTY84 = CU10 SAMA RC21-4-1966 = CU 50 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0,00428) = CU 100 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0,00428) = CU 53 GOST 6651-2009 (α=0,00426) = KTY81 KTY81-110 (Philips) = KTY81 KTY84-130 (Philips) A1G A2G A3G B C D E J K MG N R S T L LG U = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 = B IEC584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) = C ASTM E988 = DA ASTM E988(2002) = E IEC584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) = J IEC584-1 (Fe-CuNi) = K IEC584-1 (NiCr-Ni) = MG GOST 8.585-2001 = N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) = R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) = S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) = T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) = L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) = LG GOST 8.585-2001 = U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) RES12 For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com = Resistance 0…50,000 Ω POT12 For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com = Potentiometer 0…50,000 Ω -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -200 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -60 -50 -70 -50 -50 -50 -55 -40 0 0 0 500 0 0 -230 -210 -250 -200 -200 -50 -50 -200 -200 -200 -200 0 0 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 250 250 250 250 180 180 180 180 160 500 200 200 180 150 300 2,500 1,800 1,800 1,820 2,315 2,315 1,000 1,200 1,372 100 1,300 1,768 1,768 400 900 800 600 50,000 50,000 Voltage signals (mV) mV V04 For more values, visit www.phoenixcontact.com = Voltage -1,000 mV…+1,000 mV -1,000 1,000 Temperature conversion guide for°C to°F: 9 T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32 5 Free input, see web site for more Free input, see web site for more NONE = Without FCC = YES With FCC (a fee is charged) YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a fee is charged) Other setting options can be configured with the IFS-CONF software: - Freely configurable user characteristic curve with 30 support points - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit, sensor break or overrange/underrange can be freely configured or set in accordance with NE43 (standard configuration: NE43 upscale) - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1) - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration: ON) - Switching behavior: switching output (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF) Free input, see web site for more     L [4] H [5] L [6] H [7] Smallest measuring range span 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 20k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 50k 10% of the selected measuring range 10% of the selected measuring range 10% of nominal span For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 153

154

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 -4.2 + 4.1 4.2 4.1 IN OUT POWER l i a n g s t l u a F PLC / DCS DI 3.2 3.2 11 3.1 3.1 14 2.2 2.2 12 Power LFD +24V GND GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 NAMUR signal conditioner, signal output: PDT relay  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex  KC-s  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (IEC/EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) <0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω Relay output 1 PDT AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch ≤20 Hz (without load) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 21 mA (24 V DC) <650 mW 1 Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Number of channels Electrical isolation Input/output Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Output/input, supply, TBUS 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10 mA 25 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 UL 61010 Listed 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioner, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: PDT contact Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP 2865434 2924045 1 1 NAMUR signal conditioners for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – Relay signal output (PDT) – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing led and de-excitation of the output relay – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 154 PHOENIX CONTACT

155

MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI OUT1 OUT2 IN POWER 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 -4.2 + 4.1 4.2 4.1 l i a n g s t l u a F OUT1 3.2 3.2 13 3.1 3.1 14 OUT2 2.2 2.2 13 2.1 2.1 14 Power LFD +24V GND GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 NAMUR signal conditioner: 2 signal outputs: N/O relay  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex  KC-s  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) <0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω Relay output 2 N/O contacts AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch ≤20 Hz (without load) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 30 mA (24 V DC) <950 mW Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation NAMUR signal conditioners for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – 2 relay signal outputs (N/O contact), output 2 can also be used as an error signal output – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing led and de-excitation of the output relay – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 4-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 Input/output Input/supply, DIN rail connector 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) Output 1/output 2/input/power supply, DIN rail connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10 mA 25 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 UL 61010 Listed 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioner, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: 2 N/O contacts Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP 2865450 2924061 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 155

156

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI CH1 - + 4.2 4.1 CH2 - + 5.2 5.1 - + - + - + IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 POWER l i a n g s t l u a F NAMUR signal conditioners for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – Relay signal output (N/O contact) – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing led and de-excitation of the output relay – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 156 PHOENIX CONTACT CH1 3.2 3.2 13 3.1 3.1 14 CH2 2.2 2.2 13 2.1 2.1 14 Power LFD +24V GND GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, signal output: N/O relay  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex  KC-s  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (IEC/EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) <0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω Relay output 1 N/O contact per channel AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted via slide switch ≤20 Hz (without load) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 35 mA (24 V DC) <1 W Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation Input/output Input/supply, DIN rail connector 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, DIN rail connector 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) Output 1/output 2/input/power supply, DIN rail connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10 mA 25 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 UL 61010 Listed 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: N/O contact Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP 2865476 2924087 1 1

157

MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 POWER NAMUR signal conditioners for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – Relay signal output (PDT) – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing led and de-excitation of the output relay – Wide-range power supply of 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be found on page 177 CH1 CH2 3.3 3.3 12 3.2 3.2 11 3.1 3.1 14 2.3 2.3 12 2.2 2.2 11 2.1 2.1 14 24...230 V AC/DC –~ 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 CH1 - + 4.3 4.1 CH2 - + 5.3 5.1 - + - + - + Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Maximum switching capacity Recommended minimum load Mechanical service life Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Electrical isolation Input/output Input/power supply Output 1/output 2/input, power supply Ambient temperature range Humidity Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, signal output: PDT relay, wide range supply    Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) <0.2 mA Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω Relay output 1 PDT per channel AgSnO2, hard gold-plated 250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) 500 VA 5 V / 10 mA 107 cycles Can be inverted using DIP switch ≤20 Hz (load-dependent) 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 Hz ... 60 Hz) <80 mA ; <42 mA (24 V DC) ≤1.3 W 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category III; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) V0 PA 6.6-FR 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.56 V 10.3 mA 25 mW 253 V AC/DC (supply terminals) 250 V AC (output terminals) 120 V DC (output terminals) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: Changeover contact Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP 2865984 2924249 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 157

158

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI OUT1 OUT2 IN POWER 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 -4.2 + 4.1 4.2 4.1 l i a n g s t l u a F NAMUR signal conditioners for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – 2 signal outputs transistor (passive), up to 5 kHz – Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault signaling output – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing LED and blocking the transistor output – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 4-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 158 PHOENIX CONTACT - + - + OUT1 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 OUT2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Power LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Div. 2 NAMUR signal conditioner: 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω 2 transistor outputs, passive 30 V DC 50 mA (short-circuit-proof) <1.4 V Can be inverted using DIP switch ≤5 kHz 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <28 mA (24 V DC) ≤800 mW 1 Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Drop (ΔU) Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Number of channels Electrical isolation Input/output Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector Input/supply, DIN rail connector Output 1/output 2 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 50 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1)) 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10 mA 25 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioner, input intrinsically safe, output: Transistor, passive Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP 2865463 2924074 1 1

159

MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI CH1 - + 4.2 4.1 CH2 - + 5.2 5.1 - + - + - + IN1 IN2 OUT1 OUT2 POWER l i a n g s t l u a F CH1 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 CH2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 - + - + Power LFD +24V GND GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 2 NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, signal output: transistor (passive)  DNV GL Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Floating switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit ~ 8 V DC >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω 1 transistor output, passive (per channel) 30 V DC 50 mA (short-circuit-proof) <1.4 V Can be inverted using DIP switch ≤5 kHz 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <34 mA (24 V DC) ≤1,000 mW 2 Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Drop (ΔU) Switching behavior Maximum switching frequency General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Power dissipation Number of channels Electrical isolation NAMUR signal conditioners for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. – 2-channel – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – Signal output transistor (passive), up to 5 kHz – Reversible direction of action (operating current or closed-circuit current behavior) – Line fault detection (LFD) can be activated and deactivated, error indicated by red flashing LED and blocking the transistor output – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED displays for indicating supply voltage, circuit state, and malfunctions to NAMUR NE 44 – 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 Input/output Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector Input/supply, DIN rail connector Output 1/output 2 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 50 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, basic insulation as per EN 61010-1)) 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10 mA 25 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioner, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe, output: Transistor, passive Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP 2865489 2924090 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 159

160

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Digital IN NAMUR signal conditioners, Ex i Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS DI-NAM 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 - + - + 4.2 4.1 4.2 4.1 -4.2 + 4.1 4.2 4.1 l i a n g s t l u a F Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Input data Input signal No-load voltage Switching points Line error detection Switching output Switching voltage Switching frequency Impedance 0-signal Impedance 1-signal Impedance fault Switching behavior General data Supply voltage range Current draw Power dissipation Electrical isolation Power LFD +24V GND GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 2 Div. 1 NAMUR signal conditioner, with line fault transparency   Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6) Open circuit switch contacts Switch contacts with resistance circuit 8 V DC ±10% >2.1 mA (conductive) / <1.2 mA (blocking) Break 0.05 mA <IIN <0.35 mA Short circuit 100 Ω <RSensor <360 Ω Resistive (transistor, passive) 8.2 V DC ±10% (in accordance with EN 60947-5-6) ≤5 kHz (ohmic load) 11 kΩ ±5% 1.4 kΩ ±5% >100 kΩ Can be inverted using DIP switch 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC (12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) 25 mA (24 V DC) <0.6 W IN OUT POWER NAMUR signal conditioners for the intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors or mechanical contacts installed in the Ex area. – Input for NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] – Signal output with resistive behavior (transistor) – Signal output with line fault transparency: line error message directly via output to PLC or PCS. The output responds in accordance with EN 60947-5-6 – Up to 5 kHz – Direction of operation can be selected – Line fault detection can be activated and deactivated – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED indicators for supply voltage, status, and fault in accordance with NAMUR NE 44 – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology – Safe 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found from page 175 Information about resistance circuits is given on page 177 160 PHOENIX CONTACT Input/output Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Input/supply, DIN rail connector Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 9.6 V 10 mA 25 mW 253 V AC/DC CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc 2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAMUR signal conditioner, intrinsically safe input, output with line fault transparency Specifically for Yokogawa systems Specifically for Honeywell systems Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-YO MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-YO-SP Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-HO MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-HO-SP 2866006 2924883 2905723 2905724 2907404 2907405 1 1 1 1 1 1

162

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Solenoid drivers for controlling solenoid valves In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i solenoid valves, you have to have an intrinsically safe control circuit. This is provided by the solenoid drivers that are available from Phoenix Contact. The following must be taken into account when dimensioning your intrinsically safe control circuit: – Valve – Cable with corresponding resistance – Solenoid driver As a result, it may be the case that not all valves are compatible with the solenoid drivers. Below is an extract from a table showing possible combinations of valves and solenoid drivers. A complete and updated list (along with details of the technical data of suitable valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the maximum cable resistances of the individual combinations) can be found on the Internet at: phoenixcontact.net/products Example circuit Ex area Safe area PLC Intrinsically safe equipment  II 1 G Ex ia IIB T6 Associated equipment, e.g., MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-...  II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC Valves overview MACX Analog Ex solenoid drivers Manufacturer Type Description Ex certificate Condition MACX MCR-EX- SL-SD-21-25-LP MACX MCR-EX- SL-SD-21-40-LP MACX MCR-EX- SL-SD-24-48-LP MACX MCR-EX- SL-SD-21-60-LP 700 mW / 65°C 700 mW / 65°C 900 mW / 45°C 900 mW / 45°C 900 mW / 60°C 900 mW / 60°C 600 mW / 50°C 600 mW / 50°C 800 mW / 40°C 800 mW / 40°C 1,000 mW / 40°C 1,000 mW / 40°C 30 V type 30 V type EEx ia IIB T6 ASCO Bürkert FESTO Norgren Herion Hörbiger Parker Samson Seitz Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Piezo Piezo Coil VZ07 Coil VZ33 Coil VZ08 Coil VZ09 Coil VZ95 Coil VZ23 Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Coil Pilot valve Pilot valve Pilot valve Solenoid 162 PHOENIX CONTACT 195 302 (12 V) 302 (24 V) AC 10, standard AC 10, high-resistance AC 21, standard AC 21, high-resistance AC 21, standard AC 21, high-resistance AC 21, standard AC 21, high-resistance G1 642735, standard G1 642735, high-resistance G1 642735, standard G1 642735, high-resistance G1 642735, standard G1 642735, high-resistance MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 (J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 2050 2051 2052 2053 2085 2086 3039 2003 P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65 P20 381RF-NG-CPN61 488650.01 494035.10 488660.01 488670.01 482160.01 482870.01 3701-11 (6 V) 3701-12 (12 V) 3701-13 (24 V) 3963-11 (6 V) 3963-12 (12 V) 3963-13 (24 V) 3964-11 (6 V) 3964-12 (12 V) 3964-13 (24 V) 3965-11 (6 V) 3965-12 (12 V) 3965-13 (24 V) 3967-11 (6 V) 3967-12 (12 V) 3967-13 (24 V) PV 12F73 Ci oH PV 12F73 Xi oH PV 12F73 Xi oH-2 11 G 52 LCIE 08 ATEX 6083 INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X PTB 01 ATEX 2101 PTB 01 ATEX 2101 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2175 PTB 01 ATEX 2173 PTB 01 ATEX 2173 PTB 01 ATEX 2173 PTB 01 ATEX 2173 PTB 03 ATEX 2097 PTB 03 ATEX 2097 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 PTB 07 ATEX 2019 PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U PTB 03 ATEX 2134 PTB 04 ATEX 2010 DMT 01 ATEX E026X DMT 01 ATEX E025X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X PTB 02 ATEX 2178 PTB 02 ATEX 2178 PTB 02 ATEX 2178 PTB 01 ATEX 2085 PTB 01 ATEX 2085 PTB 01 ATEX 2085 PTB 02 ATEX 2047 PTB 02 ATEX 2047 PTB 02 ATEX 2047 PTB 05 ATEX 2044X PTB 05 ATEX 2044X PTB 05 ATEX 2044X PTB 06 ATEX 2027 PTB 06 ATEX 2027 PTB 06 ATEX 2027 PTB 99 ATEX 2146 PTB 00 ATEX 2030 PTB 00 ATEX 2030 PTB 01 ATEX 2020                                                                                                                    

163

MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Digital OUT Solenoid drivers, Ex i OUT - + - + POWER IN Solenoid drivers for the intrinsically safe control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm transmitters or indicators installed in the Ex area. – Input: logic (low/high signal) – Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.5 V, [Ex ia] – Line fault detection (can be activated and deactivated) – Directly via signal channel – Or via switching output – Transparent for test pulses – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED indicators for supply voltage, status, and fault in accordance with NAMUR NE 44 – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology Sensor / Field OUT IN PLC / DCS - + 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 DO 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 DI l i a n g s t l u a F 4.2 4.1 l i a n g s t l u a F GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Div. 1 Input data Switching level 0 signal (“L”) Switching level 1 signal (“H”) Current input signal Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output Transparent for test pulses Output data Output voltage Current limitation No-load voltage Internal resistance Immunity to short-circuiting Response time tA Line error detection Error message output Switch contact Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Short-circuit-proof General data Supply voltage range Current draw Power dissipation Electrical isolation Output/input, error message output – Safe 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Notes: Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found from page 175 Degree of protection Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Solenoid driver, 48 mA current limitation with line fault detection   Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex  KC-s  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (open) 15 V DC ... 30 V DC <12 mA 3 MΩ (high resistance (Mega Ω)) Yes ≥9.36 V DC (at 48 mA) >48 mA (with cable error detection) >22.5 V DC ≥269.3 Ω (internal resistance Ri) Yes <30 ms <50 Ω (short circuit on the line) >10 kΩ (line break) N/O contact 30 V DC 50 mA Yes 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <90 mA (24 V DC) <1.8 W 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) IP20 V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.3 V 94 mA 595 mW 253 V AC/DC CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc 3 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault detection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP 2924867 2924870 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 163

164

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Digital OUT Solenoid drivers, Ex i Sensor / Field OUT IN PLC / DCS OUT - + - + POWER IN - + 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.2 4.1 l i a n g s t l u a F DO 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 DI l i a n g s t l u a F GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Solenoid driver, 25.1 mA current limitation with line fault detection Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Div. 1 Input data Switching level 0 signal (“L”) Switching level 1 signal (“H”) Current input signal Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output Transparent for test pulses Output data Output voltage Current limitation No-load voltage Internal resistance Immunity to short-circuiting Response time tA Line error detection Error message output Switch contact Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Short-circuit-proof General data Supply voltage range Current draw Power dissipation Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Output/input, error message output Degree of protection Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx SIL in accordance with IEC 61508   Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (open) 15 V DC ... 30 V DC <12 mA 3 MΩ (high resistance (Mega Ω)) Yes ≥4.64 V DC (at 25.1 mA) >25.1 mA (with cable error detection) >21.1 V DC ≥641 Ω (internal resistance Ri) Yes <30 ms <50 Ω (short circuit on the line) >10 kΩ (line break) N/O contact 30 V DC 50 mA Yes 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <50 mA (24 V DC) <0.8 W 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) IP20 V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 23.98 V 37.4 mA 224 mW 253 V AC/DC CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc 3 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault detection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LFD MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LFD-SP 2905669 2905674 1 1 Solenoid drivers for the intrinsically safe control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm transmitters or indicators installed in the Ex area. – Input: logic (low/high signal) – Output: 25.1 mA current limitation at 4.64 V, [Ex ia] – Line fault detection (can be activated and deactivated) - Directly via signal channel - Or via switching output – Transparent for test pulses – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED indicators for supply voltage, status, and fault in accordance with NAMUR NE 44 – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology – Safe 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC/EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit are available from the download center at phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on marking material can be found on page 178 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 164 PHOENIX CONTACT

165

Digital OUT Solenoid drivers, Ex i OUT - + - + POWER IN Solenoid drivers for the intrinsically safe control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm transmitters or indicators installed in the Ex area. – Input: logic (low/high signal) – Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.7 V, [Ex ia] – Line fault detection (can be activated and deactivated) - Directly via signal channel - Or via switching output – Transparent for test pulses – Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector – LED indicators for supply voltage, status, and fault in accordance with NAMUR NE 44 – Plug-in screw or Push-in connection technology – Safe 3-way electrical isolation – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC/EN 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit are available from the download center at phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on marking material can be found on page 178 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Sensor / Field OUT IN PLC / DCS - + 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 DO 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 DI l i a n g s t l u a F 4.2 4.1 l i a n g s t l u a F GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Div. 1 Input data Switching level 0 signal (“L”) Switching level 1 signal (“H”) Current input signal Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output Transparent for test pulses Output data Output voltage Current limitation No-load voltage Internal resistance Immunity to short-circuiting Response time tA Line error detection Error message output Switch contact Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Short-circuit-proof General data Supply voltage range Current draw Power dissipation Electrical isolation Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Output/input, error message output Degree of protection Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Solenoid driver, 48 mA current limitation with line fault detection  Functional Safety Ex:   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (open) 15 V DC ... 30 V DC <12 mA 3 MΩ (high resistance (Mega Ω)) Yes ≥9.7 V DC (at 48 mA) >48 mA (with cable error detection) >24.3 V DC ≥297 Ω (internal resistance Ri) Yes <30 ms <50 Ω (short circuit on the line) >10 kΩ (line break) N/O contact 30 V DC 50 mA Yes 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) <90 mA (24 V DC) <1.62 W 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Green LED (supply voltage) LED yellow (switching state) Red LED (line errors) IP20 V0 PA 6.6-FR 12.5 / 112.5 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 27.06 V 91.11 mA 616 mW 253 V AC/DC CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc 3 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault detection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LFD MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LFD-SP 2906155 2906156 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 165

166

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Digital OUT Solenoid drivers, Ex i OUT - + - + IN Sensor / Field OUT IN PLC / DCS DO 3.2 3.2 - 3.1 3.1 + - + - + 4.2 4.1 - + 4.2 4.1 4.2 4.1 Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 Div. 1,2 Zone 2 Div. 2 Solenoid drivers for controlling intrinsically safe solenoid valves, alarm transmitters, and indicators installed in Ex areas. – 20 to 30 V DC input – Output [Ex ia] – Various output characteristic curves compatible with the commercial solenoid valves – Loop-powered: The required power is supplied via the control signal on the input side Input data Voltage input signal Current input signal Output data Output voltage Current limitation No-load voltage Internal resistance Immunity to short-circuiting Response time tA General data Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Electrical isolation Solenoid driver, current limitation 25 mA  Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 45 mA (at Ue = 24 V DC) 5.5 V DC (at 25 mA) 25 mA 21.9 V DC 641.1 Ω (internal resistance Ri) Yes 20 ms <0.845 W 0.01%/K Output/input 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) – Mechanically compatible with DIN rail Ambient temperature range -40°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) connector – Galvanic 2-way isolation – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – Installation in zone 2 permitted Notes: A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit are available from the download center at phoenixcontact.net/products. Information on marking material can be found on page 178 Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling can be found from page 170 Status indication Degree of protection Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Safety data as per ATEX Maximum output voltage Uo Maximum output current Io Maximum output power Po Maximum voltage Um Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is active) IP20 V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.1 V 39 mA 245 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1)G Ex nA [ia IIC Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, Ex nA [ia IIC Ga] IIC T4 Gc Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 3 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Solenoid driver, loop-powered, output intrinsically safe Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP 2865492 2924113 1 1 ] V [ V U e g a t l o v t u p t u o 30 20 10 0 0 21,9 V 5,5 V 10 20 30 40 50 60 output current I V [mA] 166 PHOENIX CONTACT

167

MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety MCR technology Solenoid driver, current limitation 40 mA Solenoid driver, current limitation 48 mA Solenoid driver, current limitation 58 mA, [Ex ia] IIB  Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   Housing width 12.5 mm  Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   Housing width 12.5 mm  Functional Safety Ex:  EAC Ex   Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Technical data Technical data 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 65 mA (at Ue = 24 V DC) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 85 mA (at Ue = 24 V DC) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) 95 mA (at Ue = 24 V DC) 10 V DC (at 40 mA) 40 mA 21.9 V DC 287 Ω (internal resistance Ri) Yes 20 ms <1.055 W 0.01%/K 10.5 V DC (at 48 mA) 48 mA 24 V DC 275.7 Ω (internal resistance Ri) Yes 20 ms <1.41 W 0.01%/K 12.9 V DC (at 58 mA) 58 mA 21.9 V DC 133.4 Ω (internal resistance Ri) Yes 20 ms <1.325 W 0.01%/K 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) -40°C ... 60°C (any mounting position, pay attention to the derating curve in the data sheet) Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is active) IP20 V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 -40°C ... 60°C (any mounting position, pay attention to the derating curve in the data sheet) Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is active) IP20 V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 -40°C ... 60°C (any mounting position, pay attention to the derating curve in the data sheet) Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is active) IP20 V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 25.1 V 87 mA 550 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1)G Ex nA [ia IIC Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 3 27.7 V 101 mA 697 mW 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1)G Ex nA [ia IIC Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 3 25.1 V 188 mA 1.18 W 253 V AC (125 V DC) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1)G Ex nA [ia IIB Ga] IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 3 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP 2865764 2924139 1 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP 2865609 2924126 1 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP 2865515 2924100 1 1 ] V [ V U e g a t l o v t u p t u o 30 20 10 0 0 ] V [ 21,9 V V U e g a t l o v t u p t u o 10,0 V 10 20 30 40 50 60 24 V 30 20 10 0 0 ] V [ V U e g a t l o v t u p t u o 10,5 V 10 20 30 40 50 60 30 20 10 0 0 21,9 V 12,9 V 10 20 30 40 50 60 output current I V [mA] output current I V [mA] output current I V [mA] For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 167

168

MCR technology MACX Analog – Ex i signal conditioners with functional safety Limit values, threshold value switches new Sensor / Field IN OUT OUT PLC / DCS IN U,I OUT POWER US 4-wire [mA] or US 4-wire [V] - + - + 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 l i a n g s t l u a F Zone 0,1,2 Zone 20,21,22 GND +24V 1.2 1.1 Power LFD +24V GND Zone 2 Limit switch with unlimited configurable limit values – Input [Ex ia] for analog standard current and voltage signals from Ex area for switching analog limit values – Safe 3-way isolation – Configure limit values via DIP switch – PDT relay at output – Limiting continuous current up to 6 A – Energy can be supplied via the DIN rail connector – Status and error indicator LEDs – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PLc in accordance with ISO 13849 – Installation in zone 2 possible Input data Voltage input signal Total error of the voltage input maximum Current input signal Total error of the current input maximum Input resistance Switching points Current/volatge input Switching hysteresis Line error detection Switching output Contact type Maximum switching current Mechanical service life Switching voltage General data Supply voltage range Current consumption, maximum Current consumption, typical Current draw Power consumption Power dissipation Temperature coefficient Step response (0 - 99%) Switching point accuracy Maximum transmission error Electrical isolation 3.2 3.2 11 3.1 3.1 14 2.2 2.2 11 DI 2.1 2.1 12 SIL IEC 61508 PL EN ISO 13849 Configurable, with relay PDT output   Ex:  Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data 0.1 V ... 10 V 0.1 V ... 10.5 V (maximum range) ± 10 mV 0.2 mA ... 20 mA 0.18 mA ... 21 mA (maximum range) ± 20 µA <28 Ω / >100 kΩ - / configurable via DIP switch (in 1.25% increments) and potentiometer (linearly up to 2% of the switching threshold set via the DIP switch) off: approx. 0.5%, on: approx. 1% Break U <50 mV, I <0.1 mA Short circuit U >10.8 V, I >21.1 mA Relay output 1 PDT ≤4 A AC (cos phi = 1) ≤107 cycles ≤250 V AC ≤120 V DC 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC (12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% ... +25%)) 90 mA (10 V DC) 38 mA (24 V DC) ≤30 mA (30 V DC) ≤1.2 W <0.9 W 0.01%/K ≤22 ms <0.1% 0.1% Input/output Input/output/supply, DIN rail connector 375 V (peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 300 Vrms (rated insulation voltage (overvoltage category II; degree of pollution 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010-1)) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Humidity Altitude Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Dimensions W/H/D Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada SIL in accordance with IEC 61508 -20°C ... 65°C (any mounting position) -40°C ... 85°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) ≤2,000 m V0 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3(1) G Ex ec nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc UL applied for 2 (single-channel) 3 (two-channel) Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Screw connection Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-UI-REL MACX MCR-EX-SL-UI-REL-SP 2906164 2906165 1 1 168 PHOENIX CONTACT

170

MCR technology MACX Analog accessories Termination Carriers for MACX Analog signal conditioners TC... Termination Carriers are compact solutions for quickly and smoothly connecting DIN rail devices from the MACX Analog series to input and output cards of automation systems using system cabling. The Termination Carriers combine the advantages of modular DIN rail devices with those offered by plug and play rapid cabling solutions to provide a consistent solution for system technology. Termination carriers are also available for MINI Analog Pro and PSR safety devices. Compact – Saves up to 30% of space due to compact design Rugged and reliable – Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile – PCB is completely decoupled from modules – PCB without active components – Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module Easy maintenance – Use of standard DIN rail devices – Easy access to connection points – Quick and safe module connection with plug-in and coded cable sets Flexible – Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting – Profile section without pitch markings for I/O cards with specific number of channels – Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards of various automation systems with different system plug types Select standard DIN rail device Select module carrier Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable 170 PHOENIX CONTACT

171

Termination Carriers for MACX Analog signal conditioners The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI universal Termination Carrier is a compact solution for connecting signal conditioners from the MACX Analog series to analog or binary input and output cards of automation systems. The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI termination-carrier design, when combined with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer, also enables communication between HART-compatible field devices and a management system. The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-2EX-P-UNI universal Termination Carrier is a compact solution for connecting two-channel signal conditioners from the MACX Analog series to analog or binary input and output cards of automation systems. – Connection of up to 16 single-channel (Ex i-)signal conditioners – Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos. D-SUB connector – For system cables with D-SUB socket and open ends for universal connection – Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module Notes: You will find information about signal conditioners from the MACX Analog product range in the INTERFACE catalog or at phoenixcontact.com. You can find information about available system cables for D-SUB connectors in the INTERFACE catalog or at phoenixcontact.com. Contact us: specific Termination Carriers designs for I/O modules of various automation systems are available, planned or can be implemented in accordance with your specification. General data Connection to the control system level No. of pos. Maximum operating voltage Maximum permissible current Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Degree of pollution Overvoltage category Air clearances and creepage distances Ambient temperature range Shock Vibration (operation) Dimensions W/H/D EMC note Power supply via power module Input voltage range Redundant supply Polarization and surge protection Fuse Status indication Switching output Maximum switching voltage MCR technology MACX Analog accessories   Ex:   Housing width 242 mm Technical data D-SUB pin strip 37 <30 V DC (per signal/channel) 1 A (signal/channel) 50 V (basic insulation) 0.5 kV 2 II DIN EN 50178 (basic insulation) -20°C ... 60°C (please observe module specifications) 15g, in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 2g, in accordance with IEC 60068-2-6 242 / 170 / 160 mm 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC Yes, decoupled from diodes Yes 2x 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable) 1x red LED (error) 2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) 1 N/C contact (alarm = open) 50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A) Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Universal Termination Carrier for 16 single-channel MACX MCR isolators - With connection for multiplexer Universal Termination Carrier for 16 two-channel MACX MCR isolators TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI 2924854 2902932 TC-2D37SUB-ADIO32-2EX-P-UNI 2904684 Accessories Power and fault signaling module HART multiplexer, 32-channel TC-MACX-MCR-PTB MACX MCR-S-MUX 2904673 2865599 1 1 1 1 1 m r a A l 1 1 2 2 1 W P ) ) + + ( ( 3 3 ) - ( 4 2 W P ) + ( 5 ) - ( 6 1 F 2 F I N O C B M O C 0 2 X 1 W P 1 1 3 . 3 3 . 3 1 . 1 1 . 2 1 . 2 W P 1 3 2 . 1 2 . 2 2 . TC-MACX- MCR-PTB 2904673 0 12 1 22 2 32 3 42 4 52 5 62 6 72 7 82 8 92 0 1 9 2 1 1 0 3 2 1 1 3 3 1 2 3 4 1 3 3 5 1 4 3 6 1 5 3 1 H C + - 2 H C + - 3 H C + - 4 H C + - 1 1 1 1 5 H C - 6 H C + - 1 + 1 + 1 7 H C - 8 H C + - 9 H C + - 0 1 H C 1 1 H C 2 1 H C 3 1 H C 4 1 H C 5 1 H C 6 1 H C + - + - + - + - + - + - -+ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 1 3 . 2 3 . 7 3 B U S D 1 X 1 W P 2 W P M S T P S U B - T TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 171

172

MCR technology MACX Analog accessories Multiplexers for HART signals Multiplexers for digital connection of HART-compatible field devices (such as measuring transducers or control valves) to a PC or management system. – Supports online configuration and diagnostics for the connected HART- compatibles field devices – Constant documentation of process variables and states – 32 HART channels per multiplexer – Up to 128 HART multiplexers at one PC interface – Communication via software tool (e.g. HART OPC Server) using RS-485 interface – Electrical isolation between auxiliary energy, RS-485 bus and the HART channels – HART field devices are accessed at the same time that the measurement signal is transmitted without affecting measured value processing – HART field devices connected via universal HART connection boards; direct connection if processing non-Ex signals, with separate Ex i signal isolator connected upstream if processing Ex signals – Power supplied via HART connection board 172 PHOENIX CONTACT H D W HART multiplexer, 32-channel  Housing width 35.2 mm Technical data 16 or 32; adjustable using a switch Flat-ribbon cable, 14-pos. (inclusive) HART FSK HART Field Communication Protocol Rev. 6.0 (downward compatible up to Rev 4.0); FSK Physical Layer Specification (Rev. 8.1) Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “HART” LEDs Red “ERR” LED (flashes in case of an error in the HART bus) D-SUB-9 female connector RS-485 Compatible with OPC HART server, PDM, PRM, and FDT/DTM Max 31 0...127; using a rotary switch at the front 9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 [bps]; via rotary switch at the front ≤1200 m Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “RS-485” LEDs 18 V ... 31.2 V 24 V DC 55 mA 1.35 W Green “PWR” LED Yes (no faulty devices / output states) 350 V AC 100 V DC (capacitive) 350 V AC 350 V AC Processor error: The “PWR” LED flashes; error in the HART communication: the “ERR” LED flashes -20°C ... 60°C ≤95% (non-condensing) 35.2 / 99 / 114.5 mm CE-compliant Ordering data Field devices interface (HART) Channels Connection method Signal HART specification Data transmission display Display error RS-485 interface Connection method Signal Data flow control/protocols Number of HART multiplexers per bus segment Address setting Data rate Transmission length Display General data Supply voltage range Nominal supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Operating voltage display Undervoltage monitoring Galvanic isolation of HART signal/RS-485 Galvanic isolation of HART signals between each other Galvanic isolation of HART signal/supply Galvanic isolation of RS-485/supply Error monitoring Ambient temperature range Humidity Dimensions W/H/D Conformance/approvals Conformance Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-conductor flat-ribbon cable Universal Termination Carrier for 16 single-channel MACX MCR isolators - With connection for multiplexer Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and feed-through module - With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 Accessories TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI 2902932 TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI 2902934 HART connection board Interface converter Repeater, for electrical isolation and increased range MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P 2308124 2744416 2744429 1 1 1 1 1 1

173

MCR technology MACX Analog accessories Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 1 Ordering data Accessories Programming adapters The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER programming adapter is used for configuring Phoenix Contact Interface modules with S-PORT interface. The adapter is used with FDT/DTM software or ANALOG-CONF software. For programming the MACX Analog, MINI Analog Pro, and MINI Analog. Accessories Shield fast connection – For connecting cable shielding to cable terminal points – Can be connected to PLUGTRAB PT – Easy assembly Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Shield fast connection, for connection to PLUGTRAB PT For Ø 3-6 mm For Ø 5-10 mm SSA 3-6 SSA 5-10 2839295 2839512 10 10 Ordering data For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 173

174

MCR technology MACX Analog accessories Accessories ME 6,2 TBUS... DIN rail connectors DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX analog modules – Reduces wiring costs – System can be extended or module replaced even while process is active – Inter-extendable Accessories Dummy – MACX MCR-EX-DUMMY-ISOLATOR Dummy module with no function for connecting unused intrinsically safe signal cables, with plug-in connection terminal blocks. 174 PHOENIX CONTACT Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails in accordance with EN 60715, UL-approved Color: gray Color: green ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GY ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2695439 2869728 10 10 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Dummy module with no function with screw connection with Push-in connection MACX MCR-EX-DUMMY-ISOLATOR MACX MCR-EX-DUMMY-ISOLATOR- SP 2904970 2905846 1 1 Ordering data

175

Accessories Power and error message modules Power and fault signaling module for feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN rail connectors and signaling line faults and power supply failures. – One-time or redundant supply, decoupled from diode, protected against polarization – Supply current up to 3.75 A – Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for error messages – Error message in the event of a power supply failure or fuse fault – Bus cable fault message for MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices connected via DIN rail connectors – Replaceable fuse – Installation in zone 2 permitted MCR technology MACX Analog accessories 3.3 14 3.2 12 3.1 11 2.2 2.1 1.2 1.1 – + – + Fault out PWR 2 PWR 1 H D W LFD +24V GND l i a n g s t l u a F Input data Voltage input signal Redundant supply Polarization and surge protection Output data Maximum output signal Output voltage Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage General data Ambient temperature range Humidity Fuse Status indication Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada   DNV GL Ex:    Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC -20%...+25%) Yes, decoupled from diodes Yes 3.75 A Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A Relay 1 PDT Gold (Au) 50 V AC (2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 50 V DC (0.22 A) -20°C ... 60°C (any mounting position) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) 5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC 1 x red LED (error) 2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) V0 Polyamide (PA 6.6) 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Supply and error message module, including the relevant DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-PTB MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2865625 2924184 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 175

176

MCR technology MACX Analog accessories Accessories Power and error message modules Power and fault signaling module for supplying the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN rail connectors of the MACX Analog Termination Carriers and signaling line faults and energy supply failures. – One-time or redundant supply, decoupled from diode, protected against polarization – Feed-in current up to 2 A protected by Termination Carrier PCB – Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for error messages – Error message in the event of a power supply failure or fuse fault – Bus cable fault message for MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices connected via DIN rail connectors – Installation in zone 2 possible H D W   Ex:  Housing width 17.5 mm Technical data 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC Yes, decoupled from diodes Yes 2 A (redundancy range) Input voltage - 0.7 V Relay 1 PDT Gold (Au) 50 V AC/DC (33 V AC (2 A) / 50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)) -20°C ... 60°C (only on Termination Carrier) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) 1 x red LED (error) 2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) V0 Polyamide (PA 6.6) 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL 61010 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC Ordering data Input data Voltage input signal Redundant supply Polarization and surge protection Output data Maximum output signal Output voltage Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage General data Ambient temperature range Humidity Status indication Inflammability class in accordance with UL 94 Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Power and fault signaling module without integrated fuse Screw connection TC-MACX-MCR-PTB 2904673 1 176 PHOENIX CONTACT

177

MCR technology MACX Analog accessories Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors with screw connection Cover, width 2.5 mm gray gray blue UKK 5-2R/NAMUR D-UKK 3/5 D-UKK 3/5 BU 2941662 2770024 2770105 50 50 50 Accessories Resistance circuits Double-level terminal block with resistance circuit in accordance with NAMUR for line fault detection in the case of mechanical contacts Important: – For intrinsically safe circuits, only in combination with D-UKK 3/5 cover Accessories Test plugs Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part gray red black gray green yellow blue white MPS-MT MPS-IH RD MPS-IH BK MPS-IH GY MPS-IH GN MPS-IH YE MPS-IH BU MPS-IH WH 0201744 0201676 0201731 0201728 0201702 0201692 0201689 0201663 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 177

178

Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels 10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm white UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels, marked in accordance with customer specifications For ordering details, see Catalog 3 or phoenixcontact.net/product. UC-EMLP (11X9) 0819291 10 10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS 0824547 1 MCR technology MACX Analog accessories Accessories Marking material for device marking – For device marking inside the control cabinet and in the field – Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths – Large temperature range 178 PHOENIX CONTACT

181

Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices MCR technology Universal use Field Analog process indicators are available for field and control panel installation. The universal inputs allow you to record current, voltage, RTDs, and TCs. Everything at a glance Easy installation and startup Real-time process values are easy to Thanks to the standardized housing read on the five-digit backlit displays. The bar graph also provides you with a quick overview. You can recognize alarm statuses easily from a distance by their changing color. dimensions and plug-in connection terminal blocks, the indicators are easy to install. The devices are easy to configure via the keyboard on the front or via FDT/DTM software. Intrinsic safety zone 0, zone 20 Also for intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area: versions with ATEX, CSA, and FM approval. Distributed control cabinet installation Measurement and control temperature transducer for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors are also available for control cabinet installation. Head-mounted transducer With head-mounted transducers you can record temperatures directly in the field and convert them into standard signals. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 181

182

MCR technology Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices Multifunctional process indicators POWER U,I U,I IN 2x POWER POWER U,I U,I IN 2x POWER OUT OUT For installation in the control cabinet – Multifunctional process indicator, in control panel component housing for monitoring and displaying analog measurement data – Supply of 2-conductor sensors – Safe 4-way isolation – Configurable via software or hardware keyboard on the front – Universal inputs for connection of current, voltage, RTDs, and TCs – Limit value monitoring with two relay outputs – Process signal transmission via analog output Sensor / Field PWR IN+ 2-wire Out I- Out I+ US 4-wire Out I- Out U+ >1V US 4-wire Out U- Out U+ US 4-wire Out U- IN 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 1.1 1.4 1.4 2.4 1.3 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 OUT 2x Power 24V...230V AC/DC + 4.3 Passive 4.4 - R.12 R.11 R.13 R.22 R.21 R.23 DI DI 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 R.12 R.11 R.13 R.22 R.21 R.23 L/+ N/- PE Block diagram FA-MCR-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP Input data Input signal Input data Sensor types that can be used Connection method Measuring rate Temperature measuring range Input resistance Output data Output signal – Display changes color in the event of Display an error Notes: The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet (phoenixcontact.net/products). Number of the displayed positions Switching output Number of outputs Switching output Contact type Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Minimum switching current General data Supply voltage range Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Control panel cutout Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada FM approval CSA GL Multifunctional process indicator for installation in the control cabinet    Housing width 96 mm Technical data U input 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 5 V 0 V ... 1 V 1 V ... 5 V -1 V ... 1 V -10 V ... 10 V -30 V ... 30 V -100 mV ... 100 mV RTD Pt, Ni, Cu sensors 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 200 ms -200°C ... 1,100°C (range depends on sensor type, adjustable) I input 0 mA ... 20 mA +10% 4 mA ... 20 mA +10% TC J, K, T, N, B, S, R, U. L, C, D - 200 ms -200°C ... 2,495°C (range depends on sensor type, adjustable) - U output 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V 7-segment LC display, with backlight, dot matrix for text/bar graph 10 Ω I output 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 5 Transistor output, active Open collector output 1 Relay output 2 PDT 30 V DC (3 A) / 230 V AC (3 A) 3 A 10 mA 24 V DC ... 230 V DC IP65 from the front -20°C ... 60°C PC-GF10 96 / 48 / 151.8 mm 92 x 45 mm 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 FA MCR-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP CE-compliant - UL 61010 Recognized - CSA GP GL EMC 1 C FA MCR-EX-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP CE-compliant  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC UL 61010 Recognized AIS, NI/I/2/ABCDEFG/T4 AIS, NI/I/2/ABCDEFG/T4 EMC1 C Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Programming adapter for configuring modules with T-PORT interface DIN rail adapters for displays MCR-PAC-T-USB FA MCR-D-RM 2309000 1032996 FA MCR-EX-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP FA MCR-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP 2907216 2907064 Accessories 1 1 1 1 182 PHOENIX CONTACT

183

Multifunctional process indicators Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices MCR technology Sensor / Field PWR IN+ 2-wire POWER U,I U,I IN 2x POWER OUT Out I- Out I+ US 4-wire Out I- Out U+ >1V US 4-wire Out U- Out U+ US 4-wire Out U- POWER U,I U,I IN 2x POWER OUT Zone IN 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 1.1 1.4 1.4 2.4 1.3 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 OUT 2x Power 24V...230V AC/DC + 4.3 Passive 4.4 - R.12 R.11 R.13 R.22 R.21 R.23 DI DI 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 R.12 R.11 R.13 R.22 R.21 R.23 L/+ N/- PE Block diagram FA MCR-EX-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP Input data Input signal Input data Sensor types that can be used Connection method Measuring rate Temperature measuring range Input resistance Output data Output signal Field housing – Multifunctional process indicator, in control panel component housing for monitoring and displaying analog measurement data – Supply of 2-conductor sensors – Safe 4-way isolation – Configurable via software or hardware keyboard on the front – Universal inputs for connection of current, voltage, RTDs, and TCs – Limit value monitoring with two relay outputs – Process signal transmission via analog output – Display changes color in the event of Display an error Number of the displayed positions Switching output Number of outputs Switching output Contact type Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current Minimum switching current General data Supply voltage range Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada FM approval CSA   Ex:  Housing width 199 mm Technical data U input 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 5 V 0 V ... 1 V 1 V ... 5 V -1 V ... 1 V -10 V ... 10 V -30 V ... 30 V -100 mV ... 100 mV RTD Pt, Ni, Cu sensors 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 200 ms -200°C ... 1,100°C (range depends on sensor type, adjustable) I input 0 mA ... 20 mA +10% 4 mA ... 20 mA +10% TC J, K, T, N, B, S, R, U. L, C, D - 200 ms -200°C ... 2,495°C (range depends on sensor type, adjustable) - U output 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 0 V ... 5 V 1 V ... 5 V 7-segment LC display, with backlight, dot matrix for text/bar graph 10 Ω I output 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 5 Transistor output, active Open collector output 1 Relay output 2 PDT 30 V DC (3 A) / 230 V AC (3 A) 3 A 10 mA 24 V DC ... 230 V DC IP67 -40°C ... 50°C (The readability of the display is no longer guaranteed at temperatures below -30°C (-22°F).) PBT GF30 199 / 160 / 96 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 FA MCR-EX-FD-TUI-UI-2REL- UP CE-compliant  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC UL 61010 Recognized AIS / I / 1 / ABCDEFG Associated Apparatus CE-compliant - UL 61010 Recognized - CSA GP FA MCR-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FA MCR-EX-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP FA MCR-FD-TUI-UI-2REL-UP 2907781 2907780 Accessories Programming adapter for configuring modules with T-PORT interface Pipe or wall mounting set, for use with multi-functional process indicator in field housing MCR-PAC-T-USB FA MCR-FD-PM 2309000 2908739 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 183

184

MCR technology Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices Loop-powered process indicators new IN IN POWER OUT POWER OUT I I I I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 For installation in the control cabinet – Loop-powered – Display of 4 to 20 mA or HART signals – Low voltage drop – 5-digit 7-segment display – Display value can be scaled – Low installation depth – Configurable via front keyboard – SIL-impact-free in accordance with EN61508 – Can be installed in zone 1 IN OUT Optional for LED background lighting 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 Passive 1.4 1.4 - + PWR active PWR 1.5 1.5 passive in Zone Zone Block diagram FA MCR-EX-DS-I-I-OLP  Ex:   Housing width 96 mm Loop-powered process indicator with HART communication for installation in the control cabinet Input data Input signal Maximum input signal Voltage drop Input impedance Output data Display Number of the displayed positions General data Supply voltage range Resolution A/D Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Control panel cutout Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada FM approval CSA Technical data I 4 mA ... 20 mA 200 mA ≤1 V ≤3.9 V (with display lighting) Approx. 50 Ω HART up to 4x HART signals - ≤1.9 V ≤4.8 V (with display lighting) Rx = 40 Ω / Cx = 2.3 nF 7-segment LC display, with backlight, dot matrix for text/bar graph 5 Loop-powered, no external supply necessary >13 bit IP65 (front) IP20 (on the rear) -40°C ... 60°C Aluminum / polycarbonate 96 / 48 / 41.5 mm 92 x 45 mm 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 CE-compliant  II 2G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb UL 61010 Listed - - CE-compliant - UL 61010 Listed - - Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Output loop-powered process indicator inside the control panel housing for representing current or HART signals DIN rail adapters for displays FA MCR-D-RM 1032996 FA MCR-EX-DS-I-I-OLP FA MCR-DS-I-I-OLP 2908800 2908781 Accessories 1 1 1 184 PHOENIX CONTACT

185

Loop-powered process indicators new Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices MCR technology IN IN POWER OUT POWER OUT I I I I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Field housing – Loop-powered – Display of 4 to 20 mA or HART signals – Low voltage drop – 5-digit 7-segment display – Display value can be scaled – Low installation depth – Configurable via front keyboard – SIL-impact-free in accordance with EN61508 – Can be installed in zone 1 IN OUT Optional for LED background lighting 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 Passive 1.4 1.4 - + PWR active PWR 1.5 1.5 passive in Zone Zone FA MCR-EX-FDS-I-I-OLP  Ex:   Housing width 131 mm Input data Input signal Maximum input signal Voltage drop Input impedance Output data Display Number of the displayed positions General data Supply voltage range Resolution A/D Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada FM approval CSA Technical data I 4 mA ... 20 mA 200 mA ≤1 V ≤3.9 V (with display lighting) Approx. 50 Ω HART up to 4x HART signals - ≤1.9 V ≤4.8 V (with display lighting) Rx = 40 Ω / Cx = 2.3 nF 7-segment LC display, with backlight, dot matrix for text/bar graph 5 Loop-powered, no external supply necessary >13 bit IP66/IP67 NEMA 4X -40°C ... 60°C Aluminum 131 / 81.5 / 55.5 mm 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 CE-compliant  II 2G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb UL 61010 Listed - - CE-compliant - UL 61010 Listed - - Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Output loop-powered process indicator inside field housing for representing current or HART signals Pipe or wall mounting set, for use with output loop-powered process indicator in field housing FA MCR-FDS-PM 2908783 FA MCR-EX-FDS-I-I-OLP FA MCR-FDS-I-I-OLP 2908801 2908782 Accessories 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 185

186

MCR technology Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices Displays Standard signals IN 5 6 7 5 6 7 6 Out I US 4-wire GND Out I US 4-wire GND OUT 1 2 3 4 3 4 Power 10 V...30 V DC IN U,I 0 0 0 0 0 POWER For analog standard signals, configurable For installation in the control cabinet – For 0 to 10 V and 0(4) to 20 mA standard analog signals – Configurable – 5 positions displayed – 8 mm LED, 7-segment – Galvanically isolated – Minimum/maximum value storage – Latch/hold function for storing the display value – Display 48 x 24 mm – Totalizing counter Block diagram MCR-SL-S-U-I Input data Input signal Maximum input signal Input resistance Resolution Measuring rate Input latch signal Switching level Output data Display Number of the displayed positions Accuracy General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Mass storage Resolution A/D System hum suppression Test voltage input/power supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Control panel cutout Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada   Housing width 48 mm U input 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V 30 V DC >1 MΩ 1 mV 0.1s-1 / 0.5s-1 Display stop 4 V DC ... 30 V DC 0 V DC ... 2 V DC 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) Technical data I input 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 50 mA Approx. 100 Ω with 5 mA / approx. 70 Ω with 20 mA 2 µA 7-segment LED; 8 mm; red 5 <0.1% ±1 digit (at an ambient temperature of 20°C) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 50 mA EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years 14 bit Digital filtering 50/60 Hz 500 Vrms (50/60 Hz, 1 min.) IP65 from the front -20°C ... 65°C Macrolon 2405 48 / 24 / 68 mm 22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 CE-compliant UL 863 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR process display, for measuring and displaying standard signals MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 MCR-SL-D-U-I 2864011 Accessories 1 1 48 4 2 9 5 , 3 9 1 . x a m 186 PHOENIX CONTACT

187

Displays Frequency Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices MCR technology 0 0 0 0 IN f OUT POWER IN GND 2 INPA 3 GND 2 INPB 4 3 4 5 GND 2 SET/RESET 5 OUT 1 2 6 7 6 7 DI Power 10 V...30 V DC Programmable digital display for frequencies, pulses and times For installation in the control cabinet – For frequency signals up to max. 60 kHz – Configurable – 6 positions displayed – LED 8 mm, 7 segment – 48 x 24 mm display Block diagram MCR-SL-D-FIT   Housing width 48 mm Technical data Input data Maximum input signal Input resistance Switching level Output data Display Number of the displayed positions Switching output Max. switching voltage Maximum switching current General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Mass storage Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Control panel cutout Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada 60 kHz 10 kΩ 4 V DC ... 30 V DC 0 V DC ... 2 V DC 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) 7-segment LED; 8 mm; red 6 1 NPN optocoupler 30 V DC 10 mA 10 V DC ... 30 V DC max. 40 mA EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years IP65 from the front -20°C ... 65°C Macrolon 2405 48 / 24 / 68 mm 22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm 0.14 ... 1 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 CE-compliant UL 863 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR digital display, for measurement and display of frequencies, pulses and times MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 MCR-SL-D-FIT 2864024 Accessories 1 1 48 4 2 9 5 , 3 9 1 . x a m For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 187

188

MCR technology Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices Displays Setpoint adjusters 000 0 Uref Iref OUT POWER For installation in the control cabinet – Manual setpoint definition with step width setting – Manual setpoint definition via direct input – Automatic setpoint definition with hold function and 20 support points – Flexible, adjustable signal ranges of 0 to 12 V or 0 to 24 mA – Data backup in case of a power failure – Display value configuration – Electrical isolation between output and supply OUT Power 10 V...30 V DC Hold GND IN U GND IN I GND 3 4 7 6 5 6 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 With manual and automatic ramp function Block diagram MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI Input data Display Number of the displayed positions Switching level Output data Output signal Length of step Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage range Power consumption Maximum transmission error Test voltage output/power supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Control panel cutout Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”)   Housing width 48 mm 7-segment, 8 mm, red 4 4 V DC ... 30 V DC 0 V DC ... 2 V DC U output 0 ... 12 V 10 mV ≥2 kΩ ≤10 mVPP Technical data I output 0 ... 24 mA 10 µA ≤500 Ω (up to 20 mA) ≤400 Ω (>20 mA) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 1 W (with 24 mA/12 V) <0.2% ((full-scale) at rated voltage) 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP65 from the front -20°C ... 65°C Macrolon 2405 48 / 24 / 68 mm 45(+0.6)x22.2(+0.3) mm 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 CE-compliant UL 863 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR digital setpoint encoder, for presetting current and voltage signals MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI 2710314 Accessories 1 1 188 PHOENIX CONTACT

189

Temperature, temperature head-mounted transducers IN IN POWER OUT POWER OUT I I IN IN – Output loop-powered temperature head-mounted transducers – 2 universal inputs for RTD, TC, resistance-type sensors and voltage sensors (mV), Ex ia IIC – 4 to 20 mA output – HART communication – Freely configurable – SIL 2/3 – For mounting in the connecting head, form B – Can be installed in zone 0 Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices MCR technology new Sensor IN OUT Interface / PLC / DCS 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 7 6 5 4 3 + 1 2 - 1 2 PWR active Loop-powered temperature head-mounted transducer Zone 0,1,2 Block diagram for FA MCR-EX-HT-TS-I-OLP-PT Zone 0,1,2  Functional Safety Ex:    Input data Resistance thermometers Thermocouple sensors Resistor Input voltage range Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Switch-on delay General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada FM approval CSA Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2-, 3-, 4-conductor: - A, B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U 10 Ω ... 2,000 Ω (minimum measuring span: 10 Ω) -20 mV ... 100 mV 4 ... 20 mA, HART / 20 ... 4 mA 23 mA (UL - 11 V) / 0.023 A Approx. 10 s (HART) Approx. 28 s (measured value) 11 V DC ... 42 V DC 23.5 mA 0.8 s (TC) Input/output 2 kV AC IP33 (upon installation in field housing IP66/67, NEMA 4X) -40°C ... 85°C 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 CE-compliant CE-compliant  II 1G Ex ia IIC T6...T4 Ga  II 3G Ex nA IIC T6...T4 Gc UL 61010 Recognized NI / Class I / Div. 1, 2 / Group ABCD T6/T5/T4 Exia / Class I / Group ABCD T6/T5/T4 UL 61010 Recognized NI / Class I / Div. 1, 2 / Group ABCD T6/T5/T4 NI, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Output loop-powered temperature transducer, for RTD, TC, resistance-type sensors and voltage sensors (mV) Ordering data Programming adapter for configuring modules with T-PORT interface Display unit for plugging directly into the FA MCR-... head-mounted transducer Adapter for control cabinet installation of head-mounted transducers Field housing for head-mounted transducers, with display window and two cable entries Wall fastening for FA MCR-HT-FH field housing Adapter cable, 1 m long, with USB connection, for HART configuration FA MCR-EX-HT-TS-I-OLP-PT FA MCR-HT-TS-I-OLP-PT Accessories MCR-PAC-T-USB FA MCR-HT-D 2908743 2908742 2309000 2908735 MCR-DIN-RAIL-ADAPTER HT 2864671 FA MCR-HT-FH FA MCR-HT-FH-WM GW HART USB MODEM 2908736 2908737 1003824 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 189

190

MCR technology Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices Temperature, temperature transducers Sensor IN OUT Interface / PLC / DCS new 2 1 4.1 4.1 5.1 5.1 6.1 6.1 4.2 4.2 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2 2.2 - 2.1 + Input data Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Temperature range Linear resistance measuring range Input voltage range Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB General data Supply voltage range Current consumption Step response (0 - 99%) Electrical isolation of input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Altitude Dimensions W/H/D Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada FM approval CSA Description HHT Output loop-powered temperature transducer   Functional Safety Ex:    Housing width 12.5 mm Technical data Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2-, 3-, 4-conductor: - A, B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U -250°C ... 2,500°C (range depending on the sensor type) 10 Ω ... 2,000 Ω (minimum measuring span: 10 Ω) -20 mV ... 100 mV 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA 23 mA (UL - 11 V) / 0.023 A 12 V DC ... 42 V DC ≤23 mA 0.8 s (TC) 2 kV AC -40°C ... 85°C ≤4,000 m (above sea level) 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant CE-compliant  II 3G Ex nA IIC T6...T4 Gc  II 3G Ex nA IIC T6...T4 Gc UL 61010 Recognized NI, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D NI / Class I / Div. 2 / ABCD T6/T5/T4 UL 61010 Recognized NI, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D NI / Class I / Div. 2 / ABCD T6/T5/T4 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Output loop-powered temperature transducer, for RTD, TC, resistance-type sensors and voltage sensors (mV) Screw connection Push-in connection Screw connection Screw connection Push-in connection MACX MCR-TS-I-OLP MACX MCR-TS-I-OLP-SP MACX MCR-TS-I-OLP-C MACX MCR-EX-TS-I-OLP MACX MCR-EX-TS-I-OLP-SP 2908662 2908664 1012249 2908660 2908661 Accessories MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 1 1 1 1 1 1 Programming adapter for configuring modules with T-PORT interface IN IN POWER OUT POWER OUT I I IN IN – Loop-powered temperature transducer – 2 universal inputs for RTD, TC, resistance-type sensors and voltage sensors (mV), Ex ia IIC – 4 to 20 mA output – HART communication – Freely configurable – SIL 2/3 – For DIN rail mounting – Can be installed in zone 0 190 PHOENIX CONTACT

191

Order key for MACX MCR-TS-I-OLP-C output loop-powered temperature transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. Safety Integrity Level Input Measuring unit Sensor type Connection technology Measuring range Start End Error Output 1012249 / ON / C / PT100 / 3 / -200 / 850 / MIN / 3.58 Field Analog – Process indicators and field devices MCR technology 2 = 2-conductor 3 = 3-conductor 4 = 4-conductor Freely selectable between -250°C ... 2,500°C (measuring range limits depend on sensor type) Freely selectable between -250°C ... 2,500°C (measuring range limits depend on sensor type) MIN = 3.58 mA 3.58 = 3.58 mA MAX = freely selectable between 21.5...23 mA Freely selectable between 21.5 ... 23 mA Measurement range signal span of at least 10°K for RTD sensors/50°K for TC sensors 1012249 = MACX MCR- TS-I-OLP-C ON = SIL ON OFF = SIL OFF C = Celsius F = Fahrenheit O = Ω V = Millivolts K = Kelvin R = Rankine PT100 = PT100 IEC 751 PT200 = PT200 IEC 751 PT500 = PT500 IEC 751 PT1000 = PT1000 IEC 751 PT100J = PT100 JIS C1604 NI100 = NI100 DIN 43760 NI120 = NI120 DIN 43760 NI100G = NI100 OIML/GOST 6651-09 NI120G = NI120 OIML/GOST 6651-09 PT50G = PT50 G GOST 6651 (α=0.00391) PT100G = PT100 G GOST 6651 (α=0.00391) CU50 = CU 50 GOST (α=0.00428) CU50G = CU 50 GOST (α=0.00426) CU100 = CU 100 GOST (α=0.00428) A1G = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 B = B IEC584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) C = C ASTM E988 DA = DA ASTM E988(2002) E = E IEC584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) J = J IEC584-1 (Fe-CuNi) K = K IEC584-1 (NiCr-Ni) N = N IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) R = R IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) S = S IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) T = T IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) L = L DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) LG = LG GOST 8.585-2001 U = U DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) RES13 = PT100 IEC751 RES14 = PT100 IEC751 V11 = PT100 IEC751 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 191

192

MCR technology Field Analog accessories Accessories for head-mounted transducers – 2 cable entries – Aluminum with polyester coating – For use with head-mounted transducers – Display window in cover Accessories for head-mounted transducers – For snapping onto the DIN rail – For control cabinet installation of head-mounted transducers – Display unit for plugging directly into FA MCR-... head-mounted transducers – Separately configurable – Direct process value readout General data Housing material Field housing for head-mounted transducers Aluminum Technical data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Field housing for head-mounted transducers, with display window and two cable entries Wall fastening for FA MCR-HT-FH field housing FA MCR-HT-FH-WM Pipe fastening for FA MCR-HT-FH field housing FA MCR-HT-FH-PM 2908737 2908738 FA MCR-HT-FH 2908736 Accessories 1 1 1 Display unit for plugging directly into Adapter for DIN rail mounting of head-mounted transducers head-mounted transducers Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Display unit for plugging directly into the FA MCR-... head-mounted transducer Adapter for control cabinet installation of head-mounted transducers FA MCR-HT-D 2908735 1 MCR-DIN-RAIL-ADAPTER HT 2864671 1 192 PHOENIX CONTACT

193

Accessories for displays new new MCR technology Field Analog accessories – HARTR communication resistor, 250 Ω, in combination with digital display FA MCR-(EX)-(F)DS-I-I-OLP – DIN rail adapter for mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail in combination with digital display FA MCR-(EX)-D-TUI-UI-2REL-UP, FA MCR-(-EX)-(F)DS-I-I-OLP See web site for more. HART communication resistor DIN rail adapter for displays Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. HART communication resistor DIN rail adapters for displays FA MCR-FDS-R250 2908802 1 FA MCR-D-RM 1032996 1 Accessories Programming adapters – Programming adapters with USB and T port interface, 2.4 m for programming FA MCR-..., MCR-...-LP-..., and MCR-...-HT-... modules – HART USB modem for configuring MACX MCR-TS-I-OLP-..., MACX MCR-EX-TS-I-OLP-..., FA MCR-HT-TS-I-OLP-... and FA MCR-EX-HT-TS-I-OLP-... using the HART protocol Programming adapter HART USB MODEM Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Programming adapter for configuring modules with T-PORT interface HART USB modem, for configuring modules with HART communication MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 1 GW HART USB MODEM 1003824 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 193

195

Product range overview Product overview Measuring power and energy EMpro energy meters MID energy meters Software for usage data acquisition Complete packages for data logging Current measurement PACT current transformers Current transformers Current transformer selection guide Accessories for PACT current transformers Current transformers for retrofitting PACT RCP Current transducers Accessories for current transducers Monitoring and diagnostics Solar system monitoring EMD electronic monitoring relays ETD electronic timer relays Diode modules, lamp testing modules, EMG display modules 196 198 202 204 206 207 208 210 211 218 220 228 239 240 244 256 266 Monitoring Your fastest route to energy measurement The EMpro energy measuring devices can be configured and integrated into the network within minutes. Reduce your wiring and configuration effort and benefit from smart web server functions. Convert and measure currents For a new installation or for retrofitting: Our PACT current transformers offer a comprehensive product range for converting high alternating currents into low secondary currents. Current and voltage transducers convert currents or voltages into a standard analog signal. Utilize solar electricity efficiently SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring gives you reliable information about your photovoltaic system’s power. For high system availability EMD monitoring relays can be used to detect deviations in important system parameters at an early stage. These can be indicated or system parts can be shut down selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure error-free and cost-effective operation of your system. They are an inexpensive solution for numerous monitoring functions. Perfect timing ETD timer relays from Phoenix Contact are the cost-effective alternative to a PLC for easy time control. Fast error detection EMG display modules simplify troubleshooting and provide help for monitoring control processes. EMG lamp testing modules can be used to test lamps individually or centrally. Protection and decoupling Protect your system against polarity reversal and decouple messages in the fault reporting system with EMG diode modules. PHOENIX CONTACT 195

196

Monitoring Product overview Measuring power and energy EMpro energy meters for front-panel installation Page 202 EMpro energy meters for DIN rail mounting Page 203 EMpro energy measuring devices without display for DIN rail mounting Page 203 Three-phase energy meters Page 204 Current transformers PACT bus-bar current transformers Page 211 PACT window-type current transformers Page 212 PACT winding current transformers Page 217 Mounting accessories, shock protection Page 218 Voltage measurement Solar system monitoring MCR current protectors for AC currents, sinusoidal up to 16 A Page 237 MCR voltage transducers for AC- and DC voltages up to 660 V Page 238 Accessories Configuration software and USB adapter cable Page 239 SOLARCHECK Photovoltaic string monitoring Page 240 Monitoring relays Timer relays EMD-BL Compact monitoring relays Page 246 ETD-BL Ultra-narrow timer relays Ultra-narrow multifunctional timer relays Page 260 Page 262 ETD Multifunctional timer relays Page 264 196 PHOENIX CONTACT

197

Monitoring Product overview Software for usage data acquisition Page 206 Complete packages for data logging Page 207 Current measurement PACT RCP... current transformers for retrofitting Page 222 PACT-RCP...-UV current transformers for retrofitting with UV protection Page 224 MCR current transducers for AC/DC and distorted currents Page 228 MCR current transducers for sinusoidal and distorted AC currents Passive, up to 5 A Page 236 Page 234 Special function modules EMG Diode modules, lamp testing modules, display modules Page 266 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 197

198

Monitoring Energy and power measuring Always the right product Uniquely convenient handling Fast integration Whether it’s complex energy measurement or easy cost center billing, the wide range of multifunctional energy measuring device and MID-certified energy meter products available can cover every application. In addition, a large selection of current transformers is also available, including for retrofits. All products meet high demands for convenient installation. Set up the communications interface, Thanks to future-oriented industrial select the power network type, configure the measuring input: the EMpro energy measuring devices can be configured and integrated into the network in minutes. Save on wiring and configuration effort thanks to direct connection of manufacturer- independent current sensors. Digital services make analyzing and processing data easy. communication technology from Phoenix Contact, you can increase the degree of automation of your systems and easily integrate your energy data into higher-level control and management systems. Digitally processed data and global access provide you with a high degree of availability and transparency. 198 PHOENIX CONTACT

199

Monitoring Energy and power measuring Only three steps needed for energy measurement Reduce wiring and configuration effort The user-controlled installation wizard enables intuitive configuration and quick startup. Benefit from the fast configuration baseline with only three steps: – Set up the communication interface – Select the power grid type – Configure the current and voltage measuring input Using versions with Rogowski measuring input will save you a lot of time when it comes to wiring and configuration: You can directly connect every currently available Rogowski coil, regardless of manufacturer. Since the device can process the output signal of the coil directly, there is no need for the usual measuring transducer. Simple service functions Whenever service and support is required, you can export the current configuration data and the historically recorded list of errors and messages. This gives you some quick initial insights into the problem and can save on expensive service assignments. Errors and alarm statuses that occur in the system are quickly and clearly recognizable on site, thanks to a color change on the display. Increased data security Flexible network connection Cost-center-precise billing Protect your energy data from unauthorized access: shutting down operating elements at the device will prevent tampering on site. By deactivating the interfaces, you avoid unwanted access to your energy data or unintentional changes to the configuration. You can integrate these energy measuring MID energy meters are used for billing devices into the most common industrial network structures and fieldbus systems. This means that the measured values can also be made available at the controller or in the control center for further processing. Each device additionally has a fixed Modbus/TCP interface on board. cost centers. The measuring devices record the most important electrical parameters and make the data available to higher-level control systems using common communication interfaces. DC current measurement up to 80 A without current transformer or measurement via current transformer. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 199

200

Monitoring Energy and power measuring Energy measuring devices Easy startup, monitoring, and servicing with the web server The integrated user-guided web server simplifies startup, monitoring, and servicing. Benefit from a variety of smart functions, such as: – Intuitive configuration and startup – Fast data duplication to multiple devices – Easy inversion via web server in the event of the polarity reversal of current inputs – Service-friendly recording and export of configuration data, and signal and error lists – Secure remote deactivation of hardware operating elements and interfaces – Easy monitoring of system states, thanks to built-in automatic operations and logic functions Thanks to the simple structure of the web server, the entire range of functions is available at your fingertips, even in the case of complex applications. Step 1: Set up the communication interface Whether using DHCP or a static IP address, set up your communication interface in accordance with your application. Step 2: Select the power grid type Select the ideal grid type for your application from a variety of power grid types (2-, 3- or 4-conductor versions). Step 3: Configure the current and voltage measuring input You can create the basis for correct current and voltage measurements by configuring your upstream current sensors (or voltage transformers, as applicable). 200 PHOENIX CONTACT

201

Monitoring Energy and power measuring Mean-value generation 2+2 multiple tariff meter Duplicate configuration files Individually create up to 8 mean-value Take advantage of the wide range of tariff Simply send the configuration file to other generations for your system with all current parameters with complete flexibility. meter options. Two tariff meters can be configured via the digital input. Two additional tariff meters can be configured by manual input or via Webserver. energy measuring devices in the same network using Webserver. Firmware updates Firmware updates allow you to be sure that your device is up to date at all times. You can also do individual specific updates. Digital input with versatile functionality Simply use the digital input with multiple functions that you can easily assign to the device during configuration. Digital output with logic function capability You can use the integrated logic function capability to configure individual behavior patterns with limit values at the digital output. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 201

202

Monitoring Energy and power measuring Energy meters EMpro energy measuring devices are capable of detecting, monitoring, and analyzing any electrical parameters and forwarding them to higher-level systems. Wide range of installation versions – Front panel devices – DIN rail devices with display – DIN rail devices without display Voltage measurement – Direct up to 690 V AC or via transformer/transducer up to 2,000,000 V AC Current measurement – Via external current transformer up to 20,000 A, secondary adjustment 1/5 A You will find the right accessories for measuring current using external current transformers starting on page 226. – Via external directly connectable Rogowski coils You will find the right accessories for measuring current using Rogowski coils starting on page 219. Data logging – Up to 8 mean values over a period of 90 days (15 min) – Adjustable interval Communication – Modbus/TCP integrated – Also available with Modbus/RTU, PROFINET, or EtherNet/IP™ 202 PHOENIX CONTACT H D W new For front-panel installation Technical data True r.m.s. value measurement Up to 63rd harmonic AC sine (50/60 Hz) 18 V AC ... 690 V AC (Phase/Phase) 11 V AC ... 400 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor) 60 V AC ... 2,000,000 V AC (primary) 60 V AC ... 400 V AC (secondary) 0.2% EEM-Mxxx0 1 A (secondary) 5 A (secondary) 6 A (Imax) 10 mA (1 A) 50 mA (5 A) 0.2% EEM-Mxxx1 4,000 A Imax 5 A <1% 500 µV ... 400 mV (1,000 A) EEM-Mxxx1 1% Class 1 Class 2 EEM-Mxxx0 0.5% Class 0.5 S Class 2 24 V DC 0 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 2 mA ... 15 mA LCD display, two-color, backlit Adjustable: 500 ms, 1 s, 1.5 s EEM-Mxxx0 100 V AC ... 400 V AC ±20% 150 V DC ... 250 V DC ( 20%) IP52 (display) IP30 (housing) -10°C ... 55°C 96 / 96 / 58 mm 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 EEM-Mxxx1 100 V AC ... 400 V AC ±20% 150 V DC ... 250 V DC ( 20%) CE-compliant Ordering data Input data Measuring principle Acquisition of harmonics Measured value Voltage measuring input Input voltage range Accuracy Current measuring input I1, I2, I3 Input current range Overload capacity Response threshold direct direct via external transformers via external transformers Accuracy Input measuring range voltage Power measurement Accuracy Active energy (IEC 62053-22) Reactive energy (IEC 62053-23) Digital input in accordance with IEC/EN 61131-2 (type 3) Voltage input signal Digital output in accordance with IEC/EN 61131-2 (type 3) Voltage output signal Current output signal Display Type Data update rate General data Supply voltage range Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Connection cross section (solid / stranded / AWG) Conformance/approvals Conformance Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Energy measuring device, external current transformer required - Modbus/RTU (RS-485) - Modbus/TCP (Ethernet) - PROFINET (RJ45) - EtherNet/IP™ (RJ45) Energy measuring device, external Rogowski coil required - Modbus/RTU (RS-485) - Modbus/TCP (Ethernet) - PROFINET (RJ45) - EtherNet/IP™ (RJ45) EEM-MA770-R EEM-MA770 EEM-MA770-PN EEM-MA770-EIP EEM-MA771-R EEM-MA771 EEM-MA771-PN EEM-MA771-EIP 2907944 2907945 2907946 2907953 2908285 2908286 2908301 2908302 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

203

H D W H D W new new Monitoring Energy and power measuring For mounting on a DIN rail For mounting on a DIN rail, without display Technical data Technical data True r.m.s. value measurement up to 63rd harmonic AC sine (50/60 Hz) True r.m.s. value measurement up to 63rd harmonic AC sine (50/60 Hz) 18 V AC ... 690 V AC (Phase/Phase) 11 V AC ... 400 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor) 60 V AC ... 2,000,000 V AC (primary) 60 V AC ... 400 V AC (secondary) 0.2% EEM-Mxxx0 1 A (secondary) 5 A (secondary) 6 A (Imax) 10 mA (1 A) 50 mA (5 A) 0.2% EEM-Mxxx1 4,000 A Imax 5 A 18 V AC ... 690 V AC (Phase/Phase) 11 V AC ... 400 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor) 60 V AC ... 2,000,000 V AC (primary) 60 V AC ... 400 V AC (secondary) 0.2% EEM-Mxxx0 1 A (secondary) 5 A (secondary) 6 A (Imax) 10 mA (1 A) 50 mA (5 A) 0.2% EEM-Mxxx1 4,000 A Imax 5 A EEM-Mxxx0 0.5% Class 0.5 S Class 2 24 V DC 0 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 2 mA ... 15 mA <1% 500 µV ... 400 mV (1,000 A) EEM-Mxxx1 1% Class 1 Class 2 <1% 500 µV ... 400 mV (1,000 A) EEM-Mxxx1 1% Class 1 Class 2 EEM-Mxxx0 0.5% Class 0.5 S Class 2 24 V DC 0 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC 2 mA ... 15 mA LCD display, two-color, backlit Adjustable: 500 ms, 1 s, 1.5 s EEM-Mxxx0 100 V AC ... 230 V AC ±20% 150 V DC ... 250 V DC ( 20%) IP52 (display) IP30 (housing) -10°C ... 55°C 90 / 80 / 64 mm 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 EEM-Mxxx1 100 V AC ... 230 V AC ±20% 150 V DC ... 250 V DC ( 20%) - - EEM-Mxxx0 100 V AC ... 230 V AC ±20% 150 V DC ... 250 V DC ( 20%) IP30 (housing) EEM-Mxxx1 100 V AC ... 230 V AC ±20% 150 V DC ... 250 V DC ( 20%) -10°C ... 55°C 90 / 80 / 64 mm 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 CE-compliant CE-compliant Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. EEM-MA370-R EEM-MA370 EEM-MA371-R EEM-MA371 2907980 2907983 2907985 2908307 1 1 1 1 EEM-MB370 EEM-MB370-PN EEM-MB370-EIP EEM-MB371 EEM-MB371-PN EEM-MB371-EIP 2907954 2907984 2907971 2907955 2908308 2907976 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 203

204

Monitoring Energy and power measuring MID energy meters – Capture electrical characteristics such as currents, voltages, power factors, powers, energy meters in all 4 quadrants and deliver them via bus or network interface – Sealed covers, suitable for billing purposes – For your energy management needs: mean values over configurable intervals, e.g., 10 s, 10 min, or 15 min Direct measurement – Measuring without external current transformers up to 80 A saves time and money Measurement via external current transformers – Configurable current transformer ratio – Configurable input for secondary side 1 A or 5 A Modbus/RTU and M-Bus – Bus-compatible for your existing bus systems – Can be configured via LC display or interface – 2 tariffs, switchable via digital input Ethernet – Network-compatible for Modbus/TCP applications and/or web-based management – Can be configured via LC display and buttons or via the integrated web-based management – Store mean values (e.g., 10 s, 10 min, 15 min) and/or energy meter values in a circular buffer with multiple-month capacity (depending on settings) H D W new Input data Input voltage range Frequency range Start current Ist Nominal current Iref Maximum current Imax Communication interface Communication protocol Communication standard Transmission speed General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Humidity Dimensions W/H/D Connection data Measurement connection Other connections Conductor cross section solid/stranded/AWG Tightening torque Conductor cross section solid/stranded/AWG Tightening torque Conformance/approvals Conformance Standards/regulations Measuring device with M-Bus interface  EEM-EM325 3x 184 V ... 288 V (320 V ... 500 V) 45 Hz ... 65 Hz 0.002 A 1 A 6 A M-Bus EN 13757-1-2-3 300 bps ... 9600 bps IP51 (front) IP20 (connections) -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 75°C 80% 72 / 90 / 67 mm Screw connection 1.5 ... 6 mm² 1.5 Nm Screw connection 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² 0.5 Nm Technical data EEM-EM327 3x 184 V ... 288 V (320 V ... 500 V) 45 Hz ... 65 Hz 0.02 A 5 A 80 A 1.5 ... 35 mm² 2 Nm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² 0.5 Nm CE-compliant MID-compliant EN 50470-1 / EN 50470-3 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Three-phase energy meter for active power measurement with 1A/5A current transformer measurement in networks up to 500 V, with S0 output, certified in accordance with the MID directive Three-phase energy meter for active power measurement with direct measurement in networks up to 500 V/80 A, with S0 output, certified in accordance with the MID directive EEM-EM325 2908576 EEM-EM327 2908586 1 1 204 PHOENIX CONTACT

205

H D W H D W new new Monitoring Energy and power measuring Measuring device with Modbus/RTU interface Measuring device with Ethernet interface   Technical data Technical data EEM-EM355 3x 184 V ... 288 V (320 V ... 500 V) 45 Hz ... 65 Hz 0.002 A 1 A 6 A Modbus RS-485 300 bps ... 57600 bps IP51 (front) IP20 (connections) -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 75°C 80% 72 / 90 / 67 mm Screw connection 1.5 ... 6 mm² 1.5 Nm Screw connection 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² 0.5 Nm EEM-EM357 3x 184 V ... 288 V (320 V ... 500 V) 45 Hz ... 65 Hz 0.02 A 5 A 80 A 1.5 ... 35 mm² 2 Nm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² 0.5 Nm EEM-EM375 3x 184 V ... 288 V (320 V ... 500 V) 45 Hz ... 65 Hz 0.002 A 1 A 6 A Modbus/TCP IEEE 802.3 10 Mbps ... 100 Mbps IP51 (front) IP20 (connections) -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 75°C 80% 72 / 90 / 67 mm Screw connection 1.5 ... 6 mm² 1.5 Nm Screw connection 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² 0.5 Nm EEM-EM377 3x 184 V ... 288 V (320 V ... 500 V) 45 Hz ... 65 Hz 0.02 A 5 A 80 A 1.5 ... 35 mm² 2 Nm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² 0.5 Nm CE-compliant MID-compliant EN 50470-1 / EN 50470-3 CE-compliant MID-compliant EN 50470-1 / EN 50470-3 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. EEM-EM355 2908578 EEM-EM357 2908588 1 1 EEM-EM375 2908581 EEM-EM377 2908590 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 205

206

Monitoring Energy and power measuring Controller solutions for usage data acquisition The EMlog software from Phoenix Contact provides an efficient solution for recording energy data relating to heat, cold, air, and electricity when used in conjunction with the ILC 191 ME/AN modular Inline controller. This allows you to keep an eye on your resources and manage the consumption levels of your machines and systems. Your advantages: – Easy startup without programming knowledge – Easy configuration, thanks to web-based interface – Direct configuration of predefined sensors – Existing configurations can be reused Interfaces INTERBUS local bus (master) Ethernet Configuration/operation/diagnostics INTERBUS master Number of devices with parameter channel Number of supported devices Amount of process data Digital inputs/outputs Number of inputs Number of outputs Analog inputs/outputs Number of inputs Number of outputs IEC-61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Realtime clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Solution for usage data acquisition   Ex:  Technical data Inline data jumper 2 x RJ45 socket 1 x 6-pos. MINI DIN socket (PS/2) Max. 24 Max. 128 Max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS) Max. 32768 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client) 8 4 2 2 PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 64 MHz 1 Mbyte 1 Mbyte 48 kByte (NVRAM) Depends on mass storage Depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 310 mA W / H / D 164 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact controller, complete with accessories (connector plug and labeling field) - Analog inputs/outputs Program and configuration memory, plug-in, 2 GB with license key and user program for reading from measuring devices Programming cable ILC 191 ME/AN 2700074 SD FLASH 2GB EMLOG 2403484 Accessories COM CAB MINI DIN 2400127 1 1 1 206 PHOENIX CONTACT

207

Complete packages for data logging The PSK RTU 50 is a multifunctional RTU (Remote Telemetry Unit), which combines the functions of a data logger, gateway, and alarm manager. The PSK RTU 50 offers various communication options, was developed with low power technology and allows independent operation, e.g., with batteries or solar cells. Your advantages: – GSM/GPRS modem – Ethernet interface – IEC 60870-5-101 – IEC 60870-5-104 – Modbus/RTU Interfaces Interfaces Digital inputs/outputs Number of inputs Number of outputs Analog inputs Number of inputs IEC-61131 runtime system Program memory Retentive mass storage Realtime clock Power supply Supply voltage Typical current consumption General data Weight Width Height Depth Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Description Multifunctional data logger Monitoring Energy and power measuring Multifunctional data logger Technical data RS-232 RS-232/-485 Serial Ethernet 4 2 (relay output) 2 832 kByte 1 Mbyte Yes (battery-backed) 24 V DC 5 mA 475 g 210 mm 110 mm 45 mm IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSK RTU 50 2400018 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 207

208

Monitoring Current measurement Extremely versatile PACT current transformers offer a complete product range for converting alternating currents up to 4,000 A into secondary currents of 1 A and 5 A. Depending on requirements, bus-bar, plug-in, and winding current transformers are available. PACT current transformers are available in different transformation ratios, accuracy classes, and rated powers in 3,000 versions for your current measurement requirements. Also available for higher accuracy classes For standard applications, such as in machine building or system manufacturing, Phoenix Contact offers current transformers with accuracy classes 0.5 and 1 in a version that cannot be calibrated. For higher accuracy or for billing purposes in energy supply, type-tested transformers that can be calibrated as well as calibrated transformers are available – with classes 0.2/0.2S/0.5 and 0.5S. 208 PHOENIX CONTACT

209

Monitoring Current measurement I PN 120 % 100 % Fast and secure installation Variable and space-saving mounting Safely detecting current peaks The current transformer quick-action mechanism offers the following advantages: – Tool-free mounting – Considerable reduction in installation time In addition to the vertical and horizontal mounting position, the optional accessories offer further installation options such as mounting on the DIN rail or on the control cabinet panel. – Easy handling and secure fastening by All PACT current transformers are just pressing with finger – Current transformers align themselves – no need for subsequent alignment 30 mm wide. This saves space – for example with flat mounting when measuring branch outlets. PACT current transformers can be used to safely detect current peaks greater than the rated nominal current strength – without resulting in any damage. The transformers are designed for a thermal nominal continuous current of 120% of the primary rated current strength. Example: a PACT transformer with a specified rated power of 10 VA actually delivers 14.4 VA on a continual basis. t ETH LNK ACT 100 LNK ACT 100 10/100 RESET IB RB IN RB OUT RC BA RD TR PLC RUN FAIL MRESET STP RUN / PROG INLINE CONTROL ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB Ord. No.: 2876999 PRG IL RDY / RUN BSA FAIL PF PLC ETH LNK ACT 100 LNK ACT 100 10/100 RESET IB RB IN RB OUT RC BA RD TR PLC RUN FAIL MRESET STP RUN / PROG INLINE CONTROL ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB Ord. No.: 2876999 PRG IL RDY / RUN BSA FAIL PF PLC 1.11.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OUT GND GND GND I - - - S C A C - L S R C M X C A M PWR ERR Current transducers PWR ERR - - S C A C - L S R C M X C A M Current transducers 1.11.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OUT GND GND GND I - ON OFF 1 2 0,5 0,5 nc D ON OFF 1 2 0,5 0,5 nc D 2 V R C M T C A P 9 5 1 - 0 2 0 2 1 Current transformers in accordance with EN 60044-1 PACT current transformers Safe isolation PACT current transformers are manufactured in accordance with EN 50178. This is relevant for electronic equipment for use in power installations. EN 50178 differs considerably from EN 60044, the usual standard for transformers, with regard to safety. Your advantages: – PACT current transformers offer safe isolation, thanks to greater air clearances and creepage distances – PACT current transformers ensure that there is no sparkover on the secondary side of the transformer and human life is protected inside and outside the control cabinet – Up to 1,000 V (L-N) operating voltage possible – Routine testing with 12 kV (1.2/50 s) – Meets overvoltage category 3 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 209

210

Monitoring Current measurement Current transformer selection guide – Complete range consisting of winding, bus-bar, and window-type current transformers – Popular types available from stock; alternatively, order key can be used for custom dimensioning – Versions available to support official calibration Selection – Select your converter in accordance with the dimensions of the copper rail – Specify the four electrical characteristics of the converter: 1.The primary rated current strength Ipn – the maximum amperage occurring in the path to be measured 2.The secondary rated current Isn – supplied to the downstream measuring devices 3. Class – accuracy for adherence to the specified tolerances 4. Rated power Sn [VA] – takes account of all the loads occurring in the measuring circuit Input data Thermal rated short-time current Rated surge current Rated frequency Surge current limitation factor General data Rated insulation voltage Impulse withstand voltage Insulating material class Connection capacity of secondary terminals Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Housing material UL data Ambient temperature (operation) Temperature increase Technical data Ith = 60 * In Idyn = 2.5 * Ith 50 Hz ... 60 Hz 50 Hz FS 5 1 kV (Phase/neutral conductor) 12 kV (1.2/50 μs) E 2 x (2.5 x 4) mm -25°C ... 40°C EN 50178, EN 61869 PA 6.6 -25°C ... 30°C (up to a primary rated current of 1600 A AC) 55°C (at a primary rated current of 50 A AC ... 400 A AC) 65°C (at a primary rated current of 500 A AC ... 800 A AC) 80°C (at a primary rated current of 1,000 A AC ...1600 A AC) Calculation guide Determination of the secondary side rated power Sn All the occurring loads must be added: – Calculate the power requirement of the copper wire (forward and return line) – Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices (measuring devices) – Add a reserve requirement Sn total = Sn copper wire + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve Order key - example for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 Preferred types that can be ordered directly are marked in green in the selection table. Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn 2277271 / IP02000 IP00600  60 A IP00750  75 A IP00800  80 A IP01000  100 A IP01250  125 A IP02000  200 A IP02500  250 A / IS05 / C10 / P750 IS01  1 A IS05  5 A C02  0.2 C05  0.5 C10  1 P125  1.25 VA P250  2.5 VA P375  3.75 VA P500  5.0 VA P750  7.5 VA P1000  10 VA Power requirement of copper wires with a different diameter 1. 2. 3. 4. Conductor cross section in mm2 Rated power in VA/m (consider the forward and return line) Secondary current Isn Secondary current Isn 1.5 2.5 4 6 5 A 0.2917 0.1750 0.1094 0.0729 1 A 0.0117 0.0070 0.0044 0.0029 Example: Sn copper wire = cable length x 2 x rated power Sn copper wire = 10 m x 2 x 0.1750 VA/m = 3.50 VA Sn measuring device = 2 VA Sn reserve <0.5 x (Sn copper wire + Sn measuring device) Sn reserve = 2 VA Sn total = Sn copper wire + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve Sn total = 3.5 VA + 2 VA + 2 VA = 7.5 VA 210 PHOENIX CONTACT Selection table (extract) Isn Cl. 1 A 5 A 0.5 1 0.5 1 Primary rated current strength Ipn [A] 150 60 2.5 100 1.25 125 2.5 75 80 200 2.5 3.75 250 2.5 5 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 2.5 5 1.25 1.25 1.5 1.25 2.5 2 2.5 3.75 2.5 3.75 2.5 3.75 5 2.5 5 7,5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 7.5 10 ] A V [ n S r e w o p d e t a R

211

Current transformers PACT MCR-V1-21-44 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(50...500) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 21 mm 44 30 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 6 1 0 5 6 2 2 1 Monitoring Current measurement Bus-bar current transformer, official calibration as an option  Ordering data Description Rated power Sn Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Primary rated current Ipn: - 50 A - 75 A - 100 A - 125 A - 150 A - 200 A - 250 A - 300 A - 400 A - 500 A Current transformers, note the following ordering key for determining the desired current transformer type 1.25 VA 2.5 VA 2.5 VA 3.75 VA 5 VA 5 VA 5 VA 10 VA 5 VA 10 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1 2277019 2277611 2277022 2277763 2277035 2277776 2277048 2277789 2277051 2277792 PACT MCR-V1-21-44 2277268 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn 2277268 / IP05000 / IS01 / C05 / P1000 Selection table PACT MCR-V1-21-44 (Order No.: 2277268) Isn Cl. IS01 = 1 A IS05 = 5 A C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 250 300 400 Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] 50 75 100 1.25 125 1.25 2.5 2.5 150 2.5 3.75 2.5 5 200 2.5 5 2.5 5 1.25 1.5 1.25 2.5 2.5 3.75 1.25 2.5 2.5 3.75 5 5 5 5 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ] A V [ n S r e w o p d e t a R For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 211

212

Monitoring Current measurement Current transformers PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(50...750) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 28 mm – Rail dimensions: 30x15 mm, 20x20 mm 6 1 60 30 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 4 6 6 1 x 3 3 3 2 x 3 2 3 3 x 6 1 2 8 Window-type current transformer, official calibration as an option  Ordering data Description Rated power Sn Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Primary rated current Ipn: 1.25 VA - 60 A 1.25 VA - 80 A 2.5 VA - 100 A 3.75 VA - 125 A 3.75 VA - 150 A 5 VA - 150 A 5 VA - 200 A 7.5 VA - 200 A 7.5 VA - 250 A 10 VA - 250 A 7.5 VA - 300 A 10 VA - 400 A 10 VA - 500 A 10 VA - 600 A - 750 A 10 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following ordering key for determining the desired current transformer type PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-150-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1 with screw connection with Push-in connection Quick-action mechanism Fixing pin length 40 mm Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60 PACT MCR-V2-3015-60-PT Accessories PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276638 2276641 2277815 2277831 2277064 2277624 2277844 2277077 2277637 2277857 2277860 2277080 2277640 2277093 2277653 2277103 2277666 2277271 2907413 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn 2277271 / IP07500 / IS01 / C05 / P1500 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277271) Isn Cl. Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] 60 80 100 1.25 125 150 2.5 250 2.5 200 3.75 300 5 400 2.5 5 500 600 750 1.25 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 3.75 1.25 1.25 2.5 3.75 3.75 5 5 7.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10 7.5 10 10 10 10 2.5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 10 IS01 = 1A IS05 = 5 A C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 212 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ] A V [ n S r e w o p d e t a R

213

Current transformers PACT MCR-V2-4012-70 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(75...1,000) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 33 mm – Rail dimensions: 40x12 mm, 2x 30x10 mm 6 1 70 30 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. , 5 0 4 x 3 1 4 7 3 1 x 5 0 4 , 1 3 x 1 3 3 3 Monitoring Current measurement Window-type current transformer, official calibration as an option  Ordering data Description Rated power Sn Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Primary rated current Ipn: 5 VA - 250 A 7.5 VA - 300 A 7.5 VA - 400 A 10 VA - 500 A 10 VA - 600 A 10 VA - 750 A 10 VA - 800 A - 1,000 A 10 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following ordering key for determining the desired current transformer type PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1 2277116 2277679 2277129 2277682 2277132 2277695 2277145 2277158 2277284 2907414 with screw connection with Push-in connection Quick-action mechanism Fixing pin length 40 mm Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70 PACT MCR-V2-4012-70-PT Accessories PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 2276612 2276625 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn 2277284 / IP010000 / IS05 / C10 / P250 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277284) Isn Cl. IS01 = 1A IS05 = 5 A C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] 100 200 150 2.5 250 2.5 300 2.5 400 500 600 750 800 1000 5 2.5 5 7.5 2.5 5 7.5 7.5 5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 10 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ] A V [ n S r e w o p d e t a R For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 213

214

Monitoring Current measurement Current transformers PACT MCR-V2-5012-85 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(100...1,500) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 42 mm – Rail dimensions: 50x12 mm, 2x 40x10 mm 6 1 85 30 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. , 5 0 5 x 3 1 2 9 3 1 x 5 0 5 , 1 3 x 1 4 1 4 x 1 3 4 2 Window-type current transformer, official calibration as an option  Ordering data Description Rated power Sn Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Primary rated current Ipn: 3.75 VA - 150 A 5 VA - 200 A 7.5 VA - 250 A 10 VA - 300 A 10 VA - 400 A 15 VA - 500 A 10 VA - 600 A 15 VA - 600 A 10 VA - 750 A 10 VA - 800 A 10 VA - 1,000 A 15 VA - 1,000 A 15 VA - 1.250 A - 1,500 A 15 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following ordering key for determining the desired current transformer type PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1 2276117 2276120 2276133 2276146 2277161 2276159 2277174 2276162 2276175 2277187 2276463 2277190 2277200 2276188 2277297 2907416 with screw connection with Push-in connection Quick-action mechanism Fixing pin length 40 mm Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85 PACT MCR-V2-5012-85-PT Accessories PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 2276612 2276625 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn 2277297 / IP02500 / IS01 / C10 / P750 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277297) Isn Cl. IS01 = 1A IS05 = 5 A C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 214 PHOENIX CONTACT Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] 100 300 250 150 1.25 200 2.5 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 400 2.5 1.25 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 10 15 1.25 1.25 3.75 5 5 5 7.5 10 10 15 5 10 10 15 5 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ] A V [ n S r e w o p d e t a R

215

Current transformers PACT MCR-V2-6015-85 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(200...1600) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 52 mm – Rail dimensions: 60x15 mm, 2x 50x10 mm, 40x40 mm 6 1 85 30 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. , 5 0 6 x 6 1 2 9 6 1 x 5 0 6 , 2 3 x 2 5 2 4 x 2 4 2 5 x 2 3 5 2 Monitoring Current measurement Window-type current transformer, official calibration as an option  Ordering data Description Rated power Sn Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Primary rated current Ipn: 2.5 VA - 200 A 2.5 VA - 400 A 5 VA - 500 A 10 VA - 600 A 10 VA - 750 A 10 VA - 800 A 15 VA - 1,000 A - 1250 A 15 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following ordering key for determining the desired current transformer type PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1 2277873 2277909 2277912 2277925 2277938 2277941 2277954 2277967 2277336 2907417 with screw connection with Push-in connection Quick-action mechanism Fixing pin length 40 mm Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85 PACT MCR-V2-6015-85-PT Accessories PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276638 2276641 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn 2277336 / IP05000 / IS01 / C10 / P375 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277336) Isn Cl. Primary rated current strength Ipn [A] 200 300 1.25 400 500 2.5 600 750 2.5 800 1000 2.5 1250 1500 IS01 = 1A IS05 = 5 A C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 3.75 3.75 2.5 2.5 5 10 10 10 5 5 10 15 15 10 15 10 15 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ] A V [ n S r e w o p d e t a R For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 215

216

Monitoring Current measurement Current transformers PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(400...4,000) A – Round conductor dimensions: Ø 85 mm – Rail dimensions: 2x100x10 mm, 80x64 mm 6 1 129 30 Notes: Our configurator, which is available at phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 1 0 1 x 1 3 4 5 x 1 8 4 8 x 4 6 0 4 1 8 5 Window-type current transformer, official calibration as an option  Ordering data Description Rated power Sn Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Primary rated current Ipn: - 2500 A 15 VA Current transformers, pay attention to the following ordering key for determining the desired current transformer type PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A 2276395 PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 2277378 1 1 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn 2277378 / IP40000 / IS05 / C05 / P2500 Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277378) Isn Cl. IS01 = 1A IS05 = 5 A C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 216 PHOENIX CONTACT Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] 800 2500 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5 10 10 10 5 10 10 10 10 10 15 5 15 30 15 10 10 15 15 10 15 10 15 10 15 15 25 25 ] A V [ n S r e w o p d e t a R

217

Current transformers PACT MCR-V3-60 – Primary rated current Ipn: 0...(1...40) A – Current-carrying copper lines connected directly to the screw terminal blocks on the primary side Notes: Our configurator, which is available at phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. 6 1 4 6 60 30 Monitoring Current measurement Winding current transformer   Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Current transformers, pay attention to the following ordering key for determining the desired current transformer type PACT MCR-V3-60 2277417 1 Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange) Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn 2277417 / IP00025 / IS01 / C10 / P250 Selection table PACT MCR-V3-60 (Order No.: 2277417) Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] 1 2.5 5 15 2.5 5 5 2.5 5 10 2.5 5 20 2.5 5 Isn Cl. C05 = 0.5 2 2.5 5 IS01 = 1A IS05 = 5 A C10 = 1 C05 = 0.5 C10 = 1 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 25 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 30 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 40 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 2.5 5 ] A V [ n S r e w o p d e t a R For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 217

218

Monitoring Current measurement Accessories Quick-action mechanism for PACT current transformers – No tools necessary for mounting – Extremely easy handling, thanks to secure fastening by pressing with finger – Set consisting of two fixing pins and a holding latch Notes: The 16 mm wide quick-action mechanism can also be used for larger current transformers if the length of the fixing pins is sufficient. For: ...-V2-4012-70..., ...-V2-5012-85... For: ...-V2-3015-60..., ...-V2-6015-85..., ...-V2-6315-95... Technical data Technical data -25°C ... 120°C 13 [mm] -25°C ... 120°C 16 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 2276625 2276612 1 1 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276641 2276638 1 1 DIN rail adapter Ordering data Description DIN rail adapter Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PACT MCR-RA 2277598 12 General data Ambient temperature (operation) Width of the retaining bracket Description Quick-action mechanism Fixing pin length 65 mm Fixing pin length 40 mm Quick-action mechanism Fixing pin length 65 mm Fixing pin length 40 mm Accessories – DIN rail adapter 218 PHOENIX CONTACT

219

Accessories PACT RCP Rogowski coils – For direct connection to EMpro energy measuring devices, see page 210 – Practical handling due to the flexible measuring coil for opening – The large bandwidth from 40 Hz to 20,000 Hz enables harmonics and transients to be detected – It is not possible for dangerous open circuit voltages to occur – The bracket ensures optimum alignment of the measuring coil to the power rail – Low space requirement in the control cabinet Monitoring Current measurement new   Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Length: measuring coil 300 mm, signal line 3 m Length: measuring coil 450 mm, signal line 3 m Length: measuring coil: 600 mm, signal line 3 m Length: measuring coil 300 mm, signal line 5 m Length: measuring coil 300 mm, signal line 10 m Length: measuring coil 450 mm, signal line 10 m Length: measuring coil 600 mm, signal line 10 m PACT RCP-D95 PACT RCP-D140 PACT RCP-D190 PACT RCP-D95-5M PACT RCP-D95-10M PACT RCP-D140-10M PACT RCP-D190-10M 2904890 2904891 2904892 2910322 2910323 1033482 2910324 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Recommendation for the use of coil lengths and busbars Busbar [mm x mm] 30 x 10 40 x 10 40 x 10 50 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10 120 x 10 160 x 10 Diameter/coil length 1 busbar per phase 2 busbars per phase 3 busbars per phase [mm] 95/300 95/300 140/450 95/300 140/450 95/300 140/450 140/450 140/450 190/600 140/450 190/600 190/600 X X - X - X - X X - X - X X X - - X - X X X - - X X - - X - X - X X - X - X X For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 219

220

Monitoring Current measurement Fast installation in a confined space Professional holding device for busbars PACT RCP current transformers for The PACT RCP-CLAMP holding device retrofitting can be conveniently mounted where there is not enough space for split core current transformers. System downtimes are reduced as system parts do not have to be removed for installation. offers the following advantages: – Suitable for industrial applications – Steel bracket ensures permanent fixed seating at high busbar temperatures – Designed for rails with a thickness of Your advantages: 10 to 15 mm – High system availability due to reduced – Rogowski coil is snapped onto the fixing downtimes: fast installation without removing system parts element – Rogowski coil has a safe and defined place – Safe installation and operation: on the busbar no dangerous open circuit voltages – Rogowski coil can be rotated in 15°-steps – No magnetic saturation – High linearity, even at high currents – Responds to fast current changes – The coil is protected against electromagnetic interference for optimum alignment – PACT RCP avoids direct contact of the measuring coil to its own or adjacent busbar – This allows installations on warm busbars – The current can rise up to the short-circuit to remain under control current without necessarily destroying the coil – High nominal isolation voltage 220 PHOENIX CONTACT

221

Monitoring Current measurement Easy and safe installation Simply place the handy Rogowski coil quickly around power rails and circular conductors. The measuring transducer connected downstream supplies the same typical secondary currents as a standard current transformer. Fast installation in a confined space PACT RCP current transformers save One measuring system for all amperages space and are handy as the size and weight of the Rogowski coil are not dependent on the amperage and unlike split core current transformers, remain the same. Acquire alternating currents up to 4,000 A using a single coil type. Rogowski coils are available in three different lengths for optimum adjustment to the busbar and circular conductor dimensions. Eight current measuring ranges The measuring transducer connected downstream supplies the same typical secondary currents as a standard current transformer. Choose between eight different current measuring ranges via DIP switches. For optimum measuring accuracy, compensate for the different coil lengths by simply using a potentiometer. Detect harmonics and transients PACT RCP current transformers for retrofitting cover a large frequency range from 10 to 5,000 Hz. You can therefore measure harmonics and transients with phase accuracy. UV protection for permanent outdoor use The PACT RCP current transformer set is also available for outdoor use. The Rogowski coil of the UV version is equipped with a UV-resistant housing and UV-protected cables. This enables permanent installation outdoors. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 221

222

Monitoring Current measurement Current transformers for retrofitting PACT RCP – Practical handling due to the flexible measuring coil for opening – Universal application possibilities through 8 different current measuring ranges in one device: (0 ... 100/ ... / ... /4,000 A) – The large bandwidth from 40 Hz to 20,000 Hz enables harmonics and transients to be detected – It is not possible for dangerous open circuit voltages to occur – The bracket ensures optimum alignment of the measuring coil to the power rail – Low space requirement in the control cabinet Recommendations for the use of coil lengths and busbar dimensions Busbar [mm x mm] 30 x 10 40 x 10 40 x 10 50 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 60 x 10 60 x 10 100 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10 120 x 10 160 x 10 Diameter/ coil length 1 busbar per phase 2 busbars per phase 3 busbars per phase [mm] 95/300 95/300 140/450 95/300 140/450 95/300 140/450 140/450 140/450 190/600 140/450 190/600 190/600                        222 PHOENIX CONTACT Measuring coil input data Frequency range Measuring coil signal output Output signal (at 50 Hz) General data, measuring coil Rated insulation voltage Test voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Measuring transducer input data Measuring ranges (current) via DIP switch Phase angle Measuring transducer signal input Input signal (at 50 Hz) Measuring transducer signal output Current output signal Miscellaneous data for measuring transducer Nominal supply voltage Nominal supply voltage range Transmission error, maximum Linearity error Frequency range Maximum detectable harmonics Degree of protection Test voltage Dimensions W/H/D Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) General data for the set Altitude Permissible humidity (operation) Approvals/conformities Standards/specifications Current transformer for retrofitting in the field  Technical data 40 Hz ... 20,000 Hz 100 mV (no load, at 1,000 A) 1,000 V AC (rms CAT III) 600 V AC (rms CAT IV) 10.45 kV (DC / 1 min.) -30°C ... 80°C (measuring coil) -40°C ... 80°C (measuring coil) 100 A, 250 A, 400 A, 630 A, 1,000 A, 1,500 A, 2,000 A, 4,000 A <1 ° 100 mV (1,000 A) 0 A AC ... 1 A 24 V DC -20% ... +25% 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC ≤0.5% (from the range end value) <0.5% (from the range end value) 45 Hz ... 65 Hz <2 kHz IP20 1.5 kV AC (supply/input and output: 50 Hz, 1 min) 22.5 / 85 / 70.4 mm -20°C ... 70°C (measuring transducer) -25°C ... 85°C (measuring transducer) <2,000 m 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) IEC 61010-1 IEC 61010-2-032 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Current transformer for retrofitting, set consisting of Rogowski coil and measuring transducer, output signal: 1 A AC (effective for sine) Length: measuring coil 300 mm, signal line 3 m Length: measuring coil 300 mm, signal line 5 m Length: measuring coil 300 mm, signal line 10 m Length: measuring coil 450 mm, signal line 3 m Length: measuring coil 450 mm, signal line 10 m PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D95 2904921 PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D95-5M 2910325 PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D95-10M 2910326 PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D140 2904922 PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D140-10M 1033483 Length: measuring coil 600 mm, signal line 3 m PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D190 2904923 Length: measuring coil 600 mm, signal line 10 m PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D190-10M 2910327 Holding device for power rail for busbar thicknesses of 5 to 10 mm for busbar thicknesses of 10 to 15 mm Accessories PACT RCP-CLAMP-5-10 PACT RCP-CLAMP 2907888 2904895 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

223

Current transformers for retrofitting PACT RCP – Universal application possibilities through 8 different current measuring ranges in one device: (0 ... 100/ ... / ... /4,000 A) – Detection of harmonics and transients in the frequency range from 40 Hz to 20,000 Hz – Large number of different standard signals on output side – Freely configurable 4- way signal conditioner with switching output – FASTCON Pro plug-in connection system – Design width of just 6.2 mm – Easy configuration e.g., via DIP switches, programmable software, via smartphone app or FDT/DTM Monitoring Current measurement Current transformer for retrofitting in the field  Technical data 40 Hz ... 20,000 Hz 100 mV (no load, at 1,000 A) 3000 mm 1,000 V AC (rms CAT III) 600 V AC (rms CAT IV) 10.45 kV (DC / 1 min.) -30°C ... 80°C (measuring coil) 100 A, 250 A, 400 A, 630 A, 1,000 A, 1,500 A, 2,000 A, 4,000 A 100 mV (1,000 A) 0 mA ... 20 mA (via DIP switch) 4 mA ... 20 mA (via DIP switch) 0 mA ... 10 mA (via DIP switch) 2 mA ... 10 mA (via DIP switch) 0 mA ... 21 mA (can be set via software) 0 V ... 10 V (via DIP switch) 2 V ... 10 V (via DIP switch) 0 V ... 5 V (via DIP switch) 1 V ... 5 V (via DIP switch) 0 V ... 10.5 V (can be set via software) 24 V DC 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC ≤0.5% (from the range end value) 16 Hz ... 1,000 Hz IP20 3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 6.2 / 110.5 / 120.5 mm -40°C ... 70°C (measuring transducer) >4,000 m 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) IEC 61010-1 IEC 61010-2-032 Ordering data Measuring coil input data Frequency range Measuring coil signal output Output signal (at 50 Hz) General data, measuring coil Length of signal cable Rated insulation voltage Test voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Measuring transducer input data Measuring ranges (current) via DIP switch Measuring transducer signal input Input signal (at 50 Hz) Measuring transducer signal output Current output signal Output signal Voltage Miscellaneous data for measuring transducer Nominal supply voltage Nominal supply voltage range Transmission error, maximum Frequency range Degree of protection Test voltage Dimensions W/H/D Ambient temperature (operation) General data for the set Altitude Permissible humidity (operation) Approvals/conformities Standards/specifications Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Current transformer with screw connection for retrofitting, set consisting of Rogowski coil and 4-way signal conditioner with switching output Length of measuring coil 300 mm Length of measuring coil 450 mm Length of measuring coil 600 mm Current transformer with Push-in connection in for retrofitting, set consisting of Rogowski coil and 4-way signal conditioner with switching output Length of measuring coil 300 mm Length of measuring coil 450 mm Length of measuring coil 600 mm Holding device for power rail for busbar thicknesses of 5 to 10 mm for busbar thicknesses of 10 to 15 mm PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D95 PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D140 PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-D190 2906231 2906232 2906233 PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D95 PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D140 PACT RCP-4000A-UIRO-PT-D190 2906234 2906235 2906236 Accessories PACT RCP-CLAMP-5-10 PACT RCP-CLAMP 2907888 2904895 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 223

224

Monitoring Current measurement Current transformers for retrofitting new PACT RCP...-UV – For permanent installation outdoors in the field – UV-resistant Rogowski coil and UV-resistant cables – Practical handling due to the flexible measuring coil for opening – Universal application possibilities through 8 different current measuring ranges in one device: (0 ... 100/ ... / ... /4,000 A) – The large bandwidth from 40 Hz to 20,000 Hz enables harmonics and transients to be detected – It is not possible for dangerous open circuit voltages to occur – The bracket ensures optimum alignment of the measuring coil to the power rail – Low space requirement in the control cabinet 224 PHOENIX CONTACT Measuring coil input data Frequency range Measuring coil signal output Output signal (at 50 Hz) General data, measuring coil Rated insulation voltage Test voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Measuring transducer input data Measuring ranges (current) via DIP switch Phase angle Measuring transducer signal input Input signal (at 50 Hz) Measuring transducer signal output Current output signal Miscellaneous data for measuring transducer Nominal supply voltage Nominal supply voltage range Transmission error, maximum Linearity error Frequency range Maximum detectable harmonics Degree of protection Test voltage Dimensions W/H/D Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) General data for the set Altitude Permissible humidity (operation) Approvals/conformities Standards/specifications Current transformer for retrofitting in the field  Technical data 40 Hz ... 20,000 Hz 100 mV (no load, at 1,000 A) 1,000 V AC (rms CAT III) 600 V AC (rms CAT IV) 10.45 kV (DC / 1 min.) IP67 (not assessed by UL) -30°C ... 80°C (measuring coil) - 100 A, 250 A, 400 A, 630 A, 1,000 A, 1,500 A, 2,000 A, 4,000 A <1 ° 100 mV (1,000 A) 0 A AC ... 1 A 24 V DC -20% ... +25% 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC ≤0.5% (from the range end value) <0.5% (from the range end value) 45 Hz ... 65 Hz <2 kHz IP20 1.5 kV AC (supply/input and output: 50 Hz, 1 min) 22.5 / 85 / 70.4 mm -20°C ... 70°C (measuring transducer) - <2,000 m 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) IEC 61010-1 IEC 61010-2-032 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Current transformer for retrofitting, set consisting of UV-resistant Rogowski coil and measuring transducer, output signal: 1 A AC (effective for sine) Length: measuring coil 600 mm, signal line 3 m PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D190-3M-UV 1033485 Length: measuring coil 450 mm, signal line 3 m PACT RCP-4000A-1A-D140-3M-UV 1058044 Holding device for power rail for busbar thicknesses of 5 to 10 mm for busbar thicknesses of 10 to 15 mm Accessories PACT RCP-CLAMP-5-10 PACT RCP-CLAMP 2907888 2904895 1 1 1 1

226

Monitoring Current measurement With flexible power supply – current transducers up to 12 A AC Flexible signal conditioning – current transducers up to 55 A AC/DC Active current transducers convert sinusoidal alternating currents up to 12 A. The integrated wide-range power supply unit enables use in various different countries. With hinged Rogowski sensor – current transducers up to 200 A AC The AC current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents up to 200 A. The hinged Rogowski sensor ensures very easy installation, as cables that are to be measured do not have to be isolated. This enables mounting to be carried out without interruptions. Limit value monitoring with the current protector At the current protector, a desired amperage is specified at which a PDT contact switches a load on or off. Current transducers up to 55 A offer an infinitely adjustable measuring range. This range is mapped over the entire output signal range. This ensures extremely accurate resolution of measured values. Basic configuration can be performed quickly via the DIP switches. Additional useful device functions can be set via the software. For high currents – current transducers up to 600 A AC/DC The universal current transducers are the ideal solution for measuring high currents with any waveform up to 600 A AC/DC. The product range offers various different devices in graded measuring ranges with current or voltage output. 226 PHOENIX CONTACT

227

Monitoring Current measurement For sinusoidal alternating currents up to 12 A – 3-way electrical isolation – Wide-range version from 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – Voltage bridging with DIN rail connector – Input and output can be configured via DIP switches – Suitable for potentially explosive areas, thanks to ATEX approval for Ex zone 2 For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents up to 200 A – Distorted alternating currents up to 6,000 Hz can be also acquired, thanks to true r.m.s. value measurement (RMS) – Uninterrupted installation and lossless current measurement thanks to hinged Rogowski sensor – Measuring range selection with slide switch Limit value monitoring The current protector converts sinusoidal alternating currents to binary switching signals. – Switching point can be freely selected in the measuring range 0 to 16 A AC – Changeover relay output – Adjustable switch hysteresis – 3-way isolation – Settable operating current / quiescent current behavior With flexible measuring ranges for all waveforms up to 55 A – Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS) – Optimum mapping of the measuring range up to 55 A, thanks to software- programmable upper and lower limits For high currents – current transducers up to 600 A AC/DC – Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS) – Compact dimensions also enable distributed use – Variable mounting on DIN rail and – Limit value alarm in the event of threshold mounting plate value overrange or underrange up to 55 A – via relay or transistor output – COMBICON plug-in connection terminal blocks – 3-way isolation – For a conductor diameter of up to 32 mm For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 227

228

Monitoring Current measurement Current transducers for AC, DC, and distorted currents The MCR-SL-CUC-... current transducers measure DC, AC, and distorted currents from 0 to 600 A. – Universal current measurement, no shunt required – Compact dimensions also enable distributed use – Variable mounting on DIN rail and mounting plate – Simple connection method thanks to COMBICON plug-in connection terminal blocks – 3-way isolation 228 PHOENIX CONTACT For DC, AC, and distorted currents of 0 ... 300 A, voltage output   Housing width 90 mm IN ADC DAC μC U 1.4 GND 1.3 OUT U 1.2 NC 1.1 +24 V DC Technical data 20 Hz ... 6,000 Hz (0 Hz) AC, DC or distorted currents Cable design: 32 mm diameter 0 ... 10 V ≥10 kΩ 20 V DC ... 30 V DC <± 1% (of final value) Typically 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40°C ... 65°C) 150 ms In accordance with EN 61010 300 V AC III / 2 IP20 -40°C ... 65°C 90 / 33.8 / 85 mm 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Input data Frequency range Curve type Connection method Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB General data Supply voltage UB Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category/degree of pollution Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W/H/D Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Description Overload capacity Type Universal current transducer Input current range: 0 ... 100 A Input current range: 0 ... 200 A Input current range: 0 ... 300 A Input current range: 0 ... 400 A Universal current transducer without UL approval Input current range: 0 ... 500 A Input current range: 0 ... 600 A 6 x IIN 3 x IIN 3.33 x IIN 2.5 x IIN 3.6 x IIN 3 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-100-U MCR-SL-CUC-200-U MCR-SL-CUC-300-U Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2308108 2308205 2308302 1 1 1

229

Monitoring Current measurement For DC, AC, and distorted currents of 0 ... 600 A, current output   Housing width 90 mm IN ADC DAC µC I 1.4 GND 1.3 NC 1.2 OUT I 1.1 +24 V DC Technical data 20 Hz ... 6,000 Hz (0 Hz) AC, DC or distorted currents Cable design: 32 mm diameter 4 ... 20 mA <25 mA <300 Ω 20 V DC ... 30 V DC <± 1% (of final value) Typically 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40°C ... 65°C) 150 ms In accordance with EN 61010 300 V AC III / 2 IP20 -40°C ... 65°C 90 / 33.8 / 85 mm 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR-SL-CUC-100-I MCR-SL-CUC-200-I MCR-SL-CUC-300-I MCR-SL-CUC-400-I MCR-SL-CUC-500-I MCR-SL-CUC-600-I 2308027 2308030 2308043 2308072 2308085 2308098 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 229

230

Monitoring Current measurement Current transducers for AC, DC, and distorted currents The MCR-S-...-UI(-SW)-DCI current transducers measure direct, alternating and distorted currents. – Device can be set via DIP switches or MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software – True r.m.s. value measurement – 3-way isolation – With optional relay and transistor output Notes: To order a configurable product, please enter the desired configuration using the order key, see page 232 D W H For DC, AC, and distorted currents 0 ... 11 A   Ex:  Housing width 22.5 mm 5 6 7 8 10A 5A 1A IN 12 11 14 NC 1 2 3 4 OUT DAC DAC Po wer I U = OUT 9 10 O UT I O UT U 11 GND 2 12 GND 2 13 24VDC 14 GND 1 15 SW 16 GND 1 ADC µC N A P S O R E Z I T N O P E M T I T E S Technical data Input data Input current Response threshold Frequency range Curve type Overload capacity Surge strength Connection method Output data Output signal (normal and inverse) Load RB Switching output Relay output Transistor output pnp Contact material Maximum switching current Output voltage Continuous load current Setting range of the threshold value Response delay Status indication General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category/degree of pollution Test voltage input/output Test voltage input/power supply Test voltage output/power supply Degree of protection Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada 0 A ... 11 A (AC/DC) 2% (of measuring range nominal value 1/5/10 A) 15 Hz ... 400 Hz AC, DC or distorted currents 2 x IN (continuous) 20 x IN (1 s) Screw connection U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V >10 kΩ <500 Ω I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC) 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC) 19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V) 80 mA (not short-circuit proof) 1% ... 110% 0.1 s ... 20 s Yellow LED 20 V DC ... 30 V DC <50 mA (without load) <0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) Typically <0.025%/K 330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC) In accordance with EN 50178, EN 61010 300 V AC (to earth) III / 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T4, Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR current measuring transducer for measuring AC, DC, and distorted currents with relay and transistor switching output Configurable product Standard product Configurable product, without switching output Standard product, without switching output MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC 2814650 2814731 2814634 2814715 1 1 1 1 230 PHOENIX CONTACT

231

D W H D W H Monitoring Current measurement For DC, AC, and distorted currents For DC, AC, and distorted currents 0 ... 55 A 0 to 100 A  Housing width 22.5 mm IN   Ex:  Housing width 22.5 mm IN ADC µC N A P S O R E Z I T N O P E M T I T E S 12 11 14 1 2 3 4NC OUT DAC DAC Po wer I U = OUT 9 10 O UT I O UT U 11 GND 2 12 GND 2 13 24VDC 14 GND 1 15 SW 16 GND 1 ADC µC N A P S O R E Z DAC DAC Po wer I U = OUT 9 10 11 12 O UT I O UT U GND 2 GND 2 13 14 15 24VDC GND 1 NC 16 GND 1 Technical data Technical data - 0.8% (of measuring range nominal value 50 A) 15 Hz ... 400 Hz AC, DC or distorted currents Depending on through connected conductor Depending on through connected conductor Through connection, diameter 10.5 mm U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V >10 kΩ <500 Ω I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 A AC ... 100 A AC (± 100 A DC) 1% (of measuring range nominal value 100 A) 15 Hz ... 400 Hz AC, DC or distorted currents Depending on through connected conductor Depending on through connected conductor Through connection, diameter 10.5 mm U output 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V >10 kΩ <500 Ω I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC) 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC) 19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V) 80 mA (not short-circuit proof) 1% ... 110% 0.1 s ... 20 s Yellow LED 20 V DC ... 30 V DC <50 mA (without load) <0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) Typically <0.025%/K 330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC) In accordance with EN 50178, EN 61010 300 V AC (to earth) III / 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 - / - - - - - - - 20 V DC ... 30 V DC <40 mA (without load) <0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) Typically <0.025%/K 330 ms (AC) 40 ms (DC) In accordance with EN 50178, EN 61010 300 V AC (to earth) III / 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T4, Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X CE-compliant Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T4, Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC 2814663 2814744 2814647 2814728 1 1 1 1 MCR-S-20-100-UI-DCI 2908798 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 231

232

Monitoring Current measurement Order key for current transducers (standard configuration entered as an example) Order No. 2814634 2814650 2814634  MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI 2814650  MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI Order No. 2814647 2814663 / / / / Measuring range: Start End 0.00 0.00 / / 5.00 5.00 Measuring range initial value between 0.00 ... 7.50 A Measuring range final value between 0.2 ... 11 A 0.00  0.00 A 5.00  5.00 A Measuring range: Start End 0.0 0.0 / / 50.0 50.0 / / / / 2814647  MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI 2814663  MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI Measuring range initial value between 0.0 ... 37.5 A Measuring range final value between 9.5 ... 55 A 0.0  0.0 A 50.0  50.0 A Output Threshold value Suppression time Switching behavior of relay and transistor OUT01 OUT01 / 50 / 3.0 / A / O Switching threshold between 1 ... 110% between 0.1 ... 20 s 50  50% of the set 3.0  3 s measuring range final value (here 2.5 A) A  Operating- O  Over-range current- controlled R  Closed- circuit- current- controlled U  Under-range OUT01  0 ... 20 mA OUT02  4 ... 20 mA OUT03  0 ... 10 V OUT04  2 ... 10 V OUT05  0 ... 5 V OUT06  1 ... 5 V OUT07  20 ... 0 mA OUT08  20 ... 4 mA OUT09  10 ... 0 V OUT10  10 ... 2 V OUT11  5 ... 0 V OUT12  5 ... 1 V OUT13  -5 ... +5 V OUT14  -10 ... +10 V OUT17  +10 ... -10 V OUT18  +5 ... -5 V Output Threshold value Suppression time Switching behavior of relay and transistor OUT01 OUT01 / 50 / 3.0 / A / O Switching threshold between 1 ... 110% between 0.1 ... 20 s 50  50% of the set 3.0  3 s measuring range final value (here 25 A) A  Operating- O  Over-range current- controlled R  Closed- circuit- current- controlled U  Under-range OUT01  0 ... 20 mA OUT02  4 ... 20 mA OUT03  0 ... 10 V OUT04  2 ... 10 V OUT05  0 ... 5 V OUT06  1 ... 5 V OUT07  20 ... 0 mA OUT08  20 ... 4 mA OUT09  10 ... 0 V OUT10  10 ... 2 V OUT11  5 ... 0 V OUT12  5 ... 1 V OUT13  -5 ... +5 V OUT14  -10 ... +10 V OUT17  +10 ... -10 V OUT18  +5 ... -5 V Order No. Measuring range: Start End Output 2908798 / 0.0 / 100.0 / OUT01 2908798  MCR-S-20-100-UI-DCI Measuring range initial value between 0.0 ... 75 A Measuring range final value between 19 ... 110 A 0.0  0.0 A 100  100 A OUT01  0 ... 20 mA OUT02  4 ... 20 mA OUT03  0 ... 10 V OUT04  2 ... 10 V OUT05  0 ... 5 V OUT06  1 ... 5 V OUT07  20 ... 0 mA OUT08  20 ... 4 mA OUT09  10 ... 0 V OUT10  10 ... 2 V OUT11  5 ... 0 V OUT12  5 ... 1 V OUT13  -5 ... +5 V OUT14  -10 ... +10 V OUT17  +10 ... -10 V OUT18  +5 ... -5 V 232 PHOENIX CONTACT

233

Monitoring Current measurement Function chart: switching behavior of relay and transistor output: 1) Operating-current-controlled when above the threshold value (TV) 2) Operating-current-controlled when below the threshold value (TV) IIN Threshold value condition Operating voltage UB (H) Relay N/O contact and transistor output Relay N/C contact (1) (0) t1 (0) (1) t1 t (L) t t t t1 t1 IIN Threshold value condition Operating voltage UB Relay N/O contact and transistor output Relay N/C contact (H) (1) (0) (0) (1) t1 t1 t (L) t t t 3) Closed-circuit-current-controlled when above the threshold value (TV) 4) Closed-circuit-current-controlled when below the threshold value (TV) IIN Threshold value condition Operating voltage UB (H) Relay N/O contact and transistor output Relay N/C contact (1) (0) t1 (0) (1) t1 t (L) t t t t1 t1 (0)  N/O contact and transistor open / N/C contact closed (1)  N/O contact and transistor closed / N/C contact open IIN Threshold value condition Operating voltage UB Relay N/O contact and transistor output Relay N/C contact (H) (1) (0) (0) (1) t1 t1 t (L) t t t For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 233

234

Monitoring Current measurement AC current transducers, sinusoidal The MCR-SL-CAC-... current transducers measure sinusoidal alternating currents from 0 to 1/5/12 A. – Wide range version from 19.2 to 253 V AC/DC – 3-way isolation – Input and output can be configured via DIP switches H D W H D W For sinusoidal alternating currents For sinusoidal alternating currents 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A 0 ... 5 A/0 ... 12 A   Ex:  Housing width 22.5 mm L(+) 1.1 L(+) 1.2 N(-) N(-) 1.3 1.4  Ex:  Housing width 22.5 mm L(+) 1.1 L(+) 1.2 N(-) N(-) 1.3 1.4 OUT OUT1 GND GND GND 1A 5A NC 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 IN OUT OUT1 GND GND GND 12A 5A NC 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 IN Technical data Technical data 0 A AC ... 1 A (configurable) / 0 A AC ... 5 A (configurable) 0 A AC ... 5 A (configurable) / 0 A AC ... 12 A (configurable) 50 Hz 45 Hz ... 65 Hz Sine 2 x IN (continuous) 20 x IN (1 s) Screw terminal block 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 25 mA <500 Ω (at 20 mA) <10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA) MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC <32 mA (at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA) ≤0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) <0.02%/K Max. 300 ms typically 200 ms In accordance with EN 61010 - - 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F...149°F) 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X UL 508 Recognized MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC <30 mA (at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA) ≤0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) <0.02%/K Max. 300 ms typically 200 ms In accordance with EN 61010 - - 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F...149°F) 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 50 Hz 45 Hz ... 65 Hz Sine 1 x IN (continuous) 8 x IN (1 s) Screw terminal block 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 25 mA <500 Ω (at 20 mA) <10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA) MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC <33 mA (at 24 V DC) ≤0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) <0.02%/K <300 ms In accordance with EN 61010 300 V AC (to earth) III 2 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F...149°F) 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - / - / - - ... - / - ... - / - Input data Input current (configurable) Nominal frequency Frequency range Curve type Overload capacity Surge strength Connection method Output data Output signal (configurable) Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Overvoltage category Input/output Degree of pollution Test voltage input/output Test voltage output/power supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal alternating currents Supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP 2810612 2810625 Accessories DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage (19.2...30 V DC), can be snapped on to 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 1 1 50 MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP 2810638 1 Accessories 234 PHOENIX CONTACT

235

AC current transducers, sinusoidal and distorted The MCR-SL-S-...00-... current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents within the range 0 to 200 A. – 30 to 6,000 Hz true r.m.s. value measurement – Measuring range selection with slide switch – Loop-powered – Can be retrofitted with the open-up Rogowski coil Input data Input current (configurable) Response threshold Frequency range Curve type Overload capacity Surge strength Connection method Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Cable position error Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category/degree of pollution Test voltage input/output Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Monitoring Current measurement D W H D W H For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents, 0 ... 200 A, voltage output For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents, 0 ... 200 A, current output (loop-powered)   Housing width 55 mm   Housing width 55 mm IN OUT GND OUT +24V IN = = OUT U I OUT +24V Technical data Technical data ...-S-200-U 0 A ... 200 A (0 ... 100/150/200 A) ...-S-100-U 0 A ... 100 A (0 ... 50/75/100 A) 1% (of final value) 30 Hz ... 6,000 Hz Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal Depending on laid conductor Depending on through connected conductor - ...-S-200-I-LP 0 A ... 200 A (0 .. .100/150/200 A) ...-S-100-I-LP 0 A ... 100 A (0 ... 50/75/100 A) 1% (of final value) 30 Hz ... 6,000 Hz Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal Depending on laid conductor Depending on through connected conductor - 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V (0 V ... 10 V) 14 V, (0 V ... 5 V) 7 V ≥10 kΩ 20 V DC ... 30 V DC <30 mA <1% (of final value) <0.63% <0.035%/K <340 ms In accordance with IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326 300 V AC (to earth) III / 2 5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 60°C 55 / 85 / 70.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 4 ... 20 mA <25 mA (UB - 12 V) x 350 / 12 A 20 V DC ... 30 V DC <1% (of final value) <0.63% <0.025%/K <340 ms In accordance with IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326 300 V AC (to earth) III / 2 5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 60°C 55 / 85 / 70.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents Input current range: 0...50/75/100 A Input current range: 0..0.100/150/200 A MCR-SL-S-100-U MCR-SL-S-200-U 2813457 2813460 1 1 MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP 2813486 2813499 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 235

236

Monitoring Current measurement Passive AC current transducers, sinusoidal The MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 passive current transducer measures sinusoidal alternating currents within the range from 0 to 1 A/ 0 to 5 A. – Loop-powered – Measuring ranges 1 and 5 A AC reconnectable D W H For sinusoidal alternating currents 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A   Housing width 22.5 mm IN 1A 5A NC 1 2 3 4 IOUT J OUT 9 OUT I 10 OUT U 500 11 GND 12 GND Technical data 1 A input 0 A AC ... 1 A 45 Hz ... 60 Hz Sine 2 x IN (5 min. at 60°C ambient temperature) 50 A (1 s) 1.2 x IN Screw connection U output 0 ... 10 V 20 V >100 kΩ 5 A input 0 A AC ... 5 A 45 Hz ... 60 Hz Sine 2 x IN (5 min. at 60°C ambient temperature) 100 A (1 s) 1.2 x IN Screw connection I output 0 ... 20 mA 30 mA <750 Ω <250 Ω (when current and voltage outputs are used simultaneously) <50 mVPP <50 mVPP <0.5% (of final value) <0.015%/K <200 ms In accordance with EN 50178, EN 61010 300 V AC (to earth) III / 2 IP20 -25°C ... 60°C 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant Ordering data Input data Input current Frequency range Curve type Overload capacity Surge strength Permissible output range Connection method Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category/degree of pollution Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR passive current measuring transducers for sinusoidal alternating currents MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 2814359 1 236 PHOENIX CONTACT

237

AC current protectors, sinusoidal The MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24 current protector converts sinusoidal 50 Hz/60 Hz alternating currents into binary switching signals. – Switching point can be freely selected in the measuring range of 0 to 16 A AC – Changeover relay output – Adjustable switch hysteresis – 3-way isolation – Settable operating current / quiescent current behavior Input data Input current Frequency range Curve type Overload capacity Connection method Switching output Contact type Contact material Max. switching current Switching hysteresis Response delay Operating and closed circuit current behavior Relay status display General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Setting accuracy Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Safe isolation Rated insulation voltage Surge voltage category/degree of pollution Test voltage input/output Test voltage input/power supply Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance N L1 Monitoring Current measurement D W H For sinusoidal alternating currents, 0 ... 16 A AC   Housing width 22.5 mm IN 24V DC GND NCNC NC 13 14 15 16 SETPOINT = = Delay 5 6 7 8 12 11 14 NC OUT Technical data 0 A AC ... 16 A 45 Hz ... 65 Hz Sine 2 x IN (continuous) - Relay output 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC) 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC) Adjustable using a DIP switch (0.5%, 5%, 10%, 15%) Typically 0.1 s ... 10 s (adjustable using a potentiometer) Adjustable using a DIP switch Yellow LED (relay active) 20 V DC ... 30 V DC <30 mA <0.5% <0.02%/K 40 ms acc. to EN 50178, EN 61010-1 300 V AC (to earth) III / 2 3.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 3.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant Ordering data Lighting system Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. MCR current protector for sinusoidal alternating currents 12 11 14 NC D E L A Y T M E I S E T P O N T I 5 0 0 4 0 1 0 2 0K3 0 R E L A Y A C T V I MCR - SL - S - 16 - SP - 24 Emergency lighting + 24V GND NC NC 24V MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 24 2864464 1 L2 N Mains voltage Lighting system with emergency lighting For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 237

238

Monitoring Current measurement Voltage transducers The MACX MCR-VDC voltage transducer measures DC voltages within the range of 0 to ±660 V DC. The MACX MCR-VAC module measures sinusoidal AC voltages from 0 to 660 V AC. – Bidirectional output signals – 9 voltage measuring ranges – Voltage measuring ranges can be freely adjusted – ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20% – 3-way isolation Input data Input voltage range / resistor ZERO / SPAN adjustment Frequency range Maximum input voltage Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Supply voltage UB Current consumption Maximum transmission error Temperature coefficient Step response (10-90%) Safe isolation Degree of pollution Degree of protection Dimensions W/H/D Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada H D W H D W For DC voltages from 0 to ±660 V DC For sinusoidal AC voltages 0 ... 660 V AC   Housing width 22.5 mm   Housing width 22.5 mm + - + - + - + - 550 V 370 V 250 V 170 V 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 + - + - + - + - + - 120 V 80 V 54 V 36 V 24 V N 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 3.1 3.3 3.2 3.4 OUT I OUT U GNDI GNDU 550 V 370 V 250 V 170 V 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 1.3 1.4 +24 VDC GND 120 V 80 V 54 V 36 V 24 V N 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 RMS 3.1 3.3 3.2 3.4 OUT I OUT U GNDI GNDU 1.3 1.4 +24 VDC GND Technical data Technical data -550 V DC ... 550 V DC -370 V DC ... 370 V DC -250 V DC ... 250 V DC -170 V DC ... 170 V DC -120 V DC ... 120 V DC -80 V DC ... 80 V DC -54 V DC ... 54 V DC -36 V DC ... 36 V DC -24 V DC ... 24 V DC ± 20% / ± 20% - ± 660 V DC U output -10 ... 10 V ≤11 V >10 kΩ 50 mV 5,500 kΩ 3,700 kΩ 2,500 kΩ 1,700 kΩ 1,200 kΩ 800 kΩ 800 kΩ 800 kΩ 240 kΩ I output -20 ... 20 mA ≤22 mA <500 Ω 50 mV 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC <60 mA <1% (of measuring range end value) <0.015%/K <16 ms In accordance with IEC 61010-1 2 IP20 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant UL 61010 Listed 0 V ... 550 V AC 0 V ... 370 V AC 0 V ... 250 V AC 0 V ... 170 V AC 0 V ... 120 V AC 0 V ... 80 V AC 0 V ... 54 V AC 0 V ... 36 V AC 0 V ... 24 V AC ± 20% / ± 20% 45 Hz ... 405 Hz + 660 V AC U output 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V ≤11 V >10 kΩ 50 mV 5,500 kΩ 3,700 kΩ 2,500 kΩ 1,700 kΩ 1,200 kΩ 800 kΩ 800 kΩ 800 kΩ 240 kΩ I output 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA ≤22 mA <500 Ω 50 mV 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC <45 mA <1% (from a measuring range final value, 45 ... 65 Hz) <0.015%/K <180 ms In accordance with EN 50178 2 IP20 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 CE-compliant UL 61010 Listed Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data MCR-voltage transducer, for DC voltages from 0 to ±20 V DC to 0 to ±660 V DC - with screw connection - with Push-in connection MCR voltage transducer, for sinusoidal AC voltages from 0 to 20 V AC to 0 to 660 V AC - with screw connection - with Push-in connection 238 PHOENIX CONTACT MACX MCR-VDC MACX MCR-VDC-PT 2906242 2906243 1 1 MACX MCR-VAC MACX MCR-VAC-PT 2906239 2906244 1 1

239

USB adapter cables Software adapter cables The following adapter cables are available for programming the MCR-S... current transducers: – USB adapter cable – Software adapter cable Monitoring Current measurement For MCR-S-... current transducer  Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 MCR-TTL-RS232-E 2814388 1 1 Description USB adapter cable, D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB), 1.2 m long, for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and MCR-F-... modules For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 239

240

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Utilize solar electricity efficiently Detect errors – increase efficiency: photovoltaic systems should achieve maximum energy yield within the shortest possible time. SOLARCHECK provides reliable information regarding the performance of your photovoltaic system. It can be used to detect faults, which may be caused by damaged panels, defective contacts or damage in the cabling. This allows you to implement countermeasures quickly, thereby increasing the efficiency of your system. Current topic: reliable monitoring Energy of the future Whether a small roof-top system on a family home or a megawatt outdoor system: for reliable operation, the photovoltaic market requires monitoring systems where status information is continuously available and visualization is easy. Phoenix Contact offers a comprehensive portfolio of hardware and software products specifically designed for this purpose. From installation to monitoring. The brochure “Solar power – Solutions for photovoltaics” includes additional innovative solutions for your photovoltaic system, such as: – Connection technology – Surge protection – Hardware and software solutions – Generator connection boxes – Integral park management 240 PHOENIX CONTACT

241

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics 1500 V DC Contact-free current measurement Contact-free measurement using Hall sensors offers many advantages: – Safe isolation is already ensured by the cable insulation – No contact resistance due to additional contact points – Reliable current transfer, as there is no direct intervention in the string circuit Space-saving installation without an additional power supply With a width of just 22.5 mm, the narrow measuring module bundles the cables in a confined space. – The 2-conductor communication cable is also used to supply the measuring modules – This means that one communication module supplies up to eight measuring modules – without an additional power supply Flexible expansion Optional extension of voltage measurement up to 1,500 V DC – Also suitable for grounded systems – Suitable for PV systems with extra high system voltages – Flexible use, even outside the SOLARCHECK system GSM E I2 I10 AV TR UL US UM RDY FAIL BSA PF I5 I7 I6 I8 I13 I14 I15 I16 MRESET STOP RUN/PROG LNK ACT SCK-C-MODBUS Modbus RTU slave SCK-C-MODBUS Modbus RTU slave 1....8 x SCK-M-... 1....8 x SCK-M-... +24V GND1 GND1 +24V GND1 GND1 COM B GND2 GND2 T6 T8 A T5 T7 COM B GND2 GND2 T6 T8 A T5 T7 SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-4S-... SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-4S-... P_OUT 0...10V 0...10V UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN STRING CURRENT P_OUT 0...10V 0...10V UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN STRING CURRENT P_OUT 0...10V 0...10V UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN STRING CURRENT P_OUT P_OUT 0...10V 0...10V 0...10V 0...10V UOUT UOUT GND1 GND1 GND2 GND2 UIN UIN STRING STRING CURRENT CURRENT P_OUT P_OUT 0...10V 0...10V 0...10V 0...10V UOUT UOUT GND1 GND1 GND2 GND2 UIN UIN STRING STRING CURRENT CURRENT P_OUT P_OUT 0...10V 0...10V 0...10V 0...10V UOUT UOUT GND1 GND1 GND2 GND2 UIN UIN STRING STRING CURRENT CURRENT 1 4 2 3 0 9 2 . o N r e d r O P TX 1 4 2 3 0 9 2 . o N r e d r O P TX 2 4 2 3 0 9 2 . o N r e d r O P TX A 0 2 - S 4 - I - - M K C S A 0 2 - S 8 - I - - M K C S A 0 2 - S 8 - I - - M K C S SCK BUS D_IN SCK BUS D_IN SCK BUS D_IN C D A 0 2 . . . 0 x 8 ≤ C D A 0 2 . . . 0 x 8 ≤ C D A 0 2 . . . 0 x 4 ≤ SCK-M-U-1500V VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC - ! + 1 9 5 3 0 9 2 . o N r e d r O V 0 0 5 1 - U M K C S - - 2...10 V OUT + - 24V 0V P - In PE V 0 0 5 1 x 1 1 9 4 3 2 2 3 3 0 0 9 9 2 2 . . o o N N r r e e d d r r O O P P TX TX A A 0 4 2 - - S S 8 8 - - I I - - - - M M K K C C S S 1 9 4 3 2 2 3 3 0 0 9 9 2 2 . . o o N N r r e e d d r r O O P P TX TX 2 9 4 3 2 2 3 3 0 0 9 9 2 2 . . o o N N r r e e d d r r O O P P TX TX A A 0 4 2 - - S S 8 4 - - I I - - - - M M K K C C S S A A 0 4 2 - - S S 8 8 - - I I - - - - M M K K C C S S SCK BUS SCK BUS D_IN D_IN SCK BUS SCK BUS D_IN D_IN SCK BUS SCK BUS D_IN D_IN C D A 0 2 . . . 0 x 8 ≤ C D A 0 2 . . . 0 x 8 ≤ C D A 0 2 . . . 0 x 4 ≤ SCK-M-U-1500V VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC - ! + 1 9 5 3 0 9 2 . o N r e d r O V 0 0 5 1 - U M K C S - - 2...10 V OUT + - 24V 0V P - In PE V 0 0 5 1 x 1 Easy integration in monitoring systems The modular SOLARCHECK monitoring system consists of various measuring modules for current and voltage measurement and an associated communication module. The communication module collects the measured values from the current measuring modules and forwards them to a higher- level controller. You can acquire up to eight or four string currents with one current measuring module each. A maximum of eight current measuring modules of any type can be connected to one communication module. The 2-conductor communication cable is also used to supply the measuring modules with power. This means that no additional power supply is required in the field. The voltage measuring module is connected to and also supplied via the analog input provided on the 8-channel current measuring modules. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 241

242

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Solar system monitoring PV string monitoring SOLARCHECK The modular SOLARCHECK monitoring system consists of various devices for current and voltage measurement and an associated communication module. Communication module: – For connecting and collecting measured values from up to eight measuring modules – Provision of data for transfer to higher-level controllers Current measuring modules: – 8-channel current measurement up to 20 A DC – Detection of reverse currents up to -1 A – 4-channel extension modules for 20 A DC – Internal temperature monitoring – Digital input for monitoring, e.g., the remote indication contacts of surge protection modules – Supply via the communication module Voltage measuring module – Voltage measurement up to 1,500 V DC in any grounded PV system – Connection and supply is usually via the analog input (0 to 10 V) provided on the 8-channel SOLARCHECK current measuring module – Voltage measurement is output as an analog signal 2 to 10 V – As an option, can also be removed from the SOLARCHECK group and used separately Supply Supply voltage Own current consumption Measuring input Current measuring range Transmission error, maximum Temperature coefficient Reverse current detection Number of measuring channels Voltage measuring range Connection method Digital input Controlled by external floating contact Analog input Input voltage range Analog output Output voltage range SCK-C-MODBUS data interface Cable length (for 0.15 mm²) Communication protocol Serial port Serial transmission speed Cable length Communication protocol General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA UL, USA/Canada H D W Communication module RS-485 (Modbus RTU)    Housing width 22.5 mm T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T U P N I S U B D O M K C S - C RS-485 DC DC A B GND2 GND2 +24 V +24 V GND1 GND1 Technical data 24 V DC -10% ... +25% 22 mA (typical) - - - - - - - - - - - Proprietary RS-485 9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps ≤1200 m Modbus/RTU IP20 -20°C ... 70°C 22.5 / 102 / 106 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant 1741 Recognized 508 Listed Ordering data Description Communication module Current measuring module, 8-channel Current measuring module, 4-channel for extension Voltage measuring module Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. SCK-C-MODBUS 2901674 1 242 PHOENIX CONTACT

243

H D W H D W H D W Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Current measuring module, 20 A DC, 8-channel Extension module, 4-channel Current measurement 20 A DC Voltage measuring module, 0...1,500 V DC    Housing width 22.5 mm    Housing width 22.5 mm    Housing width 22.5 mm Digital IN U-IN I-IN + 0...10V – 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C 8x SCK- BUS OUT COM Digital IN C SCK- BUS OUT COM RX U1 1 2 3 4 I-IN 4x 0...1500 V DC U_OUT RX U2 P_IN 0 V 24 V Technical data Technical data Technical data Via SCK-C-MODBUS 43 mA (typical) Via SCK-C-MODBUS 43 mA (typical) 24 V DC -10% ... +25% (or via SSCK-M-I-8S-20A) 8 mA (typical) 0 A DC ... 20 A (UL: 0 A DC...25 A DC) ± 1% (from the measuring range final value) 0 A DC ... 20 A (UL: 0 A DC...25 A DC) ± 1% (from the measuring range final value) - ± 1% (after additional tuning (valid for 100 - 1,500 V DC)) 0.02%/K (TK20) -1 A DC ... 0 mA 8 - Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter 0.02%/K (TK20) -1 A DC ... 0 mA 4 - Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter Floating switch contacts Floating switch contacts 0 V ... 10 V - ≤300 m (0.14 mm²) Proprietary - - - IP20 -20°C ... 70°C 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant 1741 Recognized 508 Listed - - ≤300 m (0.14 mm²) Proprietary - - - IP20 -20°C ... 70°C 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant 1741 Recognized 508 Listed <0.01%/K - 1 0 V DC ... 1,500 V DC Screw connection - - 2 V DC ... 10 V DC - - - - - IP20 -20°C ... 70°C 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant 1741 Recognized 508 Listed Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. SCK-M-I-8S-20A 2903241 1 SCK-M-I-4S-20A 2903242 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 243 SCK-M-U-1500V 2903591 1

244

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics For high system availability Perfect timing EMD monitoring relays can be used to ETD timer relays ensure optimum time detect deviations in important system parameters at an early stage. These can be indicated or system parts can be shut down selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure error-free and cost-effective operation of your system. They are an inexpensive solution for numerous monitoring functions. – Surge voltage and undervoltage – Overcurrent and undercurrent – Phase failure, phase sequence, and phase sequences. The modules are the cost-effective alternative to a PLC: with easy configuration and fast wiring. Choose from two product ranges for your ideal time control application: – Ultra-narrow timer relays each with one time range and one function – Multifunctional timer relays with selectable time ranges and functions asymmetry – Power factor and active power – Motor winding temperature – Levels For system monitoring, choose from two product ranges: compact or multifunctional monitoring relays. Professionally packaged components Special function modules with professional housing and connection technology can be used to integrate electronic components in your system. They can be used to perform a variety of tasks: – Diode modules provide protection against polarity reversal. In addition, they decouple messages in fault reporting systems – Lamp testing modules decouple signals in isolation in the field of fault reporting technology – Display modules simplify troubleshooting and provide help for monitoring processes 244 PHOENIX CONTACT

245

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Compact monitoring relays Ideal for simple monitoring tasks – from series production to building installation. – Compact installation housing – Quick and tool-free wiring with Push-in technology Multifunctional monitoring relays – Parameters can be adjusted easily using rotary switches – Fast error detection, thanks to fine tuning and short response times – Worldwide use, thanks to wide-range Ultra-narrow timer relays The space-saving and inexpensive solution for simple time control applications. – Overall width of just 6.2 mm – saves up to 70% space compared to conventional timer relays – Parameters can be adjusted easily using power supply unit or plug-in transformer – Precise time setting using the illuminated rotary switches – Space saving, with two PDT outputs in thumbwheel – Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status 22.5 mm wide housing – Fast wiring through the use of plug-in LED – Electrically isolated measuring and supply bridges circuits – Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status LEDs Multifunctional timer relays Special function modules For universal use thanks to wide range Special function modules transform of functions. – Just three versions for all conventional time control applications – Two floating PDT outputs on a design width of just 22.5 mm components such as diodes into a shock- proof and dust-proof electronics module. – Easy installation, thanks to electronics housing with IP20 protection that can be installed in a control cabinet – Supply voltage via wide-range power – Fast mounting on DIN rails, thanks to the supply unit foot catch – Optimum setting of times ranging from – User-friendly wiring, thanks to practical milliseconds to several days connection technology For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 245

246

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Monitoring relays Single-phase current monitoring The EMD-BL-C-10 monitors AC currents from 0 to 10 A. – Adjustable response delay – 0 to 5 A or 0 to 10 A measuring range – Adjustable via rotary switch on the front Single-phase voltage monitoring The EMD-BL-V-230 monitors DC and AC voltages. – 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC – Separately adjustable response delay – Adjustable monitoring range – Adjustable via potentiometer on front Functions Input Input ranges Input ranges Input resistance Minimum setting range Maximum setting range Setting range for response delay Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada H D W H D W Current monitoring, 1-phase Overcurrent, undercurrent, window Voltage monitoring, 1-phase Undervoltage, window   Housing width 17.5 mm   Housing width 17.5 mm 16 18 Li Lk N U = 230 V AC 15 24 V DC 24 V AC 230 V AC U1 U2 U3 GND 16 18 15 Technical data Technical data Overcurrent, undercurrent, window Undervoltage, window 0 A ... 5 A 0 A ... 10 A Configurable via rotary switches 3 mΩ 5% ... 95% (from IN) 10% ... 100% (from IN) 0.1 s ... 10 s ≤5% (of the nominal value) ± 5% (of the nominal value) ≤2% 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A / 250 V AC) 1x 105 cycles 15x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 230 V AC ±15% 5 VA (0.8 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0 V DC ... 24 V DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 0 V AC ... 24 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 0 V AC ... 230 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) - - 75% ... 115% (from UN) 80% ... 120% (from UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s ≤5% (of scale end value) ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A / 250 V AC) 1x 105 cycles 15x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) -25% ... +20% (= measuring voltage) 10 VA (at 230 V AC (0.6 W)) 1.3 VA (at 24 V AC (0.8 W)) 0.6 W (at 24 V DC) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact monitoring relays with Push-in connection Compact monitoring relays with screw connection EMD-BL-C-10-PT 2903522 EMD-BL-C-10 2903521 1 1 EMD-BL-V-230-PT 2903524 EMD-BL-V-230 2903523 1 1 246 PHOENIX CONTACT

247

Monitoring relays Three-phase voltage monitoring The EMD-BL-3V-400 monitors three-phase AC voltages. – 3~ 400 V AC/230 V AC ±30% – Separately adjustable response delay – Adjustable monitoring range – Adjustable via potentiometer on front – Supply from the measuring circuit Phase monitoring The EMD-BL-PH-400 monitors three-phase AC voltages. – 3~ 208 to 480 V AC / 120 to 277 V AC – Adjustable response delay – Adjustable asymmetry: 5 to 25% / OFF – Adjustable via potentiometer on front – Supply from the measuring circuit Functions Input Monitoring range Input ranges Minimum setting range Maximum setting range Setting range for response delay Asymmetry Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics H D W H D W Voltage monitoring, 3-phase Window, phase sequence Phase monitoring Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry   Housing width 17.5 mm   Housing width 17.5 mm L1 L2 L3 16 18 15 L1 L2 L3 16 18 15 Technical data Technical data Window, phase sequence 280 V AC ... 519 V AC 3~ 400/230 V 70% ... 120% (from UN) 80% ... 130% (from UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s - ≤5% (of the nominal value) ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A / 250 V AC) 1x 105 cycles 15x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) ±30% (= measuring voltage) 10 VA (1 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry 187 V AC ... 519 V AC 3~ 208 ... 480 V/120 ... 277 V - - 0.1 s ... 10 s 5% ... 25% / OFF ≤5% (of scale end value) ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A / 250 V AC) 1x 105 cycles 15x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) ±10% (= measuring voltage) 10 VA ((1 W) at 400 V/50 Hz) 16 VA ((1.5 W) at 480 V/60 Hz) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact monitoring relays with Push-in connection Compact monitoring relays with screw connection EMD-BL-3V-400-PT 2903526 EMD-BL-3V-400 2903525 1 1 EMD-BL-PH-480-PT 2903528 EMD-BL-PH-480 2903527 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 247

248

H D W Temperature monitoring (motor windings)  Housing width 17.5 mm U = 230 V AC 12 14 T1 T2 A1 A2 11 Technical data Winding temperature monitoring ≤1.5 kΩ ≥3.6 kΩ (relay drops out) ≤1.6 kΩ (relay picks up) ± 10% (of scale end value) 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A / 250 V AC) 1x 105 cycles 15x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 230 V AC (-15% ... +10%) 3.5 VA (0.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant Ordering data Functions Input Total cold resistance Response value Release value Basic accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact monitoring relays with Push-in connection with screw connection EMD-BL-PTC-PT EMD-BL-PTC 2906253 2906252 1 1 Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Monitoring relays Thermistor monitoring The EMD-SL-PTC monitors the temperature of motor windings. – Response value ≥ 3.6 kΩ – Release value ≤1.6 kΩ – DIN 44081- / DIN 44082-compliant – Sensors can be connected in series 248 PHOENIX CONTACT

250

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Monitoring relays Single-phase current monitoring EMD-...C... monitoring relays monitor DC and AC currents within the range of 0 to 10 A. – Separately adjustable startup and release delays – Variable supply voltage range – Adjustable via potentiometer on front H D W H D W Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring Over or undercurrent monitoring   Housing width 22.5 mm I1 I2 I3 GND 100 mA 1 A 10 A A1 A2 U = 24...240 V AC/DC   Housing width 22.5 mm 16 18 26 28 15 25 I1 I2 I3 GND A1 A2 100 mA 1 A 10 A 16 18 15 POWER U = 24 V DC MODULE 24...230 V AC Technical data Technical data Overcurrent, undercurrent, window, error memory EMD-SL-C-OC-10 Overcurrent EMD-SL-C-UC-10 Undercurrent 0 mA ... 100 mA (connection terminals: I1 and GND) 0 A ... 1 A (connection terminals: I2 and GND) 0 A ... 10 A (connection terminals: I3 and GND) 470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A) 0 mA ... 100 mA (connection terminals: I1 and GND) 0 A ... 1 A (connection terminals: I2 and GND) 0 A ... 10 A (connection terminals: I3 and GND) 470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A) 5% ... 95% (from IN) 10% ... 100% (from IN) 0.1 s ... 10 s 0 s ... 10 s ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 5% ... 95% (from IN) 10% ... 100% (from IN) 0.2 s ... 10 s - ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 1 floating PDT 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10% 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25% 4.5 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 24 V AC ... 230 V AC (see Power modules) 24 V DC (see Power modules) 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Functions Input Input ranges Input resistance Minimum setting range Maximum setting range Setting range for response delay Setting range for starting delay Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage range Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Electronic monitoring relay Power module Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC 250 PHOENIX CONTACT EMD-FL-C-10 2866022 1 EMD-SL-C-OC-10 EMD-SL-C-UC-10 EMD-SL-PS- 24DC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866019 2867937 2885359 2866103 2866116 2885731 2866129 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

251

Monitoring relays Single-phase voltage monitoring EMD-...V... monitoring relays monitor DC and AC voltages within the range 0 to 300 V. – Separately adjustable startup and release delays – Variable supply voltage range – Adjustable via potentiometer on front Functions Input Input ranges Input resistance Minimum setting range Maximum setting range Setting range for response delay Setting range for starting delay Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage range Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics H D W H D W Undervoltage and overvoltage monitoring Undervoltage monitoring   Housing width 22.5 mm U1 U2 U3 GND 30 V 60 V 300 V A1 A2 U = 24...240 V AC/DC   Housing width 22.5 mm 16 18 26 28 15 25 U1 U2 U3 GND A1 A2 30 V 60 V 300 V 16 18 15 POWER MODULE U = 24 V DC 24...230 V AC Technical data Technical data Undervoltage, overvoltage, window, error memory Undervoltage 0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 5% ... 95% (from UN) 10% ... 100% (from UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s 0 s ... 10 s ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 5% ... 95% (from UN) 10% ... 100% (from UN) 0.2 s ... 10 s - ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 1 floating PDT 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10% 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25% 4.5 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 24 V AC ... 230 V AC (see Power modules) 24 V DC (see Power modules) 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Electronic monitoring relay Power module Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC EMD-FL-V-300 2866048 1 EMD-SL-V-UV-300 EMD-SL-PS- 24DC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866035 2885359 2866103 2866116 2885731 2866129 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 251

252

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Monitoring relays Three-phase voltage monitoring EMD-...-3V... monitoring relays monitor three-phase AC voltages of 160 to 897 V AC (depending on the device concerned). – Adjustable response delay – Variable supply voltage range thanks to pluggable power module (order separately) – Adjustable via potentiometer on front – Adjustable asymmetry H D W H D W Undervoltage and phase monitoring, Undervoltage and phase monitoring, 400 V or 230 V 500 V or 690 V   Housing width 22.5 mm   Housing width 45 mm 16 18 26 28 16 18 26 28 L1 L2 L3 (N) 15 25 A1 A2 U = 24...240 V AC/DC L1 L2 L3 A1 A2 15 25 POWER MODULE U = 230...500 V AC Technical data Technical data EMD-FL-3V-400 Undervoltage, window, asymmetry, phase sequence, phase failure EMD-FL-3V-230 Undervoltage, window, asymmetry, phase sequence, phase failure EMD-FL-3V-690 Undervoltage, window, asymmetry, phase sequence, phase failure EMD-FL-3V-500 Undervoltage, window, asymmetry, phase sequence, phase failure 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 3 N ~ 400/230 V 1 MΩ -30% ... 20% (from UN) -20% ... 30% (from UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s 5% ... 25% / OFF ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 161 V AC ... 299 V AC 3 N ~ 230/132 V 470 kΩ 5% ... 25% / OFF 483 V AC ... 897 V AC 3 ~ 690 V 1 MΩ -30% ... 20% (from UN) -20% ... 30% (from UN) 0.1 s ... 10 s 5% ... 25% / OFF ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 350 V AC ... 650 V AC 3 ~ 500 V 1 MΩ 5% ... 25% / OFF 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 230 V AC 24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10% 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25% 4.5 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 230 V AC ... 500 V AC (see Power modules) 4.5 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 45 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Functions Input Monitoring range Input ranges Input resistance Minimum setting range Maximum setting range Setting range for response delay Asymmetry Basic accuracy Setting accuracy Repeat accuracy Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Supply voltage range Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Electronic monitoring relay Power module Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC Supply voltage 425 ... 550 V AC 252 PHOENIX CONTACT EMD-FL-3V-400 EMD-FL-3V-230 2866064 2885773 1 1 EMD-FL-3V-690 EMD-FL-3V-500 EMD-SL-PS45-230AC EMD-SL-PS45-400AC EMD-SL-PS45-500AC 2885249 2867979 2885294 2885304 2885317 1 1 1 1 1

253

H D W H D W H D W Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Undervoltage/overvoltage monitoring, 400 V with/without neutral conductor Phase monitoring, 400 V Phase monitoring, 690 V   Housing width 22.5 mm   Housing width 22.5 mm   Housing width 22.5 mm L1 L2 L3 A1 A2 16 18 15 POWER MODULE U = 24 V DC 24...230 V AC L1 L2 L3 (N) 12 14 22 24 16 18 26 28 L1 L2 L3 11 21 15 25 Technical data Technical data Technical data EMD-SL-3V-400 Window, without neutral conductor connection EMD-SL-3V-400-N Window, with neutral conductor connection 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 3 N ~ 400/230 V 1 MΩ 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 3 ~ 400 V 1 MΩ -30% ... 20% (from UN) -20% ... 30% (from UN) 0.2 s ... 10 s ± 5% (of scale end value) ≤5% (of scale end value) ≤2% Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry Undervoltage, phase sequence, phase failure 342 V AC ... 457 V AC 3 N ~ 400/230 V 15 kΩ - - ≤350 ms (fixed setting) Fixed, approx. 30% - - - 177 V AC ... 794 V AC 3~ 208 V ... 690 V - - - 0.1 s ... 10 s 25% ≤3% (of scale end value) ≤5% (of scale end value) ≤2% 1 floating PDT 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2 floating PDT contacts 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC at +55°C) 150 VA (5 A/30 V DC at +55°C) 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 24 V AC ... 230 V AC (see Power modules) 24 V DC (see Power modules) 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) From the measured voltage - 9 VA IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 2x 105 cycles 20x 106 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) ±15% (= measuring voltage) ±15% (= measuring voltage) 2 VA (1.2 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 70°C (C300) 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. EMD-SL-3V-400 EMD-SL-3V-400-N EMD-SL-PS- 24DC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866051 2885278 2885359 2866103 2866116 2885731 2866129 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EMD-SL-PH-400 2866077 1 EMD-SL-PH-690 2905597 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 253

254

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Monitoring relays Effective power monitoring The active power in single and 3-phase networks is monitored with the EMD-FL-RP-480 active power monitoring relay. – Monitoring range up to 7.2 kW – Separately adjustable startup and release delays – Temperature monitoring of the motor winding – Variable supply voltage range – Detection of switched off loads Load monitoring (cos φ) The EMD-FL-PF-400 monitoring relay is a cos φ monitor for load monitoring in single or three-phase networks. H D W H D W Effective power monitoring Load monitoring (cos φ)  Housing width 45 mm   Housing width 22.5 mm i k L1 L2 L3 T1 T2 16 18 15 26 28 L1I L2 L3 L1K 16 18 26 28 15 25 Y1 Y2 25 A1 A2 POWER MODULE supply≤ 500 V AC A1 A2 U = 24...240 V AC/DC Technical data Technical data Functions Input Description of the input Measured value Measuring ranges PN Nominal input voltage UN Input ranges Input ranges Minimum setting range Maximum setting range Switching threshold cos φ Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage range Nominal power consumption Rated insulation voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Underload, overload, window, winding temperature monitoring Underload, overload, Window Voltage input AC sine (10 Hz ... 400 Hz) Can be switched between 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 3 kW and 6 kW - AC sine (10 ... 100 Hz) - 480 V (3 N ~ 480/277 V) 0 V AC ... 480 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load) 0 V AC ... 480 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load) 0.15 A ... 6 A (range: 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW) 0.3 A ... 12 A (range: 3 kW and 6 kW) 5% ... 110% (of PN) 10% ... 120% (of PN) - - Min. Max. 3 N ~ 415/240 V 40 V AC ... 415 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load) 40 V AC ... 415 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load) 0.5 A ... 10 A (connection terminal blocks: L1i and L1k) - - 0.1 ... 0.99 0.2 ... 1 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 110 V AC ... 500 V AC (see Power modules) 3.5 VA (3 W) 300 V (in accordance with EN 50178) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 45 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10% 24 V DC ... 240 V DC (-20% ... +25%) 4.5 VA (1.5 W) 300 V (in accordance with EN 50178) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant UL applied for CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Electronic monitoring relay Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time! Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC Supply voltage 425 ... 550 V AC 254 PHOENIX CONTACT EMD-FL-RP-480 2900177 EMD-SL-PS45-230AC EMD-SL-PS45-400AC EMD-SL-PS45-500AC 2885294 2885304 2885317 1 1 1 1 EMD-FL-PF-400 2885809 1

255

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics H D W H D W Filling level monitoring The EMD-SL-LL-... monitoring relay monitors the level of electrically conductive liquids with the help of conductive probes (not supplied as standard). – Adjustable response delay – Adjustable via potentiometer on front Temperature monitoring (motor windings) Filling level monitoring   Housing width 22.5 mm   Housing width 22.5 mm 12 14 22 24 16 18 26 28 T1 T2 R A1 A2 E1 E2 E3 11 21 POWER MODULE U = 24 V DC 24...230 V AC A1 A2 U = 230 V AC 15 25 Technical data Technical data Winding temperature monitoring <1.5 kΩ ≥3.6 kΩ (relay drops out) ≤1.8 kΩ (relay picks up) ± 10% (of scale end value) ≤2% - - - - - Pumping up (minimum monitoring), pumping down (maximum monitoring) - - - - - Conductive probe, type: SK1, SK2, SK3 16 V AC 7 mA <1,000 m (line capacity 100 nF/km; set value <50%) <100 m (line capacity 100 nF/km; set value 100%) 0.25 kΩ ... 100 kΩ (4 mS ... 1 μS) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA 2x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1,000 VA Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) 24 V AC ... 230 V AC (see Power modules) 24 V DC (see Power modules) 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 Approx. 2x 107 cycles 5 A (fast-blow) EMD-SL-LL-230 230 V AC -15% ... +15% AC EMD-SL-LL-110 110 V AC -10% ... +15% AC 2 VA (1.5 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. EMD-SL-PTC EMD-SL-PS- 24DC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC EMD-SL-PS-120AC EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866093 2885359 2866103 2866116 2885731 2866129 1 1 1 1 1 1 EMD-SL-LL-230 EMD-SL-LL-110 2885906 2901137 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 255 Functions Input Total cold resistance Response value Release value Basic accuracy Repeat accuracy Measuring input Maximum probe voltage Maximum probe current Length of probe cable Switching Threshold Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Electrical service life Mechanical service life Output fuse General data Supply voltage Supply voltage range Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Description Electronic monitoring relay Power module Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

256

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Compact timer relays The multifunctional timer relay offers universal use thanks to a variety of functions and various time settings. The rotary switches on the front of the housing allow easy configuration. The compact design also allows flexible use. Main features: – Adjustable time – Time range: 50 ms to 1 h – Non-floating control input – Delay functions – Wiper functions – Output: one electrically isolated PDT – Clear diagnostics via status LED H D W Multifunctional timer relay   B1 16 18 A1 A2 t U = 24...240 V AC/DC 15 Technical data E: with switch-on delay Rs: with release delay and control contact Es: with switch-on delay and control contact Ws: with single shot leading edge and control contact Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 ≥50 ms (DC) 1 floating PDT 1250 VA (5 A / 250 V AC) 15x 106 cycles 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25% IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant UL 508 Listed Ordering data Functions Control contact Connection Control pulse length Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Mechanical service life General data Supply voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W/H/D Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact timer relay, multifunctional, with screw connection Compact timer relay, multifunctional, with Push-in connection ETD-BL-1T-230 ETD-BL-1T-230-PT 2905813 2905814 1 1 256 PHOENIX CONTACT

257

Compact timer relays As an impulse encoder with adjustable times, the ETD-BL-2T-I-230 offers a range of flashing functions. The rotary switches on the front of the housing allow easy configuration. The compact design also allows flexible use. Main features: – Two adjustable times – Time ranges: 50 ms to 100 h – Flashing function – Wide-range power supply unit – Output: two floating changeover contacts – Clear diagnostics via status LED Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics H D W Impulse encoder, adjustable pulse and pause times  16 18 B1 A1(+) A2(-) t U = 24...240 V AC/DC 15 Technical data lp: switched-mode beginning with the pause li: switched-mode beginning with the pulse 50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges) Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 ≥50 ms (DC) 1 floating PDT 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 24 V AC/DC ... 240 V AC/DC -10% ... +15% 2.5 VA (1 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C 17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 CE-compliant Ordering data Functions Time ranges Setting range Control contact Connection Control pulse length Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Mechanical service life General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W/H/D Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact timer relay, impulse encoder - with Push-in connection - with screw connection ETD-BL-2T-I-230-PT ETD-BL-2T-I-230 2907714 2907713 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 257

258

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Plug-in timer modules for RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4 The multifunctional plug-in timer module transforms a relay module into a timer relay. RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be equipped with this module. Using DIP switches, three time functions and four time ranges can be selected. Detailed time settings are made using a potentiometer. Relays can be operated with an input voltage of 12, or 24 V AC/DC. The time functions: – With switch-on delay – With passing make contact – Pulse generator Time ranges: – 0.5 to 10 s – 5 to 100 s – 0.5 to 10 min – 5 to 100 min With switch-on delay U LED Input data Nominal input voltage UN Nominal input voltage range with reference to UN Input circuit Output data Limiting continuous current General data Mounting position Repeat accuracy Ambient temperature (operation) T t<T t Standards/specifications Timer module for RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay modules for 12 to 24 V AC/DC input voltage       A2- A1+ t 12 14 22 24 32 34 42 44 11 21 31 41 Technical data 24 V DC (AC operation only permitted for RIF-1) 0.4 ... 1.2 Varistor, yellow LED ≤250 mA (relay coil current) any 1% -25°C ... 50°C (RIF-1, AC coil, 2 PDTs at 6 A) -25°C ... 50°C (RIF-1, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 5 A) -25°C ... 40°C (RIF-2, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A) -25°C ... 40°C (RIF-2, DC coil, 4 PDTs at 5 A) -25°C ... 40°C (RIF-3, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 6.75 A) -25°C ... 40°C (RIF-3, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A) -25°C ... 35°C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 8 A) -25°C ... 25°C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 N/O contacts at 8 A) DIN EN 50178 Ordering data Passing make contact Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. U LED Timer module, for mounting on RIF-1 to RIF-4, with LED status indicator for extending a relay module to create a timer relay with an input voltage of 24 V AC/DC RIF-T3-24UC 2902647 1 T t<T t Pulse generator U LED T T T t<T t 258 PHOENIX CONTACT

260

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Ultra-narrow timer relays The ETD-BL-1T-... ultra-narrow timer relays show their strengths in applications that involve set parameters for functionality and time range. – Application-oriented device selection: One function, one time range – High level of setting accuracy, thanks to labeled and illuminated thumb wheel – 6.2 mm slim design width 24 V DC + – L1 N A1+ A2- B1 11 14 12 Conveyor belt 1 starts immediately 24 V DC + – L1 N A1+ A2- B1 11 14 12 2 Conveyor belt 2 stars with a time delay 260 PHOENIX CONTACT D W H Timer relay with switch-on delay, voltage controlled    Ex:  12 14 A1 + A2 – t U = 24 V DC 11 Technical data ON: with switch-on delay - min. 50 ms 1 floating PDT 1,500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC) 15 mA (relay ON) 7 mA (relay OFF) 6 kV (in accordance with EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 30 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Functions Control contact Connection Control pulse length Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Mechanical service life General data Supply voltage Typical nominal current Impulse withstand voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX UL, USA/Canada 2 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact timer relay, with screw connection Time range 0.1...10 s Time range 3...300 s Time range 0.3...30 min Time range 3...300 min Compact timer relay, with Push-in connection Time range 0.1...10 s Time range 3...300 s Time range 0.3...30 min Time range 3...300 min ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT 2917379 2917382 2917395 2917405 2901476 2901477 2901478 2901479 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

261

D W H D W H D W H Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Timer relay with switch-on delay, with control contact Timer relay with off delay, with control contact Timer relay with flashing indic. function, beginning with the pulse    Ex:     Ex:     Ex:  B1 12 14 B1 12 14 12 14 A1 + A2 – t A1 + A2 – t A1 + A2 – t U = 24 V DC 11 U = 24 V DC 11 U = 24 V DC 11 Technical data Technical data Technical data ON-CC: with switch-on delay with control contact OFF-CC: off delay with control contact F: flashing beginning with pulse Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 min. 50 ms 1 floating PDT 1,500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC) 15 mA (relay ON) 7 mA (relay OFF) 6 kV (in accordance with EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 30 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 min. 50 ms 1 floating PDT 1,500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC) 15 mA (relay ON) 7 mA (relay OFF) 6 kV (in accordance with EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 30 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL/C-UL listed UL 508 - min. 50 ms 1 floating PDT 1,500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC) 15 mA (relay ON) 7 mA (relay OFF) 6 kV (in accordance with EN 50178) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 30 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 CE-compliant  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT 2917418 2917421 2917434 2917447 2901480 2901481 2901483 2901484 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT 2917450 2917463 2917467 2917489 2901485 2901486 2901487 2901488 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S ETD-BL-1T-F-300S ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT 2917492 2917502 2917515 2917528 2901489 2901490 2901491 2901492 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 261

262

new D W H Multifunctional timer relay Housing width 6.2 mm Technical data E: with switch-on delay Es: with switch-on delay and control contact Rs: with release delay and control contact Bi: flashing beginning with pulse 0.1 s ... 300 min. (4 time end ranges) Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 ≥50 ms 1 floating PDT 1,500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 24 V DC (19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC) 0.45 W (at 24 V DC) IP20 -20°C ... 65°C Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 30 - 12 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Functions Time ranges Setting range Control contact Connection Control pulse length Relay output Contact type Switching capacity Mechanical service life General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Multifunctional timer relays with adjustable functions and time, with screw connection Multifunctional timer relays with adjustable functions and time, with Push-in connection PLC-TR-1T-MUL-300M 2910140 PLC-TR-1T-MUL-300M-PT 2910141 1 1 Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Ultra-narrow multifunctional timer relays Ultra-narrow multifunctional TR-PLC timer relays are the most cost-effective and space-saving solution for simple time control applications. – Four time range settings – Four function selections – Select devices with ease: Choose the function and time range you want using DIP switches – Illuminated thumbwheel for accurate time settings – Space-saving: overall width of just 6.2 mm The desired function and time range can be set using the DIP switches on the side of the device: DIP switch Function DIP switch Time range S3 OFF OFF ON ON S4 OFF ON OFF ON E Es Rs Bi S2 OFF OFF ON ON S1 OFF ON OFF ON 0.1 … 10 s 3 … 300 s 0.3 … 30 min 3 … 300 min 262 PHOENIX CONTACT

264

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Multifunctional timer relays The full range of conventional applications can be accommodated by the three versions of the ETD multifunctional timer relay. – Suitable for universal use thanks to varied functions and selectable time ranges – Time ranges from a few milliseconds to several days – Variable supply voltage range – 2 floating PDT outputs Functions Time ranges Setting range Control contact Connection Load capacity Cable length Control pulse length Relay output Contact type Switching capacity T<T1 A1 25 Y1 Y2 WATCHDOG 26 25 16 18 28 A2 Function: pulse sequence evaluation T<T1 T T1> Mechanical service life General data Supply voltage Nominal power consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Housing material Dimensions W/H/D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada H D W Multifunctional timer relay, two adjustable times   Housing width 22.5 mm Y1 Y2 16 18 26 28 A1 A2 t Z2 Z1 U = 24...240 V AC/DC 15 25 Technical data lp: switched-mode beginning with the pause li: switched-mode beginning with the pulse ER: with switch-on and release delay with control contact EWu: with switch-on delay and single shot leading edge, voltage controlled EWs: with switch-on delay and single shot leading edge with control contact WsWa: with single shot leading edge and single shot trailing edge with control contact Wt: pulse sequence evaluation (retriggerable release delay) 50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges) Floating, basic isolation between connection and input/output/bridge Y1-Y2 Cannot carry load <10 m min. 50 ms (only with Wt function: >7 ms) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) Approx. 2x 107 cycles 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25% 24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10% 2.5 VA (1 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data A1 25 Y1 Y2 WATCHDOG 26 25 16 18 28 A2 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Electronic timer relay with adjustable functions and times ETD-FL-2T-DTI 2866187 1 Message for incorrect pulse 264 PHOENIX CONTACT

265

H D W H D W Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Multifunctional timer relay, one adjustable time Impulse encoder, adjustable pulse and pause times   Housing width 22.5 mm   Housing width 22.5 mm B1 16 18 26 28 16 18 26 28 A1 A2 t A1 A2 t U = 24...240 V AC/DC 15 25 U = 24...240 V AC/DC 15 25 Technical data Technical data E: with switch-on delay Rs: with release delay and control contact Es: with switch-on delay and control contact Wu: with single shot leading edge, voltage controlled Ws: with single shot leading edge and control contact Wa: with single shot trailing edge and control contact Bi: flashing beginning with pulse Bp: flashing beginning with pause lp: switched-mode beginning with the pause li: switched-mode beginning with the pulse 50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges) 50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges) Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 Parallel switched minimum load current 1 VA (0.5 W), terminals A2-B1 <10 m min. 70 ms - - - - 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) 2 floating PDT contacts 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥5 mm spacing) Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25% 24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10% 2.5 VA (1 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20% ... +25% 24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15% ... +10% 2.5 VA (1 W) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) -25°C ... 55°C Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 -25°C ... 55°C Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant UL/C-UL listed UL 508 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ETD-SL-1T-DTF 2866161 1 ETD-SL-2T-I 2866174 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 265

266

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics Diode modules Diode circuits perform various tasks in electrical control systems, particularly in electronic ones: – Electrical decoupling of messages in fault signaling systems – Spark-suppression diodes for limiting surge voltages of inductive loads, (solenoid valves, DC relays or similar) – Can be supplied as “diode gates” combined with anode or cathode or as freely assignable diodes D W H D W H With diode type 1 N 4007 With diode type 1 N 5408 Notes: Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at phoenixcontact.net/products.   1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 Diodes Max. operating voltage Umax Peak reverse voltage per diode Reverse current per diode Conducting state voltage per diode Conducting state current per diode General data Ambient temperature range Degree of pollution Mounting position Mounting Dimensions H / D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 Technical data Technical data 4E / 8E / 17E / 7P / 7M 14P / 14M / 32P / 32M 4E-... / 4P-... / 4M-... / 8E-... 8P-... / 8M-... 1300 V 5 µA Approx. 0.8 V with single load with simultaneous loads 0.7 A 0.5 A 1300 V 5 µA Approx. 0.8 V 0.7 A 0.2 A -20°C ... 50°C 2 (in accordance with EN 50178) Any In rows with zero spacing 75 / 55 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 1,000 V 10 µA Approx. 0.8 V 1.5 A 1 A 1,000 V 10 µA Approx. 0.8 V 1.5 A 0.3 A -20°C ... 50°C 2 (in accordance with EN 50178) Any In rows with zero spacing 75 / 55 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant CE-compliant Ordering data Ordering data Description Housing width Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Diode module, can be individually wired 4 diodes 8 diodes 17 diodes Diode module, with P polarity (common cathode) 4 diodes 7 diodes 8 diodes 14 diodes 32 diodes Diode module, with M polarity (common anode) 4 diodes 7 diodes 8 diodes 14 diodes 32 diodes 22.5 mm 45 mm 90 mm EMG 22-DIO 4E EMG 45-DIO 8E EMG 90-DIO 17E 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm 45 mm 90 mm 22.5 mm 22.5 mm 45 mm 45 mm 90 mm EMG 22-DIO 7P EMG 45-DIO14P EMG 90-DIO 32P EMG 22-DIO 7M EMG 45-DIO14M EMG 90-DIO 32M 2950048 2950103 2954895 2950064 2950116 2954918 2950077 2950129 2954934 Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 Accessories 10 5 5 10 5 5 10 5 5 50 EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408 EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408 EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408 EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408 EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408 EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408 2952790 2949389 2952198 2954879 2952211 2954882 10 5 10 5 10 5 Accessories EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 266 PHOENIX CONTACT

267

Monitoring Monitoring and diagnostics D W H D W H Lamp testing module, groups of 2 diodes with common cathode Light indicator module, with common return line Lamp testing modules Lamp testing modules for checking lamps that are installed and ready for operation: – Individual checking of separate lamps (EMG...-E/LP) – Centrally controlled checking of lamps (EMG...-M/LP) Display modules – Light indicator modules facilitate the monitoring of processes on electronic control systems during troubleshooting Notes: Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at phoenixcontact.net/products.   1 4 7 10 1 2 3 4 Diodes Max. operating voltage Umax Peak reverse voltage per diode Reverse current per diode Conducting state voltage per diode Conducting state current per diode Input Current required per light indicator General data Ambient temperature range Degree of pollution Mounting position Mounting Dimensions H / D Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance 2 3 5 6 8 9 11 12 5 6 7 0 Technical data Technical data 8E/16E 1300 V ≤5 µA Approx. 0.8 V with single load with simultaneous loads 0.7 A 0.4 A 14M/32M 1300 V ≤5 µA Approx. 0.8 V 0.7 A 0.2 A LA 7S LED 7S/LED 14S -20°C ... 50°C 2 (in accordance with EN 50178) Any In rows with zero spacing 75 / 55 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Approx. 1 mA Approx. 3 mA -20°C ... 45°C 2 (in accordance with EN 50178) Any In rows with zero spacing 75 / 47.5 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 CE-compliant CE-compliant Ordering data Ordering data Description Housing width Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Lamp testing module, for individual wiring Lamp testing module, with common control 4-pair 8-pair 45 mm 90 mm EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP 7-pair 16-pair 45 mm 90 mm EMG 45-DIO14M/LP EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP Light indicator module, 110 ... 230 V AC input voltage Light indicator module, 24 V DC input voltage 7 LEDs and shared return line 22.5 mm 7 red LEDs and shared return line 14 red LEDs and shared return line 22.5 mm 45 mm 2954798 2954808 2950132 2954785 5 5 5 5 EMG 22-LA 7S/230 2949677 EMG 22-LED 7S/24 2952305 EMG 45-LED 14S/24 2952334 10 10 5 Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 Accessories Accessories For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 267

269

Product range overview Product overview Basics of relay technology Basics of solid-state relay technology Sensor/actuator configuration aids and handling of interference signals RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules 360 PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system 428 Relay modules in terminal block design – DEK series 438 Special relays and solid-state relay modules 444 270 272 276 278 280 Relay modules The importance of the reliability of industrial automation equipment is growing with the increase in use of electronic modules. Modern relays or solid-state relay interfaces perform a wide range of tasks. No matter what the field – production technology, electrical equipment for machines, control engineering for power distribution, building automation, or process engineering – the aim is to ensure signal exchange between process peripherals and the higher-level central control systems. And this exchange must be reliable, floating, and electrically unambiguous. Safe electrical interface modules that meet the requirements of modern system concepts must include the following features: – Coupling of different signal levels – Safe electrical isolation between input and output – High interference insensitivity In practice, a relay interface comes into use when a flexible interface configuration with a large switching capacity range and the possibility of combining different types of contact is required. Further important features of relay interfaces are: – Electrical isolation between open contacts – Switching of independent switching current types – High short-term overload resistance in the event of a short circuit or voltage peaks – Practically impervious to electromagnetic fields – Simple handling Solid-state relay modules are used when an interface between the process peripherals and electronics is subject to the following requirements: – Low control power – High switching frequencies – Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching – Insensitive to vibrations and shocks – Long service life PHOENIX CONTACT 269

270

Relay modules Product overview RIFLINE complete RIF-0 for relays and solid-state relays Page 282 RIF-1 for relays and solid-state relays Page 288 RIF -1 relay module with force-guided contacts Page 338 RIF-2 for industrial relays Page 298 PLC-INTERFACE With relay/solid-state relay As sensor/actuator version Page 364 Page 374 For high inrush/continuous currents Page 382 Resistant to interference currents/voltages Page 388 For Ex areas (zone 2) Page 386 With switch For railway applications Page 406 Page 417 DEK series With miniature relays Page 439 Actuator series with miniature relays Page 441 Sensor series with miniature relays Page 441 With solid-state relays Page 442 Safety devices Monitoring relays Timer relays Safety devices See Catalog 6 270 PHOENIX CONTACT Monitoring relays Page 246 Timer relays Page 260

271

Relay modules Product overview RIF-2 for Ex areas Page 344 RIF-3 for octal relays Page 304 RIF-4 for high-power relays Page 310 Accessories Page 316 PLC logic For NAMUR initiators Types of electronics Page 422 Page 423 With lockable manual operation Page 368 With force-guided contacts Page 370 PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Page 428 Special relays and solid-state relay modules Relay terminal blocks with switch Page 445 Interference-free relays and solid-state relays Page 446 Relays for switching lamp loads Page 449 Solid-state power relays with 400 V AC/3 A output Page 450 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 271

272

Relay modules Basics of relay technology General information Electromechanical relays are used as interface modules between the process I/O devices, on the one hand, and the open-loop/closed-loop control and signaling equipment, on the other, for level and power adjustment purposes. Essentially, electromechanical relays can be divided into two main groups: mono-stable and bi-stable relays. With monostable DC or AC relays, the contacts automatically return to the release state as soon as they are de-energized. In the case of bi-stable relays, the contacts remain in their present switch position when the excitation current is switched off. The documented relay data is based on test conditions and design criteria in accordance with IEC 61810. Data may vary or be limited when mounting relays on DIN rail bases or on PCBs. Numerous parameters, such as: – Operating time – Load current – Input voltage – Dense mounting arrangement – Heat dissipation into the environment and the layout for PCB applications ultimately determine the data for the overall arrangement The Phoenix Contact supply range features numerous ready-mounted relay combinations and base combinations, including some with additional input plug-in modules. These are tested under worst case conditions. The documented data then applies to the combinations. Coil side Input circuits and voltage types There are various kinds of input circuits depending on the type of relay used and the nature of the control voltage. If pure AC relays are used (AC input), the input circuit is generally nothing more than a visual switching status indicator. Unless otherwise specified,the frequency of the control voltage is 50/60 Hz. Basic structure of a relay with AC input 272 PHOENIX CONTACT In the case of a pure DC input, the most important addition to the circuit is a freewheeling diode. This limits the voltages induced on the coil on circuit interruption to a value of approximately 0.7 V, which does not pose a danger to any connected control electronics. As the freewheeling diode can only perform its required function if the polarity of the voltage connection is correct, a polarity protection diode is also integrated into the input circuit. Basic structure of a relay with DC input To allow DC or AC voltage operation, a bridge rectifier is connected in the input circuit. The diodes are simultaneously responsible for performing rectification, freewheeling, and polarity reversal protection functions. The interrupting voltage of the coil is limited to approximately 1.4 V To protect the input circuit against overvoltages, a varistor is also connected (depending on the type) upstream of the bridge rectifier. Basic structure of a bi-stable relay, negative switching type Basic structure of a bi-stable relay, positive switching type Operating voltage range The ambient temperature prevailing at the location of use has a major impact on certain relay operating parameters. As the ambient temperature increases, the coil winding heats up, causing the operate and release voltages to rise. At the same time, the maximum permissible coil voltage decreases, which means that the usable working range becomes restricted as a result. The diagram below illustrates how the operating voltage behaves as a function of the ambient temperature. e g a t l o v g n i t a r e p O Basic structure of a relay with AC/DC input Bi-stable latching relays with a double winding are only ever operated with DC voltage. With these types of relays, there are three coil connections on the coil side. In addition to the common connection, there are separate connections for “setting” and “resetting”; these are controlled by short pulses only. As a result, the relays hardly heat up at all. Simultaneous control of both control inputs is not permitted. A distinction is made between negative switching (M) and positive switching (P) types, depending on the polarity of the freewheeling and polarity protection diodes. Ambient temperature in °C Basic curve of a relay operating voltage I: Maximum permissible voltage with 100% operating time (OT) and compliance with the coil temperature limit II: Minimum sparkover voltage Interference voltages and interference currents on the coil side When inductive or capacitive interference voltages are coupled into the long supply lines of a relay, this can prevent the relay from operating safely. If the coupled-in voltage exceeds the release voltage required by the “relay standard”, IEC 61810-1, the relay may fail to release in extreme cases. In the case of

273

DC relays, this release voltage is  0.05 x UN and for purely AC relays, it is  0.15 x UN. The same disturbances can occur when a relay with a low input power is controlled by an electronics module with an AC voltage output featuring an RC circuit. The typical leakage current from RC elements of this kind (generally in the range of a few mA) provides sufficient control power to prevent the downstream relay from releasing or even enough power to excite it. The disturbance level of any interference voltages that are present can be reduced by connecting an RC element in parallel to the relay coil. This measure also subjects the interference voltage to a capacitive load, causing it to collapse. Relay modules Basics of relay technology Contact material Typical properties Typical applications Guide values for the area of application* Gold Au Silver Ag Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres, low and constant contact resistances in the range of small switching capacities with nickel (AuNi) or silver (AuAg) alloys. Dry measuring and switching circuits, control inputs A ... 0.2 A V ... 30 V High electrical conductivity, sensitive to sulfur, therefore often gold-flashed (approximately 0.2 m) as protection; nickel (AgNi) or copper (AgCu) alloys increase the mechanical resistance and erosion resistance and reduce the welding tendency. Universal, suitable for medium loads; nickel alloys (AgNi 0.15) for DC circuits with medium to large loads  12 V  10 mA Silver, hard gold-plated Ag + Au Properties similar to gold Au, when switching loads >30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the Ag contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected. Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.  100 mV  1 mA Tungsten W Highest melting point, very high erosion resistance, greater contact resistances, very low welding tendency, susceptible to corrosion, often used as lead contact. Loads with very high inrush currents, e.g., incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps.  60 V  1 A F R E T N U I Silver nickel AgNi High erosion resistance, low welding tendency, higher contact resistances than with pure silver. Universal, suitable for medium to high loads, DC circuits, and inductive loads.  12 V  10 mA External RC interference suppressor to prevent interference voltage coupling The following values are recommended for the purpose of dimensioning the RC element: – R = 100 to 220  – C = 220 to 470 nF The SO46 series has been developed to provide even higher levels of immunity to interference. These products already contain an integrated RCZ filter. See, for example, PLC...SO46. Contact side, contact materials Given the wide variety of potential applications in the different industrial sectors, the relays used must be matched to the various tasks that need to be performed by selecting the right kind of contact material. The voltage, current, and power values play an important role when determining the suitability of contact materials. Other criteria include: – Contact resistance – Erosion resistance – Material migration – Welding tendency – Chemical influences In this way, the various contact materials (generally precious-metal alloys) can be matched to the relevant areas of application. The adjacent table provides details of some of the key materials. Contact protection circuit Every electrical consumer constitutes a mixed load with resistive, capacitive, and inductive components. Silver nickel AgNi + Au Properties similar to gold Au, when switching loads >30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected. Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.  100 mV  1 mA Silver tin oxide AgSnO Low welding tendency, very high erosion resistance for high switching capacities, low material migration.  12 V  100 mA ( 10 mA) Application depends heavily on the relay type, switching circuits with high make and break loads, e.g., incandescent lamps and fluorescent lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to different alloys and production procedures, partly also suitable for smaller loads. Silver tin oxide, hard gold-plated AgSnO + Au Properties similar to gold Au, when switching loads >30 V/0.2 A the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgSnO contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected. Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.  100 mV  1 mA * Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions. When these loads are switched, the switching contact is in turn subjected to a load, to either a lesser or greater extent. This load can be reduced by including a suitable contact protection circuit. In view of the fact that consumers with a large inductive component are predominantly used in practice (e.g., contactors, solenoid valves, motors, etc.), these application scenarios are worth considering in more detail. On interruption, voltage peaks with values of up to several thousand volts occur due to the energy stored in the coil. These high voltages cause an electric arc on the switching contact which can destroy the contact due to material vaporization and material migration. The electrical service life is reduced considerably as a result. In extreme cases, the relay may fail in the very first switching cycle with DC voltage and a static electric arc. A protective circuit must be used to suppress the formation of an electric arc. With optimum dimensioning, almost the same number of switching cycles can be achieved as with a resistive load. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 273

274

Relay modules Basics of relay technology In principle, there are a number of possible ways of achieving an effective circuit: 1. Wiring the contact 2. Wiring the consumer 3. Combination of both wiring methods. Wiring the contact Wiring the inductive consumer In principle, protective measures should intervene directly at the source of the interference. Wiring a consumer should therefore be given priority over wiring the contact. The following points are advantageous for the consumer circuit (image on right): 1. The circuit is only loaded with the induction voltage during interruption. By contrast, the sum of the operating voltage and the induction voltage is applied to the contact circuit. 2. When the contact is open, the load is electrically isolated from the operating voltage. It is not possible for the load to be activated or to “stick” due to undesired operating currents, e.g., from RC elements. 3. 4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be coupled into parallel control lines. Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually connected using valve connectors that are also supplied with LEDs and components that limit the induction voltage. Valve connectors with an RC element, varistor or Zener diode often do not quench the arc and only serve to comply with legislation governing EMC. Only valve connectors with an integrated 1N4007 freewheeling diode quench the arc quickly and safely, thereby increasing the service life of the relay by a factor of 5 to 10. Valve connectors with LED, integrated 1N4007, and free cable end can be supplied on request as part of the SAC range. 274 PHOENIX CONTACT Load wiring Additional dropout delay Defined induction voltage limitation Effective bipolar attenuation Advantages and disadvantages Diode Large Yes (UD) No Load Series connection diode/Zener diode Medium to small Yes (UZD) No Load Suppressor diode Medium to small Yes (UZD) Yes Varistor Load Load Medium to small Yes (UVDR) Yes R/C combination Medium to small No Yes Load Advantages: Good effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts Easy implementation Inexpensive Reliable Dimensioning not critical Low induction voltage Disadvantages: Attenuation only via load resistor Long dropout delay Advantages: Dimensioning not critical Disadvantages: Attenuation only above UZD Minimal effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts Advantages: Inexpensive Dimensioning not critical Limitation of positive peaks Suitable for AC voltage Disadvantages: Attenuation only above UZD Minimal effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts Advantages: High energy absorption Dimensioning not critical Suitable for AC voltage Disadvantages: Attenuation only above UVDR Minimal effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts Advantages: HF attenuation due to energy storage Suitable for AC voltage Level-independent attenuation Disadvantages: Precise dimensioning required High inrush current surge Minimal effect in terms of extending the service life of the contacts Switching small loads Small loads have to be processed mainly in applications where signals have to be forwarded to control inputs (e.g., of a PLC). With these loads, no switching sparks (electric arcs) occur on the contacts in the small load range. In addition to the constant cleaning effect due to contact friction, this switching spark assumes the function of penetrating non-conductive contamination layers that are formed on the contact surfaces of power contacts. Evaluation electronics Application example: Measurement point changeover Limit switch PLC input card Application example: PLC input signal

275

Relay modules Basics of relay technology Switching large DC loads Conventional switching relays can only switch off relatively small direct currents (which contrasts with their ability to switch off the maximum permissible AC current), since there is no zero crossing to extinguish the arc automatically. This maximum DC value is also dependent to a large extent on the switching voltage and is determined, among other things, by constructional features such as contact spacing and contact opening speed. The corresponding current and voltage values are documented by relay manufacturers in electric arc or load limit curves. Switching lamps and capacitive loads Regardless of the type of voltage, all kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive component impose extreme requirements on the switching contacts. The moment it is switched on, in other words precisely in the dynamic chattering phase of the relay, extremely powerful current peaks occur. These are often in the region of several tens of amps, and not infrequently are known to exceed 100 A, which results in welding of the contact. This can be remedied by using specially optimized “lamp load relays” that can cope with these inrush peaks. See, for example, PLC...IC type. These contamination layers are usually oxidation or sulfidation products of the contact materials silver (Ag) or silver alloys such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact resistance may rise so considerably within a short time that reliable switching is no longer possible in the case of small loads. Due to these properties, the power contact materials mentioned are not suitable for small load applications. Gold (Au) has become accepted as the contact material of choice for these areas of application mainly on account of its low and constant contact resistances even with small loads and its insensitivity to sulfurous atmospheres. For the smallest of loads and even greater contact reliability, double contact relays with gold contacts are used. The slotted contact spring in this design provides two parallel contact points with even lower contact resistances and considerably higher contact reliability. Switching large loads A few important points also need to be considered with regard to switching operations in the large load range that involve power contacts made of either silver (Ag) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). A basic distinction must be made between switching DC and AC loads. Switching large AC loads When switching large AC loads, the relay can be operated up to the corresponding maximum values for switching voltage, current, and power. The electric arc that occurs during interruption depends on the current, voltage, and phase relation. This cut-off arc usually disappears automatically the next time the load current passes through zero. In applications with an inductive load, an effective protective circuit must be provided, otherwise the service life of the system will be reduced considerably. Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type) A non-attenuated inductive DC load further reduces the values given for switchable currents. The energy stored in the inductance can cause an electric arc to occur, which forwards the current through the open contacts. With an effective contact protection circuit, preferably freewheeling diodes of the type 1N4007, the service life can be increased by a factor of 5 to 10 in relation to unprotected or unfavorably protected inductive loads (see also chapter Contact Protection Circuits). If higher DC loads than those documented are to be switched or if the electrical service life is to be increased, several contacts of a relay can be connected in series. See, for example, REL-IR... industrial relays. Alternatively, solid-state relays with DC voltage output can also be used. Switching capacity in accordance with utilization categories AC15 and DC13 (IEC 60947) In practice, both the maximum interrupting rating for AC loads and the DC interruption values taken from the load limit curves provide only a rough guide for the choice of relay. In reality, this is insufficient, since real loads in the vast majority of industrial applications have inductive or capacitive components and the wiring of the loads can be totally different. As already described, this sometimes leads to considerable variations in terms of service life. The IEC 60947 contactor standard seeks to avoid these disadvantages by dividing the loads into various utilization categories (DC13, AC15, etc.). This standard is also partly applied to relays. However, users must be aware of the fact that these values are only applicable in practice to a limited extent as well, since all DC13 and AC15 test loads are highly inductive and are also operated without any protective circuit at all (see “Contact protection circuit” section). Moreover, the switching capacity test in accordance with IEC 60947 only requires 6,060 switching cycles to be performed by way of a minimum requirement. A much more reliable way to determine the switching capacity and the anticipated service life is to refer to the specific application data. Using a comprehensive data bank, the service life can be accurately estimated for most applications and, if necessary, suggestions for improvement can be made. In the case of critical applications, the user is advised to gather service life information based on empirical data. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 275

276

Relay modules Basics of solid-state relay technology Control side Solid-state relays for various voltage and power levels are available from Phoenix Contact for use as interface modules designed to match process I/O devices to control, signaling, and regulating devices. The solid-state relay element which is actually located in the module is limited to one defined voltage range by virtue of its design. The current consumption on the input side fluctuates depending on the circuit architecture and voltage level. A suitable input circuit is provided to accommodate all of the voltages required for industrial applications between 5 V and 230 V. The inputs for DC voltage and AC voltage must always be differentiated. DC input Adjustments are made in accordance with the various voltage levels by adding electronics which have been specially adapted to the desired voltage range. In the case of most modules, a polarity protection diode provides reliable protection against destruction in the event of a control voltage being connected incorrectly. Specially coordinated filters reliably suppress possible high-frequency noise emissions. Figure 1: Block diagram for DC input AC input The solid-state relay element requires a stable control voltage to ensure reliable operation. In the case of the AC input, this is achieved by connecting a rectifier and filter capacitor upstream. The rectification is followed, in principle, by the same circuit architecture as the DC input. The switching frequency always lies below half the mains frequency. Due to the filter capacitor, a higher switching frequency 276 PHOENIX CONTACT cannot be achieved. This results in continuous through-switching. is therefore generally specified for solid-state power relays. This shows the maximum load current as a function of the ambient temperature. 3. Output configuration. The 2-conductor output is similar to a mechanical contact. Only the polarity of the connections is specified and must be observed. Figure 2: Block diagram for AC input Load side Depending on the application and the type of load, the solid-state relay output must meet various requirements. The following are crucial: – Power amplification – Matching the switching voltage and the switching current (AC/DC) – Short-circuit protection For these different applications, the solid-state relay element must also be processed using additional electronics on the output side. DC output In order to achieve the necessary output power, the solid-state relay element is supplemented by one or more semiconductor components. The on-site user should nevertheless simply regard the connection terminal blocks of the output as conventional switch connections. Observing the specified polarity is the only essential requirement. For practical reasons, the following criteria should be taken into account when selecting a suitable solid-state relay: 1. Operating voltage range (e.g., 12 ... 60 V DC). This determines the minimum or maximum voltage to be switched. The lower value must be observed in order to ensure reliable operation. In order to protect the output transistor, the upper value must not be exceeded. 2. Maximum continuous current (e.g., 1 A). This value indicates the maximum continuous current. If this value is exceeded continuously, the output semiconductor will be destroyed. The dependence of the output current on the ambient temperature of the solid-state relay should also be taken into consideration. A derating curve Figure 3: 2-conductor output The 3-conductor output is non-isolated and requires both potentials from the voltage source on the output side to be connected if it is to operate reliably. When switched off, a permanent reference to ground (negative potential) is established. In addition, this output circuit offers the advantage of an almost constant internal resistance. Figure 4: 3-conductor output AC output In order to control the switching and control devices for AC voltage, a semiconductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or thyristor) is connected downstream of the solid-state relay element. As with the DC output, it is particularly important to consider the maximum operating voltage range and the maximum continuous load current as a function of the ambient temperature.

277

In addition, the maximum peak reverse Application notes Example: Load protection monitoring (DC contactor) Relay modules Basics of solid-state relay technology voltage of the TRIAC (e.g., 600 V) is crucial with AC outputs. This must not be exceeded even in the case of voltage fluctuations or interference voltage peaks in order to prevent destruction. That is why the AC outputs of all solid-state relays from Phoenix Contact have an internal RC protective circuit to protect against interference voltage peaks. Input solid-state relays acting in the direction from the I/O devices to the controller (signaling, controlling, monitoring) Pluggable versions: – PLC-O... Modular versions: – DEK-OE... – EMG 10-OE... – SIM-EI... – OPT... e g a t l o v o r e Z h c t i w s e.g., PLC IN Example: Load protection monitoring (AC contactor) e.g., PLC IN Example: Position indication with limit stop contact or initiator e.g., PLC IN Figure 5: Basic circuit diagram of AC output Protective circuits The moment inductive loads (contactors, solenoid valves, motors) are switched off, surge voltages occur and these can reach very high amplitudes. Electronic components and switching elements are particularly susceptible to these. A protective circuit should therefore always be provided to prevent destruction. A parallel connection to the load effectively reduces the switching surge voltage to a harmless level. Depending on the solid-state relay output and load type, – a freewheeling diode/suppressor diode (DC only), – a varistor (AC and DC) – or an RC element (AC only) can provide the necessary protection. Protection d a o L Figure 6: Protective circuit with DC voltage output Protection d a o L Figure 7: Protective circuit with AC voltage output Output (power) solid-state relays acting in the direction from the controller to the I/O devices (switching, amplifying, controlling) Example: Contactor, solenoid valve or motor (DC load) switching Pluggable versions: – PLC-O... Modular versions: – DEK-OV... – EMG 10-OV – EMG 12-OV – EMG 17-OV – OV... – OPT... e.g., PLC OUT Example: Contactor, solenoid valve or motor (AC load) switching e.g., PLC OUT Remarks: 1) Ground (negative) potential from the input and output of the solid-state relay must not be connected. 2) DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit (e.g., diode). 3) AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 277

278

Relay modules Sensor/actuator configuration aids and handling of interference signals Configuration aid for connecting sensors and actuators Electromechanical relays or solid-state Easy wiring of actuators Conventional connection of sensors - A2 A1 13 B B 14 13 B B 14 + - + 11 14 12 A2 A1 A2 A1 + - The PLC...ACT relay modules enable fast and easy connection of actuators. The positive potential of the loads is applied to connection terminal block 13. This can be distributed over all relay modules using plug-in bridges. This makes only the direct connection to one module necessary here as well. The actuators are connected to contact 14 (N/O contact). In the case of PLC...ACT relay modules, an N/C contact is not required. Instead, the BB connection serves as an option for connecting the load return line. Here the common negative potential is supplied and distributed by means of plug-in bridges. The terminal block for conventional wiring is not necessary due to the direct connection of the load return line potential to the relay module. This means that no additional space is required in the control cabinet and simpler wiring minimizes the risk of error. If sensors such as proximity switches are connected via a universal relay to a controller with a changeover contact, an additional terminal block strip must be used for the common sensor supply voltage. It is also important to note that either the wiring in the control cabinet must be implemented the other way round because control of the relay now takes place from the field level and not via the controller, or the relay module must be installed into the control cabinet rotated by 180°. The negative potential of the sensors is applied at connection terminal block A2 on the relay module. This can be distributed over all relay modules using plug-in bridges. This means that direct connection to only one relay is necessary. The sensors are connected to connection terminal block A1. The necessary positive potential is supplied to a terminal block and distributed to further terminal blocks by means of plug-in bridges. However, the supply for the individual sensors is applied to every terminal block. This results in a common supply signal for all sensors via the additional terminal blocks. Because of the increased space requirement and additional wiring to the terminal block, the use of additional terminal blocks for distributing potential requires a great deal of effort. relays are used as the coupling element between the controller and the sensors or actuators in the field. This interface ensures appropriate signal conditioning with respect to current and voltage between the controller and field level. Conventional connection of actuators - A2 A1 11 14 12 11 14 12 - + If actuators such as solenoid valves are connected to the controller via a universal relay with changeover contact, an additional terminal block strip must be used for the common load return line. The positive potential of the loads is applied to connection terminal block 11 (changeover contact) at the relay modules. This can be distributed over all relay modules using plug-in bridges. This means that only the direct connection of the potential to one relay is necessary. The loads are connected to connection terminal block 14 (N/O contact). The negative potential required is supplied at a terminal block. This is then distributed to further terminal blocks by means of plug-in bridges. However, load return lines for the individual actuators are applied to every terminal block. This results in a common load return line potential for all actuators via the additional terminal block. Because of the increased space requirement and additional wiring to the terminal block, the use of additional terminal blocks for distributing potential requires a great deal of effort. 278 PHOENIX CONTACT

279

Easy wiring of sensors + 13 14 A2 B B A1 A2 B B A1 - + Sensors can be efficiently coupled with the controller with the PLC...SEN relay modules. The input and output side on the module are already interchanged so that the signal direction from the field to the controller can be ideally represented. Therefore, three connection terminal blocks (A1, A2, and BB) are located on the control side of the relay. The common negative potential of the sensors is connected to A2 and distributed to further relay modules by means of plug-in bridges. The sensors are connected directly to the A1 connections. Connection BB is used for the common supply potential of the sensors. The potential is distributed to all connected sensors by means of the plug-in bridges. However, only connections 13 and 14 for the N/O contact are located on the contact side. Signal feedback to the controller takes place over these contacts. The terminal block for conventional wiring can be dispensed with, thanks to the direct connection of the sensor supply voltage to the relay module. This means that no additional space is required in the control cabinet and simpler wiring minimizes the risk of error. Sensor/actuator configuration aids and handling of interference signals Relay modules Configuration aid for handling interference signals In accordance with IEC 61810-1, the standard release voltage of a relay is 5% of the nominal voltage for DC coils and 15% for AC coils. That means that a relay with a nominal voltage of 230 V AC is only switched off when the control voltage is 0.15 x 230 V AC = 34.5 V AC. If interference signals occur on the control side of a relay that are greater than the release voltage, defined switch-off is no longer possible. In the worst case, the interference is large enough to energize the relay. The application is still switched on although no signal is issued by the controller. There can be various reasons for this. Leakage current with AC voltage output card L V R C Leakage current Output N Signal line A1 U A2 Load Leakage current on the signal line occurs if control of a relay takes place via an output card with AC voltage. This is caused by the RC wiring of the AC voltage output. Typically, the leakage current has a control power that is large enough not to switch off the relay reliably. Coupling of interference signals from parallel lines Safe shutdown even with interference signals Long signal line (>10 m) L e.g., 230 VAC ( 10m) > A1 Leakage current U N L1 L2 L3 A2 Load Parallel signal lines or load lines If the control lines to the relay are very long, interference can occur from cables running in parallel. These influence the actual control line and couple the signals to it. This interference voltage can be measured on the control side, even if no signal is issued by the controller. The PLC...SO46 series is equipped with RCZ wiring in the base. The release voltage of the relay is increased by this circuit of resistor, capacitor, and Zener diode so that the relay is resistant to interference voltages. In the case of a relay for 230 V AC, the standard release voltage is 34.5 V AC. The PLC...230UC...SO46 modules have a release voltage of 80 V AC. This enables the relay to switch off reliably at interference voltages of 80 V AC. The PLC...SO46 bases are also available with further voltages. They can be fitted with both electromechanical relays or solid-state relays. Screw connection or Push-in connection is available as the connection technology. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 279

280

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system can be mounted on the bases so that additional marking surfaces are available. RIFLINE complete can be extended using many elements from the CLIPLINE complete accessories range. This includes marking material, bridges, and test adapters. To make ordering and management easier, RIFLINE complete modules are provided in the most popular voltages as complete modules with relay and interference suppression module. For individual assembly, tailored to the requirements of the application, additional voltage levels are offered in the modular system. RIFLINE complete is a cost-effective relay system with various accessories. It consists of DIN rail bases, electromechanical or solid-state relays, plug-in interference suppression modules, marking material, and bridging material. The range of accessories is rounded off with a timer module. This is used to transform a basic relay into a timer relay with three different functions. The RIFLINE complete relay range consists of seven different base versions from RIF-0 to RIF-4 – these range from one N/O contact up to four PDT contacts. The field of application of this product group ranges from coupling relay applications with switching currents of one milliamp to replacement for miniature contactors with currents up to 16 A. The relay bases feature Push-in or screw connection technology. Push-in connection technology enables quick and tool-free conductor contacting. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases offer double the contact options on both the input and output side. On the input side of all bases, the negative potential (A2) can be bridged – regardless of the base size. On the output side, the grouped contact (11) can be bridged within the RIF-0 base version. This connection can also be bridged within the RIF-1 base size. To offer diverse marking options, the engagement lever can be fitted with a zack marker strip. In addition, marker carriers 280 PHOENIX CONTACT

281

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules RIF-0 RIF-1 RIF-2 The 6.2 mm narrow RIF-0 base series is suitable for a 1-changeover-contact relay. Switching currents up to 6 A are implemented here. Two base versions are available: 1 N/O contact and 1 changeover contact. RIF-0 is therefore a good choice for all coupling applications. The 16 mm narrow RIF-1 base series is suitable for a 2-changeover-contact relay. Currents up to 13 A can be switched when using the FBS 2-8 plug-in bridge. This relay is ideal for power switching and signal duplication. The 31 mm wide RIF-2 base series is designed for industrial relays with up to 4 contacts. Currents up to 12 A are no problem for these bases. This relay is ideal for applications that require power and signal multiplication. RIF-3 RIF-4 The 40 mm wide RIF-3 base series is designed for octal relays with up to 3 contacts. Switching currents up to 10 A are implemented here. Two base versions are available: 2 changeover contacts and 3 changeover contacts. RIF-3 bases are ideal for all applications that require power and signal multiplication. The 43 mm wide RIF-4 base series is designed for power relays with up to 3 contacts. Currents up to 16 A can be switched. RIF-4 bases are a good choice for applications that require power and signal multiplication, e.g., in miniature contactor applications. Accessories A wide range of accessories are available for the RIFLINE complete relay system that round off the range. These include bridges, professional marking material, special function modules, test plugs, and end brackets. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 281

282

Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3. When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 D W H Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Modular RIF-0 relay bases Relay bases that can be fitted with miniature power relays or solid-state relays with a nominal voltage of 12 to 24 V DC. The advantages: – Integrated freewheeling diode for input circuit and interference suppression circuit – LED for status display – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Professional marking material – Holders for test plugs – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time (A2 and 11/13) – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and output side Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature (operation) Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Maximum tightening torque Dimensions Width Depth Height Description RIF-0 relay base, PDT version, safe isolation I/O With Push-in connection RIF-0 relay base, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O With Push-in connection RIF-0 relay base, PDT version, safe isolation I/O With screw connection RIF-0 relay base, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O With screw connection RIF-0 relay base, negative switching, PDT version, safe isolation I/O With Push-in connection Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red, 24 A 2-pos. red, 32 A 2-pos. blue, 32 A 2-pos. gray, 32 A 3-pos. red, 24 A 4-pos. red, 24 A 5-pos. red, 24 A 5-pos. red, 32 A 10-pos. red, 32 A 20-pos. red, 32 A 50-pos. red, 32 A End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part 1-changeover-contact relay base with Push-in connection technology       Technical data 250 V AC/DC (contact side) Max. 8 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 - 6.2 mm 78 mm 93 mm Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-0-BPT/21 2900958 10 RIF-0-BPT-M/ 21 2907468 10 Accessories FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY FBSR 3-6 FBSR 4-6 FBSR 5-6 FBS 5-6 FBS 10-6 FBS 20-6 FBS 50-6 CLIPFIX 35 gray MPS-MT red white blue yellow green gray black MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 3033715 3030336 3036932 3032237 3001594 3001595 3001596 3030349 3030271 3030365 3032224 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Zack marker strip, unprinted, 10-section: each pack contains enough to label 100 terminal blocks 10-section ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 282 PHOENIX CONTACT

283

D W H D W H D W H RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules 1 N/O contact relay base for Miniature power relay 1-changeover-contact relay base with screw connection technology 1-N/O-contact relay base with screw connection technology               Technical data Technical data Technical data 250 V AC/DC (contact side) Max. 8 A (depends on application/assembly) 250 V AC/DC (contact side) Max. 8 A (depends on application/assembly) 250 V AC/DC (contact side) Max. 8 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 - 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 0.6 Nm 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 0.6 Nm 6.2 mm 66 mm 93 mm Type 6.2 mm 82 mm 84 mm 6.2 mm 68 mm 84 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-0-BPT/1 2901873 10 RIF-0-BSC/21 2900957 10 RIF-0-BSC/ 1 2901872 10 Accessories Accessories Accessories FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY FBSR 3-6 FBSR 4-6 FBSR 5-6 FBS 5-6 FBS 10-6 FBS 20-6 FBS 50-6 CLIPFIX 35 MPS-MT MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 3033715 3030336 3036932 3032237 3001594 3001595 3001596 3030349 3030271 3030365 3032224 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY FBSR 3-6 FBSR 4-6 FBSR 5-6 FBS 5-6 FBS 10-6 FBS 20-6 FBS 50-6 CLIPFIX 35 MPS-MT MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 3033715 3030336 3036932 3032237 3001594 3001595 3001596 3030349 3030271 3030365 3032224 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY FBSR 3-6 FBSR 4-6 FBSR 5-6 FBS 5-6 FBS 10-6 FBS 20-6 FBS 50-6 CLIPFIX 35 MPS-MT MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 3033715 3030336 3036932 3032237 3001594 3001595 3001596 3030349 3030271 3030365 3032224 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 283

284

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in miniature power relays Plug-in relays with one changeover contact, suitable for RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases. The advantages: – Power contacts up to 6 A – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – High degree of protection, RT III (wash-proof ), or RT II for relay with one changeover contact with manual operation – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Can be soldered in on PCB Notes: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see page 400 When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 Relay with one changeover contact, max. 6 A Relay with one changeover contact, with manual operation, max. 6 A          A2 A1 12 11 14 A2 A1 12 11 14 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Dimensions ② ① See diagram 14 5 2.5 7 5 2.5 [mA] [ms] [ms] 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) Technical data 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) ② ① See diagram 14 5 2.5 7 5 2.5 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) Technical data 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 61810-1 Any / in rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm W / H / D 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 1x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 61810-1 Any / in rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 16 mm Description Input voltage UN Type Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts 12 V DC 24 V DC Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts ① ② REL-MR- 12DC/21 REL-MR- 24DC/21 ① ② 12 V DC 24 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21AU Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2961150 2961105 2961163 2961121 10 10 10 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21/MS REL-MR- 24DC/21/MS REL-MR- 12DC/21AU/MS REL-MR- 24DC/21AU/MS 2909641 2909642 2909644 2909645 10 10 10 10 284 PHOENIX CONTACT

285

REL-MR-.../21... (1 changeover contact) Input voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules U UN 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 A B 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [°C] T U REL-MR-.../21.../MS (1 changeover contact) Input voltage range Interrupting rating U UN 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 A B 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [°C] T U For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 285

286

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in solid-state relays Notes: For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see page 401 When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases. The advantages: – Switching current of up to 3 A – RT III seal (wash-proof ) – Vibration- and shock-resistant – Wear-free and long-lasting – Zero voltage switch at AC output – Can be soldered in on PCB Solid-state relay, DC output max. 3 A      A2 A1 13+ 14 Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 16 10 7 20 300 300 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ [mA] [µs] [µs] [Hz] Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level Typical input current at UN Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Minimum load current Maximum switch-on current Leakage current in off state Phase angle (cos φ) Output circuit Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current General data Rated surge voltage Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Dimensions 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) - 15 A (10 ms) - - 2-conductor, floating - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤150 mV Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm W / H / D Description Plug-in solid-state relays Solid-state power relays Plug-in solid-state relays Solid-state input relays ① ① Ordering data Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 24 V DC OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 10 24 V DC 286 PHOENIX CONTACT

287

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2 solid-state relays 3 2 1 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 10 0 50 Ambient temperature range [°C] 40 20 30 60 Solid-state relay, DC output max. 100 mA Solid-state relay, AC output max. 750 mA Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1 solid-state relays           750 300 0 ] A m [ t n e r r u c d a o L 10 0 50 Ambient temperature range [°C] 40 20 30 60 A2 A1 13+ 14 A2 A1 13+ 14 Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 16 10 7 20 300 300 ① 0.8 - 1.2 10 5 6 6,000 500 10 Technical data 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA - - - - 2-conductor, floating - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤1 V Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A (see derating curve) 10 mA 30 A (10 ms) <1 mA 0.5 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 4.5 A2s RCV circuit <1 V Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 2966618 10 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 287

288

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Modular RIF-1 relay bases Relay bases that can be fitted with 1 or 2 PDT relays or solid-state relays. Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in interference suppression module – Plug-in timer module – Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material – Comprehensive range of marking material – Test plug – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2) – FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side (11/21) 288 PHOENIX CONTACT Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3. When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 D W H 2-changeover-contact relay base with Push-in connection technology       Technical data 250 V AC/DC Max. 13 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 16 mm 75 mm 96 mm Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-1-BPT/2X21 2900931 10 Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature (operation) Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height Description RIF-1 relay base, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection RIF-1 relay base, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for marking material, suitable for RIF-1 relay base - for 16 mm high miniature power and solid-state relays - for 25 mm high miniature power relays Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-1 relay base - for 16 mm high miniature power and solid-state relays - for 25 mm high miniature power relays Accessories Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red, 32 A 2-pos. red, 24 A 2-pos. red, 32 A 2-pos. blue, 32 A 2-pos. gray, 32 A 2-pos. red, 41 A 2-pos. blue, 41 A 2-pos. gray, 41 A End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... FBS 2-6 FBSR 2-6 FBSR 2-8 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY FBS 2-8 FBS 2-8 BU FBS 2-8 GY 7042 Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part CLIPFIX 35 gray MPS-MT red white blue yellow green gray black MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK Zack marker strip, unprinted 10-section 5-section Double marker carrier for ZB 5 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 3030336 3033715 3033808 3036932 3032237 3030284 3032567 3032541 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 1050004 0811972 0800967 50 50 10 50 50 10 10 10 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100

289

D W H RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules 2-changeover-contact relay base with screw connection technology Plastic relay retaining bracket Metal wire relay retaining bracket for RIF-1 base for RIF-1 base        Technical data Technical data Technical data  - - - - - - - 250 V AC/DC Max. 15.5 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 16 mm 75 mm 89 mm Type - - - - - - - Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-1-BSC/2X21 2900930 10 RIF-RH-1 RIF-RH-1-H 2900953 2904468 10 10 Accessories Accessories Accessories RIF-RHM-1 RIF-RHM-1-H 2905986 2905985 10 10 FBS 2-6 FBSR 2-6 FBSR 2-8 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY FBS 2-8 FBS 2-8 BU FBS 2-8 GY 7042 CLIPFIX 35 MPS-MT MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 3030336 3033715 3033808 3036932 3032237 3030284 3032567 3032541 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 1050004 0811972 0800967 50 50 10 50 50 10 10 10 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 289

290

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in miniature power relays Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2 changeover contacts, suitable for the RIF-1 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases. The advantages: – Power contacts up to 16 A – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – High degree of protection up to RT III depending on type (wash-proof ) Notes: Notes: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 Relay with one changeover contact, 16 A, maximum Relay with two changeover contacts, 2 x 8 A, maximum             A1 A2 A1 A2 12 22 11 21 14 24 12 11 14 Technical data Technical data ② ① See diagram 33 7 17 7 ③ 8.7 7 ④ 8.2 7 ⑤ 4.1 7 ⑥ 32 ⑦ 7 ⑧ 3 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 ② ① See diagram 33 7 17 7 ③ 8.7 7 ④ 8.2 7 ⑤ 4.1 7 ⑥ 32 ⑦ 7 ⑧ 3 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 2 - 9 [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 16 A 25 A (20 ms) 50 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 10 mA) 8 A 12 A (20 ms) 25 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 5 V) 2 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) - -40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C 1x 107 cycles 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 61810-1 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C 1x 107 cycles 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 61810-1 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical response time at UN (depending on phase relation) Typical release time at UN Typical release time at UN (depending on phase relation) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Test voltage (contact / contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Description Input voltage UN Type Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ REL-MR- 12DC/21HC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC REL-MR- 48DC/21HC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC REL-MR-110DC/21HC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC REL-MR-120AC/21HC REL-MR-230AC/21HC ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 290 PHOENIX CONTACT 2961309 2961312 2834821 2961325 2961338 2961406 2961419 2961422 2961532 2961545 2961561 2961503 2961516 2961529 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21 REL-MR-120AC/21-21 REL-MR-230AC/21-21 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961257 2961192 2834834 2961273 2961202 2961435 2961448 2961451 2961299 2961215 2834847 2961286 2961228 2961464 2961477 2961480 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

291

REL-MR...21HC... (1 changeover contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) N / U U e g a t l o v l i o C 2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 ] A [ 1 t n e r r u c 2 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 1 80 90 100 i g n h c t i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 3 2 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Ambient temperature [°C] Switching voltage [V] 1 2 DC coils AC coils Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 2 3 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 REL-MR...21-21... (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 4 3 2 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 1 2 3 4 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 1 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) N / U U e g a t l o v l i o C 2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 1 2 2 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 1 80 90 100 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 2 DC coils AC coils Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 291

292

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in miniature power relays Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2 changeover contacts, compatible for the RIF-1 relay base. The advantages: – Switching current of up to 16 A – With lockable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Integrated status LED – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – DC types with integrated free-wheeling diode – Can be soldered in on PCB Notes: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical response time at UN (depending on phase relation) Typical release time at UN Typical release time at UN (depending on phase relation) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Test voltage (contact / contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Relay with one changeover contact Relay with two changeover contacts with manual operation, 16 A, maximum with manual operation, 2 x 8 A, maximum       A1 A2 A1 A2 12 22 11 21 14 24 12 11 14 Technical data ④ 3.5 ② ① See diagram 18 9 32 ③ 7 3 - 12 3 - 12 6 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8 ② ① See diagram 18 9 32 ③ 7 Technical data ④ 3.5 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 6 2 - 8 2 - 8 2 - 8 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 16 A 32 A (20 ms) 32 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 12 V (at 1 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 12 V) 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 8 A 16 A (20 ms) 16 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) 2 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 12 V (at 1 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 12 V) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) - -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C 5x 106 cycles 5x 106 cycles EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C 5x 106 cycles 5x 106 cycles EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178 Ordering data Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts - Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2- ① 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS - Status LED - Status LED - Status LED Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts, with manual operation, mechanical switch position indicator 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC ② ③ ④ REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS - Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2- - Status LED ① ⑤ 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS 230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS 292 PHOENIX CONTACT Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2987888 2987891 2987901 2987914 2987927 2987930 10 10 10 10 10 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS 2987943 2987956 2987969 2987972 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS 2987985 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 2987998 10 10 10 10 10 10

293

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 changeover contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils, 0 A contact current DC coils, 16 A contact current AC coils, 0 A contact current AC coils, 16 A contact current ] A [ t n e r r u c i g n h c t i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 10 1 2 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 1 2 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Switching voltage [V] 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 250 V AC, ohmic load Switching current [A] Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 250 V AC, ohmic load / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils, 0 A contact current DC coils, 8 A contact current AC coils, 0 A contact current AC coils, 8 A contact current Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 11 9 10 8 14 Switching current [A] 12 13 15 16 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 293

294

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Non-polarized plug-in miniature power relays Non-polarized plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2 changeover contacts, compatible with the RIF-1 relay base. The advantages: – Switching current of up to 16 A – With lockable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Multi-layer power contact – Can be soldered in on PCB – Special voltages (100 and 200 V AC) Relay with one changeover contact Relay with two changeover contacts Notes: When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272   (non-polarized) with manual operation, 16 A, maximum (non-polarized) with manual operation, 2 x 8 A, maximum   A1 A2 A1 A2 12 22 11 21 14 24 12 11 14 Technical data ② ① See diagram 17 9 8 ③ 4 3 - 12 3 - 12 6 2 - 8 2 - 8 [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] ② ① See diagram 17 9 8 ③ 4 3 - 12 3 - 12 6 2 - 8 2 - 8 Technical data 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 16 A 32 A (20 ms) 32 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C 5x 106 cycles 5x 106 cycles IEC 61810, IEC 60664 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 8 A 16 A (20 ms) 16 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C 5x 106 cycles 5x 106 cycles IEC 61810, IEC 60664 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical response time at UN (depending on phase relation) Typical release time at UN Typical release time at UN (depending on phase relation) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Description Non-polarized plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts Input voltage UN Type Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 100 V AC 200 V AC REL-MR-BL-24DC/21HC/MS REL-MR-BL-100AC/21HC/MS REL-MR-BL-200AC/21HC/MS 2908180 2908179 2908178 10 10 10 REL-MR-BL-24DC/21-21/MS REL-MR-BL-100AC/21-21/MS REL-MR-BL-200AC/21-21/MS 2908181 2908183 2908182 10 10 10 294 PHOENIX CONTACT

295

REL-MR-BL...21HC/MS (1 changeover contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils, 0 A contact current DC coils, 16 A contact current AC coils, 0 A contact current AC coils, 16 A contact current ] A [ t n e r r u c i g n h c t i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 10 1 2 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 1 2 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Switching voltage [V] 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 250 V AC, ohmic load Switching current [A] Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 REL-MR-BL...21-21/MS (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 250 V AC, ohmic load / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils, 0 A contact current DC coils, 8 A contact current AC coils, 0 A contact current AC coils, 8 A contact current Service life reduction factor with various cos phi 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 11 9 10 8 14 Switching current [A] 12 13 15 16 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 295

296

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in solid-state relays Notes: For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see page 401 When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 Plug-in solid-state relays are compatible for both relay bases RIF-1 and PLC-INTERFACE. The advantages: – Switching current of up to 5 A – RT III seal (wash-proof ) – Vibration- and shock-resistant – Wear-free and long-lasting – Zero voltage switch at AC output – Can be soldered in on PCB Solid-state relay, DC output max. 5 A    A1 A2 ② 0.8 - 1.2 16 10 7 20 400 300 ③ 0.9 - 1.1 35 20 3 25 400 300 ① 0.8 - 1.2 2.5 0.8 9 10 400 300 13+ 14 Technical data 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ [mA] [µs] [µs] [Hz] 33 V DC 3 V DC 5 A (see derating curve) - 15 A (10 ms) - 2-conductor, floating - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤200 mV Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm W / H / D Ordering data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level Typical input current at UN Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Minimum load current Maximum switch-on current Leakage current in off state Output circuit Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current General data Rated surge voltage Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Dimensions Description Plug-in solid-state relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays Input voltage UN Type ① ② ③ 5 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5 OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2982113 2982100 2982126 10 10 10 296 PHOENIX CONTACT

297

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 solid-state relays 5 4 3 2 1 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 0 Ambient temperature range [°C] Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 solid-state relays 1 2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 0 Ambient temperature range [°C] 1 2 Aligned with >10 mm spacing Aligned without spacing Solid-state relay, AC output max. 2 A 13 14 Technical data    A1 A2 ② 0.8 - 1.2 18 8.4 7 ① 0.8 - 1.2 3 1 15 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10 10 253 V AC 24 V AC 2 A (see derating curve) 25 mA 30 A (10 ms) <1 mA 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) Surge protection ≤1 V Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Any / see derating curve 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 2982168 2982171 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 297

298

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Modular RIF-2 relay bases Relay bases for assembly with 2 or 4-changeover-contact industrial relay. Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in interference suppression module – Plug-in timer module – Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material – Comprehensive range of marking material – Test plug – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2) Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3. When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 D W H 4-changeover-contact relay base with Push-in connection technology for industrial relays       Technical data 250 V AC/DC Max. 12 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 31 mm 75 mm 96 mm Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-2-BPT/4X21 2900934 10 Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature (operation) Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height Description RIF-2 relay base, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection RIF-2 relay base, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection Plastic relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base Reinforced plastic relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for marking material, compatible for RIF-2 relay base Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-2 relay base Accessories Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red, 32 A 2-pos. red, 24 A 2-pos. blue, 32 A 2-pos. gray, 32 A End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... FBS 2-6 FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY CLIPFIX 35 Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part Zack marker strip, unprinted 10-section 5-section Double marker carrier for ZB 5 gray MPS-MT red white blue yellow green gray black MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 3030336 3033715 3036932 3032237 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 1050004 0811972 0800967 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 298 PHOENIX CONTACT

299

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules Plastic relay retaining bracket Metal wire relay retaining bracket for RIF-2 base for RIF-2 base D W H 4-changeover-contact relay base with screw connection technology for industrial relays        Technical data Technical data Technical data  - - - - - - - 250 V AC/DC Max. 12 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 27 mm 75 mm 89 mm Type - - - - - - - Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-2-BSC/4X21 2900932 10 RIF-RH-2 2900954 RIF-RHS-2 2908043 10 10 Accessories Accessories Accessories RIF-RHM-2 2905984 10 FBS 2-6 FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY CLIPFIX 35 MPS-MT MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 3030336 3033715 3036932 3032237 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 1050004 0811972 0800967 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 299

300

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in industrial relays Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 changeover contacts, compatible for RIF-2 relay base. The advantages: – With lockable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Integrated status LED – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – DC types with integrated free-wheeling diode Notes: For more voltages, see phoenixcontact.com/products When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Industrial relay with two changeover contacts with manual operation, 2 x 12 A, maximum Industrial relay with four changeover contacts with manual operation, 4 x 6 A, maximum         11 A1 A2 41 14 12 44 42 A1 A2 11 21 31 41 14 24 34 44 12 22 32 42 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical response time at UN (depending on phase relation) Typical release time at UN Typical release time at UN (depending on phase relation) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Technical data Technical data ② ① See diagram 78 13 42 13 ③ 8 13 ④ 7.7 13 ⑤ 4 13 ⑥ 66 ⑦ 13 ⑧ 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 ② ① See diagram 78 13 42 13 ③ 8 13 ④ 7.7 13 ⑤ 4 13 ⑥ 66 ⑦ 13 ⑧ 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 12 A 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 61810 4 PDTs AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 2 V (at 24 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 2 mA (24 V DC) 4 PDTs AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 6 A 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 61810 Description Plug-in industrial relays, with power contacts Input voltage UN Type Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 12 V DC 24 V DC 110 V DC 125 V DC 220 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21 REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21 REL-IR2/LDP-125DC/2X21 REL-IR2/LDP-220DC/2X21 REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21 REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21 REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903659 2903660 2903663 2903664 2903665 2903666 2903667 2903668 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21 REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21 REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21 REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21 REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21 REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21 REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21 REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21 Plug-in industrial relays, with multi-layer gold contacts With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode 300 PHOENIX CONTACT ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 12 V DC 24 V DC 110 V DC 125 V DC 220 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/LDP-125DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/LDP-220DC/4X21AU REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU 2903676 2903677 2903680 2903681 2903682 2903686 2903687 2903688 2903669 2903670 2903673 2903674 2903675 2903683 2903684 2903685 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

301

REL-IR2... (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 7 10 6 10 l s e c y C 10 5 0 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils Service life reduction factor 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 REL-IR4... (4 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 3 3 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] 3 3 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 7 10 6 10 l s e c y C 10 5 0 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils Service life reduction factor 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 301

302

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Non-polarized plug-in industrial relays Non-polarized plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 changeover contacts, compatible with RIF-2 relay base. The advantages: – Switching current of up to 12 A – With lockable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Special voltages (100 and 200 V AC) Notes: When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 Industrial relay with two changeover contacts Industrial relay with four changeover contacts (non-polarized) with manual operation, 2 x 12 A, maximum (non-polarized) with manual operation, 4 x 6 A, maximum       11 A1 A2 41 14 12 44 42 A1 A2 11 21 31 41 14 24 34 44 12 22 32 42 Technical data ② ① See diagram 38 14.8 13 ③ 7.1 5 - 15 5 - 15 3 5 - 20 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] ② ① See diagram 38 14.8 13 ③ 7.1 5 - 15 5 - 15 3 5 - 20 5 - 20 Technical data 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 12 A 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 61810 4 PDTs AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 6 A 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 1x 107 cycles, approximately 1x 107 cycles, approximately IEC 60664, IEC 61810 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical response time at UN (depending on phase relation) Typical release time at UN Typical release time at UN (depending on phase relation) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Description Input voltage UN Type Non-polarized plug-in industrial relays, with power contacts Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 100 V AC 200 V AC REL-IR2/24DC/2X21 REL-IR2/100AC/2X21 REL-IR2/200AC/2X21 2907051 2907052 2907053 10 10 10 REL-IR4/24DC/4X21 REL-IR4/100AC/4X21 REL-IR4/200AC/4X21 2907054 2907055 2907056 10 10 10 302 PHOENIX CONTACT

303

304

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Modular RIF-3 relay bases Relay bases that can be fitted with 2 or 3 PDT relays. Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in interference suppression module – Plug-in timer module – Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material – Comprehensive range of marking material – Test plug – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2) Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3. When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 D W H 2-changeover-contact relay base with Push-in connection technology for octal relays       Technical data 250 V AC/DC Max. 12 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 40 mm 90 mm 103 mm Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-3-BPT/2X21 2900937 10 Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature (operation) Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height Description RIF-3 relay base, 2-PDT version, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection RIF-3 relay base, 3-PDT version, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection Plastic relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable for RIF-3 relay base Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-3 relay base Accessories Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red, 32 A 2-pos. red, 24 A 2-pos. blue, 32 A 2-pos. gray, 32 A End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part FBS 2-6 FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY CLIPFIX 35 gray MPS-MT red white blue yellow green gray black MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK Zack marker strip, unprinted 10-section 5-section Double marker carrier for ZB 5 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 3030336 3033715 3036932 3032237 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 1050004 0811972 0800967 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 304 PHOENIX CONTACT

305

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules Plastic relay retaining bracket Metal wire relay retaining bracket for RIF-3 base for RIF-3 base D W H 3-changeover-contact relay base with Push-in connection technology for octal relays          Technical data Technical data Technical data  - - - - - - - 250 V AC/DC Max. 12 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 40 mm 90 mm 103 mm Type - - - - - - - Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-3-BPT/3X21 2900938 10 RIF-RH-3 2900955 10 Accessories Accessories Accessories EL3-M52 2833628 10 FBS 2-6 FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY CLIPFIX 35 MPS-MT MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 3030336 3033715 3036932 3032237 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 1050004 0811972 0800967 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 305

306

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Modular RIF-3 relay bases Relay bases for assembly with 2 or 3-changeover-contact octal relay. Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in interference suppression module – Plug-in timer module – Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material – Comprehensive range of marking material – Test plug – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2) Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3. When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 D W H 2-changeover-contact relay base with screw connection technology for octal relays     Technical data 250 V AC/DC Max. 12.5 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 40 mm 90 mm 96 mm Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-3-BSC/2X21 2900935 10 Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature (operation) Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height Description RIF-3 relay base, 2-PDT version, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection RIF-3 relay base, 3-PDT version, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection Plastic relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable for RIF-3 relay base Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-3 relay base Accessories Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red, 32 A 2-pos. red, 24 A 2-pos. blue, 32 A 2-pos. gray, 32 A End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part FBS 2-6 FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY CLIPFIX 35 gray MPS-MT red white blue yellow green gray black MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK Zack marker strip, unprinted 10-section 5-section Double marker carrier for ZB 5 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 3030336 3033715 3036932 3032237 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 1050004 0811972 0800967 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 306 PHOENIX CONTACT

307

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules Plastic relay retaining bracket Metal wire relay retaining bracket for RIF-3 base for RIF-3 base D W H 3-changeover-contact relay base with screw connection technology for octal relays        Technical data Technical data Technical data  - - - - - - - 250 V AC/DC Max. 10.5 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 40 mm 90 mm 96 mm Type - - - - - - - Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-3-BSC/3X21 2900936 10 RIF-RH-3 2900955 10 Accessories Accessories Accessories EL3-M52 2833628 10 FBS 2-6 FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY CLIPFIX 35 MPS-MT MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 3030336 3033715 3036932 3032237 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 1050004 0811972 0800967 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 307

308

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in octal relays Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 changeover contacts, compatible for RIF-3 relay base. The advantages: – With lockable manual operation – Mechanical switch position indicator – Integrated status LED – DC types with integrated free-wheeling diode Notes: For more voltages, see phoenixcontact.com/products Octal relay with two changeover contacts with manual operation, 2 x 10 A, maximum Octal relay with three changeover contacts with manual operation, 3 x 10 A, maximum When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272         (A1) (14) 2 3 (11) (21) 1 8 (12) 4 5 (22) 7 6 (A2) (24) (14) 3 (A1) 2 (11) (31) 1 11 (22) (12) 4 5 (21) 6 7 10 (A2) (24) 9 (34) 8 (32) Technical data Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical response time at UN (depending on phase relation) Typical release time at UN Typical release time at UN (depending on phase relation) Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Dimensions ① See diagram 60 18 20 - - 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 10 A 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 61810 Any 35 mm / 35 mm / 54.4 mm [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] W / H / D ⑤ 8 18 7 ⑥ 108 ⑦ 23 ⑧ 13 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 ① - 60 18 ② ③ 18 18 ④ 14 18 ⑤ 8 18 ⑥ 108 ⑦ 23 ⑧ 13 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 20 20 20 20 7 - - 3 PDTs AgNi 250 V DC / 440 V AC 10 V (at 24 mA) 10 A 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 61810 Any 35 mm / 35 mm / 54.4 mm Description Plug-in octal relays, with power contacts Input voltage UN Type Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode With freewheeling diode ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 24 V DC 48 V DC 110 V DC 125 V DC 220 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2903689 10 REL-OR2/LDP-220DC/2X21 REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21 REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21 REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21 2907026 2903690 2903691 2903692 10 10 10 10 REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21 REL-OR3/LDP-48DC/3X21 REL-OR3/LDP-110DC/3X21 REL-OR3/LDP-125DC/3X21 REL-OR3/LDP-220DC/3X21 REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21 REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21 REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21 2903693 2908897 2908898 2909207 2907027 2903694 2903695 2903696 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 308 PHOENIX CONTACT

309

REL-OR2... (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 10 4 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 Switching voltage [V] Switching capacity [kVA] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 3 250 V AC, ohmic load 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 0,6 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils Service life reduction factor 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 REL-OR3... (3 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 10 4 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 Switching voltage [V] Switching capacity [kVA] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 3 250 V AC, ohmic load 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils Service life reduction factor 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 309

310

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Modular RIF-4 relay bases Relay bases that can be fitted with 2 or 3 PDT relays or 3 N/O relays. Range of accessories includes: – Plug-in interference suppression module – Plug-in timer module – Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material – Comprehensive range of marking material – Test plug – FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2) Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray. For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 3. When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 D W H 3-changeover-contact relay base with Push-in connection technology for high-power relays       Technical data 440 V AC / 250 V DC Max. 16 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 43 mm 90 mm 111 mm Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-4-BPT/3X21 2900961 10 Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature (operation) Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Input side Output side Dimensions Width Depth with retaining bracket Height Description RIF-4 relay base, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with Push-in connection RIF-4 relay base, plug-in option for interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O with screw connection Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable for RIF-4 relay base Relay retaining bracket, wire model, suitable for RIF-4 relay base Accessories Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red, 32 A 2-pos. red, 24 A 2-pos. blue, 32 A 2-pos. gray, 32 A End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part FBS 2-6 FBSR 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY CLIPFIX 35 gray MPS-MT red white blue yellow green gray black MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK Zack marker strip, unprinted 10-section 5-section Double marker carrier for ZB 5 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT STP 5-2 3030336 3033715 3036932 3032237 3022218 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 1050004 0811972 0800967 50 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 310 PHOENIX CONTACT

311

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules Plastic relay retaining bracket Metal wire relay retaining bracket for RIF-4 base for RIF-4 base D W H 3-changeover-contact relay base with screw connection technology for high-power relays        Technical data Technical data Technical data  - - - - - - - - 440 V AC / 250 V DC Max. 13 A (depends on application/assembly) -40°C ... 85°C (depends on application/assembly) 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 44 mm 91 mm 96 mm Type - - - - - - - - Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-4-BSC/3X21 2900960 10 RIF-RH-4 2900956 10 Accessories Accessories Accessories RIF-RHM-4 2905983 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 311

312

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in high-power relays Plug-in high-power relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts for the RIF-4 relay base. The advantages: – Use in miniature contactor applications – Switching current of up to 16 A – Up to 440 V AC switching voltage Notes: For more voltages, see phoenixcontact.com/products When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 High-power relay with two changeover contacts, 2 x 16 A, maximum High-power relay with three changeover contacts, 3 x 16 A, maximum       11 A1 A2 31 14 12 34 32 A1 A2 11 21 31 14 12 24 22 34 32 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical response time at UN (depending on phase relation) Typical release time at UN Typical release time at UN (depending on phase relation) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load Motor load in accordance with UL 508 General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Dimensions [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] ② ① See diagram 56 116 20 ③ 23 Technical data ④ 12 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25 15 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 2 PDT AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 16 A 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 250 V AC 440 V AC 4,000 VA 4,000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (N/O contact) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (N/O contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 61810 Any 38.6 mm / 36.1 mm / 45.5 mm W / H / D ① - 56 20 ② 12 20 ③ 6 20 15 15 15 Technical data ④ 116 ⑤ 23 ⑥ 12 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 3 PDTs AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 16 A 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 4,000 VA 4,000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 61810 Any 38.6 mm / 36.1 mm / 45.5 mm Description Input voltage UN Type Plug-in high-power relays, 2 PDTs with power contacts Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Plug-in high-power relays, 3 PDTs with power contacts ① ② ③ ④ 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21 REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21 REL-PR2-120AC/2X21 REL-PR2-230AC/2X21 2903698 2903699 2903700 2903701 1 1 1 1 ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ 24 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 312 PHOENIX CONTACT REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21 REL-PR3-110DC/3X21 REL-PR3-220DC/3X21 REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21 REL-PR3-120AC/3X21 2903702 2908893 2909055 2903703 2903704 1 1 1 1 1

313

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules REL-PR2... (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 0,6 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Switching voltage [V] 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 4 0 1 2 3 4 Switching capacity [kVA] Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 16 A Minimum operate voltage For pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 16 A AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 3 250 V AC, ohmic load Service life reduction factor 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 REL-PR3... (3 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 4 0 1 2 3 4 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils Service life reduction factor 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 313

314

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in high-power relays Plug-in high-power relays with 3 N/O contacts suitable for the RIF-4 relay base. The advantages: – Use in miniature contactor applications – Switching current of up to 16 A – Up to 440 V AC switching voltage – Full shutdown by means of ≥3 mm contact opening Notes: When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 High-power relay with three N/O contacts, 3 x 16 A, maximum High-power relay with one N/O contact with blowing magnet for switching high DC loads       A1 A2 11 21 31 14 24 34 11 A1 A2 31 t e n g a M 14 34 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical response time at UN (depending on phase relation) Typical release time at UN Typical release time at UN (depending on phase relation) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load Motor load in accordance with UL 508 General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Dimensions [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] ② ① See diagram 70 116 20 ③ 23 Technical data ④ 12 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25 15 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 3 N/O contacts AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 16 A 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 250 V AC 440 V AC 4,000 VA 4,000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (N/O contact) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (N/O contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 61810 Any 38.6 mm / 36.1 mm / 45.5 mm W / H / D Technical data ④ 12 5 - 25 5 - 18 ② ① See diagram 70 20 15 20 ③ 7.3 20 15 15 15 1 N/O contact AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 16 A 50 A (20 ms) 50 A (20 ms) 5 mA (at 24 V) 4,000 VA - 2.5 kV -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 61810 Any 38.6 mm / 36.1 mm / 45.5 mm Description Input voltage UN Type Plug-in high-power relays, 3 N/O contacts with power contacts Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ ④ 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1 REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1 REL-PR3-120AC/3X1 REL-PR3-230AC/3X1 2903706 2903707 2903708 2903709 1 1 1 1 Plug-in high-power relays, 1-N/O contact with blow magnet and power contacts ① ② ③ ④ 24 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 230 V AC 314 PHOENIX CONTACT REL-PR1-24DC/1/MB REL-PR1-110DC/1/MB REL-PR1-220DC/1/MB REL-PR1-230AC/1/MB 2908040 2908044 2908046 2908047 1 1 1 1

315

REL-PR3... (3 N/O contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 Ȉ 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Ȉ 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 4 0 1 2 3 4 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils Service life reduction factor 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 REL-PR1... (1 N/O contact with blow magnet) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 0,6 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S Ȉ 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 315

316

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Plug-in interference suppression modules for RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4 Plug-in interference suppression modules for optional assembly of RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay bases. The advantages: – Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in coil – Mechanical coding to protect against incorrect connection Interference suppression modules for RIF-1 to RIF-4       Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity: A1+, A2-, input voltage: - 12-24 V DC ± 20% - 48-60 V DC ± 20% - 110 V DC ± 20% Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, input voltage: RIF-LDP-12-24 DC RIF-LDP-48-60 DC RIF-LDP-110 DC - 12-24 V AC/DC ± 20% (30-V-varistor) - 48-60 V AC/DC ± 20% (75-V-varistor) - 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ± 20% (275-V-varistor) RIF-LV-12-24 UC RIF-LV-48-60 UC RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC Plug-in module, with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, input voltage: - 12-24 V AC/DC ± 20% (30-V-varistor) - 48-60 V AC/DC ± 20% (75-V-varistor) - 120-230 V AC/DC ± 20% (275-V-varistor) RIF-V-12-24 UC RIF-V-48-60 UC RIF-V-120-230 UC Plug-in module, with RC element to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, input voltage: - 12-24 V AC/DC ± 20% (220 nF/100 Ω) - 48-60 V AC/DC ± 20% (220 nF/220 Ω) - 120 - 230 V AC/DC ± 20% (100 nF/470 Ω) Plug-in module, with bridge rectifier for controlling electromechanical DC voltage relay, input voltage: - 12 ... 230 V AC Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity: A1-, A2+, input voltage: - 12-24 V DC ± 20% Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, polarity A1-, A2+, input voltage: 2900939 2900940 2900941 2900942 2900943 2900944 2900945 2900947 2900948 2900949 2900950 2900951 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 RIF-RC-12-24 UC RIF-RC-48-60 UC RIF-RC-120-230 UC RIF-BR-12-230 AC 2907060 10 RIF-LDM-12-24 DC 2907057 10 - 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ± 20% (275-V-varistor) RIF-LVM-100-200 AC/110 DC 2907058 10 316 PHOENIX CONTACT

317

Plug-in timer modules for RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4 The multifunctional plug-in timer module transforms a relay module into a timer relay. RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be equipped with this module. Using DIP switches, three time functions and four time ranges can be selected. Detailed time settings are made using a potentiometer. Relays can be operated with an input voltage of 12, or 24 V AC/DC. The time functions: – With switch-on delay – With passing make contact – Pulse generator Time ranges: – 0.5 to 10 s – 5 to 100 s – 0.5 to 10 min – 5 to 100 min With switch-on delay U LED Input data Nominal input voltage UN Nominal input voltage range with reference to UN Input circuit Output data Limiting continuous current General data Mounting position Repeat accuracy Ambient temperature (operation) T t<T t Standards/specifications Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules Timer module for RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay modules for 12 to 24 V AC/DC input voltage       A2- A1+ t 12 14 22 24 32 34 42 44 11 21 31 41 Technical data 24 V DC (AC operation only permitted for RIF-1) 0.4 ... 1.2 Varistor, yellow LED ≤250 mA (relay coil current) any 1% -25°C ... 50°C (RIF-1, AC coil, 2 PDTs at 6 A) -25°C ... 50°C (RIF-1, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 5 A) -25°C ... 40°C (RIF-2, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A) -25°C ... 40°C (RIF-2, DC coil, 4 PDTs at 5 A) -25°C ... 40°C (RIF-3, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 6.75 A) -25°C ... 40°C (RIF-3, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A) -25°C ... 35°C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 8 A) -25°C ... 25°C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 N/O contacts at 8 A) DIN EN 50178 50 V DC 0.4 kV Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Timer module, for mounting on RIF-1 to RIF-4, with LED status indicator for extending a relay module to create a timer relay with an input voltage of 24 V AC/DC RIF-T3-24UC 2902647 1 Passing make contact U LED T t<T t Pulse generator U LED T T T t<T t For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 317

318

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules Notes: Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 1 N/O contact or 1 PDT relay – Relay ejector lever on the housing The advantages: – Status LED integrated in the relay base – Operational reliability, thanks to sealed relay – Safe isolation between coil and contact side – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and output side, see page 358 If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. D W H 1-changeover-contact relay module with Push-in connection    12 14 11 12 14 11 A2- A1+ A2+ A1– DC coils DC coil negative switching Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ② ① See diagram 16 5 8 Yellow LED, damping diode 9 5 8 [mA] [ms] [ms] 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 1 mA 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 6.2 mm / 93 mm / 78 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Coupling relay modules with power contact relay and Push-in connection ① ② 12 V DC 24 V DC RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21 RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21 Coupling relay modules with multi-layer gold contact relay, with Push-in connection Coupling relay modules with power contact relay and Push-in connection, negative switching ② 24 V DC RIF-0-RPT-M-24DC/21 ① ② 12 V DC 24 V DC RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21AU RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21AU Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2903371 2903370 2903369 2903368 2908327 10 10 10 10 10 318 PHOENIX CONTACT

319

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules D W H RIF-0-RPT.../21... (1 changeover contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 1-N/O-contact relay module with Push-in connection 30 40 50 60 70 80     14 13 A2- A1+ DC coils Technical data ② ① See diagram 16 5 8 Yellow LED, damping diode 9 5 8 Service life reduction factor Electrical service life 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 4 6 8 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 1 N/O contact AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 1 mA (at 12 V) RIF-0-RPT.../1... (1 N/O contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1 RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1 RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1AU RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1AU 2903362 2903361 2903360 2903359 10 10 10 10 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Service life reduction factor Electrical service life 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 4 6 8 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 319

320

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules Notes: Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with screw connection – 1-PDT or 1-N/O-contact relay – Relay ejector lever on the housing The advantages: – Status LED integrated in the relay base – Operational reliability, thanks to sealed relay – Safe isolation between coil and contact side – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and output side, see page 358 General conditions: Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal or vertical mounting. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. D W H 1-changeover-contact relay module with screw connection   12 14 11 A2- A1+ DC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Maximum tightening torque Dimensions EMC note Technical data ② ① See diagram 16 5 8 Yellow LED, damping diode 9 5 8 [mA] [ms] [ms] 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 1 mA (at 12 V) 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 0.6 Nm 6.2 mm / 84 mm / 82 mm Class A product, see page 583 W / H / D Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Coupling relay modules with power contact relay and screw connection ① ② 12 V DC 24 V DC RIF-0-RSC-12DC/21 RIF-0-RSC-24DC/21 Coupling relay modules with multi-layer gold contact relay, with screw connection ① ② 12 V DC 24 V DC RIF-0-RSC-12DC/21AU RIF-0-RSC-24DC/21AU Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2903375 2903374 2903373 2903372 10 10 10 10 320 PHOENIX CONTACT

321

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules D W H RIF-0-RSC.../21... (1 changeover contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 1-N/O-contact relay module with screw connection 30 40 50 60 70 80   14 13 A2- A1+ DC coils Technical data ② ① See diagram 16 5 8 Yellow LED, damping diode 9 5 8 Service life reduction factor with various cos phi Electrical service life 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 4 6 8 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 1 N/O contact AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 1 mA (at 12 V) RIF-0-RSC.../1... (1 N/O contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 0.6 Nm 6.2 mm / 84 mm / 68 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-0-RSC-12DC/ 1 RIF-0-RSC-24DC/ 1 RIF-0-RSC-12DC/ 1AU RIF-0-RSC-24DC/ 1AU 2903367 2903366 2903365 2903364 10 10 10 10 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Service life reduction factor Electrical service life 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 4 6 8 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 321

322

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – Solid-state relays – Relay ejector lever on the housing The advantages: – Status LED integrated into the base – RTIII sealed solid-state relay – Zero voltage switch at AC output – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time D W H Solid-state relay module with Push-in connection, DC output max. 3 A   14 13+ A2- A1+ Input data Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC Switching level (with reference to UC) Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Maximum switch-on current Minimum/maximum switching current Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current [mA] 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [ms] [ms] [Hz] Leakage current in off state Phase angle (cos φ) Max. load value General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 8.5 >0.8 <0.4 0.02 0.3 300 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode 33 V DC 3 V DC 15 A (10 ms) - / 3 A (see derating curve) Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <200 mV - - - 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Rated actuating voltage UC Type Coupling relay modules with solid-state relay and Push-in connection Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① 24 V DC RIF-0-OPT-24DC/24DC/2 2905293 10 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 3 2 1 0 20 30 40 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 60 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L Derating curve for RIF-0-OPT-24DC/24DC/2 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 20 30 40 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 60 Derating curve for RIF-0-OPT-24DC/230AC/1 322 PHOENIX CONTACT

323

D W H D W H RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules Solid-state relay module with Push-in connection, DC output max. 100 mA Solid-state relay module with Push-in connection, AC output max. 750 mA     14 13+ 14 13+ A2- A1+ A2- A1+ Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 8.5 >0.8 <0.4 0.02 0.3 300 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 8 >0.8 <0.4 10 10 10 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode 48 V DC 3 V DC - - / 100 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <1 V - - - 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / III 253 V AC 24 V AC 30 A (10 ms) 10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve) RCV circuit <1 V 1 mA (in off state) 0.5 4.5 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / III 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm Class A product, see page 583 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 6.2 mm / 93 mm / 66 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-0-OPT-24DC/48DC/100 2905294 10 RIF-0-OPT-24DC/230AC/1 2905295 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 323

324

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with screw connection – Solid-state relays – Relay ejector lever on the housing The advantages: – Status LED integrated into the base – RTIII sealed solid-state relay – Zero voltage switch at AC output – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time D W H Solid-state relay module with screw connection, DC output max. 3 A   14 13+ A2- A1+ Input data Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC Switching level (with reference to UC) Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Maximum switch-on current Minimum/maximum switching current Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current [mA] 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [ms] [ms] [Hz] Leakage current in off state Phase angle (cos φ) Max. load value General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Maximum tightening torque Dimensions EMC note Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 8.5 >0.8 <0.4 0.02 0.3 300 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode 33 V DC 3 V DC 15 A (10 ms) - / 3 A (see derating curve) Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <200 mV - - - 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 0.6 Nm 6.2 mm / 84 mm / 68 mm Class A product, see page 583 Description Rated actuating voltage UC Type Coupling relay modules with solid-state relay and screw connection Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① 24 V DC RIF-0-OSC-24DC/24DC/2 2905657 10 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 3 2 1 0 20 30 40 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 60 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L Derating curve for RIF-0-OSC-24DC/24DC/2 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 20 30 40 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 60 Derating curve for RIF-0-OSC-24DC/230AC/1 324 PHOENIX CONTACT

325

D W H D W H RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules Solid-state relay module with screw connection, DC output max. 100 mA Solid-state relay module with screw connection, AC output max. 750 mA     14 13+ 14 13+ A2- A1+ A2- A1+ Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 8.5 >0.8 <0.4 0.02 0.3 300 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 8 >0.8 <0.4 10 10 10 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode 48 V DC 3 V DC - - / 100 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <1 V - - - 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / III 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 0.6 Nm 6.2 mm / 84 mm / 68 mm Class A product, see page 583 253 V AC 24 V AC 30 A (10 ms) 10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve) RCV circuit <1 V 1 mA (in off state) 0.5 4.5 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / III 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 12 0.6 Nm 6.2 mm / 84 mm / 68 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-0-OSC-24DC/48DC/100 2905658 10 RIF-0-OSC-24DC/230AC/1 2905656 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 325

326

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules Notes: Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 1 or 2 PDT relays – Relay retaining bracket – Interference suppression module The advantages: – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Operational reliability, thanks to sealed relay – Safe isolation between coil and contact side – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 – For FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side (11/21), see page 358 If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. D W H 1-changeover-contact relay module with Push-in connection  22 24 12 14 22 24 12 14 21 11 21 11 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note [mA] [ms] [ms] ③ ② ① See diagram 33 8 10 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 33 3 - 12 3 - 20 18 8 10 8 3 - 12 3 - 20 Technical data ④ ⑤ 6 3 - 12 3 - 20 1 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 11 A (see diagram) 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 3x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Coupling relay modules with power contact relay and Push-in connection ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/1X21 RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21 RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21 RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21 RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21 Coupling relay modules with multi-layer gold contact relay, with Push-in connection ① ② ③ ④ 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2906224 2903342 2903341 2903340 2903339 2903338 2903337 2903336 2903335 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 326 PHOENIX CONTACT

327

D W H RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1 changeover contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 DC coils AC coils ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 80 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Contact derating Electrical service life 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 40 30 DC coil AC coil DC coil, jumper between 11 and 21 AC coil, jumper between 11 and 21 107 l s e c y C 106 105 1 2 80 104 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i RIF-1-RPT.../2X21... (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 DC coils AC coils 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 80 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 4 3 2 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 1 2 3 4 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Contact derating Electrical service life 2-changeover-contact relay module with Push-in connection  22 24 12 14 22 24 12 14 21 11 21 11 A2- A1+ DC coils A2 A1 AC coils Technical data ⑤ ④ 6 3 - 12 3 - 20 2 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) ③ ② ① See diagram 33 8 10 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 33 3 - 12 3 - 20 18 8 10 8 3 - 12 3 - 20 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 10 mA) 8 A (see diagram) 12 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 5 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 3x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 11 10 RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/2X21 RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2906223 2903334 2903333 2903332 2903331 2903330 2903329 2903328 2903327 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 1 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 327

328

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules Notes: Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with screw connection – 1 or 2 PDT relays – Relay retaining bracket – Interference suppression module The advantages: – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Operational reliability, thanks to sealed relay – Safe isolation between coil and contact side – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 – For FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side (11/21), see page 358 If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. D W H 1-changeover-contact relay module with screw connection   22 24 12 14 22 24 12 14 21 11 21 11 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note [mA] [ms] [ms] ③ ② ① See diagram 33 8 10 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 33 3 - 12 3 - 20 18 8 10 8 3 - 12 3 - 20 Technical data ④ ⑤ 6 3 - 12 3 - 20 1 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 11 A (see diagram) 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 3x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 16 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Description Input voltage UN Type Coupling relay modules with power contact relay and screw connection Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-1-RSC-LDP-12DC/1X21 RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21 RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/1X21 RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/1X21 RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/1X21 Coupling relay modules with multi-layer gold contact relay, with screw connection ① ② ③ ④ 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21AU RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/1X21AU RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/1X21AU RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/1X21AU 2908500 2903358 2903357 2903356 2903355 2903354 2903353 2903352 2903351 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 328 PHOENIX CONTACT

329

D W H RIF-1-RSC.../1X21... (1 changeover contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 DC coils AC coils ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 80 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Contact derating Electrical service life 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 40 30 DC coil AC coil DC coil, jumper between 11 and 21 AC coil, jumper between 11 and 21 107 l s e c y C 106 105 1 2 80 104 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i RIF-1-RSC.../2X21... (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 DC coils AC coils 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 80 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 4 3 2 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 1 2 3 4 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Contact derating Electrical service life 2-changeover-contact relay module with screw connection   22 24 12 14 22 24 12 14 21 11 21 11 A2- A1+ DC coils A2 A1 AC coils Technical data ⑤ ④ 6 3 - 12 3 - 20 2 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) ③ ② ① See diagram 33 8 10 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 33 3 - 12 3 - 20 18 8 10 8 3 - 12 3 - 20 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 10 mA) 8 A (see diagram) 12 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 5 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 3x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 16 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 11 10 RIF-1-RSC-LDP-12DC/2X21 RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21 RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/2X21 RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21 RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21 RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21AU RIF-1-RSC-LV-24AC/2X21AU RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21AU RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2908501 2903350 2903349 2903348 2903347 2903346 2903345 2903344 2903343 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 1 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 329

330

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 1 or 2 PDT relays with detectable manual operation – Relay retaining bracket – Interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Relay with lockable manual operation and status LED – With DC types, free-wheeling diode is integrated into relay – Mechanical switch position indicator – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time D W H 1-changeover-contact relay module with Push-in connection and manual operation   22 24 12 14 22 24 12 14 21 11 21 11 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 18 9 10 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 7 4 - 10 3 - 20 3.5 4 - 10 3 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) See diagram 32 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 24 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 5x 106 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Coupling relay modules with power contact relay with manual operation and Push-in connection Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21MS RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21MS RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21MS 2905289 2909776 2905290 10 10 10 330 PHOENIX CONTACT

331

D W H RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1 changeover contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,6 1 5, 1 4, 1 3, 1 2, 1 1, 1 0, 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 = 250 V AC, ohmic load Switching current [A] ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i RIF-1-RPT.../2X21... (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,6 1 5, 1 4, 1 3, 1 2, 1 1, 1 0, 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 4 3 2 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 1 2 3 4 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 2-changeover-contact relay module with Push-in connection and manual operation   22 24 12 14 22 24 12 14 21 11 21 11 A2- A1+ DC coils A2 A1 AC coils Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 18 9 10 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 7 4 - 10 3 - 20 3.5 4 - 10 3 - 20 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) See diagram 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 12 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 45°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 5x 106 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Contact derating Electrical service life RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21MS RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21MS RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21MS 2905291 2909775 2905292 10 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 250 V AC, ohmic load 11 9 10 14 8 Switching current [A] 13 12 15 16 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 331

332

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with screw connection – 1 or 2 PDT relays with detectable manual operation – Relay retaining bracket – Interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Relay with lockable manual operation and status LED – With DC types, free-wheeling diode is integrated into relay – Mechanical switch position indicator – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time D W H 1-changeover-contact relay module with screw connection and manual operation   22 24 12 14 22 24 12 14 21 11 21 11 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 18 9 10 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 7 4 - 10 3 - 20 4.5 4 - 12 4 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) See diagram 32 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 24 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 5x 106 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 16 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Coupling relay modules with power contact relay with manual operation and screw connection Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1X21MS RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/1X21MS RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/1X21MS 2905659 2909774 2905661 10 10 10 332 PHOENIX CONTACT

333

D W H RIF-1-RSC.../1X21... (1 changeover contact) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,6 1 5, 1 4, 1 3, 1 2, 1 1, 1 0, 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 = 250 V AC, ohmic load Switching current [A] ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i RIF-1-RSC.../2X21... (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,6 1 5, 1 4, 1 3, 1 2, 1 1, 1 0, 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 4 3 2 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 1 2 3 4 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 2-changeover-contact relay module with screw connection and manual operation   22 24 12 14 22 24 12 14 21 11 21 11 A2- A1+ DC coils A2 A1 AC coils Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 18 9 10 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 7 4 - 10 3 - 20 4.5 4 - 12 4 - 20 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) See diagram 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 12 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 45°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 5x 106 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 16 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Contact derating Electrical service life RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21MS RIF-1-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21MS RIF-1-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21MS 2905660 2909773 2905662 10 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil 107 l s e c y C 106 105 104 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 250 V AC, ohmic load 11 9 10 14 8 Switching current [A] 13 12 15 16 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 333

334

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted relays for high inrush currents, e.g., LEDs Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 1-N/O-contact relay – Relay retaining bracket The advantages: – Maximum inrush current up to 130 A – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Operational reliability, thanks to sealed relay – Safe isolation between coil and contact side – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 – For FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side (11/21), see page 358 D W H 1-N/O-contact relay module with Push-in and screw connection  22 24 12 14 21 11 A2- A1+ Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Technical data ① See diagram 18 8 10 Yellow LED, damping diode [mA] [ms] [ms] 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC (at 100 mA) 6 A 80 A (for 20 ms) / 130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 μF) 100 mA (at 12 V DC) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor 3x 107 cycles EN 50178, EN 61810-1 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Coupling relay modules for high inrush currents Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. with Push-in connection with Push-in connection with screw connection with screw connection ① ② ③ ④ 12 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-12DC/1IC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1IC RIF-1-RSC-LDP-12DC/1IC RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1IC 1078802 2909884 1078803 2909885 10 10 10 10 334 PHOENIX CONTACT

335

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules Operating voltage range Curve A Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data). Curve B Minimum permitted pick-up voltage Uop after pre-excitation (see relevant technical data). / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 A B 0,6 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 Ambient temperature [°C] Interrupting rating 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 50 70 100 200 300 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Basic behavior of capacitive loads: - Very high input current - Voltage increases with an e-function U I t For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 335

336

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted relay modules with tungsten lead contact relay Fully mounted RIF-1 relay modules for very high inrush currents, e.g., from LEDs, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 1-N/O-contact relay – Relay retaining bracket The advantages: – Maximum inrush current up to 800 A peak – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Operational reliability, thanks to sealed relay – Safe isolation between coil and contact side – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 – For FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side (11/21), see page 358 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions new D W H 1-N/O-contact relay module with Push-in and screw connection 13 BB 14 A2 A1 Technical data ① See diagram 18 8 10 Yellow LED, polarity protection diode, damping diode [mA] [ms] [ms] 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 165 A (20 ms) / 800 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 μF) 100 mA (at 12 V DC) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor 3x 107 cycles EN 50178, EN 61810-1 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 16 mm / 93 mm / 75 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Coupling relay modules with tungsten lead contact relay Order No. Pcs./Pkt. with Push-in connection with screw connection ① ② 24 V DC 24 V DC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1ICT RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/1ICT 1078686 1078681 10 10 336 PHOENIX CONTACT

337

338

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully assembled RIF-1 coupling relay modules with force-guided contacts Notes: Further voltage variants on request Fully assembled RIF-1 coupling relay module with force-guided contacts, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 2-changeover-contact relay with force-guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Relay retaining bracket – Interference suppression module The advantages: – Switching current of up to 2x 6 A – Single-channel control – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – Integrated status LED and freewheeling diode – The requirements for type A in accordance with DIN EN 50205 are satisfied if the circuit is designed as 1 N/O contact / 1 N/C contact D W H 2-changeover-contact relay module with force-guided contacts, max. 2 x 6 A    Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA UL, USA/Canada UL, Canada EMC note Technical data ① See diagram 30 10 10 Yellow LED, damping diode [mA] [ms] [ms] 2 changeover contacts, forcibly actuated AgNi 250 V AC/DC 15 V AC/DC 6 A 6 A 10 mA -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160, EN 50205 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 16 mm / 93 mm / 70 mm W / H / D CE-compliant - - - cULus listed UL 508 - Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Coupling relay module with power contact relay and force-guided contacts ① with Push-in connection ① with screw connection Force-guided coupling relay with power contacts 24 V DC 24 V DC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG RIF-1-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG 2908215 2909848 10 10 ① 24 V DC 338 PHOENIX CONTACT

339

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21/FG Operating voltage range Contact derating 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0 9, 0,8 0,7 20 A B 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 Ambient temperature [°C] / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C Relay with two changeover contacts with force-guided contacts, max. 2 x 6 A   A1 12 14 22 24 A2 11 21 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 Imax Ambient temperature [°C] ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i REL-SR- 24DC/2X21/FG Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0, 0,8 0,6 -20 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 3 3 0 20 40 60 80 Ambient temperature [°C] 10 20 30 40 50 100 200 300 3 3 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Switching voltage [V] Technical data ① See diagram 29 10 4 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 15 V 6 A 6 A 10 mA -25°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664-1 2 / III - - ... - / - ... - / - 12.6 mm / 29 mm / 25.5 mm - - - - - - Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. REL-SR- 24DC/2X21/FG 2908777 20 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 339

340

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 2- or 4-changeover-contact industrial relay – Relay retaining bracket – Varistor interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Relay with lockable manual operation and status LED – With DC types, free-wheeling diode is integrated into relay – Mechanical switch position indicator – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 D W H 2-changeover-contact industrial relay module with Push-in connection and manual operation    42 44 41 12 14 11 42 44 41 12 14 11 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ④ ③ ② ① See diagram 42 13 14 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 66 5 - 15 5 - 20 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 10 A (see diagram) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 31 mm / 96 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact relay and Push-in connection Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ ④ 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903315 2903313 2903311 2903310 10 10 10 10 340 PHOENIX CONTACT

341

D W H RIF-2-RPT.../2X21 (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 4-changeover-contact industrial relay module with Push-in connection and manual operation ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 80 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V]      DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 42 32 22 12 44 34 24 14 42 32 22 12 44 34 24 14 Contact derating 41 31 21 11 41 31 21 11 11 10 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Technical data ④ ③ ② ① See diagram 42 13 14 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 66 5 - 15 5 - 20 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 20 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i Electrical service life 7 10 6 10 l s e c y C 10 5 0 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load 4 PDTs AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 6 A (see diagram) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / II Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 31 mm / 96 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data RIF-2-RPT.../4X21 (4 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 80 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 11 10 RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21 RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21 RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21 RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21 2903308 2903306 2903305 2903304 10 10 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 7 10 6 10 l s e c y C 10 5 0 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 341

342

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with screw connection – 2 or 4 changeover contacts relay – Relay retaining bracket – Interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Relay with lockable manual operation and status LED – With DC types, free-wheeling diode is integrated into relay – Mechanical switch position indicator – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 D W H 2-changeover-contact industrial relay module with screw connection and manual operation    42 44 41 12 14 11 42 44 41 12 14 11 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ④ ⑤ ③ ② ① See diagram 7.5 42 13 13 14 14 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 66 5 - 15 5 - 20 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 10 A (see diagram) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 27 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Description Input voltage UN Type Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact relay and screw connection Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ 24 V DC 125 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-2-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21 RIF-2-RSC-LDP-125DC/2X21 RIF-2-RSC-LV-24AC/2X21 RIF-2-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21 RIF-2-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21 2903326 2903324 2903323 2903322 2903321 10 10 10 10 10 342 PHOENIX CONTACT

343

D W H RIF-2-RSC.../2X21 (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 4-changeover-contact industrial relay module with screw connection and manual operation ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 80 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V]    DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 42 32 22 12 44 34 24 14 42 32 22 12 44 34 24 14 Contact derating 41 31 21 11 41 31 21 11 11 10 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Technical data ⑤ ④ ③ ② ① See diagram 7.5 42 13 13 14 14 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 66 5 - 15 5 - 20 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 20 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i Electrical service life 7 10 6 10 l s e c y C 10 5 0 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load 4 PDTs AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 6 A (see diagram) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / II Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 27 mm / 89 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data RIF-2-RSC.../4X21 (4 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 80 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 11 10 RIF-2-RSC-LDP-24DC/4X21 RIF-2-RSC-LDP-125DC/4X21 RIF-2-RSC-LV-24AC/4X21 RIF-2-RSC-LV-120AC/4X21 RIF-2-RSC-LV-230AC/4X21 2903320 2903319 2903318 2903317 2903316 10 10 10 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 7 10 6 10 l s e c y C 10 5 0 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 343

344

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules for the Ex area Relay modules with ATEX, IECEx, and/or Class 1, Division 2 approval for potentially explosive applications The advantages: – ATEX, IECEx, and Class1 Division 2 approval in screw and Push-in connection technology – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact Fully mounted RIF-2 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with screw or PT connection – Relay retaining bracket – Plug-in interference suppression modules – Sealed 4-changeover-contact industrial relays – Mechanical switch position indicator – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time new D W H 4-changeover-contact industrial relay module with IECEx, ATEX, and Cl. 1 Div. 2 approval  Ex:    42 32 22 12 44 34 24 14 42 32 22 12 44 34 24 14 41 31 21 11 41 31 21 11 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada EMC note Description Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 42 13 14 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 4 PDTs AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 6 A (see diagram) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178, IEC 61508-1 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 31 mm / 96 mm / 75 mm W / H / D  II 3G Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IBExU17ATEXB014X ) Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IECEx IBE 17.0032X ) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Pre-assembled coupling relay modules for the Ex area with Push-in connection with Push-in connection with Push-in connection with screw connection with screw connection with screw connection Single relay RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21/EX RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21/EX RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21/EX RIF-2-RSC-LDP-24DC/4X21/EX RIF-2-RSC-LV-120AC/4X21/EX RIF-2-RSC-LV-230AC/4X21/EX 2909741 2909740 2909739 2909845 2909846 2909847 10 10 10 10 10 10 ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC 344 PHOENIX CONTACT

345

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules new RIF-2-R.../4X21/EX Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 Sealed industrial relay with four changeover contacts, 4 x 6 A, maximum ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 80 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V]  DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life A1 A2 11 21 31 41 14 12 24 22 34 32 44 42 ② ① See diagram 38 13 3 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 Technical data ③ 6.5 5 - 15 5 - 20 4 PDTs AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 24 mA) 6 A 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) / 12 A (4 s, 4 N/O contacts) 5 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles 1x 107 cycles, approximately IEC 60664, IEC 61810 2 / II any - ... - / - ... - / - 21.2 mm / 27.5 mm / 35.6 mm - - - Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coil AC coil 7 10 6 10 l s e c y C 10 5 0 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i REL-IR4/.../4X21/EX Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Ambient temperature [°C] DC coils AC coils ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 3 3 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] 3 3 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Electrical service life Service life reduction factor 7 10 6 10 l s e c y C 10 5 0 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 r o t c a f n o i t c u d e R 1 2 3 Switching capacity [kVA] 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,3 0,4 COS j 0,2 REL-IR4/24DC/4X21/EX REL-IR4/120AC/4X21/EX REL-IR4/230AC/4X21/EX 2909738 2909744 2909742 10 10 10 3 250 V AC, ohmic load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 345

346

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 2 or 3-changeover-contact octal relay – Relay retaining bracket – Interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Relay with lockable manual operation and status LED – With DC types, free-wheeling diode is integrated into relay – Mechanical switch position indicator – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 D W H 2-changeover-contact octal relay module with Push-in connection and manual operation      22 12 24 14 21 11 22 12 24 14 21 11 A2- A1+ DC coils A2 A1 AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 60 18 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 23 5 - 15 5 - 20 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 10 A (see diagram) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 40 mm / 103 mm / 90 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact relay and Push-in connection Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903297 2903296 2903295 5 5 5 346 PHOENIX CONTACT

347

D W H RIF-3-RPT.../2X21 (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 3-changeover-contact octal relay module with Push-in connection and manual operation ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 80 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V]      DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 32 22 12 34 24 14 32 22 12 34 24 14 Contact derating Electrical service life 31 21 11 31 21 11 11 10 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 60 18 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 23 5 - 15 5 - 20 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 3 PDTs AgNi 250 V AC/DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 8.5 A (see diagram) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 40 mm / 103 mm / 90 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 11 10 RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903294 2903293 2903292 5 5 5 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 4 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 Ambient temperature [°C] Switching capacity [kVA] DC coil AC coil 3 250 V AC, ohmic load RIF-3-RPT.../3X21 (3 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 80 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 4 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 Ambient temperature [°C] Switching capacity [kVA] DC coil AC coil 3 250 V AC, ohmic load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 347

348

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-3 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with screw connection – 2 or 3-changeover-contact octal relay – Relay retaining bracket – Varistor interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Relay with lockable manual operation and status LED – With DC types, free-wheeling diode is integrated into relay – Mechanical switch position indicator – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 D W H 2-changeover-contact octal relay module with screw connection and manual operation    22 12 24 14 21 11 22 12 24 14 21 11 A2- A1+ DC coils A2 A1 AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 60 18 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 23 5 - 15 5 - 20 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 10 A (see diagram) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 40 mm / 96 mm / 90 mm Class A product, see page 583 Description Input voltage UN Type Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact relay and screw connection Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-3-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21 RIF-3-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21 RIF-3-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21 2903303 2903302 2903301 5 5 5 348 PHOENIX CONTACT

349

D W H RIF-3-RSC.../2X21 (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 3-changeover-contact octal relay module with screw connection and manual operation ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 80 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V]    DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 32 22 12 34 24 14 32 22 12 34 24 14 Contact derating Electrical service life 31 21 11 31 21 11 11 10 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 60 18 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 23 5 - 15 5 - 20 13 5 - 15 5 - 20 3 PDTs AgNi 250 V AC/DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 8.5 A (see diagram) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 50°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2x 107 cycles Approx. 2x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 40 mm / 96 mm / 90 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 11 10 RIF-3-RSC-LDP-24DC/3X21 RIF-3-RSC-LV-120AC/3X21 RIF-3-RSC-LV-230AC/3X21 2903300 2903299 2903298 5 5 5 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 4 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 Ambient temperature [°C] Switching capacity [kVA] DC coil AC coil 3 250 V AC, ohmic load RIF-3-RSC.../3X21 (3 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 80 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 4 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 Ambient temperature [°C] Switching capacity [kVA] DC coil AC coil 3 250 V AC, ohmic load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 349

350

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 2 or 3-PDT high-power relay – Relay retaining bracket – Varistor interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 D W H 2-changeover-contact high-power relay module with Push-in connection      22 12 24 14 21 11 22 12 24 14 21 11 A2- A1+ DC coils A2 A1 AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load Motor load in accordance with UL 508 General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Input side Output side Dimensions EMC note Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 56 20 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 24 5 - 25 5 - 20 14 5 - 25 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 2 PDT AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 11 A (see diagram) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 250 V AC 440 V AC 2500 VA 4,000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 40°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing W / H / D 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 43 mm / 111 mm / 90 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact relay and Push-in connection Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903281 2903280 2903279 5 5 5 350 PHOENIX CONTACT

351

D W H RIF-4-RPT.../2X21 (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 3-changeover-contact high-power relay module with Push-in connection ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 80 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Switching voltage [V]      DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 32 22 12 34 24 14 32 22 12 34 24 14 Contact derating Electrical service life 31 21 11 31 21 11 11 10 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 56 20 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 24 5 - 25 5 - 20 14 5 - 25 5 - 20 3 PDTs AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 10 A (see diagram) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 2500 VA 4,000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 40°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 43 mm / 111 mm / 90 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903278 2903277 2903276 5 5 5 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 DC coil AC coil 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 4 0 80 1 2 3 4 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load RIF-4-RPT.../3X21 (3 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 80 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Switching voltage [V] DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 DC coil AC coil 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 4 0 80 1 2 3 4 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 351

352

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in connection – 3-N/O high-power relay – Relay retaining bracket – Varistor interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Full shutdown by means of ≥3 mm contact opening – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 D W H 3-N/O-contact high-power relay module with Push-in connection      34 24 14 34 24 14 31 21 11 31 21 11 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load Motor load in accordance with UL 508 General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Input side Output side Dimensions EMC note Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 70 20 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 24 5 - 25 5 - 20 14 5 - 25 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 3 N/O contacts AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 10 A (see diagram) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 250 V AC 440 V AC 2500 VA 4,000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 40°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing W / H / D 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 43 mm / 111 mm / 90 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Input voltage UN Type Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact relay and Push-in connection Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X1 RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1 RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1 2903275 2903274 2903273 5 5 5 352 PHOENIX CONTACT

353

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules RIF-4-RPT.../3X1 (3 N/O contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Switching voltage [V] DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 20 30 40 DC coil AC coil 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 4 0 80 1 2 3 4 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 353

354

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with screw connection – 3-PDT high-power relay – Relay retaining bracket – Varistor interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 D W H 2 changeover-contact high-power relay module with screw connection    22 12 24 14 21 11 22 12 24 14 21 11 A2- A1+ DC coils A2 A1 AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load Motor load in accordance with UL 508 General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Input side Output side Dimensions EMC note Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 56 20 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 24 5 - 25 5 - 20 14 5 - 25 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 2 PDT AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 11 A (see diagram) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 250 V AC 440 V AC 2500 VA 4,000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 40°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing W / H / D 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 44 mm / 96 mm / 91 mm Class A product, see page 583 Description Input voltage UN Type Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact relay and screw connection Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-4-RSC-LDP-24DC/2X21 RIF-4-RSC-LV-120AC/2X21 RIF-4-RSC-LV-230AC/2X21 2903291 2903290 2903289 5 5 5 354 PHOENIX CONTACT

355

D W H RIF-4-RSC.../2X21 (2 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 3 changeover-contact high-power relay module with screw connection ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 80 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Switching voltage [V]    DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 32 22 12 34 24 14 32 22 12 34 24 14 Contact derating Electrical service life 31 21 11 31 21 11 11 10 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 56 20 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 24 5 - 25 5 - 20 14 5 - 25 5 - 20 3 PDTs AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 10 A (see diagram) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 2500 VA 4,000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 40°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 44 mm / 96 mm / 91 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RIF-4-RSC-LDP-24DC/3X21 RIF-4-RSC-LV-120AC/3X21 RIF-4-RSC-LV-230AC/3X21 2903288 2903287 2903285 5 5 5 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 DC coil AC coil 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 4 0 80 1 2 3 4 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load RIF-4-RSC.../3X21 (3 changeover contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 80 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Switching voltage [V] DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 30 40 DC coil AC coil 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 4 0 80 1 2 3 4 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 355

356

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules Fully mounted RIF-4 relay modules, consisting of: – Relay base with screw connection – 3-N/O high-power relay – Relay retaining bracket – Varistor interference suppression module (AC types only) The advantages: – Logical contact arrangement, thanks to 1/3-level relay base – Full shutdown by means of ≥3 mm contact opening – Professional bridging of adjacent modules saves wiring time – For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side (A2), see page 358 D W H 3-N/O-contact high-power relay module with screw connection    34 24 14 34 24 14 31 21 11 31 21 11 A2- A1+ A2 A1 DC coils AC coils Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current AC Maximum switch-on current DC Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load Motor load in accordance with UL 508 General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation), AC Ambient temperature (operation), DC Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life, AC Mechanical service life, DC Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Input side Output side Dimensions EMC note Technical data ③ ② ① See diagram 70 20 20 Yellow LED, Varistor Yellow LED, damping diode 24 5 - 25 5 - 20 14 5 - 25 5 - 20 [mA] [ms] [ms] 3 N/O contacts AgNi 440 V AC / 250 V DC 10 V (at 24 mA) 10 A (see diagram) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 10 mA (at 24 V) 250 V AC 440 V AC 2500 VA 4,000 VA 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 40°C -40°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing W / H / D 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10 44 mm / 96 mm / 91 mm Class A product, see page 583 Description Input voltage UN Type Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with power contact relay and screw connection Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC RIF-4-RSC-LDP-24DC/3X1 RIF-4-RSC-LV-120AC/3X1 RIF-4-RSC-LV-230AC/3X1 2903284 2903283 2903282 5 5 5 356 PHOENIX CONTACT

357

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules RIF-4-RSC.../3X1 (3 N/O contacts) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating / N U U e g a t l o v l i o C 1,8 1,7 1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 30 40 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 Switching voltage [V] DC coil (observe contact derating) AC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Contact derating Electrical service life 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ] A [ t c a t n o c r e p t n e r r u c s u o u n i t n o c g n i t i m L i 20 30 40 DC coil AC coil 50 70 Ambient temperature [°C] 60 7 10 l s e c y C 6 10 5 5 10 10 10 4 0 80 1 2 3 4 Switching capacity [kVA] 3 250 V AC, ohmic load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 357

358

Relay modules RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system RIFLINE complete accessories Plug-in bridges The plug-in bridges can be used for simple potential distribution via all relay bases. The end clamp is used for safe isolation between adjacent modules and to visually separate the various function groups. Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Plug-in bridge End clamp Ordering data Ordering data Plug-in bridge 2-pos. red, 32 A 2-pos. blue, 32 A 2-pos. gray, 32 A 5-pos. red, 32 A 10-pos. red, 32 A 20-pos. red, 32 A 50-pos. red, 32 A 2-pos. red, 41 A 2-pos. blue, 41 A 2-pos. gray, 41 A End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM... FBS 2-6 FBS 2-6 BU FBS 2-6 GY FBS 5-6 FBS 10-6 FBS 20-6 FBS 50-6 FBS 2-8 FBS 2-8 BU FBS 2-8 GY 7042 3030336 3036932 3032237 3030349 3030271 3030365 3032224 3030284 3032567 3032541 50 50 50 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50 RIFLINE complete accessories Marking material The ZB zack band system offers numerous marking options that can be attached directly to the relay retaining brackets. In addition, further markings can be fixed to the relay base by means of double marker carriers. 5.2 mm, 6.2 mm, and 15.2 mm wide Double marker carrier Ordering data Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Zack marker strip, unprinted 10-section 10-section 5-section Double marker carrier for ZB 5 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 1051003 0811972 10 10 10 white white white gray STP 5-2 0800967 100 358 PHOENIX CONTACT

359

RIFLINE complete – Industrial relay system Relay modules RIFLINE complete accessories Test plugs The two-piece test plug offers individual plug color combinations. It is inserted directly in the function shaft of the Push-in connection. 2.3 mm test plug Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Test plug, consisting of: Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part gray red white blue yellow green gray black MPS-MT MPS-IH RD MPS-IH WH MPS-IH BU MPS-IH YE MPS-IH GN MPS-IH GY MPS-IH BK 0201744 0201676 0201663 0201689 0201692 0201702 0201728 0201731 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Adapter for RIFLINE complete RF-1 RIF-1-V8... is the VARIOFACE adapter which connects the RIF-1 relay module with the VARIOFACE system cabling. This allows easy connection of eight relay modules to a controller. .0 .1 .2 .6 .7 A2 A1A2 A1A2 A1A2 A1A2 A1A2 A1A2 A1A2 A1 .3 .4 .5 4 1 K L F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 + + - - VARIOFACE adapter for RIFLINE complete RIF-1 Technical data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible current (per branch) Maximum total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions 30 V DC 1 A (per signal path) 3 A 0.6 kV (functional insulation) -40°C ... 60°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178 IDC/FLK pin strip Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 101 mm / 75 mm Ordering data Controller level Supply H / D Description No. of pos. Module width W Type V8 adapter, for eight RIF-1 relay modules, with IDC/FLK pin strip for PLC system cabling, positive switching Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 14 128 mm RIF-1-V8/PT/FLK14/OUT 2905195 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 359

360

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules The PLC-INTERFACE relay system is PLC-INTERFACE is available in three the interface between the controller and system I/O devices. The universal design is compact and space-saving. While the narrow 6.2 mm module has one contact, the 14 mm version is available with two contacts. The modules can be equipped with either an electromechanical or a solid-state relay. They are protected against environmental influences by RTIII (IP67). The relays also offer safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160). connection technologies. Depending on the usage range, screw or Push-in connection can be selected. In addition to the universal types, PLC-INTERFACE is also available in numerous special versions. These include: – Sensor and actuator modules that can accommodate all connections directly on the interface – Modules for high inrush or continuous currents – Railway modules, which meet specific railway requirements – Filter modules, which filter out interference on the input side Plug-in bridges are available for all modules for simple potential distribution. In addition, solutions from system cabling applications offer easy connection to the plant control system. VARIOFACE adapters can be used to reduce wiring effort considerably. Installation is simplified significantly thanks to the integrated input and protective circuit. Standard marking material from CLIPLINE complete modular terminal blocks can be used to mark PLC-INTERFACE. 360 PHOENIX CONTACT

361

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Universal modules Sensors/actuators High currents PLC-R... and PLC-O... relay and solid-state relay modules with PDT or N/O contact, designed for universal use. Available in an overall width of 6.2 mm with one contact or in 14 mm with two contacts. PLC...SEN and PLC...ACT offer space-saving sensor and actuator wiring without additional supply or output terminal blocks. The sensor or actuator connections are incorporated directly at the relay module. PLC...IC is particularly suitable for applications with high switch-on currents, e.g. from lamp loads. The PLC...HC relay modules are designed for applications with high continuous currents. Available either with screw or Push-in Available either with screw or Push-in Available either with screw or Push-in connection. connection. connection. Railway applications PLC...RW relay or solid-state relay modules are suitable for railway requirements. These cover, for example, the extended temperature and input voltage range of railway applications. Interference signals on the input side PLC-B...SO46 basic terminal blocks are used for filtering interference currents and interference voltages on the input side. Available either with screw or Push-in connection. Accessories The entire PLC-INTERFACE system can be extended by a range of accessories such as power terminals, adapters for system cabling or bridges for distribution of potential. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 361

362

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Product overview Highly compact relay modules – Special versions and accessories s e i r e s r o t a u t c A s e i r e s r o s n e S s e i r e s r e t l i F l s e u d o m h c t i w S s y a l e r e t a t s - d i l o S PLC-R…/1/ACT Assembled with a plug-in power contact relay PLC-R-…/1IC/ACT Assembled with a plug-in miniature relay for high inrush currents PLC-O…/24DC/2/ACT Assembled with a plug-in solid-state power relay PLC-OSC…/230AC/1/ACT Assembled with a plug-in solid-state power relay PLC-R.../1AU/SEN Assembled with a plug-in relay for small switching capacities, with gold-plated multi-layer contact PLC-O.../48DC/100/SEN Assembled with a plug-in solid-state input relay PLC-B...UC/21/SO46 For assembly with electromechanical or solid-state relays PLC-B...UC/1/SEN/SO46 For assembly with electromechanical or solid-state relays PLC-BSC...UC/21-21/SO46 For assembly with relays PLC-BSC...UC/21/HC/SO46 For assembly with relays PLC-RS...-24UC/1/S... Relay and switch integrated PLC-S...-S/... Switch integrated PLC-O.../24DC/... Optocoupler modules for universal use PLC-O.../230AC/... Switching capacity up to 230 V AC and 2.4 A in 6.2 mm PLC-O.../300DC/... DC voltage output up to 300 V DC s y a l e r x E PLC-R.../21/EX 1 changeover contact with power contact PLC-R.../21-21/EX 2 changeover contacts with power contact PLC-R.../21/HC/EX 1 changeover contact up to 10 A PLC-O...C1D2 DC voltage output 362 PHOENIX CONTACT Web code #0618 #0617 #0689 #0898 #0899 #0690 Page 374 382 376 377 380 381 388 389 389 389 406 407 372 410 408 386 386 387 387

363

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Hybrid solid-state relays PLC-INTERFACE for railway applications PLC-INTERFACE for high inrush currents Reversing load relays PLC-H...24DC/230AC/10 Hybrid solid-state relays with AC voltage output, max. 10 A PLC…/RW Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically designed for use in railway applications PLC...1IC/ACT Maximum inrush current of 130 A, suitable for capacitive loads, available with screw and Push-in connection technology PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC Electronic reversing load relay for motors up to 24 V DC / 2 A Page: 385 Web code: #0691 Page: 418 Web code: #0900 Page: 382 Web code: #0901 Page: 423 Web code: #0693 Accessories Continuous plug-in bridge 500 mm long, insulated, can be cut to length, for potential distribution with PLC-INTERFACE Plug-in bridge 2-pos., 6 mm long, bridges potentials of adjacent PLC-INTERFACE devices Plug-in bridge 2-pos., 8 mm long, bridges potentials of adjacent PLC-INTERFACE devices with separating plate Web code: #0692 Page: 426 Plug-in bridge 2-pos., for connecting adjacent connections on a 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE device Separating plate 2 mm thick, required at the start and end of every PLC terminal strip Passive feed-through bridge Can be inserted instead of a relay or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14 Power terminal For supplying up to four potentials Logic modules PLC-V8C…/SAM2 Stand-alone module With 16 I/Os, cannot be extended, connection to PC via micro USB socket. Integrated real-time clock, accommodates external IFS-CONFSTICK memory module. PLC-V8C…/BM2 Basic module With 16 I/Os, can be extended up to a maximum of 48 I/Os. Connection to PC via micro USB socket. Integrated real-time clock. Accommodates external IFS-CONFSTICK memory module. Optional connection to IFS gateways. Web code: #0694 Page: 430 PLC-V8C…/EM Extension module With 16 I/Os, for extending the basic module. A maximum of two extension modules can be connected to each basic module. System cabling adapters for PLC-INTERFACE Web code: #0897 Page: 427 PLC-V8/FLK14… For 6.2 mm relay, with 14-pos. IDC/FLK pin strip, module width: 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/… For 6.2 mm relay, with 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip, module width: 49.6 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/… For 14 mm relay, with 14-pos. IDC/FLK pin strip, module width: 112.3 mm For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 363

364

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 Inflammability class V0 (UL 94) See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. 1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55°C Universal PLC series with changeover contact relay PLC-R... is the relay series that can be used universally and consists of basic terminal blocks and plug-in relays with changeover contacts. The advantages: – Slim design – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Functional plug-in bridges – Integrated input and interference suppression circuit – High degree of protection, RT III (wash-proof ), or RT II for relay with one changeover contact with manual operation – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter D W H 1-changeover-contact relay module, 6 A, maximum       A2 A1 11 14 12 Technical data Input data Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note [mA] [ms] ② 9 5 / 8 ③ 11 6 / 15 ① 15.3 5 / 8 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ⑦ 3.2 7 / 15 ⑥ 3.5 6 / 15 ④ 9.2 5 / 8 ⑤ 4.8 5 / 8 AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C1) 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data W / H / D Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC PLC-RSC- 12DC/21 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21 PLC-RSC-120UC/21 PLC-RSC-230UC/21 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21 PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21 PLC-RPT- 48DC/21 PLC-RPT- 60DC/21 PLC-RPT-120UC/21 PLC-RPT-230UC/21 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2966906 2966171 2966184 2966113 2966139 2966197 2966207 2900316 2900299 2900300 2900301 2900303 2900304 2900305 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21 with 1 PDT relay ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 364 PHOENIX CONTACT

365

D W H D W H D W H PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules 1-changeover-contact relay module, 50 mA, maximum 1-changeover-contact relay module with manual operation, max. 6 A 1-changeover-contact relay module with manual operation, max. 50 mA       A2 A1 11 14 12 A2 A1 11 14 12 A2 A1 11 14 12 Technical data Technical data Technical data ② 9 5 / 8 ③ 11 6 / 15 ① 15.3 5 / 8 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ⑥ 3.5 6 / 15 ⑦ 3.2 7 / 15 ⑤ 4.8 5 / 8 ④ 9.2 5 / 8 ② 9 5 / 8 ③ 11 6 / 15 ① 15.3 5 / 8 Yellow LED Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ⑥ 3.5 6 / 15 ⑦ 3.2 7 / 15 ② 9 5 / 8 ③ 11 6 / 15 ① 15.3 5 / 8 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ⑥ 3.5 6 / 15 ⑦ 3.2 7 / 15 AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C1) 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 1x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU PLC-RPT- 48DC/21AU PLC-RPT- 60DC/21AU PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU 2966919 2966265 2966278 2966126 2966142 2966281 2966294 2900317 2900306 2900307 2900308 2900309 2900310 2900311 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21/MS PLC-RSC- 24DC/21/MS PLC-RSC- 24UC/21/MS PLC-RSC-120UC/21/MS PLC-RSC-230UC/21/MS PLC-RPT- 12DC/21/MS PLC-RPT- 24DC/21/MS PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/MS PLC-RPT-120UC/21/MS PLC-RPT-230UC/21/MS 2909648 2909649 2909650 2909651 2909653 2909666 2909667 2909668 2909669 2909670 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU/MS PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU/MS PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU/MS PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU/MS PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU/MS PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU/MS PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU/MS PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/MS PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU/MS PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU/MS 2909654 2909655 2909656 2909657 2909660 2909671 2909672 2909673 2909674 2909676 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 365

366

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Universal PLC series with changeover contact relay PLC-R... is the relay series that can be used universally and consists of basic terminal blocks and plug-in relays with changeover contacts. The advantages: – Slim design – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Functional plug-in bridges – Integrated input and interference suppression circuit – RT III sealed relay – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 Inflammability class V0 (UL 94) See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. 1) 230 V types up to 55°C 2) If the specified maximum values are exceeded for multi-layer contact relays, the gold layer will be destroyed. During further use, the maximum values of the power contact relays apply. This may then result in a shorter service life than a dedicated power contact. D W H 2-changeover-contact relay module, 2 x 6 A, maximum       21 24 22 11 14 12 A2 A1 Technical data Input data Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note [mA] [ms] ② 18 8 / 10 ③ 17.5 8 / 10 ① 33 8 / 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ⑥ 4.5 7 / 10 ⑤ 10 8 / 10 ④ 20 8 / 10 ⑦ 4.5 7 / 10 AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA) 6 A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA (at 5 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C1) 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data W / H / D Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21 with 2 PDT relays ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ 4 3 2 1 PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 0,1 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 50 70 100 200 300 1 2 3 4 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 366 PHOENIX CONTACT 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21 PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21 PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21 PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21 PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21 PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21 PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21 PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2967235 2967060 2967073 2967248 2967293 2967086 2967099 2900329 2900330 2900332 2900333 2900334 2900335 2900336 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

367

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules D W H 2-changeover-contact relay module, 2 x 50 mA, maximum       21 24 22 11 14 12 A2 A1 Technical data ③ 17.5 8 / 10 ② 18 8 / 10 ① 33 8 / 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ④ 20 8 / 10 ⑤ 10 8 / 10 ⑥ 4.5 7 / 10 ⑦ 4.5 7 / 10 AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA2) 50 mA2) 1 mA (at 24 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C1) 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21AU PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU 2967277 2967125 2967112 2967280 2967303 2967138 2967141 2900337 2900338 2900339 2900340 2900341 2900342 2900343 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 367

368

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Universal PLC series with changeover contact relays with lockable manual operation PLC-R... is the relay series that can be used universally and consists of a basic terminal block and plug-in relay with changeover contacts and lockable manual operation. The advantages: – Slim design – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Functional plug-in bridges – Integrated input and interference suppression circuit – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter Notes: See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. D W H new Relay module with 2 changeover contacts with lockable manual operation, max. 2 x 6 A     21 24 22 11 14 12 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2910502 2910503 2910504 2910505 2910506 2910519 2910520 2910521 2910522 2910523 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 A2 A1 [mA] [ms] [ms] Technical data ③ 19 6 10 ② 18 3 - 15 3 - 15 ① 18 10 10 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ④ 5 6 10 ⑤ 5 6 10 AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (10 mA) 6 A 12 A (20 ms) 10 mA (12 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 5x 106 cycles EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 104 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data W / H / D Input data Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note 50 70 100 200 300 Description Input voltage UN Type PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21/MS PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21/MS PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21/MS PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21/MS PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21/MS PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21/MS PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/MS PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21/MS PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21/MS PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21/MS Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21/MS with 2 PDT relays 4 3 2 1 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 0,1 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 1 2 3 4 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21HC/MS with 1 PDT relay 20 10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 20 30 10 Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 368 PHOENIX CONTACT

369

new new D W H D W H PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Relay module with 2 changeover contacts Relay module with 1 changeover contact with lockable manual operation, max. 2 x 50 mA with lockable manual operation, max. 10 A         21 24 22 11 14 12 A2 A1 Technical data ③ 19 6 10 ② 18 3 - 15 3 - 15 ① 18 10 10 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ④ 5 6 10 ⑤ 5 6 10 A2 A1 11 14 12 Technical data ③ 19 6 10 ② 18 3 - 15 3 - 15 ① 18 10 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ⑤ 5 6 8 ④ 5 6 8 AgNi + Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC 12 V (1 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (12 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 5x 106 cycles EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 104 mm Class A product, see page 583 AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (10 mA) 10 A 24 A (20 ms) 10 mA (12 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 5x 106 cycles EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 104 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU/MS PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU/MS PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU/MS PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU/MS PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU/MS PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU/MS PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/MS PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU/MS PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU/MS PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/MS 2910507 2910508 2910510 2910511 2910513 2910524 2910526 2910527 2910528 2910529 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC/MS PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC/MS PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC/MS PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC/MS PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC/MS PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC/MS PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/MS PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC/MS PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC/MS PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC/MS 2910514 2910515 2910516 2910517 2910518 2910530 2910531 2910532 2910533 2910534 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 369

370

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE with force-guided contacts Fully assembled coupling relay module with pluggable relay with force-guided contacts, consisting of: – Relay base with Push-in or screw connection – 2-changeover-contact relay with force-guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 The advantages: – Switching current of up to 2x 6 A – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Professional bridging of adjacent modules – Integrated status LED and freewheeling diode The requirements for type A in accordance with DIN EN 50205 are satisfied if the circuit is designed as 1 N/O contact / 1 N/C contact. Notes: See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H new 2 changeover-contact relay module with force-guided contacts 21 24 22 11 14 12 Technical data   A2 A1 [mA] [ms] [ms] ② 30 3 - 15 3 - 15 ① 30 10 10 Yellow LED Yellow LED AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (10 mA) 6 A 6 A 10 mA (5 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C Approx. 107 cycles EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 104 mm Class A product, see page 583 W / H / D - UL 508 cUL 508 - Ordering data Input data Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA UL, USA/Canada UL, Canada Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type ① ② 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/2X21/FG PLC-RSC- 24UC/2X21/FG PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ② 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/2X21/FG PLC-RPT- 24UC/2X21/FG Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2910535 2910536 2910537 2910539 10 10 10 10 370 PHOENIX CONTACT

372

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Universal PLC series with solid-state relays PLC-O... is the solid-state relay series that can be used universally comprising basic terminal blocks and plug-in solid-state relays. The advantages: – Slim design – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Functional plug-in bridges – Integrated input circuit – RT-III sealed solid-state relays – High switching capacity – Zero voltage switch at AC output – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For derating curves see page 401 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H Solid-state relay module, DC output max. 100 mA      A2 A1 13+ 14 Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Maximum switch-on current Minimum/maximum switching current Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current Leakage current in off state Max. load value General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 9 0.03 0.3 300 ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 5 0.04 2 100 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz] ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8.5 0.02 0.3 300 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ⑥ 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 3.5 3 5 10 ⑤ 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.9 ≤0.3 3.5 3 4 10 ④ 0.8 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 3 1 3 50 48 V DC 3 V DC - - / 100 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤1 V - - 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ② ③ ⑤ ⑥ 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 125 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2966728 2966993 2967455 2980047 2966744 2966757 2900352 2900353 2900354 2900355 2900356 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 372 PHOENIX CONTACT

373

D W H D W H PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Solid-state relay module, DC output max. 3 A Solid-state relay module, AC output max. 750 mA           A2 A1 13+ 14 A2 A1 13+ 14 Technical data Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 9 0.03 0.3 300 ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 5 0.04 0.5 100 ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8.5 0.02 0.3 300 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ⑥ 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 3.5 4 7 10 ⑤ 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 3.5 3.5 7 10 ④ 0.8 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 3 0.04 0.6 100 ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 6 10 10 10 ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.25 9 10 10 10 ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.25 8 10 10 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ⑥ 0.8 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.25 3.5 10 10 3 ⑤ 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.25 4 10 10 3 ④ 0.8 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 3.5 10 10 10 33 V DC 3 V DC 15 A (10 ms) - / 3 A (see derating curve) Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤200 mV - - 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 253 V AC 24 V AC 30 A (10 ms) 10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve) RCV circuit <1 V <1 mA (in off state) 4.5 A2s 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2 PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 24DC/2 PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 24DC/2 PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/2 PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/2 2966634 2967002 2967468 2980050 2966650 2966663 2900364 2900365 2900366 2900367 2900368 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/1 PLC-OPT- 48DC/230AC/1 PLC-OPT- 60DC/230AC/1 PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/1 PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/1 2967840 2967853 2967866 2980063 2967879 2967882 2900369 2900370 2900371 2900372 2900374 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 373

374

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC actuator series for output functions The PLC actuator series couples controllers and actuators such as motors, contactors, and valves. The advantages: – Direct connection of actuator to relay module including load return line – No need for additional modular terminal blocks – Space savings of up to 80% – Time savings of up to 60% – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Relay modules with safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Functional plug-in bridges – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1/ACT? with 1 N/O relay ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S D W H Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 For derating curves see page 401 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. 1-N/O-contact relay module with additional floating terminal point       A2 A1 13 BB 14 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time/switch-on time at UN Typical release time/switch-off time at UN Input circuit DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ① See diagram 9 5 8 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode [mA] [ms] [ms] AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1-1/ACT? with 2 N/O relays Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① 24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT ① 24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2966210 2900312 10 10 4 3 2 1 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 0,1 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 50 70 100 200 300 1 2 3 4 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 374 PHOENIX CONTACT

375

D W H D W H PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules 1-N/O-contact relay module with manual operation and additional floating terminal point 2-N/O-contact relay module with additional floating terminal points       A2 A1 A2 A1 13 BB 14 23 BB 24 13 BB 14 Technical data ① See diagram 9 5 8 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Technical data ① See diagram 18 8 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 1x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC 6 A 8 A 10 mA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/MS/ACT 2909661 PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/MS/ACT 2909677 10 10 PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT 2967109 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 375

376

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC actuator series for output functions The PLC actuator series couples controllers and actuators such as motors, contactors, and valves. The advantages: – Direct connection of actuator to relay module including load return line – No need for additional modular terminal blocks – Space savings of up to 80% – Time savings of up to 60% – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Relay modules with safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Functional plug-in bridges – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter Notes: See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H Solid-state relay module with additional floating terminal point, DC output max. 3 A      A2 A1 13+ BB 14 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time/switch-on time at UN Typical release time/switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current Leakage current in off state Phase angle (cos φ) Max. load value General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8.5 0.02 0.3 300 ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.25 9.5 0.02 0.3 300 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz] 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) 15 A (10 ms) - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤200 mV - - - 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection ① ② PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ② Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 5 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT 2980144 2966676 2900375 2900376 10 10 10 10 376 PHOENIX CONTACT

377

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules D W H Solid-state relay module with additional floating terminal point, AC output max. 750 mA      13+ BB 14 Technical data A2 A1 ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.25 9 3 9 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A (see derating curve) 30 A (10 ms) 10 mA RCV circuit <1 V <1 mA (in off state) 0.5 4.5 A2s 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT 2967947 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 377

378

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC actuator series for output functions PLC actuator series with solid-state power relays for coupling the controller and actuators, such as motors, contactors, valves, etc. Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For derating curves see page 401 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Maximum/minimum switching voltage Maximum switch-on current Minimum/maximum switching current Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz] Leakage current in off state Phase angle (cos φ) Max. load value General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note D W H D W H Solid-state relay module Solid-state relay module with additional floating terminal point, with additional floating terminal point, DC output max. 5 A AC output max. 2 A       A2 A1 23 BB 24 A2 A1 13 BB 14 23 BB 24 13 BB 14 Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 9 0.02 0.4 300 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 9 10 10 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode 33 V DC / 3 V DC 15 A (10 ms) - / 5 A (see derating curve) Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤200 mV - - - - Basic insulation -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 253 V AC / 24 V AC 30 A (10 ms) 25 mA / 2 A (see derating curve) Surge protection ≤1 V Typically 1 mA 0.5 4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) - Basic insulation -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D See to derating / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 See to derating / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① 24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT 2982786 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT 2982760 10 378 PHOENIX CONTACT

379

PLC actuator series for output functions PLC actuator basic terminal blocks that can be fitted with a mechanical or solid-state relay. For coupling the controller and actuators, such as motors, contactors, valves, etc. Notes: Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 402 For derating curves see page 401 When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN (50/60 Hz) Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit Output data with: Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Minimum switching current Output protection Voltage drop at limiting continuous current Leakage current in off state Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage/insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Air clearances and creepage distances Degree of pollution/overvoltage category PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules D W H D W H Basic terminal block Basic terminal block with additional floating terminal point with additional floating terminal point for assembly with relay for assembly with solid-state relay         A2 A1 13 BB 14 A2 A1 A2 A1 13 BB 14 13 BB 14 DC AC Technical data Technical data 0.8 ... 1.2 15.6 mA / 8.5 mA 5 ms 30 ms Yellow LED, bridge rectifier REL-MR-24DC/21AU Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA REL-MR-24DC/21 Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 0.8 ... 1.2 15 mA / 8.3 mA 10 ms 20 ms Yellow LED, bridge rectifier OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... OPT...230AC/... - - 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA - - 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) - - 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A (see derating curve) 1 mA (at 24 V) - 10 mA (at 12 V) - - - - - - - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection - RCV circuit ≤1 V - - ≤150 mV - - ≤1 V ≤1 mA 4.5 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) 250 V AC 6 kV / safe isolation, increased insulation 250 V AC 6 kV / safe isolation, increased insulation -20°C ... 60°C EN 50178 2 / III -20°C ... 60°C EN 50178 2 / III Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Ordering data Ordering data Description Voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection 24 V AC/DC PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT 24 V AC/DC PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982799 2900450 Accessories Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts REL-MR- 24DC/21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961121 2961105 10 10 10 10 Pluggable solid-state relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982799 2900450 Accessories OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2966618 2966595 2967950 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 379

380

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. 1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55°C 2) If the specified maximum values are exceeded for multi-layer contact relays, the gold layer will be destroyed. During further use, the maximum values of the power contact relays apply. This may then result in a shorter service life than a dedicated power contact. PLC sensor series for input functions PLC sensor series for coupling controller and sensors, such as proximity switches, limit switches or auxiliary contacts The advantages: – Direct connection of sensor to relay module including sensor supply – No need for additional modular terminal blocks – Space savings of up to 80% – Time savings of up to 60% – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Relay modules with safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Functional plug-in bridges – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter D W H 1-N/O-contact relay module with additional floating terminal point       A2 BB A1 Technical data 13 14 ② ① See diagram ③ 9 5 8 3.5 6 15 3.2 7 15 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz] Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) - - 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C1) 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time/switch-on time at UN Typical release time/switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type ① ② ③ PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ② ③ 24 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC 24 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2966317 2966320 2966333 2900313 2900314 2900315 10 10 10 10 10 10 380 PHOENIX CONTACT

381

D W H D W H PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules 1-N/O-contact relay module with manual operation and additional floating terminal point Solid-state relay module with additional floating terminal point, DC output max. 100 mA       A2 BB A1 Technical data 13 14 ② ① See diagram ③ 9 5 8 3.5 6 15 3.2 7 15 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA2) 50 mA2) 1 mA (at 24 V) - - 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C1) 1x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III 13+ 14 A2 BB A1 Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 3.5 6 10 10 ③ 0.8 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 3.5 3 5 10 ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8.5 0.02 0.3 300 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier - 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA - - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤1 V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C - IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/MS/SEN PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/MS/SEN PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/MS/SEN 2909663 2909664 2909665 2909678 2909679 2909680 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2966773 2966799 2966809 2900358 2900359 2900361 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 381

382

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE for high inrush currents, e.g., LEDs PLC relay modules for high switch-on currents due, for example, to capacitive loads. The advantages: – Maximum inrush current 130 A peak – Direct connection of load return line thanks to actuator type – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Functional plug-in bridges – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H 1-N/O-contact relay module with additional floating terminal point, max. 130 A peak A2 A1 13 BB 14 Input data Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input circuit DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Maximum switch-on current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Technical data ② 18 8 / 10 ① 33 8 / 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode [mA] [ms] AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 100 mA) 80 A (for 20 ms) / 130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 μF) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 3x 107 cycles EN 50178, EN 61810-1 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection ① ② PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ② Input voltage UN Type 12 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC PLC-RSC- 12DC/ 1IC/ACT PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT PLC-RPT- 12DC/ 1IC/ACT PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT t Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 1078800 2967604 1078801 2900298 10 10 10 10 Basic behavior of capacitive loads: - Very high input current - Voltage increases with an e-function U I Maximum interrupting rating 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 30 10 Switching voltage [V] 20 50 70 100 200 300 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 382 PHOENIX CONTACT

383

PLC-INTERFACE with tungsten lead contact relay PLC-INTERFACE with tungsten lead contact relay, e.g., LEDs The advantages: – Maximum inrush current up to 800 A peak through tungsten lead contact – Direct connection of load return line thanks to actuator type – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Functional plug-in bridges – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules new Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H 1-N/O-contact relay module with additional floating terminal point, 800 A peak, maximum A2 A1 13 BB 14 Input data Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions [mA] [ms] Technical data ① 18 8 / 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 165 A (20 ms) / 800 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 μF) 100 mA (at 12 V DC) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C 3x 107 cycles EN 50178, EN 61810-1 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Ordering data W / H / D Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① 24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1ICT/ACT ① 24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1ICT/ACT Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 1078680 1078683 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 383

384

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE for high continuous currents PLC relay modules for high continuous switching currents The advantages: – Maximum continuous current 10 A – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Screw and Push-in connection technology – Functional plug-in bridges – Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter – Long electrical service life, thanks to 16 A relay – All common input voltages of 12 V DC to 230 V AC D W H Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. 1) 230 V types up to 55°C 1-changeover-contact relay module, max. 10 A       11 14 12 A2 A1 Technical data Input data Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note [mA] [ms] ③ 17.5 8 / 10 ② 18 8 / 10 ① 33 8 / 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier ④ 20 8 / 10 ⑤ 10 8 / 10 ⑥ 4.2 7 / 10 ⑦ 4.5 7 / 10 AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 10 A 30 A (300 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 60°C1) 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data W / H / D Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ 1 3 2 PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2967617 2967620 2967633 2967646 2967659 2967662 2967675 2900290 2900291 2900293 2900294 2900295 2900296 2900297 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] 1 2 3 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Max. interrupting rating 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 384 PHOENIX CONTACT

385

PLC-INTERFACE with hybrid solid-state relay The solid-state relay, combined with a mechanical relay, offers the following advantages: – Higher electrical service life – Lower power dissipation – Option of bridging adjacent modules – Status display – Protection circuits in input and output – Switching capacity up to 230 V AC/10 A – Screw and Push-in connection technology PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Notes: See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H 14 14 13 13 Hybrid solid-state relay, AC output max. 10 A and bypass relay   Us ON DC AC Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US Rated control supply current IS Rated actuation voltage UC ON Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Minimum/maximum switching current Output protection Leakage current in off state Max. load value General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ① 24 0.8 - 1.2 14 mA (input low, output low) 19 mA (input high, output high) 24 0.8 - 1.2 6.8 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection [V DC] [V DC] [mA] 253 V AC 24 V AC 100 mA / 10 A (see derating curve) RCV circuit <1 mA 350 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) 260 V AC 6 kV safe isolation -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Rated actuating voltage UC Type PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① 24 V DC PLC-HPT-24DC/230AC/10 ① 24 V DC PLC-HSC-24DC/230AC/10 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2905214 2905215 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 385

386

D W H D W H 1-changeover-contact relay module, 6 A, maximum 2-changeover-contact relay module, 2 x 6 A, maximum  Ex:     Ex:    11 14 12 A2 A1 ② ① See diagram ③ Technical data ④ 21 24 22 11 14 12 Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE for hazardous areas Relay modules with ATEX, IECEx, and Class 1, Division 2 approval for potentially explosive applications as well as solid-state relays with Class 1, Division 2 approval. The advantages: – Slim design – Functional plug-in bridges – Integrated input and interference suppression circuit – RTIII-sealed relays – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. 1) Ambient temperature (operation): -40°C ... 55°C (ATEX / IECEx) A2 A1 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time/switch-on time at UN Typical release time/switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance ATEX IECEx UL, USA UL, USA/Canada UL, Canada ② ① See diagram ③ Technical data ④ 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz] 15.3 5 8 9 5 8 3.5 6 15 3.2 7 15 33 8 10 18 8 10 4.5 7 10 4.5 7 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) - - AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA) 6 A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA (at 5 V) - - W / H / D 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C (UL), -40°C ... 60°C (ATEX / IECEx) 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 60079-0, -7, -15 3 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3G Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IBExU16ATEXB015 X ) Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IECEx IBE 16.0029X ) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C (UL), -40°C ... 60°C (ATEX / IECEx) 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 60079-0, -7, -15 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3G Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IBExU16ATEXB015 X ) Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IECEx IBE 16.0029X ) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X Ordering data Ordering data Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type ① ② ③ ④ PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① ③ ④ ⑤ 386 PHOENIX CONTACT 12 V DC 24 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 120 V AC / 110 V DC 230 V AC / 220 V DC PLC-RSC-12DC/21/EX PLC-RSC-24DC/21/EX PLC-RSC-120UC/21/EX PLC-RSC-230UC/21/EX1) PLC-RPT-12DC/21/EX PLC-RPT-24DC/21/EX PLC-RPT-120UC/21/EX PLC-RPT-230UC/21/EX1) Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2909522 2909524 2909525 2909526 2909527 2909528 2909529 2909530 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-RSC-12DC/21-21/EX PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21/EX PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21/EX PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21/EX1) PLC-RPT-12DC/21-21/EX PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21/EX PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21/EX PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21/EX1) 2909517 2909509 2909511 2909512 2909513 2909514 2909515 2909516 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

387

D W H D W H D W H PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules 1-changeover-contact relay module, max. 10 A Solid-state relay module, DC output max. 3 A Solid-state relay module, DC output max. 100 mA  Ex:     Ex:   Ex:  A2 A1 ② ① See diagram ③ Technical data ④ 33 8 10 18 8 10 4.5 7 10 4.5 7 10 11 14 12 A2 A1 ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8.5 0.02 0.3 300 ③ 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.3 3.5 3.5 7 10 Technical data 13+ 14 A2 A1 ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8.5 0.02 0.3 300 ③ 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.9 ≤0.3 3.5 3 4 10 13+ 14 Technical data Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Yellow LED, bridge rectifier AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 10 A 30 A (300 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) - - 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C (UL), -40°C ... 60°C (ATEX / IECEx) 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 60079-0, -7, -15 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant  II 3G Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IBExU16ATEXB015 X ) Ex ec nC IIC T4 Gc ( IECEx IBE 16.0029X ) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X - 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 A 15 A (10 ms) - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤200 mV 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C - IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant - - Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X - 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA - - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤1 V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C - IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 CE-compliant - - Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC Gc T6 X Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-RSC-12DC/21HC/EX PLC-RSC-24DC/21HC/EX PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC/EX PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC/EX1) PLC-RPT-12DC/21HC/EX PLC-RPT-24DC/21HC/EX PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC/EX PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC/EX1) 2909518 2909519 2909520 2909521 2909531 2909532 2909533 2909534 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/C1D2 PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2/C1D2 5603260 5603262 10 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/C1D2 PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/C1D2 5603261 5603263 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 387

388

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Basic terminal blocks with interference current filter that can be fitted with relays PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated filter to protect against interference voltages or currents due, for example, to long control lines. The advantages: – Resistant to interference currents – High relay release voltage Typical applications: – Applications with long control lines – Use of AC output boards, resulting in residual AC currents – Screw and Push-in connection technology Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 402 When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. D W H     A2 A1 Basic terminal block with Input filter 11 14 12 Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical release voltage (relay assembly) Typical input current at UN (50/60 Hz) Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit Output data with: Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/overvoltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data 120 V AC 0.8 ... 1.4 50 V AC 7 mA / 8 mA 7 ms 20 ms Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter REL-MR-60DC/21 Single contact, 1-PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A on request 10 mA (at 12 V) 230 V AC 0.78 ... 1.14 80 V AC 8.8 mA / 10 mA 7 ms 20 ms REL-MR-60DC/21AU Single contact, 1-PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 55°C 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Load PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for pluggable miniature relays or solid-state relays with screw connection with screw connection with Push-in connection with Push-in connection 120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46 PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46 2980319 2980335 2900453 2900455 Accessories REL-MR- 60DC/21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961134 2961118 10 10 10 10 10 10 V R C L Leakage current Output A1 U N Signal cable A2 Occurrence of interference signals Scenario 1: controller - AC output card Long signal cable ( 10m) > A1 230 VAC Leakage current U Load A2 L E.g. N L1 L2 L3 Parallel signal cables or load cables Occurrence of interference signals Scenario 2: long signal cables 388 PHOENIX CONTACT

389

D W H D W H D W H PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Basic terminal block 2-changeover-contact basic terminal block 1-changeover-contact basic terminal block with additional floating terminal point with input filter and input filter for high continuous currents with input filter             13 14 A2 A1 A2 BB A1 21 24 22 11 14 12 A2 A1 11 14 12 Technical data Technical data Technical data 230 V AC 0.78 ... 1.14 80 V AC 8.8 mA / 10 mA 7 ms 20 ms REL-MR-60DC/21AU Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 120 V AC 0.8 ... 1.4 50 V AC 7 mA / 8 mA 7 ms 20 ms Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter REL-MR-60DC/21 Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A on request 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 55°C 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III 230 V AC 0.78 ... 1.14 70 V AC 8.5 mA / 10 mA 7 ms 10 ms REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU Single contact, 2-PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA 120 V AC 0.78 ... 1.4 16 V AC 6 mA / 7 mA 7 ms 10 ms Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter REL-MR-110DC/21-21 Single contact, 2-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC 6 A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 55°C 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III 120 V AC 0.85 ... 1.4 16 V AC 6 mA / 7 mA 7 ms 20 ms Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter REL-MR-110DC/21HC Single contact, 1-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 10 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 55°C 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III 230 V AC 0.78 ... 1.14 70 V AC 8.5 mA / 10 mA 7 ms 20 ms 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2980322 2980348 2900456 2900457 Accessories REL-MR- 60DC/21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961134 2961118 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46 2980416 2980429 10 10 PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46 2980432 2980445 10 10 Accessories Accessories REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961228 2961202 10 10 REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 389

390

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Basic terminal blocks with interference current filter that can be fitted with solid-state relays PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated filter to protect against interference voltages or currents due, for example, to long control lines. The advantages: – Resistant to interference currents – High relay release voltage Typical applications: – Applications with long control lines – Use of AC output boards, resulting in residual AC currents Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 402 When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level (with optocoupler) 0 signal (“L”) Typical input current at UN (50/60 Hz) Typical response time/switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Input circuit Output data with: Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Output protection D W H Basic terminal block with input filter     A2 A1 A2 A1 11 14 12 DC AC 11 14 12 Technical data 230 V AC 0.8 ... 1.1 ≤0.4 120 V AC 0.85 ... 1.1 ≤0.4 8.8 mA / 10 mA 6 ms 10 ms 7 mA / 8 mA 6 ms 10 ms Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... OPT...230AC/... 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 30 V DC 3 V DC 3 A 15 A (10 ms) 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A 30 A (10 ms) RCV circuit Voltage drop at limiting continuous current <1 V <200 mV <1 V Leakage current in off state Maximum phase shift (inductive consumer) Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/overvoltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note - - - - - - <1 mA 0.5 4.5 A2s 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 55°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for pluggable miniature relays or solid-state relays with screw connection with screw connection with Push-in connection with Push-in connection 120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46 PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46 Pluggable solid-state relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays Accessories OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2980319 2980335 2900453 2900455 2966621 2966605 2967963 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 390 PHOENIX CONTACT

391

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules D W H Basic terminal block with additional floating terminal point and input filter     13 14 13 14 A2 BB A1 A2 BB A1 DC AC Technical data 230 V AC 0.8 ... 1.1 ≤0.4 120 V AC 0.85 ... 1.1 ≤0.4 8.8 mA / 10 mA 6 ms 10 ms 7 mA / 8 mA 6 ms 10 ms Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, filter OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... OPT...230AC/... 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 30 V DC 3 V DC 3 A 15 A (10 ms) 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A 30 A (10 ms) RCV circuit <1 V <200 mV <1 V - - - - - - <1 mA 0.5 4.5 A2s 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 55°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 Accessories OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2980322 2980348 2900456 2900457 2966621 2966605 2967963 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 391

392

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules with filter and predefined switch-on and switch-off thresholds to protect against high interference signals PLC relay module with integrated wiring to protect against interference voltages or currents due, for example, to long control lines. The advantages: – Resistant to high interference signals, thanks to hysteresis – High relay release voltage up to 180 V AC Typical applications: – Applications with long control lines – Use of AC output boards, resulting in residual AC currents – Screw and Push-in connection technology new 2-changeover contact with predefined switch-on and switch-off threshold 21 24 22 11 14 12 A2 A1 [mA] [ms] Technical data ② 4.5 7 / 10 190 V AC 180 V AC ① 4.5 7 / 10 190 V AC 180 V AC Yellow LED, bridge rectifier AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA) 6 A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA (at 5 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm W / H / D Ordering data Input data Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Switch-on threshold Switch-off threshold Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Description PLC-INTERFACE - with screw connection - with Push-in connection Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② 230 V AC PLC-RSC-230AC/21-21/SO46/HI 1079387 230 V AC PLC-RPT-230AC/21-21/SO46/HI 1079389 10 10 392 PHOENIX CONTACT

393

new PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules 1-changeover contact for high continuous currents with predefined switch-on and switch-off threshold 11 14 12 A2 A1 Technical data ② 4.5 7 / 10 190 V AC 180 V AC ① 4.5 7 / 10 190 V AC 180 V AC Yellow LED, bridge rectifier AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 10 A 30 A (300 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 55°C 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-RSC-230AC/21HC/SO46/HI 1079402 PLC-RPT-230AC/21HC/SO46/HI 1079404 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 393

394

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Plug-in miniature power relays Plug-in miniature power relays are compatible for PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0 and RIF-1 relay base. The advantages: – Power contacts up to 16 A – Multi-layer gold contact or power contact – High degree of protection up to RT III depending on type (wash-proof ) – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact Notes: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see page 400 For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 399 When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 Relay with one changeover contact, max. 6 A Relay with one changeover contact, with manual operation, max. 6 A          A2 A1 12 11 14 A2 A1 12 11 14 Technical data ④ ⑤ ② See diagram Technical data ④ ⑤ 7 5 2.5 3 5 2.5 14 5 2.5 7 5 2.5 3 5 2.5 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load ② ① See diagram 38 5 2.5 14 5 2.5 ③ 9 5 2.5 [mA] [ms] [ms] 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA on request 1 mA (at 24 V) 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1,500 VA 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 1.2 W - - - - - 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 1x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 61810-1 Any / in rows with zero spacing 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1,500 VA 1.2 W - - - - - 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 61810-1 Any / in rows with zero spacing General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Dimensions Description W / H / D 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 16 mm Ordering data Ordering data Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts 4.5 V DC 12 V DC 18 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ REL-MR- 4,5DC/21 REL-MR- 12DC/21 REL-MR- 18DC/21 REL-MR- 24DC/21 REL-MR- 60DC/21 ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ 4.5 V DC 12 V DC 18 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU REL-MR- 12DC/21AU REL-MR- 18DC/21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 394 PHOENIX CONTACT 2961367 2961150 2961383 2961105 2961118 2961370 2961163 2961493 2961121 2961134 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21/MS REL-MR- 24DC/21/MS REL-MR- 60DC/21/MS REL-MR- 12DC/21AU/MS REL-MR- 24DC/21AU/MS REL-MR- 60DC/21AU/MS 2909641 2909642 2909643 2909644 2909645 2909647 10 10 10 10 10 10

395

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Relay with two changeover contacts, 2 x 8 A, maximum Relay with one N/O contact for high inrush currents, 130 A peak, maximum Relay with one changeover contact, 16 A, maximum                   A1 A2 12 22 11 21 14 24 A1 A2 A1 A2 13 14 12 11 14 ② See diagram 33 7 3 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 10 mA) 8 A 25 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 5 V) 190 W 85 W 60 W 44 W 60 W 2,000 VA Technical data ④ 17 7 3 ⑤ 8.2 7 3 ⑥ 4.1 7 3 See diagram Technical data ④ 17 8 3 2 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V (100 mA) 16 A 80 A (20 ms) / 130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 μF) 1 mA (at 24 V) 100 mA (at 12 V DC) 1.2 W - - - - - 384 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 80 W 4,000 VA ② See diagram Technical data ④ 17 7 3 ⑤ 8.2 7 3 ⑥ 4.1 7 3 33 7 3 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 16 A 50 A (20 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) 384 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 80 W 4,000 VA 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 61810-1 Any / can be aligned without spacing (>70°C ≥2.5 mm) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 3x 107 cycles EN 50178, EN 61810-1 Any / can be aligned without spacing (>70°C ≥2.5 mm) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178, EN 61810-1 Any / can be aligned without spacing (>70°C ≥2.5 mm) 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. REL-MR- 24DC/1IC 2961341 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21HC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961309 2961312 2961325 2961338 10 10 10 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961257 2961192 2961273 2961202 2961299 2961215 2961286 2961228 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 395

396

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Plug-in solid-state relays Plug-in solid-state relays are compatible for both PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0 and RIF-1 relay base. The advantages: – Switching current of up to 5 A – RT III seal (wash-proof ) – Vibration- and shock-resistant – Wear-free and long-lasting – Zero voltage switch at AC output – Can be soldered in on PCB Notes: For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see page 401 When mounting relays on a DIN rail base or PCB, data may be limited, especially with regard to the limiting continuous current and/or ambient temperature range. See “General” section in “Fundamentals of relay technology” on page 272 Solid-state relay, DC output max. 3 A Solid-state relay, DC output max. 100 mA           A2 A1 13+ 14 A2 A1 13+ 14 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ [mA] [µs] [µs] [Hz] Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level Typical input current at UN Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Minimum load current Maximum switch-on current Leakage current in off state Phase angle (cos φ) Output circuit Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current General data Rated surge voltage Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 2.5 0.8 9 20 300 300 ② 0.8 - 1.2 16 10 7 20 300 300 ③ 0.8 - 1.2 35 20 3 40 500 300 ① 0.8 - 1.2 2.5 0.8 4 20 300 300 ② 0.8 - 1.2 16 10 7 20 300 300 ③ 0.9 - 1.1 52 40 3 50 800 100 Technical data 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) - 15 A (10 ms) - - 2-conductor, floating - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤150 mV Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA - - - - 2-conductor, floating - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤1 V Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Mounting position/mounting Dimensions W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm Any / in rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm Ordering data Ordering data Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967989 2966595 2966605 10 10 10 ① ② ③ ① ② ③ 5 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2967992 2966618 2966621 10 10 10 Description Plug-in solid-state relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays Plug-in solid-state relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state input relays 396 PHOENIX CONTACT

397

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Solid-state relay, DC output max. 5 A Solid-state relay, AC output max. 750 mA Solid-state relay, AC output max. 2 A            A1 A2 ② 0.8 - 1.2 16 10 7 20 400 300 ③ 0.9 - 1.1 35 20 3 25 400 300 ① 0.8 - 1.2 2.5 0.8 9 10 400 300 Technical data 13+ 14 A2 A1 13+ 14 Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 10 5 6 6,000 500 10 ③ 0.9 - 1.1 50 15 3 9,000 700 10 A1 A2 ① 0.8 - 1.2 3 1 15 10,000 10,000 10 ② 0.8 - 1.2 18 8.4 7 10,000 10,000 10 13 14 Technical data 33 V DC 3 V DC 5 A (see derating curve) - 15 A (10 ms) - - 2-conductor, floating - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤200 mV Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A (see derating curve) 10 mA 30 A (10 ms) <1 mA 0.5 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 4.5 A2s RCV circuit <1 V Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Any / in rows with zero spacing 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm Any / in rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 253 V AC 24 V AC 2 A (see derating curve) 25 mA 30 A (10 ms) <1 mA - 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) Surge protection ≤1 V Basic insulation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664 2 / III Any / see derating curve 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5 OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982113 2982100 2982126 10 10 10 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 2967963 10 10 OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 2982168 2982171 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 397

398

R e l a y m o d u e s l T a b e s , l d i a g r a m s , i d m e n s i o n a l d r a w n g s i R e l a y o p t i o n s f o r P L C b a s i c t e r m n a l i l b o c k s 3 9 8 I P H O E N X C O N T A C T R E L - M R - 1 1 0 D C 2 1 - 2 1 A U / 2 9 6 1 2 2 8 R E L - M R - 1 1 0 D C 2 1 - 2 1 / 2 9 6 1 2 0 2 R E L - M R - 6 0 D C 2 1 - 2 1 A U / 2 9 6 1 2 8 6 R E L - M R - 6 0 D C 2 1 - 2 1 / 2 9 6 1 2 7 3 R E L - M R - 2 4 D C 2 1 - 2 1 A U / 2 9 6 1 2 1 5 R E L - M R - 2 4 D C 2 1 - 2 1 / 2 9 6 1 1 9 2 R E L - M R - 1 2 D C 2 1 - 2 1 A U / 2 9 6 1 2 9 9 O P T - 6 0 D C 2 3 0 A C 2 / / O P T - 2 4 D C 2 3 0 A C 2 / / O P T - 6 0 D C 2 4 D C 5 / / O P T - 2 4 D C 2 4 D C 5 / / O P T - 6 0 D C 4 8 D C 1 0 0 / / O P T - 2 4 D C 4 8 D C 1 0 0 / / / O P T - 5 D C 4 8 D C 1 0 0 / O P T - 6 0 D C 2 4 D C 2 / / O P T - 2 4 D C 2 4 D C 2 / / O P T - 5 D C 2 4 D C 2 / / O P T - 6 0 D C 2 3 0 A C 1 / / O P T - 2 4 D C 2 3 0 A C 1 / / R E L - M R - 1 1 0 D C 2 1 H C / R E L - M R - 6 0 D C 2 1 H C / R E L - M R - 2 4 D C 2 1 H C / R E L - M R - 1 2 D C 2 1 H C / 2 9 8 2 1 8 4 2 9 8 2 1 7 1 2 9 8 2 1 2 6 2 9 8 2 1 0 0 2 9 6 6 6 2 1 2 9 6 6 6 1 8 2 9 6 7 9 9 2 2 9 6 6 6 0 5 2 9 6 6 5 9 5 2 9 6 7 9 8 9 2 9 6 7 9 6 3 2 9 6 7 9 5 0 2 9 6 1 3 3 8 2 9 6 1 3 2 5 2 9 6 1 3 1 2 2 9 6 1 3 0 9                                                                      R E L - M R - 1 8 D C 2 1 / R E L - M R - 1 2 D C 2 1 - 2 1 / R E L - M R - 1 8 D C 2 1 A U / R E L - M R - 2 4 D C 1 C / I R E L - M R / - 6 0 D C 2 1 A U M S / R E L - M R - 6 0 D C 2 1 A U / R E L - M R - 6 0 D C 2 1 M S / / R E L - M R - 6 0 D C 2 1 / R E L - M R - 2 4 D C 2 1 A U M S / / R E L - M R - 2 4 D C 2 1 A U / R E L - M R - 2 4 D C 2 1 M S / / R E L - M R - 2 4 D C 2 1 / R E L - M R - 1 2 D C 2 1 A U M S / / R E L - M R - 1 2 D C 2 1 A U / R E L - M R - 1 2 D C 2 1 M S / / R E L - M R - 1 2 D C 2 1 / , R E L - M R - 4 5 D C 2 1 A U / R E L - M R - 4 5 D C 2 1 / , s o l i d - s t a t e r e a y s l w l i t h r e a y s o r O p t i o n s f o r a s s e m b y l 2 9 6 1 2 5 7 2 9 6 1 4 9 3 2 9 6 1 3 8 3 2 9 6 1 3 4 1 2 9 0 9 6 4 7 2 9 6 1 1 3 4 2 9 0 9 6 4 3 2 9 6 1 1 1 8 2 9 0 9 6 4 5 2 9 6 1 1 2 1 2 9 0 9 6 4 2 2 9 6 1 1 0 5 2 9 0 9 6 4 4 2 9 6 1 1 6 3 2 9 0 9 6 4 1 2 9 6 1 1 5 0 2 9 6 1 3 7 0 2 9 6 1 3 6 7 Push-in connection Screw connection                               PLC-BPT-5DC/21 2900443 PLC-BSC-5DC/21  PLC-BPT-12DC/21 2900444 PLC-BSC-12DC/21 1 changeover contact basic terminal block PLC-BPT-24DC/21 2900445 PLC-BSC-24DC/21 PLC-BPT-24UC/21 2900446 PLC-BSC-24UC/21 PLC-BPT-48DC/21 2900447 PLC-BSC-48DC/21 PLC-BPT-60DC/21 2900279 PLC-BSC-60DC/21 PLC-BPT-120UC/21 2900280 PLC-BSC-120UC/21 PLC-BSC-125DC/21 PLC-BPT-230UC/21 2900281 PLC-BSC-230UC/21 2 changeover contact basic terminal block PLC-BPT-12DC/21-21 2900282 PLC-BSC-12DC/21-21 PLC-BPT-24DC/21-21 2900283 PLC-BSC-24DC/21-21 PLC-BPT-24UC/21-21 2900284 PLC-BSC-24UC/21-21 PLC-BPT-48DC/21-21 2900285 PLC-BSC-48DC/21-21 PLC-BPT-60DC/21-21 2900286 PLC-BSC-60DC/21-21 2980225 2966896 2966016 2966029 2966090 2966100 2966032 2980018 2966045 2967251 2967015 2967028 2967264 2967316 PLC-BPT-120UC/21-21 2900287 PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21 2967031 PLC-BPT-230UC/21-21 2900288 PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21 2967044 HC basic terminal block PLC-BPT-12DC/21HC 2900253 PLC-BSC-12DC/21HC PLC-BPT-24DC/21HC 2900254 PLC-BSC-24DC/21HC PLC-BPT-24UC/21HC 2900255 PLC-BSC-24UC/21HC PLC-BPT-48DC/21HC 2900256 PLC-BSC-48DC/21HC PLC-BPT-60DC/21HC 2900257 PLC-BSC-60DC/21HC 2967769 2967772 2967785 2967798 2967808 PLC-BPT-120UC/21HC 2900258 PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC 2967811 PLC-BPT-230UC/21HC 2900259 PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC 2967824 Sensor basic terminal block     PLC-BPT-24DC/1/SEN 2900262 PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN 2966061   PLC-BSC-5DC/1/SEN 2980267                   PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN 2900451 PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN 2966074 PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN 2900452 PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN 2966087 Actuator basic terminal block  PLC-BPT-5DC/1/ACT 2900448 PLC-BSC-5DC/1/ACT PLC-BPT-24DC/1/ACT 2900449 PLC-BSC-24DC/1/ACT PLC-BPT-24UC/1/ACT 2900450 PLC-BSC-24UC/1/ACT 2980241 2966058 2982799 PLC-BPT-24DC/21RW 2900261 IC basic terminal block PLC-BPT-24DC/1IC/ACT 2900260 PLC-BSC-24DC/1IC/ACT 2967837

399

PLC-R...-12DC... A U = 12 V DC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-48DC... A U = 48 V DC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-125DC... A U = 125 V DC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-12DC... A U = 12 V DC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-48DC... A U = 48 V DC N B Relay modules Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings PLC-R...-24DC... A U = 24 V DC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-60DC... A U = 60 V DC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-230UC... A U = 220 V DC / 230 V AC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-24DC... A U = 24 V DC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-60DC... A U = 60 V DC N B U U N U U N U U N U U N U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-230UC... U = 220 V DC N U = 230 V AC N U = 220 V DC N U = 230 V AC N A B T [ °C] U General conditions: Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal or vertical mounting. Curve A Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data). Curve B Minimum permitted pick-up voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see relevant technical data). 1) Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time, the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield better values, but are not practical. Operating voltage ranges for PLC-INTERFACE, 6.2 mm versions, equipped with relay U U N U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 PLC-R...-24UC... A U = 24 V DC / 24 V AC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-120UC... A U = 110 V DC / 120 V AC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U Operating voltage ranges for PLC-INTERFACE, 14 mm versions, equipped with relay PLC-R...-24UC... A U = 24 V DC / 24 V AC N B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U PLC-R...-120UC... U = 110 V DC N U = 120 V DC N U = 120 V AC N U = 110 V DC N A B U U N U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 U U N U U N U U N U U N U U N U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U T [ °C] U For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 399

400

Relay modules Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings Plug-in 1-changeover-contact relays and 2-changeover contact relays REL-MR...21 REL-MR...21-21 Permissible input voltage range for REL-MR...21 Permissible input voltage range for REL-MR...21-21, REL-MR-24DC/1IC, REL-MR...21HC U UN 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 A B 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [°C] T U U UN 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 A B 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [°C] T U General conditions: Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal or vertical mounting. Curve A Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data). Curve B Minimum permitted pick-up voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see relevant technical data). 1) Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time, the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield better values, but are not practical. 5 mm overall width 12.7 mm overall width 28 5 29 12,7 5 1 5 , 3 7 , 5 1 6 , 3 Perforations for assembly: view of the connections Perforations for assembly: view of the connections 1 1,3 1,9 1,3 5 5 1,28 2 , 1 Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm 400 PHOENIX CONTACT Pitch division: 2.5 mm

401

Relay modules Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings Plug-in solid-state relays OPT...DC/24DC/2 OPT...DC/230AC/1 OPT...DC/24DC/5 OPT...DC/230AC/2 Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2 solid-state relays Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 and PLC-OS.../24DC/5/ACT solid-state relays 3 2 1 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 5 4 3 2 1 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 10 0 50 Ambient temperature range [°C] 20 30 40 60 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 0 Ambient temperature range [°C] Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1 solid-state relays Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 and PLC-OS.../230AC/2/ACT solid-state relays 750 300 0 ] A m [ t n e r r u c d a o L 10 0 50 Ambient temperature range [°C] 20 30 40 1 2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 60 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 0 Ambient temperature range [°C] 1 2 Aligned with >10 mm spacing Aligned without spacing 5 mm overall width 12.7 mm overall width 28 5 29 12,7 5 1 5 , 3 7 , 5 1 6 , 3 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 401

402

Relay modules Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings Electrical interrupting rating for PLC-INTERFACE Electrical service life for PLC-INTERFACE EMG-OV solid-state power relays Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21 with 1 PDT relay Electrical service life for PLC-R.../21... Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...48DC/2 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 1 106 105 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 3 2 1 0 2 1 l s e c y c g n h c t i i Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load w S 104 0 Switching current [A] 2 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 4 6 8 1 2 Aligned without spacing Stand-alone device 30 20 Ambient temperature [°C] 40 50 60 Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21 with 2 PDT relays Electrical service life for PLC-R.../21-21... 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 4 3 2 1 107 106 105 1 2 l s e c y c g n h c t i i 50 70 100 200 300 w S 104 20 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 1 2 3 4 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 1 0 Switching current [A] 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...1IC/ACT for high inrush currents Electrical service life for PLC-R.../21HC... 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 50 70 100 200 300 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 107 106 105 104 1 0 Switching current [A] 2 3 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils) l s e c y c g n h c t i i w S ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21HC for high continuous currents ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 3 2 50 70 100 200 300 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 1 2 3 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms 402 PHOENIX CONTACT

404

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE with two integrated relays Relay module with two permanently soldered-in power relays The advantages: – 100% more channel density than the conventional 6.2 mm relay – Two switching channels in a 6.2 mm housing – Screw and Push-in connection technology Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H Relay module with two integrated, independent relays up to 3.5 A for high channel density  A1.1+ A2– A1.2+ K1 K2 Input data Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input circuit DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Test voltage output/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ① 7 4 / 6 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode [mA] [ms] AgNi 250 V AC / 30 V DC 24 V AC/DC 3.5 A 5 mA 3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data W / H / D 13 14 23 24 Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① 24 V DC PLC-2RPT-24DC/1 ① 24 V DC PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2987309 2901639 10 10 404 PHOENIX CONTACT

405

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Application example for PLC-2RS...24DC/1 VCC + - A1.2 A1.2 A2– A2– A1.1 A1.1 14 14 13 13 23 23 24 24 y1 y2 y3 y4 Operating voltage range U U N e g a t l o v t u p n I 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 A U = 24 V DC N B 25 35 20 Ambient temperature 30 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U Interrupting rating [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i ] A w S 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 1 DC, ohmic load 50 70 100 200 300 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 405

406

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE with manual switch and relay Relay module with manual switch and integrated power relay for manual, zero, and automatic functions The advantages are: – Maximum switching current 6 A – Width of only 6.2 mm – Floating checkback contact – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Screw and Push-in connection technology Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm PLC...H - manual operation PLC...L - operation using screwdriver See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H Relay module with manual switch and integrated relay      A2 M A1 1(CTL) 0 Application example for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S... VCC + - A1 A2 CTL2 A O M CTL1 M 13 14 Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S... Input data Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current Feedback Operating mode “Automatic” floating General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ① 11 6 / 15 Yellow LED, bridge rectifier [mA] [ms] AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A On request 10 mA (at 12 V) Max. 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA Min. 2 V AC/DC / 1 mA 250 V AC - -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data 13 14 2(CTL) A PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Description Input voltage UN Type PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① 24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H ① 24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2982236 2900328 10 10 U = 24 V DC / 24 V AC N B U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 T [ °C] U Curve A Maximum continuous voltage when limiting continuous current = 6 A Curve B Minimum pick-up voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 6 A 406 PHOENIX CONTACT

407

PLC-INTERFACE with manual switch without relay Switching module without relay for manual, zero, and automatic functions The advantages: – Width of only 6.2 mm – Floating checkback contact – Screw connection technology PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules D W H Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm PLC...H - manual operation PLC...L - operation using screwdriver See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. Module with manual switch without relay     AUTO 0 MANUAL I A1 2(CTL) OUT 1(CTL) Technical data 72 V DC 2 V DC 50 mA 1 mA 100 (at 72 V DC / 50 mA) / 10,000 (at 12 V DC / 100 mA) ≤72 V DC / 50 mA 85 V AC 0.5 kV Basic insulation -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current Switching cycles, max. Feedback Operating mode “Automatic” floating General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection PLC-SC-S/H 2980733 10 Application example for PLC-S...S... VCC + - OUT A1 A1 A2 I A O M 1 11 14 2 12 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 407

408

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE with one integrated solid-state relay The slim 6.2 mm PLC housing with integrated electronics in various versions offers the following advantages: – Option of bridging adjacent modules – Status display – Protection circuits in input and output – Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching – Integrated protection circuit – DC outputs of up to 300 V DC/1 A or up to 24 V DC/10 A – Electronic PDT output of up to 48 V DC/500 mA – Screw and Push-in connection technology Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. The housings of the following modules are open on one side: - PLC-O...-...-300DC/1 - PLC-O...-24DC/24DC/10/R See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Alarm output Operating range Output data Maximum/minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [Hz] D W H Solid-state relay module, DC output max. 300 V DC/1 A      14 14 13+ 13+ Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 6 50 ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8 50 ④ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 5 50 ⑤ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 5 50 ⑥ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 3 50 ⑦ 0.8 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 5.6 10 ⑧ 0.8 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8.4 10 A1 A2 A2 ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 15 50 - / - 300 V DC / 12 V DC 1 A (see derating curve) <500 mV General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note 300 V Basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data W / H / D Description PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection Input voltage UN Type 48 V DC ... 60 V DC ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection 48 V DC ... 60 V DC ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/1 PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/1 PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/1 PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/1 PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/1 PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/1 PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/1 PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/1 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2980652 2980665 2980678 2980681 2980694 2980704 2980717 2980720 2900381 2900382 2900383 2900384 2900385 2900387 2900388 2900389 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 408 PHOENIX CONTACT

409

D W H D W H Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Derating curve for PLC...300DC/1 1 0,7 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] For input voltages of 220 V DC and 230 V AC Solid-state relay module, short-circuit-proof DC output max. 10 A, Solid-state relay module, DC output max. 500 mA, with feedback with electronic changeover contact Derating curve for PLC-...24DC/24DC/10/R         0 A + Err A1+ A2- A2- A1 A2 +24V ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 3 100 Technical data Technical data ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 3 1,000 3 V DC ... 33 V DC (high active) / 100 mA - / - 33 V DC / 5 V DC 10 A (see derating curve) ≤50 mV - Basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 48 V DC / 3 V DC 500 mA (see derating curve) <1.2 V 300 V Basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 10 7 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 12 14 11+ 11+ 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve for PLC...24DC/48DC/500/W 0,5 0,35 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R 2982702 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W 2980636 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R 2900398 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W 2900378 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 409

410

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Notes: See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H PLC-INTERFACE with one integrated solid-state relay 6.2 mm narrow solid-state relay for switching AC loads – Status display – Protection circuits in input and output – Wear-free – Switching capacity up to 230 V AC/2.4 A – Screw and Push-in connection technology Solid-state relay module with additional floating terminal point, AC output max. 2.4 A 14 BB 13+ 13+  A1+ A2- A2- Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 8 >0.8 <0.4 10 10 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection 253 V AC 24 V AC 250 A (20 ms) 10 mA / 2.4 A (see derating) RCV circuit <1 V <3 mA 340 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C) 260 V AC 4 kV Basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Input data Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC Switching level (with reference to UC) Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Maximum switch-on current Minimum/maximum switching current Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current [mA] 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [ms] [ms] [Hz] Leakage current in off state Max. load value General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Description Rated actuating voltage UC Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection ① PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection ① 24 V DC 24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT 2904631 PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/2.4/ACT 2904632 10 10 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] = aligned with > 20 mm spacing = aligned without spacing Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor 410 PHOENIX CONTACT

412

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE Solid-state relays up to 100 kHz Solid-state relays for the safe acquisition of short pulses. – Status display – Bridging options – Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz – Push-pull stage on output side – Features a capacitor on the input side for interference suppression Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H Solid-state relay module, DC output, transmission frequency of 100 kHz  A1 + A2 – A2 – Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level with reference to UN Typical input current at UN Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input protection: Output data Operating voltage range Limiting continuous current Quiescent current Residual voltage drop at “H” Output circuit Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 >0.8 <0.4 6 1.5 2 100 ① 0.8 - 1.2 >0.8 <0.4 7 1.5 2 100 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [µs] [µs] [kHz] 4 V DC ... 30 V DC 50 mA 4.3 mA <0.5 V 3-conductor, ground-referenced Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / II W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data A 0 + + Description Input solid-state relay with screw connection Input voltage UN Type Input solid-state relay with Push-in connection ① ② ① ② 5 V DC 24 V DC PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ 5 V DC 24 V DC PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2902963 2902964 2902969 2902970 1 1 1 1 412 PHOENIX CONTACT

413

D W H D W H PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Solid-state relay module, DC push-pull output, transmission frequency of 100 kHz Solid-state relay module, DC push-pull output, transmission frequency of 100 kHz  A1 + A2 – A2 –  A1 + A2 – A2 – A 0 + + Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 >0.8 <0.4 8 1 2 100 ① 0.5 - 1.2 >0.5 <0.3 8 1 2 100 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 >0.8 <0.4 8 1 2 100 ① 0.5 - 1.2 >0.5 <0.3 8 1 2 100 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection A 0 + + 4 V DC ... 18 V DC 50 mA 8.5 mA <1.2 V 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / II 14 V DC ... 30 V DC 50 mA 15 mA <2.2 V 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 2 / II 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902965 2902966 PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902971 2902972 1 1 1 1 PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2902967 2902968 PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G 2902973 2902974 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 413

414

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE for the TTL signal at input The PLC-BS...TTL/1 basic terminal block is controlled with a TTL (5 V)input signal. It is equipped with either a mechanical relay or a solid-state relay. The basic terminal block equipped with a robust miniature relay offers the following advantages: – 6.2 mm slim design width – Bridging options – Status display – RTIII degree of protection – Safe isolation in accordance with EN 50178 (VDE 0160) – 4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil and contact – Screw and Push-in connection technology Max. interrupting rating 414 PHOENIX CONTACT Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. D W H 1-N/O basic terminal block for assembly with relay for TTL (5 V)    13+ 14 GND UVN IN Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage UVN Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN Rated control supply current IVN Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 5 V DC 0.9 ... 1.2 41 mA 5 V DC (TTL) 0.9 ... 1.2 Rated actuating current IC Typical response time at Uc Typical release time at Uc Input circuit Output data with: Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage/insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits 2.5 mA 4.5 ms 3.5 ms Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) REL-MR-4,5DC/21 Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A On request 10 mA (at 12 V) 250 V 6 kV -20°C ... 60°C 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 Degree of pollution/overvoltage category 2 / III Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D Any / in rows with zero spacing 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Description PLC-INTERFACE with screw connection with Push-in connection Plug-in miniature power relays, with multi-layer gold contacts Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-BSC-TTL/1 PLC-BPT-TTL/1 2982689 2900458 Accessories REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU REL-MR- 4,5DC/21 2961370 2961367 10 10 10 10

415

PLC-INTERFACE for the TTL signal at input The PLC-BS...TTL/1 basic terminal block is controlled with a TTL (5 V)input signal. It is equipped with either a mechanical relay or a solid-state relay. The basic terminal block equipped with a solid-state relay offers the following advantages: – 6.2 mm slim design width – Bridging options – Status display – IP67-protected solid-state relay electronic unit – Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A – Alternative input or power solid-state relay – Wear-free and output-free – Integrated protection circuit – Integrated protective circuit – 2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between input and output – Screw and Push-in connection technology PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. D W H 1-N/O basic terminal block for assembly with relay for TTL (5 V)    13+ 14 GND UVN IN Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage UVN Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN 5 V DC 0.9 ... 1.2 Rated control supply current IVN Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) Switching level 1 signal (“H”) (TTL signal) Switching level 0 signal (“L”) (TTL signal) Rated actuating current IC Typical response time/switch-on time at Uc Typical switch-off time at Uc Input circuit Output data with: Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Output protection Voltage drop at limiting continuous current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage/insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits 11.5 mA 5 V DC (TTL) >2 V DC <0.8 V DC 2.5 mA 35 µs 320 µs Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection OPT-5DC/48DC/100 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <1 V OPT-5DC/24DC/2 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 A Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <200 mV 250 V 6 kV/Basic isolation -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 Degree of pollution/overvoltage category 2 / III Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Description PLC-INTERFACE with screw connection with Push-in connection Pluggable solid-state relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state power relays Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-BSC-TTL/1 PLC-BPT-TTL/1 OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2 Accessories 2982689 2900458 2967992 2967989 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 415

416

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE for the TTL signal at output The PLC-OS...24DC/TTL with a built-in solid-state relay can be used for fast and wear-free switching of TTL (5 V) signals. The module offers the following advantages: – Switching capacity TTL (5 V), fan out = 1 – 6.2 mm slim design width – Bridging options – Status display – Integrated protection circuit – Integrated protective circuit – Screw and Push-in connection technology Derating curve for PLC-OSP...24DC/3RW 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 30 20 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 40 2 1 60 70 Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H Input solid state relays with TTL (5 V) output + + + A 0 0 Technical data    A1 + A1 + A2 – A2 – A2 – 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 >0.8 <0.4 3.4 mA 35 µs 35 µs 1 kHz Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection 5 V DC 0.9 ... 1.2 Input data Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Switching level 1 signal (“H”) Switching level 0 signal (“L”) Rated actuating current IC Typical switch-on time at Uc Typical switch-off time at Uc Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data with: Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US Limiting continuous current A TTL load (Fan out = 1)/50 mA for switching mode Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <80 mV General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits 250 V DC 4 kV Basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 Degree of pollution/surge voltage category 2 / III Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL 2982728 2900363 10 10 1 2 Aligned without spacing Aligned with ? 20 mm spacing Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW Description PLC-INTERFACE with screw connection with Push-in connection ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 35 20 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 40 60 70 416 PHOENIX CONTACT

417

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules D W H D W H Solid-state relay module, DC output max. 3 A Solid-state relay module, DC output max. 110 V DC/3 A       A1 A2 A2 A1 14 14 13+ A2 13+ A2 Technical data Technical data 14 14 13+ 13+ ① 0.7 - 1.25 ≥0.6 ≤0.3 8.5 0.04 0.2 300 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection ⑥ 0.7 - 1.25 ≥0.6 ≤0.3 3 0.08 0.6 100 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz] ② 0.7 - 1.25 >0.6 <0.4 12 0.4 0.1 50 ① 0.7 - 1.25 >0.6 <0.4 12 0.4 0.2 50 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection ⑥ 0.7 - 1.25 >0.6 <0.3 5.5 0.4 0.2 300 ⑤ 0.7 - 1.25 >0.6 <0.3 5.5 0.04 0.2 300 ④ 0.7 - 1.25 >0.6 <0.3 5.5 0.04 0.2 300 ③ 0.7 - 1.25 >0.6 <0.3 5.5 0.04 0.2 300 PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state relays for railway applications The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are suitable for use in accordance with DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115 Part 200) “Railway applications – Electronic equipment used on rolling stock”. The advantages: – Temperature range -25°C to +70°C – Input voltage range 0.7-1.25 x UN – Shock resistance in accordance with DIN 50155 (requirements in accordance with EN 61373) – Spring cage and Push-in connection method Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For derating curves see page 416 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <200 mV 140 V DC 12 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <150 mV 250 V Basic insulation -25°C ... 70°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 160 V DC Basic insulation -25°C ... 70°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Description PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ 24 V DC 36 V DC 48 V DC 72 V DC 96 V DC 110 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW 2900379 10 PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW 2900380 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW 2900391 2900392 2900393 2900394 2900395 2900396 10 10 10 10 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 417

418

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE for railway applications Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically for use in railway applications The advantages: – Temperature range -25°C to +70°C – Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN – Vibration and shock resistance to EN 50155 – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Push-in connection technology Permissible input voltage range for PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW (with REL-MR-18DC/21... relay) 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 0,6 20 Ambient temperature [°C] 30 40 50 60 70 80 / N U U e g a t l o v t u p n I Maximum continuous voltage when limiting continuous current = 3 A Minimum pick-up voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 3 A Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21 with 1 PDT relay ] D W H Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Basic terminal block for assembly with 1-changeover-contact relay up to 6 A   DNV GL A2 A1 11 14 12 Technical data 24 V DC See diagram 12 mA 5 ms 8 ms Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode REL-MR-18DC/21 Single contact, 1-PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 3 A On request 10 mA (at 12 V) REL-MR-18DC/21AU Single contact, 1-PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -25°C ... 70°C 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 3 / III W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit Output data with: Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/overvoltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Description Voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for pluggable miniature relay with Push-in connection Pluggable miniature relays 24 V DC PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW 2900261 10 Accessories REL-MR- 18DC/21 REL-MR- 18DC/21AU 2961383 2961493 10 10 A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load 418 PHOENIX CONTACT

419

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE for railway applications Relay module for input voltages with a nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz The advantages: – Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz – Vibration and shock resistance to EN 50155 – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Push-in connection technology Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in parentheses then apply for further operation. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H 2-changeover-contact relay module for 16.7 Hz input frequency, max. 2 x 6 A     A2 A1 21 24 22 11 14 12 Technical data 230 V AC 16.67 Hz See diagram 20 ms 60 ms Yellow LED, bridge rectifier 2 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA 6 kV -25°C ... 55°C Approx. 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III (250 V AC/DC) (5 V AC/DC) (6 A) (8 A) (10 mA) W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Input nominal frequency Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input circuit Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/overvoltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Description PLC-INTERFACE with Push-in connection Voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 230 V AC PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF 2900345 10 Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 A U = 230 V AC N B / N U U e g a t l o v t u p n I 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 Ambient temperature [°C] Curve A Maximum continuous voltage when limiting continuous current = 6 A Curve B Minimum pick-up voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 6 A For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 419

420

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE for railway applications Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically designed for railway applications The advantages: – Certified to EN 50155 – Optimum relay operation, thanks to wide-range electronics – Temperature range -40 to +70°C (short-term 85°C) – Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN (short-term 1.4 x UN) – Vibration and shock resistance to EN 50155 – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact – Push-in connection technology Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Electrical service life diagrams, see page 402 See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H 1-changeover-contact relay module, 6 A, maximum    DNV GL  11 14 12 A2 A1 Technical data ② ① 0.7 - 1.25 9 4 4 Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, free-wheeling diode ③ 0.7 - 1.25 2 4 4 3 4 4 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 100 mA) 6 A 10 A (4 s) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C (temperature class TX) Approx. 2x 107 cycles EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, EN 61373, EN 50121 [mA] [ms] [ms] Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Typical response time at UN Typical release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact with Push-in connection ① ② ③ PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact Input voltage UN Type 24 V DC 72 V DC 110 V DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW with Push-in connection ① ② ③ 24 V DC 72 V DC 110 V DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2900318 2900319 2900320 2900321 2900322 2900323 10 10 10 10 10 10 420 PHOENIX CONTACT

421

D W H D W H PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Derating curve for PLC-RSP...21/RW PLC-RSP...21AU/RW PLC-RSP...21-21/RW PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 30 0 Ambient temperature [°C] 40 35 45 50 55 60 65 70 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 2-changeover-contact relay module, 2 x 6 A, maximum 1-changeover-contact relay module, max. 10 A Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW    DNV GL     DNV GL  21 24 22 A2 A1 11 14 12 Technical data ② ① 0.7 - 1.25 20 5 11 Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, free-wheeling diode ③ 0.7 - 1.25 4.5 5 11 6 5 11 11 14 12 A2 A1 Technical data ② ① 0.7 - 1.25 20 5 11 Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, free-wheeling diode ③ 0.7 - 1.25 4.5 5 11 6 5 11 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V (at 10 mA) 6 A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA (at 5 V) 2 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV (at 10 mA) 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA (at 24 V) 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V (at 10 mA) 10 A (with inserted bridge 2967691) 30 A (300 ms) 10 mA (at 12 V) 5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C (temperature class TX) Approx. 3x 107 cycles EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, EN 61373, EN 50121 5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C (temperature class TX) Approx. 3x 107 cycles EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, EN 61373, EN 50121 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm Class A product, see page 583 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 1 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 1 Ohmic load 50 70 100 200 300 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 4 3 2 1 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 0,1 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 50 70 100 200 300 1 2 3 4 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Ordering data Ordering data Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW 2900346 2900347 2900348 2900349 2900350 2900351 10 10 10 10 10 10 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW 2900324 2900325 2900326 10 10 10 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 1 3 2 0,1 10 30 Switching voltage [V] 20 50 70 100 200 300 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S 1 2 3 AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 421

422

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC electronic sensor terminal blocks for NAMUR proximity sensors The electronic sensor terminal block, PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN from Phoenix converts the changeable resistance of a NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that can be read by all PLCs. In addition, the electronics monitors the sensor side for a short circuit or open circuit and indicates these errors via an integrated LED. Due to a corresponding resistance circuit, the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to monitor all mechanical switches (N/C contact or N/O contact) for short-circuits and/or wire break. In addition to a high packing density, this switching amplifier features the following: – Regulated power supply for the NAMUR proximity switch – 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly connecting programmable logic controls – Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter – Screw and Push-in connection technology Application 1 NAMUR initiator Application 2 UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 1k 10k Limit switch + - + - ERR OUT U VN GND ERR OUT UVN GND Initiator state Switching level LED Conductive Blocking Short circuit Open circuit OUT ERR Green L H L L L L H H OFF ON OFF OFF Red OFF OFF ON ON 422 PHOENIX CONTACT D W H Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. For inductive proximity sensors in accordance with NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor signal and faults,    Out UVN ERR - GND UVN + Out ERR 24V (M) (P) Technical data 24 V DC Approx. 14 mA Approx. 350 Hz Green LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection 8.2 V DC ±10% ≥2.1 mA (in conductive state) ≤1.2 mA (in blocking state) 6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit) 0 mA ... 0.35 mA (in the event of a wire break) Surge protection UVN - URes 50 mA ≤1.5 V (UR) Red LED, surge protection 50 mA ≤1.5 V (UR) Surge protection 50 V DC 0.4 kV Basic insulation -25°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / I W / H / D 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Supply Input supply nominal voltage UVN Typical input current at UVN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit Control circuit No-load voltage Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6: Protective circuit Alarm output Operating voltage range (positive switching) Limiting continuous current Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current Output protection Signal output Limiting continuous current Voltage drop UR at maximum limiting continuous current Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/overvoltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, positive switching with screw connection with Push-in connection Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2982663 2900397 10 10 Accessories with screw connection UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 50

423

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules PLC series Electronic reversing load relays for DC motors The PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC electronic reversing load relays are used to switch mechanically commutated DC motors up to 24 V/2 A. – Wear-free reversing – Braking by controlling both inputs – Short-circuit and surge and overload-proof output – Integrated locking circuit and load wiring – Screw or Push-in connection technology Notes: Type of insulating housing: Polyamide PBT non-reinforced, color: gray. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. PWM = Pulse Width Modulation See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. Application example for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC Input data Control voltage UST right/left Control input current IST right/left Input protection: PWM option Maximum clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs R T L L R U GND 24 V M+ M- M VCC + - Status table Input Output Right Left M + M – Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM Output data Supply voltage range UV Quiescent current Output protection Motor switching output Continuous current IA max. Current limitation at short-circuits General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/overvoltage category Mounting position Mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note D W H DC reversing load relay with overload and short-circuit-proof output   T R L UV i c g o L M+ M- GND Technical data 24 V DC ±20% Approx. 3 mA Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection 1,000 Hz 0% ... 100% 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 mA Green LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection 2 A (see derating curve) 15 A (during braking) 50 V 0.5 kV / basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / II Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) In rows with zero spacing 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 W / H / D Ordering data 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 High resistance High resistance Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. +24 V GND GND GND +24 V GND Electronic reversing load relays, for driving DC motors, with light indicator and protection circuit with screw connection with Push-in connection PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC PLC-PT-ELR W1/ 2-24DC 2980539 1069556 1 1 Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC 2 1,5 1 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 2 1 30 50 20 Ambient temperature [°C] 40 60 1 2 Aligned without spacing Aligned with >20 mm spacing For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 423

424

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC-INTERFACE Pulse expansion modules Solid-state relays for acquiring and extending short pulses. – Pulse detection can be set from >0.1 ms or >2 ms – Status display – Delay times of 10 to 2550, can be set via DIP switches – Bridging options – Can be retriggered – Screw and Push-in connection technology Notes: See the website for more information on connection cross sections with ferrules. D W H  A1+ A2- Solid-state relay module for the extension of input pulses, DC output max. 100 mA US GND + A 0 RL Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 Rated control supply current IS - Input low, output low - Input high, output high Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating current IC Switching threshold “0” signal in reference to UC Switching threshold “1” signal in reference to UC Status indication Operating voltage display Input circuit Output data Output voltage range UE Limiting continuous current Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current Output circuit Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note 13 mA 19 mA 24 V DC 3 mA <0.4 >0.8 Yellow LED Green LED Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 3 V DC ... 48 V DC 100 mA <1 V DC 3-conductor, ground-referenced Reverse polarity protection, surge protection, free running 50 V DC 0.5 kV -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data W / H / D Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection PLC-INTERFACE, with Push-in connection PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903171 PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903173 1 1 424 PHOENIX CONTACT

425

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules UC 24 V UE 24 V t0 tIN t0 tDIP/OUT Input pulse t1 <set output pulse t3 (no restart when triggered again) t t UC 24 V UE 24 V t0 t0 tIN t tDIP tOUT t Input pulse t1  set output pulse t3 then: input pulse t1 = output pulse t2 (no restart when triggered again) UC 24 V UE 24 V t0 tIN t0 tIN t0 tDIP tOUT Input pulse t1 <set output pulse t3 (restart when triggered again) t t DIP S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 10 - - - - - - - - 20 - - - - - - - - 40 - - - - - - - - 80 - - - - - - - - 160 - - - - - - - - 320 - - - - - - - - 640 - - - - - - - - 1280 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 425

426

Relay modules PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules PLC accessories D W H The power terminal PLC-ESK helps in supplying the bridge potentials, the partition plate PLC-ATP helps in optical and safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC modules. The passive feed-through bridge PLC-BP (A1-14) is used instead of a relay and connects the A1 and 14 terminal points. Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Feed-in terminal and partition plate Feed-through bridge Ordering data Ordering data Power terminal, for supply of up to four potentials, with the same shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC gray PLC-ESK GY 2966508 5 Separating plate, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip. It also serves in visual separation of groups, safe isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as per DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of different potentials and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages >250 V Screwdriver Blade: 0,6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm black PLC-ATP BK SZF 1-0,6X3,5 2966841 1204517 25 10 Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14 black PLC-BP A1-14 2980283 10 PLC accessories The colored isolated FBST plug-in bridges are not required for the PLC interface to up to 70%. The 500 mm long “Endless bridges” FBST 500-PLC are especially effective. The 2-pos. single plug-in bridges FBST 6 are especially suited for bridging a smaller number of PLC modules. Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Plug-in bridge systems Marking material Ordering data Ordering data Continuous plug-in bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length, for potential distribution Nominal current: 32 A Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 6 mm long, for potential distribution Nominal current: 6 A Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 8 mm long, for potential distribution with a partition plate Nominal current: 6 A Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated, for potential distribution Nominal current: 10 A Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section, with consecutive numbers, e.g., 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100 red blue gray red blue gray FBST 500-PLC RD FBST 500-PLC BU FBST 500-PLC GY FBST 6-PLC RD FBST 6-PLC BU FBST 6-PLC GY gray FBST 8-PLC GY 2966786 2966692 2966838 2966236 2966812 2966825 2967688 black FBST 14-PLC BK 2967691 20 20 20 50 50 50 50 50 ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN 1051016 10 426 PHOENIX CONTACT

427

PLC-INTERFACE – Highly-compact relay modules Relay modules Adapters for PLC-INTERFACE PLC-V8/... are the VARIOFACE adapters which connect the narrow PLC-INTERFACE modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling: Notes: Cross list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules, see page 534 VARIOFACE adapter for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE VARIOFACE adapter for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE      30 V DC 1 A (per signal path) 3 A Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible current (per branch) Maximum total current (voltage supply) Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Supply Controller level H / D -40°C ... 70°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178 Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 39 mm / 56 mm Technical data Technical data 30 V DC 1 A (per signal path) 3 A -40°C ... 70°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178 Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 39 mm / 56 mm Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data V8 adapter, for 8 PLC-INTERFACES (6.2 mm), with IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling, positive switching Output Input V8 adapter, for 8 PLC-INTERFACES (6.2 mm), with IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling, negative switching 14 14 14 14 15 15 Output Input V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC-INTERFACES (6.2 mm), with D-SUB connection Pin strip Socket strip V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC-INTERFACES (6.2 mm), with D-SUB connection Pin strip Socket strip V8 adapter, for 8 PLC-INTERFACES (14 mm), with IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling, positive switching 15 15 50 mm 50 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 50 mm 50 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M 50 mm 50 mm PLC-V8/D15S/OUT PLC-V8/D15B/OUT 50 mm 50 mm PLC-V8/D15S/IN PLC-V8/D15B/IN 2295554 2296553 2304102 2304115 2296058 2296061 2296074 2296087 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V8 adapter, for 8 PLC-INTERFACES (14 mm), with IDC/FLK pin strip, for PLC system cabling, negative switching 14 112.5 mm 14 112.5 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT 2299660 PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M 2304306 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 427

428

Relay modules PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Switching and controlling with plug-in relays – PLC logic brings together the standard combination of logic module and separate plug-in relay and eliminates the wiring effort and additional switching elements – Convenient connections with screw or Push-in connection technology, which also accommodate return conductors, remove the need for separate potential terminal blocks – Each channel can be freely configured as an input or output and with relay or analog modules Intuitive programming Programming is quick and easy with the intuitive LOGIC+ programming software. Ladder (LD) and function block diagrams (FBD) can be created by selecting the relevant functions and their connection using drag & drop. The graphical representation of PLC logic in the hardware editor supports intuitive operation. The programs created can be simulated offline on the PC and tested online during operation. Basic functions, such as AND, OR, NOT, etc. are complemented by special functions, such as counters, seven-day timers, timer modules, and mathematical functions, to name a few. Extremely compact control The PLC logic programmable logic relay system is the extremely compact way to carry out small automation tasks easily and flexibly. It consists of the PLC-V8C logic modules, the PLC-INTERFACE relay system, and the LOGIC+ software. The logic modules are simply plugged into a row of eight PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks and combine the logic and interface level in one unit. Depending on the switching requirements, plug-in electromechanical and solid-state relays can be combined in order to flexibly switch and control the I/O signals. PLC logic processes digital and analog input signals as well as logic functions and timer modules – and replaces conventional switching and control devices. Up to 16 I/O signals can be processed using the stand-alone logic modules – that’s with a design width of just 50 mm. If more I/O signals are required, a maximum of 48 I/O signals can be linked using the basic and extension modules. 428 PHOENIX CONTACT

429

PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Relay modules Logic modules with plug-in relays PLC logic combines a logic module and plug-in relay and eliminates the wiring effort and additional switching elements. Each relay channel can be flexibly equipped with an electromechanical or a solid-state relay. PLC logic processes 16 I/O signals with just one logic module and boasts an extremely compact design width of just 50 mm. Intuitive programming with LOGIC+ – Function block diagram or ladder diagram – Numerous integrated function blocks – Specific function blocks are available to download – Hardware view in the program – Can be downloaded free of charge  Your web code: #0139 Visualization using a touch panel For jobs requiring control, operation, and monitoring, the BTP 2000 series HMIs go perfectly with PLC logic. Basic touch panels can be used to visualize all the logic module process data. Three different display sizes enable clear representation, from simple alphanumeric images to graphics-intensive images with object animation. Easily connect extension modules The basic module and the extension module are connected via integrated connectors – no tools required. A maximum of two extension modules can be connected to a basic module. This means that PLC logic can work with up to 48 I/Os. Control and monitor via Bluetooth adapter Together with the PLC logic app, the Bluetooth adapter is available for wireless access to process data between the logic module and the mobile end device, and can be used for operation and monitoring purposes. The Bluetooth connection enables efficient monitoring of multiple logic modules, with just one visualization device. Integration into common bus systems PLC logic is integrated into various networks via optional adaptable fieldbus gateways. This enables bidirectional communication with a higher-level controller for remote control as well as diagnostics and visualization. Gateways are available for transmitting data via PROFIBUS DP, Modbus/TCP, CANopen®, PROFINET, and EtherNet/IP™. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 429

430

Relay modules PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Logic modules PLC-V8C devices are the plug-in logic modules which form the PLC logic relay system in conjunction with the narrow 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks. Eight freely-selectable PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks must be separately ordered for each logic module. You can find an overview of matching PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks on page 436. All logic modules feature these properties: – 8 integrated digital inputs (two of which can be configured as analog inputs) – A further 8 channels can be configured with matching PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks as inputs or outputs – Programming with LOGIC+ software PLC-V8C.../SAM2 – Stand-alone logic module with 16 I/Os, not extendable – Connection to PC via micro USB socket – Integrated realtime clock (RTC) – Accommodates external IFS-CONFSTICK memory block – Relay and analog modules can be used PLC-V8C.../BM2 – Basic logic module with 16 I/Os, can be extended with a maximum of two extension modules (PLC-V8C.../EM) to 48 I/Os – Connection to PC via micro USB socket – Integrated realtime clock (RTC) – Accommodates external IFS-CONFSTICK memory block – Optional connection to IFS gateways – Relay and analog modules can be used PLC-V8C.../EM – Extension logic module with 16 I/Os, for extending the basic module – Relay modules can be used 430 PHOENIX CONTACT Stand-alone module   24 V 0 V V 4 2 V 0 0 N I 8 O I 9 O I 1 N I 2 N I 3 N I 4 N I 5 N I 6 N I 7 N I PLC-V8C/.../SAM 0 1 O I 1 1 O I 2 1 O I 3 1 O I 4 1 O I 5 1 O I Supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Maximum input current at UN Input data (digital) Number of inputs Input voltage Description of the input Input current 0-signal Input current 1-signal Input data (analog) Number of inputs 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 24 V 0 V Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC 160 mA 8 (2 configurable as analog) 24 V DC EN 61131-2, type 3 <1 mA Typically 2.5 mA 2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog) Input voltage range Input resistance Input data (PLC-INTERFACE) Number of inputs Output data (for controlling PLC-INTERFACE) Number of outputs Nominal voltage Nominal current Realtime clock (basic module only) Buffer time (capacitor) Realtime clock accuracy General data Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Permissible humidity (operation) Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits 0 V ... 10 V >3.5 kΩ ≤8 ≤8 24 V DC 9 mA 96 h (capacitor) ±2 s/d -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C 95% DIN EN 50178 Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Mounting type Degree of protection Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG 50 V 0.8 kV Basic insulation Can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks IP20 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-V8C plug-in logic modules with Push-in connection PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/SAM2 2907443 1

431

PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Relay modules Basic module (can be extended) Extension module   24 V 0 V   24 V 0 V V 4 2 V 0 0 N I 1 N I 2 N I 3 N I 4 N I 5 N I 6 N I 7 N I PLC-V8C/.../BM 8 O I 9 O I 0 1 O I 1 1 O I 2 1 O I 3 1 O I 4 1 O I 5 1 O I 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 r o f g n i t c a t n o C l e u d o m n o s n e t x E i r o f g n i t c a t n o C r o c s a B i l e u d o m n o s n e t x E i V 4 2 V 0 0 N I 1 N I 2 N I 3 N I 4 N I 5 N I 6 N I 7 N I PLC-V8C/.../EM 8 O I 9 O I 0 1 O I 1 1 O I 2 1 O I 3 1 O I 4 1 O I 5 1 O I 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 r o f g n i t c a t n o C l e u d o m n o s n e t x E i 24 V 0 V 24 V 0 V Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC 160 mA 8 (2 configurable as analog) 24 V DC EN 61131-2, type 3 <1 mA Typically 2.5 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC 65 mA 8 (2 configurable as analog) 24 V DC EN 61131-2, type 3 <1 mA Typically 2.5 mA 2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog) 2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog) 0 V ... 10 V >3.5 kΩ ≤8 ≤8 24 V DC 9 mA 96 h (capacitor) ±2 s/d -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C 95% DIN EN 50178 0 V ... 10 V >3.5 kΩ ≤8 ≤8 24 V DC 9 mA - - -20°C ... 45°C -20°C ... 70°C 95% DIN EN 50178 50 V 0.8 kV Basic insulation Can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks 50 V 0.8 kV Basic insulation Can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks IP20 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 IP20 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/BM2 2907446 1 PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/EM 2905137 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 431

432

Relay modules PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Analog modules Together with the PLC logic modules, the analog modules enable analog standard signals to be processed. The analog modules are connected to PLC logic stand-alone modules or basic modules. – Status indicator for supply voltage and diagnostics – Standard configuration: 4 to 20 mA or Pt 100 Analog input – Available standard signals: 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V or 2 to 10 V (configurable via DIP switch) Temperature transducer – 2-conductor Pt 100 or Pt 1000 (configurable via DIP switch) – Temperature measuring range: -50 to 200°C Analog output – Available standard signals: 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V or 2 to 10 V (configurable via DIP switch) Supply Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US Rated control supply current IS Operating voltage display Input signal Input signal Input resistance Output data Output signal Maximum output signal Load RB Ripple General data Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Mounting type Degree of protection Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG D W H   Analog input PLC logic Logic module PLC-V8C/.. OUT Data- 5 6 Data+ μC D A Sensor / Field 4-wire US IN U,I + + 24V 1 2 3 GND U,I - 4 Technical data Current input 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA ~ 40 Ω 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.1 13 mA Green LED Voltage input 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V >120 kΩ - - - - -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 50 V 0.5 kV Basic insulation In rows with zero spacing IP20 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. with Push-in connection with Push-in connection with Push-in connection PLC-APT-UI-IN 2906917 1 432 PHOENIX CONTACT

433

D W H D W H PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Relay modules Temperature transducer Analog output     PLC logic Logic module PLC-V8C/.. OUT Data- 5 6 Data+ D μC IN 1 2 + 24V 3 GND 4 Sensor / Field PLC logic Field / Device IN OUT Logic module PLC-V8C/.. Data- 5 6 Data+ μC D A U,I + + 24V 1 2 3 GND 4 U,I - passive Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.1 14 mA Green LED Temperature range -50°C ... 200°C - - - - - -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.1 ≤28 mA Green LED - - Voltage output 0 V ... 10 V 2 V ... 10 V 12.3 V 10 kΩ <20 mVPP -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 Current output 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 24.6 mA 500 Ω (20 mA) - 50 V 0.5 kV Basic insulation In rows with zero spacing IP20 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 50 V 0.5 kV Basic insulation In rows with zero spacing IP20 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-APT-PT100-IN 2906919 1 PLC-APT-UI-OUT 2906921 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 433

434

Relay modules PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Accessories Programming cable and memory block – The programming cable (MICRO USB B to USB A) is used to connect PLC logic to a PC, length: 2 m – PLC logic programs are saved by the memory block or can be easily copied to other devices Cable for programming Memory block Technical data Technical data Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. General data EMC note Description Programming cable Multi-functional memory block for the Interface system - Flat design CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M 2701626 1 IFS-CONFSTICK 2986122 1 Accessories PLC logic starter kit The PLC logic starter kit with 8 inputs and 8 outputs contains all the components needed to get started quickly and easily with PLC logic with Push-in connection technology. – PLC-V8C-PT/24DC/SAM2 plug-in logic module – PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT eight relay output terminal blocks – Micro USB programming cable 434 PHOENIX CONTACT Starter kit with stand-alone module Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC logic starter kit 3, consisting of: plug-in stand-alone logic module, eight relay output terminal blocks with Push-in connection (250 V AC/DC, max. 6 A), and micro USB programming cable PLC-LOGIC-STARTERKIT3 2909916 1

435

Accessories IFS gateways and Bluetooth adapter – The gateways are connected to the PLC-V8C.../BM PLC logic basic module via the DIN rail connector and the connecting cable – The Bluetooth adapter is connected to the logic module via the memory connection Current values are monitored and controlled via the PLC logic app. INTERFACE system bus master terminal (IB IL IFS-MA-PAC, 2692720) for connecting PLC logic to a Inline controller, see Catalog 6, Automation General data EMC note PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Relay modules H D W IFS gateway Bluetooth adapter   Technical data Class A product, see page 583   Technical data Ordering data Ordering data Description Color Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IFS gateway for PROFIBUS DP Modbus/TCP CANopen® PROFINET EtherNet/IP™ Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT interface Cable length: 3 m DIN rail connector Connecting cable for connecting PLC logic with the ME 22,5 TBUS DIN rail connector, cable length: 0.3 m Bluetooth programming adapter, with USB and S-PORT interface gray gray gray gray gray EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS EM-PNET-GATEWAY-IFS EM-ETH-GATEWAY-IFS 2297620 2901528 2901504 2904472 2901988 IFS-USB-DATACABLE 2320500 green ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 PLC-V8C/CAB/TBUS/0,3M 2905263 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 1 IFS-BT-PROG-ADAPTER 2905872 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 435

436

Relay modules PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Selection table for PLC-INTERFACE Push-in connection Screw connection Relay output 1 changeover contact, output data: 6 A, 250 V AC/DC 1 changeover contact, output data: 50 mA, 36 V DC, gold contact 1 N/O contact, output data: 6 A, 250 V AC/DC, actuator type 1 N/O contact with switch, output data: 6 A, 250 V AC/DC Type PLC-RPT-24DC/21 PLC-RPT-24DC/21AU PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/H Order No.: Type 2900299 PLC-RSC-24DC/21 2900306 PLC-RSC-24DC/21AU 2900312 PLC-RSC-24DC/1/ACT 2900328 PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/H Solid-state relay output Output data: 100 mA, 3 V DC - 48 V DC Output data: 3 A, 3 V DC - 33 V DC Output data: 750 mA, 24 V AC - 253 V AC PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100 2900352 PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100 PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2 PLC-OPT-24DC/230AC/1 2900364 PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2 2900369 PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1 Output data: 3 A, 3 V DC - 33 V DC, actuator type PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2/ACT 2900376 PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2/ACT Output data: 750 mA, 24 V AC - 253 V AC, actuator type PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1/ACT Output data: 1 A, 12 V DC - 300 V DC PLC-OPT-24DC/300DC/1 2900383 PLC-OSC-24DC/300DC/1 Output data: 500 mA, 3 V DC - 48 V DC, electronic changeover contact PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/500/W 2900378 PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/500/W Output data, TTL, 50 mA, 5 V DC PLC-OPT-24DC/TTL 2900363 PLC-OSC-24DC/TTL Order No.: 2966171 2966265 2966210 2982236 2966728 2966634 2967840 2966676 2967947 2980678 2980636 2982728 Analog output Output signal: 0 V ... 10 V, 2 V ... 10 V, 0 mA ... 20 mA, 2 mA ... 20 mA PLC-APT-UI-OUT 2906921 PLC-ASC-UI-OUT 2906920 Relay input Input voltage: 24 V DC Input voltage: 120 V AC/DC Input voltage: 230 V AC/DC Input voltage: 5 V DC (basic terminal block without relay) Relay for 5 V DC basic terminal block Solid-state relay input Input voltage: 24 V DC Input voltage: 120 V AC/DC Input voltage: 230 V AC/DC Analog input PLC-RPT-24DC/1AU/SEN PLC-RPT-120UC/1AU/SEN PLC-RPT-230UC/1AU/SEN 2900313 PLC-RSC-24DC/1AU/SEN 2900314 PLC-RSC-120UC/1AU/SEN 2900315 PLC-RSC-230UC/1AU/SEN PLC-BSC- 5DC/ 1/SEN REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU PLC-OPT-24DC/V8C/SEN PLC-OPT-120UC/V8C/SEN PLC-OPT-230UC/V8C/SEN 2908172 PLC-OSC-24DC/V8C/SEN 2908174 PLC-OSC-120UC/V8C/SEN 2908176 PLC-OSC-230UC/V8C/SEN Input signal: 0 V ... 10 V, 2 V ... 10 V, 0 mA ... 20 mA, 2 mA ... 20 mA Input signal: Pt 100 or Pt 1000 sensor PLC-APT-UI-IN PLC-APT-PT100-IN 2906917 PLC-ASC-UI-IN 2906919 PLC-ASC-PT100-IN Dummy or reserve Basic terminal blocks: output Basic terminal blocks: input PLC-BPT-24DC/21 PLC-BPT-24DC/1/SEN 2900445 PLC-BSC-24DC/21 2900262 PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN 2966317 2966320 2966333 2980267 2961370 2908173 2908175 2908177 2906916 2906918 2966016 2966061 436 PHOENIX CONTACT

437

LOGIC+ programming software PLC logic – Programmable logic relay system Relay modules Integrated web server PLC logic basic settings are easily configured via the integrated web server. The LOGIC+ software does not need to be installed in order to do so. – Time and date – Password and access control – Firmware update – Status indicators for inputs and outputs – General device information Logic+ user interface – Clear separation in program editor, toolbox, hardware view, and signaling window Hardware configurator – Each channel can be configured as an input or output and with relay or analog modules – All elements can be easily placed using – Clear assignment of the inputs and outputs, drag & drop – Notes and errors are highlighted in color in the program editor thanks to the graphical representation of the hardware connections Function blocks – Basic functions: AND, OR, NOT, XOR – Mathematical functions: add, divide, multiply, subtract, generate absolute value in LOGIC+ – Positive and negative edge detection – RS and SR flip-flops – Switch-on and switch-off delay, pulse encoder, pulse stretching, weekly clock timer – Up and down counter – Analog and digital comparators – Special functions, for example, roller shutter control or pulse width modulation are available to download – Virtualization of the values in the program editor, hardware view, and in the observation window Online values: – Representation of the program running on the hardware in LOGIC+ with online values – Overwriting values from LOGIC+ Simulation and online values PLC logic app Offline simulation: – Simulation of the created program directly Once the app is installed on your smartphone or tablet, it can be used to make parameter adjustments to the logic modules. The visualization view is created via the editor of the web server integrated in the logic modules. The app can be used for operation and monitoring, as it can access all program variables. – Inputs and outputs (digital, analog) – Flags – Numerical values – Time values For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 437

438

Relay modules Relay modules in terminal block design – DEK series The Phoenix Contact interface terminal blocks DEK provide complete interface functions in modular terminal block housing that is just 6.2 mm wide. In conjunction with standard terminal block accessories, these high capacity interfaces have not only the design but also the high level of user convenience of modular terminal blocks. The main common feature of all Phoenix Contact interface terminal blocks is their width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60% space in the control cabinet in comparison to conventional 15 mm wide coupling relays from modular systems. The DEK range offers the best solution for all industrial voltages both for signal input and output. High switching capacities are a matter of course for the relay terminal block DEK-REL... and the solid-state relay terminal block DEK-OV.... The wear-free DEK-OV... power-level terminal is used in applications with high switching rates where electromechanical relays quickly exhaust their service life. Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the switching status of the electronic terminal blocks and provide an excellent overview of the coupling level and the system. Colored insertion bridges EB-DIK for the supply and ground signals make it possible to design the circuit simply and effectively. Integrated protective circuits such as free-wheeling diodes, polarity reversal protection diodes and surge protection elements protect the coupling modules and ensure optimum availability of the system. 438 PHOENIX CONTACT

439

Relay terminal blocks DEK-REL-... Notes: Relay modules in terminal block design – DEK series Relay modules The Phoenix relay terminal block with PDT contact offers the following advantages: – Width of only 6.2 mm – High switching capacity of 250 V AC / 6 A – Less storage, because changeover, N/O or N/C contacts can be wired – Little wiring expense due to the use of EB-DIK insertion bridges – IP67 protected relay housing – Cadmium-free relay contacts – 4 kV electrical isolation of input and output – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160) – Light indicator for signalizing the switching status Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit. Other insertion bridges EB...DIK... refer to page 445 D W H For medium to high powers 1 changeover contact (21)   A1 + A2 - 12 14 11 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.1 9 8 / 5 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode [mA] [ms] 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6 A 6 A 10 mA 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1,500 VA General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 W / H / D Description Relay terminal block with power relay Input voltage UN Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Cover Insertion bridge, for middle and lower levels ① 24 V DC DEK-REL-G24/21 2964500 10 Accessories D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10 No. of pos. 80 80 80 Color blue red white EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 439

440

Relay modules Relay modules in terminal block design – DEK series Input interface DEK-REL-24/1/SEN and output interface DEK-REL-24/1/AKT In addition to the familiar advantages of the electronic terminal blocks DEK-REL... such as – 2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A continuous current – 2 kVrms electrical isolation of input and output – Integrated input circuit With this terminal block, all connections for a sensor or actuator are provided over a width of just 6.2 mm! This means that 16 outputs take up a total constructional width of just 105.4 mm (including the power terminal block). Advantages: – Lower costs as the N terminal block is no longer required – Wiring is reduced to a minimum – Up to 73% more space Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit. Other insertion bridges EB...DIK... refer to page 445 D W H For low to medium powers 1 N/O contact (1) Signal load Supply (+) Load Ground load Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...AKT A 0 + Pin configuration DEK-REL-...SEN 440 PHOENIX CONTACT Description Relay terminal block with miniature relay Input voltage UN Type ① 5 V AC/DC ② 24 V AC/DC DEK-REL- 5/I/1 DEK-REL- 24/I/1 2941183 2940171 10 10 Accessories Terminal block, with three through contacts, for mounting on NS 35... For busbar feeding Cover PLC IN +PLC Insertion bridge, for middle and lower levels D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10 No. of pos. 80 80 80 Color blue red white EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1 13 14 14  A1 A2 Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.1 6.5 5 / 15 ① 0.9 - 1.1 23 8 / 15 Yellow LED, bridge rectifier [mA] [ms] 1 N/O contact (double contact) AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5 A 1 mA 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 250 V AC 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 W / H / D Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note PLC OUT -PLC

441

Relay modules in terminal block design – DEK series Relay modules D W H D W H D W H For low to medium powers 1 N/O contact (1) For low to medium powers 1 N/O contact (1) For low to medium powers 1 N/O contact (1)  A1 A2 A2 Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.1 6.5 5 / 15 ① 0.9 - 1.1 23 8 / 15 Yellow LED, bridge rectifier     13 A1 13 A1 14 A2 ② 0.8 - 1.1 6.5 5 / 15 Technical data 14 A2 ② 0.8 - 1.1 6.5 5 / 15 13 14 Technical data Yellow LED, bridge rectifier Yellow LED, bridge rectifier 1 N/O contact (double contact) AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5 A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 1 N/O contact AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5 A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 1 N/O contact AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5 A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. DEK-REL- 5/O/1 DEK-REL- 24/O/1 2941170 2941154 10 10 DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT 2964063 10 DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN 2964050 10 Accessories Accessories Accessories D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10 D-DEK 1,5 GN DIKD 1,5 2715979 2716949 EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1 EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A 2715940 2715953 2715788 50 10 1 1 1 DIKD 1,5 D-DEK 1,5 GN EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 2715979 2716949 26 A 26 A 26 A 2715940 2715953 2715788 50 10 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 441

442

Relay modules Relay modules in terminal block design – DEK series Solid-state relay terminal blocks DEK-OE... and DEK-OV... Phoenix Contact DEK-OE and DEK-OV interface terminal blocks are only 6.2 mm wide but still provide a complete input or output interface with: – Electrical isolation between input and output at up to 2.5 kVrms – Integrated input circuit – Status display – Insertion bridges EB-DIK – Labeling and mounting with modular terminal block convenience – Wear-free switching up to 24 V DC/10 A and 240 V AC/800 mA – Integrated output protection circuit – Zero voltage switch at AC output – Actuator version available. Derating curve for DEK-OV...24DC/3 and DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/3/AKT 2 1 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 3 2 1 0 0 10 40 Ambient temperature [°C] 20 30 50 60 1 2 Horizontal mounting Vertical mounting Derating curve for DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/10 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 10 0 Ambient temperature [°C] 20 30 40 50 60 Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. Other insertion bridges EB...DIK... refer to page 445 D W H  A1 + A2 - With DC voltage output max. = 100 mA + A1 A 0 A2 DC AC Technical data Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level with reference to UN Typical input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Limiting continuous current Minimum load current Surge current Leakage current in off state Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [Hz] ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 7 300 ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 11 300 ① 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 6.5 300 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection ⑥ 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.9 ≤0.4 2.5 3 ⑤ 0.9 - 1.1 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 3.2 3 ④ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 4 300 3 V DC ... 48 V DC - 100 mA - - - - Reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode ≤0.9 V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 W / H / D Ordering data + A 0 Description Solid-state input relays Input voltage UN Type Derating curve for DEK-OV...240AC/800 Solid-state power relays 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0 Actuator principle Insertion bridge, for middle and lower levels ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C] 442 PHOENIX CONTACT ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ① ② ③ ⑦ No. of pos. 80 80 80 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC Color blue red white DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2940223 2964487 2940207 2941536 2941659 2940210 10 10 10 10 10 10 Accessories EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1

443

Relay modules in terminal block design – DEK series Relay modules D W H D W H D W H With DC voltage output max. = 3 A With DC voltage output max. = 10 A With AC voltage output max. = 800 mA  A1+ A2- A2- 14 A1+ 13+ A2-   A1 14 13+ A2 DEK-OV.../24DC/3 DEK-OV.../24DC/3/AKT Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 11 300 ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8.5 300 ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 7 300 Technical data ⑦ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 7 300 ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 5.1 100 ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 4.7 100 ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 3.5 100  A1 + A2 - A + 0 ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 10.2 10 ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 10.5 10 ③ 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 10.7 10 13 13 14 Technical data Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection 3 V DC ... 30 V DC - 3 A (see derating curve) - - - - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection ≤0.2 V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 5 V DC ... 30 V DC - 10 A (see derating curve) - 100 A (t = 20 ms) - - Reverse polarity protection, surge protection <50 mV 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 10 V AC ... 253 V AC (50/60 Hz) 600 V 0.8 A (see derating curve) 10 mA 30 A (t = 10 ms) 1.2 mA 4.5 A2s RCV circuit ≤1 V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3 DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 3 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT 2941361 2941387 2941374 2964296 Accessories EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A 2715940 2715953 2715788 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 10 DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 10 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10 2961752 2961749 2964322 Accessories EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A 2715940 2715953 2715788 10 10 10 1 1 1 DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800 DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800 DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800 2964623 2964636 2964649 Accessories EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 26 A 26 A 2715940 2715953 2715788 10 10 10 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 443

444

Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays Electronic sensor terminal blocks for NAMUR proximity sensors For converting the changeable resistance of a NAMUR sensor into a digital signal that can be read by a PLC. Inverter module DEK-TR/INV Module for converting NPN outputs to PNP outputs and PNP to NPN. Switch/relay terminal blocks DEK-REL-24/1/S The functions “Manual”, “0”, “Automatic” are provided in a 6.2 mm narrow relay terminal block. Interference-free relay and solid-state relay interfaces Coupled interference voltages on the coil lines or leakage currents can cause malfunctions in conventional modules. These special interface modules, equipped with high switching thresholds and/or effective filters, ensure good functioning. Relay interfaces for switching lamp loads ST-REL... and EMG 17-REL... Lamp loads and capacitive consumers produce extremely high inrush currents which weld conventional relay contacts. To prevent this, Phoenix Contact uses an arc-resistant contact optimized for these applications, which keeps these peaks under control. Plug-in solid-state power relays ST-OV 3-24DC/400/3 The output of this component, dimensioned with a peak reverse voltage of 800 V, allows, for example, 230 V motors to be driven in simple reversible mode. Power circuit breaker solid-state relays, with signal logic These modules combine the features of a short-circuit proof power solid-state relay and those of a thermomagnetic protection element. 100-kHz input solid-state relay DEK-OE-...100KHZ Input solid-state relay for reliable transmission of high-frequency signals, such as those that occur with incremental encoders, for example. 444 PHOENIX CONTACT

445

Relay modules with manual switch Notes: Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays Relay modules with manual switch and integrated power relay for manual, zero, and automatic functions The advantages: – Maximum switching current 5 A – Width of only 6.2 mm – Increased contact stability thanks to double contact – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact D W H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. Use of EB 80-DIK... bridges in the DEK terminal blocks: Absorption of humidity from the ambient air as well as an unfavorable tolerance between a larger number of DEK terminal blocks and the EB 80-DIK... bridge may cause (minor) expansion of the DEK housing. When the EB 80-DIK... bridges are used, therefore, it is recommended that these be disconnected after about 10 to 12 DEK terminal blocks and a wire bridge to the next DEK terminal block be inserted in their place. Relay module with manual switch and integrated relay 13 14   A H A2 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Minimum switching current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ① 0.8 - 1.1 6.5 5 / 15 Yellow LED, bridge rectifier [mA] [ms] 1 N/O contact AgNi, hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5 A 1 mA 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 250 V AC 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 61 mm Class A product, see page 583 W / H / D Description Relay module with power relay Input voltage UN Type ① 24 V AC/DC DEK-REL- 24/1/S Cover Insertion bridge Poles 2 3 4 5 10 5 10 80 80 Color red red red red red blue blue blue red D-DEK 1,5 GN EB 2- DIK RD EB 3- DIK RD EB 4- DIK RD EB 5- DIK RD EB 10- DIK RD EB 5- DIK BU EB 10- DIK BU EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Accessories 2964131 2716949 2716693 2716745 2716758 2716761 2716774 2716677 2716680 2715940 2715953 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 445

446

Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays Relay modules with interference current filter Relay and solid-state relay modules with integrated filter to protect against interference voltages or currents due, for example, to long control lines The advantages: – Resistant to interference currents – High relay release voltage Typical applications: – Applications with long control lines – Use of AC output boards, resulting in residual AC currents Notes: Load current diagrams, see page 402 D W H D W H 1 changeover contact, plug-in relay 1 changeover contact, soldered-in relay  12 11 14 A1 A2  A1 + A1 A2 - A2 12 14 11 11 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ② 0.85 - 1.1 19 8 / 11 ① 0.9 - 1.1 26 8 / 10 Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, surge protection ③ 0.9 - 1.1 18 10 / 8 Technical data ③ 0.9 - 1.1 18 10 / 8 Yellow LED, bridge rectifier, surge protection [mA] [ms] Single contact, 1-PDT Double contact, 1 PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Double contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6 A 8 A Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC 0.5 A 0.2 A 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC 140 W 60 W 45 W 35 W 55 W 1,500 VA 5 W - - - - - 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 - / - / - 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm W / H / D AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6 A 8 A 95 W 50 W 45 W 35 W 55 W 1,500 VA AgPd60, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 0.5 A 0.2 A 5 W - - - - - 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 40°C Approx. 2x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm Class A product, see page 583 Description Relay module with power contact-relay Input voltage UN Type Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Relay module with multi-layer contact relay ① ② ③ ① ② ③ 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46 ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46 ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46 ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46 ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46 ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46 Accessories Basic terminal block, complete with end cover URELG 3 2826091 2833026 2832027 2826981 2829797 2826266 2820136 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46 2940760 EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46 2940061 Accessories 10 10 Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 446 PHOENIX CONTACT

447

Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays D W H D W H Solid-state input relay max. 100 mA Solid-state power relay max. 2 A  A1 A2 ② 0.9 - 1.1 207 92 2.5 4.4 14 5 Technical data + A 0  A1 + A2 - A2 ① 0.8 - 1.2 16.8 16 8 0.02 0.2 300 + A 0 A1 + A2 - A2 + A 0 DC AC Technical data Yellow LED, surge protection, RC element 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA - 3-conductor, ground-referenced Reverse polarity protection, free running ≤0.9 V 2.5 kV AC 0°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Reverse polarity protection 48 V DC 12 V DC 2 A (see derating curve) 5 A (t = 1 s) 3-conductor, ground-referenced Reverse polarity protection, surge protection 1.1 V 3.5 kV AC -10°C ... 55°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Notes: Type of housing: ST-REL: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: bottom part gray, hood green EMG: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. DEK: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For derating curve, refer to page 401 Use of EB 80-DIK... bridges in the DEK terminal blocks: Absorption of humidity from the ambient air as well as an unfavorable tolerance between a larger number of DEK terminal blocks and the EB 80-DIK... bridge may cause (minor) expansion of the DEK housing. When the EB 80-DIK... bridges are used, therefore, it is recommended that these be disconnected after about 10 to 12 DEK terminal blocks and a wire bridge to the next DEK terminal block be inserted in their place. Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level Typical input current at UN Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit AC 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz] Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Output circuit Output protection Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Any / in rows with zero spacing - / mounted in rows with zero spacing: horizontal/not in rows: any Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 102 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Description Solid-state power relays Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② 24 V DC 230 V AC DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46 2964678 10 EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2 2942810 10 Accessories Accessories Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 447

448

Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays Relay modules for high inrush currents The Phoenix Contact relay modules of the type SO 38 have been designed for switching electrical equipment with high inrush currents. Areas of application are: – Inductive loads (motors, power contactors etc.) – Inductive/capacitive loads (fluorescent lamps etc.) – Ohmic loads (glow lamps, heaters). The module is based on a relay with a special arc-resistant tungsten lead contact. This takes over the high inrush and interrupting current capacitively. The inductive main contact made of AgCdO takes over the continuous current up to 10 A reliably. With the model EMG 17-REL...2E/SO38, this switching capacity is reached using a power relay with a set of silver tin oxide (AgSnO) contacts. The module is available in two versions: – Modular EMG housing that can be mounted on a DIN rail, with an overall width of 17.5 mm – Convenient plug-in housing ST-REL from the Phoenix ST series for mounting on the basic terminal blocks URELG or UDK-RELG Further features are: Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green or black. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 D W H Medium to high powers 1 N/O contact (1)  13 14 A1 A2 Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN [mA] [ms] – Snap-on mounting on the common Input protection: EN rails – Easy maintenance – Clear labeling of the terminal blocks using Phoenix Contact marking material Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Mounting position/mounting Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ① 0.85 - 1.1 28 13 / 15 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode 1 N/O contact with lead contact AgCdO 250 V AC 10 A 80 A (20 ms) 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC - - - - - 2500 VA 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 - / horizontal with zero spacing, vertical with spacing W / H / D - / - / - 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm Ordering data Description Relay module with power contact-relay + wolfram lead contact Relay module with power contact relay, with two inputs for manual, automatic ① ① Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 24 V DC ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38 2829564 10 24 V DC Accessories Basic terminal block, complete with end cover URELG 3 2820136 10 Equipment marker 448 PHOENIX CONTACT

449

D W H D W H Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays Medium to high powers 1 N/O contact (1) Medium to high powers 1 N/O contact (1)  A1 + A2 - Technical data ① 0.85 - 1.1 28 13 / 15 Yellow LED, free-wheeling diode 1 N/O contact with lead contact AgSnO2 250 V AC 10 A 80 A (20 ms) - - - - - 2500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 Any 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm Class A product, see page 583 14 13  A H M ① 0.9 - 1.1 23 9 / 10 13 13 14 Technical data Automatic: yellow LED, manual: red LED, free-wheeling diode, reverse polarity protection Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 10 A 120 A (20 ms) 240 W 120 W 85 W 70 W 90 W 2500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C 3x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 Any 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK 2949994 10 Accessories Accessories EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38 2941646 10 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 449

450

Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays Pluggable solid-state power relays ST-OV 3 The pluggable version of the module provides all the advantages of the ST series, such as: – Switching of up to 400 V AC/3 A – Control of 230 V motors in straightforward reversing mode (e.g., synchronous motor in single-phase operation, see illustration) – Pluggable Notes: Type of insulating housing: polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray, hood green Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the optocoupler should not be connected. AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element. D W H With AC voltage output max. = 3 A  13 14 A1 + A2 - Input data Switching level with reference to UN Typical input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input protection: Output data Operating voltage Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Limiting continuous current Minimum load current Surge current Residual voltage drop at “H” Leakage current in off state Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Mounting position/mounting Dimensions Description Solid-state power relays 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [Hz] Technical data ① ≥0.8 ≤0.4 7 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, RC element 400 V AC 24 V AC ... 420 V AC 800 V 3 A (see derating curve) 50 mA 125 A (t = 10 ms) ≤1.2 V Approx. 12 mA Surge protection, RC element 2.5 kV AC 0°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III Horizontal DIN rail / - 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm W / H / D Ordering data Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Basic terminal block, complete with end cover URELG 3 2820136 ① 24 V DC ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3 2905417 Accessories 10 10 Derating curve for ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3 ] A [ t n e r r u c d a o L 3 2 1 0 2 1 30 50 20 Ambient temperature [°C] 40 60 1 2 Aligned without spacing Aligned with ? 20 mm spacing 450 PHOENIX CONTACT

452

Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays 100-kHz input solid-state relays DEK-OE A solid-state relay for the reliable detection of short pulses – Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz – Push-pull stage on output side – Includes signal inputs on PLC counter boards – Features a capacitor on the input side for interference suppression Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Use of EB 80-DIK... bridges in the DEK terminal blocks: Absorption of humidity from the ambient air as well as an unfavorable tolerance between a larger number of DEK terminal blocks and the EB 80-DIK... bridge may cause (minor) expansion of the DEK housing. When the EB 80-DIK... bridges are used, therefore, it is recommended that these be disconnected after about 10 to 12 DEK terminal blocks and a wire bridge to the next DEK terminal block be inserted in their place. D W H With DC voltage output Transmission frequency 100 kHz  A1 + A2 - Input data Permissible range (with reference to UN) Switching level with reference to UN Typical input current at UN Typical switch-on time at UN Typical switch-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input protection: Output data Operating voltage range Limiting continuous current Quiescent current Residual voltage drop at “H” Output circuit Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 6 1.5 2 100 ① 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 7 1.5 2 100 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) [mA] [µs] [µs] [kHz] 4 V DC ... 30 V DC 50 mA 4.3 mA ≤0.5 V DC 3-conductor, ground-referenced Surge protection 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / II W / H / D 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data A + 0 Description Solid-state input relays Input voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ① ② 5 V DC 24 V DC DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ 2964270 2964283 10 10 452 PHOENIX CONTACT

453

D W H D W H Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays With DC voltage output push-pull Transmission frequency 100 kHz With DC voltage output push-pull Transmission frequency 100 kHz  A1 + A2 -  A1 + A2 - A + 0 Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8 1 2 100 ① 0.5 - 1.2 ≥0.5 ≤0.3 8 1 2 100 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection Technical data ② 0.8 - 1.2 ≥0.8 ≤0.4 8 1 2 100 ① 0.5 - 1.2 ≥0.5 ≤0.3 8 1 2 100 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, surge protection A + 0 4 V DC ... 18 V DC 50 mA 8.5 mA ≤1.2 V DC 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced Surge protection 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / II 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 14 V DC ... 30 V DC 50 mA 15 mA ≤2.2 V DC 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced Surge protection 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / II 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2964542 2964364 10 10 DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2964555 2964348 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 453

454

Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays Electronic sensor terminal blocks for NAMUR proximity sensors The electronic sensor terminal block, EIK 1-SVN 24-P from Phoenix converts the changeable resistance of a NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that can be read by all PLCs. – Monitoring of initiator side for short circuits or strand breaks – Suitable resistance circuit to enable monitoring of mechanical switches (see application 2) – LED error display – Status display (high signal) via green LED – 24 V/50 mA digital output – Bridging and marking with standard terminal accessories Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Use of EB 80-DIK... bridges in the DEK terminal blocks: Absorption of humidity from the ambient air as well as an unfavorable tolerance between a larger number of DEK terminal blocks and the EB 80-DIK... bridge may cause (minor) expansion of the DEK housing. When the EB 80-DIK... bridges are used, therefore, it is recommended that these be disconnected after about 10 to 12 DEK terminal blocks and a wire bridge to the next DEK terminal block be inserted in their place. D W H For inductive proximity sensors in accordance with NAMUR  + - OUT 24V 0V Supply Input supply nominal voltage UVN Ripple Current consumption IImax Input circuit Control circuit Non-load voltage Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6: Switching hysteresis Internal resistance Output protection Signal output Maximum output current IAmax Residual voltage UR with IOmax Output voltage UO Output protection General data Ambient temperature (operation) Transmission frequency (INPUT/OUTPUT) Input pulse length Input pause length Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/overvoltage category Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data 18.5 V DC ... 28.8 V DC (UVN, see derating curve) In accordance with DIN 19240 70 mA (at 50 mA output current) Green LED, polarity protection diode 8.2 V DC ±10% ≥2.1 mA (in conductive state) ≤1.2 mA (in blocking state) 6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit) 0 mA ... 0.35 mA (in the event of a wire break) Approx. 0.2 mA Approx. 1 kΩ Visual short-circuit and wire break control with LED (red), 12 V Zener diode 50 mA ≤1.5 V (UR) ≤100 mV (in conductive state) UVN - UR;in blocking state 36 V Zener diode as free-wheeling diode -25°C ... 50°C 1 kHz ≥0.5 ms ≥0.5 ms IEC 60664, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 2 / III W / H / D 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, for inductive proximity initiators as per NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor signal and faults Type EIK1-SVN-24P Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2940799 10 Terminal block, with three through contacts, for mounting on NS 35... Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors DIKD 1,5 UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2715979 2941662 50 50 Accessories Insertion bridge EB...-DIK... Ordering data at DEK-REL... 30 40 50 60 ERR OUT U VN GND ERR OUT UVN GND Derating curve for EIK 1-SVN 24 P 28,8 28 27 26 25 24 ] V [ E U e g a t l l o v y p p u S -10 20 -20 Ambient temperature [°C] 10 0 Application 1 NAMUR initiator Application 2 UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 1k 10k Limit switch + - + - 454 PHOENIX CONTACT

455

Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays Inverter modules DEK-TR/INV Notes: The DEK-TR/INV inverter module inverts the signals of ground-switching NPN transistor outputs into positive switching PNP outputs, as well as signals from PNP into NPN signals. See application example. D W H Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 Use of EB 80-DIK... bridges in the DEK terminal blocks: Absorption of humidity from the ambient air as well as an unfavorable tolerance between a larger number of DEK terminal blocks and the EB 80-DIK... bridge may cause (minor) expansion of the DEK housing. When the EB 80-DIK... bridges are used, therefore, it is recommended that these be disconnected after about 10 to 12 DEK terminal blocks and a wire bridge to the next DEK terminal block be inserted in their place. + –   NPN PNP Technical data 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (UV) 200 mA <1 V <1 mA 15 kHz <5 V (at UV = 24 V; <(UV - 19 V)) >15 V (at UV = 24 V; >(UV - 9 V)) -2 V 26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V) >19 V <9 V -2 V 26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664 Basic insulation 2 / II Supply voltage Continuous current Residual voltage drop Leakage current Maximum transmission frequency NPN input/PNP output Switch-on threshold Switch-off threshold Minimum limit values Maximum limit values Control circuit Switch-on threshold Switch-off threshold Minimum limit values Maximum limit values General data Ambient temperature (operation) Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/overvoltage category Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm Description Inverter module Ordering data Type DEK-TR/INV Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2964319 10 Connection examples: NPN output Load C E PNP output E C 24V NPN PNP 0V 24V NPN PNP 0V DEK- TRN/INV + - DEK- TR/INV + - Load For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 455

456

Relay modules Special relays and solid-state relays Hybrid relay modules With its integrated transistor level, the hybrid relay module is able to amplify weak input signals. This serves as the basis for reliable relay operation. The advantages: – Low control current (terminal B), type-dependent as of 0.5 mA – Integrated input and interference suppression circuit – Safe isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green. Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit. D W H Positive switching hybrid relay 12 14  A1 + B+ A2 - A2 Input data Relay supply voltage UN ± 10% Minimum control voltage Maximum control voltage Minimum control current Maximum control current Typical input current at UN Response/release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum switch-on current Maximum interrupting rating, ohmic load General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Degree of pollution/surge voltage category Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions EMC note 11 Technical data ② 24 5 13.2 0.5 1 21 9 / 10 ① 24 2.7 5.25 2.6 7.7 21 9 / 10 Yellow LED, reverse polarity protection, free-wheeling diode ③ 24 15 35 0.5 1 21 9 / 10 [V DC] [V DC] [V DC] [mA] [mA] [mA] [ms] Single contact, 1-PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 A 8 A 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC 120 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 80 W 1250 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 5x 107 cycles IEC 60664, EN 50178 2 / III W / H / D 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm Class A product, see page 583 Ordering data Description Nominal control voltage Type Relay module with miniature power contact relay with integrated NPN transistor control, for low control currents Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V] Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 ① ② ③ 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35 2949787 2952363 2952350 Accessories 10 10 10 50 20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 ] A [ t n e r r u c g n h c t i i w S AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms Interrupting rating 456 PHOENIX CONTACT

459

System cabling for controllers Wiring I/O modules with individual wires is an extremely time-consuming process. Wiring errors and tedious troubleshooting cannot be ruled out. VARIOFACE system components reduce assembly costs by using plug-in components to carry out wiring quickly, clearly, and without errors. In the case of controller-specific system cabling, front adapters, system cables, and modules are specially matched to each other. Individual solutions exist for the following controllers: – ABB – Allen Bradley – Emerson – Honeywell – Phoenix Contact – Mitsubishi Electric – OMRON – Schneider Electric – Siemens – Yokogawa If automation components with high-pos. connectors such as D-SUB are in the control cabinet, universal modules and cables are suitable for signal connection. The 1:1 connection is characteristic for these universal all-purpose modules. The modules allow orderly connection of field signals to screw, spring-cage or Push-in Technology. Universal cables connect the control and signal level fast and without errors. A wide variety of potential distributors are available for splitting the control and operating voltage. The different potential levels and the connection terminal blocks make flexible use possible. Individual application requirements can be realized with customer-specific products (see page 466). Product range overview Introduction Product overview Customer-specific products Controller-specific system cabling For ABB S800 I/O For Allen Bradley, ControlLogix, SLC 500, and PlantScape For Emerson DeltaV For Honeywell C300 Series C I/O and PlantScape For Mitsubishi MELSEC Q and L For OMRON CJ1, CS1, and C200H For Phoenix Contact Axioline and Inline For Schneider Electric Modicon For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-1500 For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400 For Siemens SIMATIC® ET 200SP HA For Yokogawa CENTUM VP, ProSafe-RS Passive modules Active modules V8 adapter for PLC-INTERFACE System and splitting cable Retrofit and modernization components Universal modules With IDC/FLK connectors With D-SUB connectors With high-density D-SUB connectors With RJ45 connectors With ELCO connectors Universal cables With IDC/FLK connectors With D-SUB connectors Potential distributors 460 462 466 468 470 476 480 482 484 485 488 492 496 508 512 514 516 524 528 537 538 548 552 558 559 560 562 570 578 PHOENIX CONTACT 459

460

System cabling for controllers Introduction A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Wiring with single wires – Time-consuming – Confusing wiring – Risk of mixing wires – Time-consuming troubleshooting Wiring with the controller-specific system cabling: – Fast, fault-free wiring – Plug and Play solution – Orderly structure – Considerable time savings The matching components are selected with the help of the “system cabling for controllers” online configurator: – Front adapter – System cables – Module For the online configurator, use the web code:  Your web code: #0007 Simply enter “#0007” into the search field on our website. 460 PHOENIX CONTACT

461

System cabling for controllers Introduction Front adapters – Tailored to controller-specific I/O modules – Plug-in components – Connection via system cables 8 and 32-channel modules – Passive modules – Relay modules – Controller-specific layout – Screw or Push-in connection technology PLC-V8 adapters – Connection of 8 channels via the “PLC series” – Feasible functions: relay, solid-state relay or feed-through – Individual function selection per channel – Screw or Push-in connection technology Universal modules – Connector: IDC/FLK, D-SUB, or ELCO – 1:1 connection – Screw or Push-in connection technology – Optional status indicator Universal cables – With IDC/FLK connector – With D-SUB plug connector – Optionally with open end Potential distributors – Up to 30 A / 250 V – Two potential levels – Screw or Push-in connection technology For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 461

462

System cabling for controllers Product overview Controller-specific system cabling Controller ABB Allen Bradley Emerson Honeywell Mitsubishi OMRON CJ1 Phoenix Contact System component Version S800 I/O Control Logix SLC 500 DeltaV C300 PlantScape MELSEC CS1, CQM1, Axioline Series CI/O, ML 200 Q, L C200H Inline Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page not required 470 not required 480 470 not required not required 486 Standard 570 536 566 570 536 536 Controller-specific 469 474 476 483 482 484 Passive Standard 516 516 516 516 481 516 516 516 516 Passive Controller-specific 468 489 477 Active Standard 524 524 524 524 524 524 524 524 524 V8 adapter 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 Relay/optocoupler 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 s r e t p a d a t n o r F l s e b a c m e t s y S l s e u d o m e c a f r e t n I 462 PHOENIX CONTACT

463

System cabling for controllers Product overview Schneider Siemens Yokogawa TSX Quantum™ M340 S7 1500 S7 300 S7 400 ET 200SP HA Conversion CENTUM ProSafe RS S5 to S7 VP Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page 488 490 492 496 508 540 not required not required 536 536 536 536 536 491 504 514 514 516 516 516 516 516 489 492 506 506 524 524 524 524 524 530 530 530 530 530 360 360 360 360 360 530 360 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 463

464

System cabling for controllers Product overview Universal modules and cables Passive modules (connection technology) IDC/FLK strips D-SUB strips ELCO strips Potential distributors Device series Page Page Page Page 548 552 558 578 560 556 i e n L P V I i e n L d r a d n a t S l s e u d o m h g u o r h t - d e e F l s e b a C 562 570 464 PHOENIX CONTACT

466

System cabling for controllers Customer-specific products From the enquiry to the product We develop your product from the idea to series production. Concept phase – Realization test in accordance with your specifications – Personal consultation – Tendering including draft drawing Realization phase – Development in accordance with product creation process – Circuit diagram and PCB layout – Component selection – Creation of functional samples – Creation of prototypes – Tests in every phase of development – EC conformance – Preparation and implementation of approval procedures – Environmental tests in accordance with standards – Documentation Series phase – Production in accordance with IPC-A-610 Class 2 – 100% end test with automated test systems – Lifecycle management 466 PHOENIX CONTACT Directives and standards – Low-voltage directive – EMC directive – IEC 60664-1 Insulation coordination for electrical equipment within low-voltage systems – EN 50178 Electronic equipment for use in power installations – EN 61000-6 Electromagnetic compatibility – IPC A-600 Product range We create versions from catalog production for you or new products in accordance with your specifications from the following portfolio: – Function modules such as diode gates – Relay and optocoupler modules – 1:1-Installation modules (connector on terminal block) – Potential distributors – System cables with high-pos. connectors – System adapters for controllers and Acceptance criteria for PCBs control systems – IPC-A-610 – Transfer modules for use between Acceptance criteria for electronic modules controller and field level Components used We use connection technology and housings from the comprehensive Phoenix Contact portfolio. – Output modules with electrical isolation – Module carrier for system cabling of signal conditioners or safe coupling relays Your direct line to us Here you find all common market Do you have a specific question? Talk to us about it. technologies: – Screw and spring-cage connection – Push-in spring connection – Knife disconnection – Modular component housing – Building installation housings – Profile module carriers Furthermore, we use components, connectors, cables as well as PCBs from qualified and certified suppliers.

467

System cabling for controllers Customer-specific products Simplified installation Objectives – Reduce assembly costs – Minimize installation time – Optimize space in the control cabinet Retrofitting systems Task – Extension – Retrofitting Objectives Implementation – Analysis of the application – Draft of concept Result – System availability – Fulfillment of statutory specifications Solution – Use adaptation solutions and high-pos. – Tailor-made solution from system components (standard and customer- specific) system cables Result – Minimum downtimes – Fault-free wiring Pre-assembled system cables With high-position connectors – D-SUB strips – IDC/FLK pin strips (2.54 mm) – Pre-assembled at one or both ends Cables – Shielded, unshielded, halogen-free – 0.14 mm2/AWG 26 and 0.25 mm2/24 AWG Quality – Continuity and dielectric test Other versions available on request Installation modules – 1:1-marshalling terminal block to high-pos. connector (D-SUB, HE10, ELCO...) – Passive interface modules with system connection – Potential distributors – Fuse modules – Diode modules – Other modules on request Relay and optocoupler modules – With electromechanical relays – With solid-state relays – Multi-channel – With system connection – N/O contact or PDT contact – LED status display – Freewheeling diode – Reverse polarity protection – Redundant power supply Termination Carrier module carriers The compact Termination Carrier connects – Signal conditioners – Signal conditioners for Ex i circuits – Signal conditioners for SIL applications – Safe coupling relays easily with the automation system via system cables. The advantages are clear: – Quick startup – Fault minimization For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 467

468

System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling ABB S800 I/O Termination boards with knife disconnection The ABB S800 I/O system can be used to install the process wiring via D-SUB connectors. The ABB TU 812 Compact MTU is available for this purpose. The FLKM-D25SUB/B/KDS3-MT/... modules are connected to the I/O modules via assembled D-SUB cables (see page 570). In addition to screw connection with knife disconnection for every channel and ABB S800-specific labeling, the modules have the following features: – Eight negative terminals with knife disconnection (TU810) – Eight positive terminals with knife disconnection (TU810/P) – For each channel, there is a positive and negative terminal with knife disconnection (TU830) Passive interface modules can also be used for signal transmission (e.g., VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F, 2315188), see page 553. Web code for the online configurator  Your web code: #0007 D W H Interface module with knife disconnect terminal blocks Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible current (per branch) Maximum total current (voltage supply) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions  25 V AC / 60 V DC 2 A 4 A (8 A L1-/L2-) Technical data -20°C ... 50°C any DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664 Screw connection with disconnect knife D-SUB socket strip 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 90 mm / 61 mm Field level Controller level H / D Ordering data Connectable I/O modules Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Card type FLKM-D25SUB... VARIOFACE module, with knife disconnect terminal blocks in ABB-specific marking: - with 8 negative terminal blocks - with 8 positive terminal blocks - each with 16 positive and negative terminal blocks 25 25 25 126.5 mm 126.5 mm 247.5 mm FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 2304513 2304539 2304526 1 1 1 ...TU810/P ...TU830 DI 810 DI 811 DI 810 DI 811 DI 814 DI 818 DI 830 DI 831 DI 840 DI 885 DI 818 DI 830 DI 831 DI 840 DI 885 DO 814 AI 810 AI 815 AI 845 Digital input Digital output Analog input Analog output Other ...TU810 DI 814 DO 810 DO 818 DO 840 AI 810 AI 815 AI 820 AI 830 AI 835 AI 845 AO 810 AO 815 AO 820 AO 845 DP 820 DO 810 DO 814 DO 818 DO 840 AI 810 AI 815 AI 820 AI 830 AI 835 AI 845 AO 810 AO 815 AO 820 AO 845 DP 820 L1+ L1+ L1- L1- L2+ L2+ L2- L2- L1+ L1+ L1- L1- L2+ L2+ L2- L2- 14 15 2 3 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 12 25 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 L1+ L1+ L1- L1- L2+ L2+ L2- L2- 14 15 2 3 16 4 17 5 18 19 6 7 20 8 21 22 23 11 24 25 12 13 10 9 1 B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8 B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 connection scheme FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P connection scheme 14 1 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6C7C8C9C10C11C12C13C14C15C16 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15B16 FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 connection scheme Explanation: IDC/FLK strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply 468 PHOENIX CONTACT

469

System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Notes: Digital modules such as VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC (2315214) can be found starting on page 516 Relay connections using PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT (2295554) and the like can be found starting on page 427  System cable Technical data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / - Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path Ambient temperature (operation) Assembly 1 A -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Conductor cross section Conductor structure: stranded wires / material Outside diameter AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 25 -position 6.3 mm Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data VARIOFACE system cable, for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and two 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips, in standard lengths 25 25 25 25 1 m 2 m 3 m 5 m CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812 2304649 2304652 2304665 2304678 VARIOFACE system cable, for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and two 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips, in variable lengths 25 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/... 2304681 1 1 1 1 1 ABB S800 I/O System cables The ABB S800 I/O system can be used to install the process wiring via D-SUB connectors. The ABB TU 812 Compact MTU is available for this purpose. The CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/.../TU812 system cables convert digital signals from a D-SUB socket strip to two IDC/FLK socket strips. Therefore, all 8-channel termination boards of the system cabling are connected to S800 I/O modules. Two termination boards are used per module. Connectable I/O modules Card type Digital input Digital output CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/.../ TU812 DI 810 DI 811 DI 814 DI 818 DI 830 DI 831 DI 840 DI 885 DO 810 DO 814 DO 818 DO 840 Color code and pin assignment CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14...TU812 D-SUB connector 25-pos. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 FLK 14 2nd connector FLK 14 1st connector 9 10 1 3 5 7 NC 11 12 2 4 6 8 1 3 5 7 9 10 NC 2 4 6 8 11 12 Wire color Gray White Black Red Yellow Blue Black Red Yellow Blue Orange White – White-black White-brown Brown Orange Green Violet Brown Orange Green Violet White-black White-brown Ordering example for system cable: – Cable for ABB S800, 12.75 m long Quantity Order No. Length [m] 1) 1 2304681 / 12.75 1) min. 0.20 m For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 469

470

System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Allen Bradley ControlLogix, Honeywell PlantScape Front adapters I/O modules with 32 channels or of this type The front adapters are pushed into the tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as standard, original accessories must be ordered directly from manufacturer) of the controller. A 50-pos. system cable can connect a maximum of 32 channels to the field level. Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination boards round off this system concept. Web code for the online configurator  Your web code: #0007 Notes: Front adapters can also be used without cover. Controller-specific modules from page 472 Digital modules such as VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC (2315214) can be found starting on page 516 For system cables, see page 536 Relay connections using PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT (2295554) and the like can be found starting on page 427 32-channel front adapter with 50-pos. FLK strip   Technical data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / - Maximum permissible current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Standards/regulations 1 A (per path) 8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 DIN EN 50178 / IEC 60664 Ordering data Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Front adapters for I/O modules of the Allen°Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape automation devices VARIOFACE front adapter, for ControlLogix: Card type Digital input Digital output Analog input FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 1756-IB 16 D* or TC-IDX 161* 1756-IB 16 I* or TC-IDJ 161* 1756-IH 16 I* 1756-OB 32 or TC-ODD 321 1756-IF 8* 1756-IF 16 I* or TC-IAH 161* 1756-IF 8H* or TC-HAI 081* Counter Servo 1756-HSC* 1756-M02 AE* Card type Digital input FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 1756-IB 32 or TC-IDD 321 * Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756, Order No.: 2322317 VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756, Order No.: 2904286 There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short circuit! Explanation: IDC/FLK strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply 470 PHOENIX CONTACT - A maximum of 1 x 32 channels can be connected - IB 32 input board 50 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302735 2302748 1 1 0- 0+ 1- 1+ 0- 0- 1- 1- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718 2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950 NCNC 1920212223242526 27282930313233343536 Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718 2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950 NCNC 1920212223242526 27282930313233343536 Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

471

Allen Bradley ControlLogix, Honeywell PlantScape Front adapter I/O modules with 16 channels or of this type The front adapters are pushed into the tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as standard, original accessories must be ordered directly from manufacturer) of the controller. Two 14-pos. system cables are used to connect up to 2 x 8 channels to the field level. Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination boards round off this system concept. Web code for the online configurator  Your web code: #0007 System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Notes: Front adapters can also be used without cover. Controller-specific modules from page 473 Digital modules such as VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC (2315214) can be found starting on page 516 For system cables, see page 536 Relay connections using PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT (2295554) and the like can be found starting on page 427 16-channel front adapter with two 14-pos. FLK strips   Technical data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / - Maximum permissible current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Standards/regulations 1 A (per path) 8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 DIN EN 50178 / IEC 60664 Ordering data Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Front adapters for I/O modules of the Allen°Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape automation devices VARIOFACE front adapter, for ControlLogix: Card type Digital output Analog input Analog output FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 1756-OB 16 E 1756-IF 6 CIS** 1756-IF 6 I** or TC-IAH 061** 1756-IR 6 I** or TC-IXR 061** 1756-IT 6 I** or TC-IXL 061** 1756-OF 4 I** 1756-OF 6 CI** or TC-OAH 061** 1756-OF 6 VI** or TC-OAV 061** 1756-OF 8** or TC-OAV 081** 1756-OF 8 H** Switch 1756-PLS** Card type Digital input FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 1756-IN 16** 1756-IA 16 or TC-IDA 161** 1756-IB 16 1756-IC 16** ** Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756, Order No.: 2322333 VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756, Order No.: 2904288 There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short circuit! Explanation: IDC/FLK strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply – Up to 2 x 8 channels can be connected – IA 16, IB 16, IC 16, IN 16 input card 14 14 FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302861 2302874 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920 Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 0+ 0- 1+ 1- 0- 0- 1- 1- For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 471 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920 Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

472

System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Allen Bradley ControlLogix VIP interface modules These VIP – VARIOFACE Professional modules are used in combination with 50-pos. system cables and the relevant front adapters. Features: – Numerical marking (1-36) – Specially for ControlLogix Notes: For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 3. D W H D W H Passive termination board for Allen Bradley ControlLogix with screw connection Passive termination board for Allen Bradley ControlLogix with Push-in connection     Technical data Technical data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / - Maximum permissible current (per branch) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions 1 A -20°C ... 50°C any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178 Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 65.5 mm / 56 mm Field level Controller level H / D 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / 125 V 1 A -20°C ... 50°C any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178 Push-in connection IDC/FLK pin strip 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 72.1 mm / 56 mm Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. VARIOFACE interface module, with ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 36 - with screw connection - with Push-in connection 50 50 95.9 mm 97.7 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756 2322317 1 VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756 2904286 1 Ordering data Ordering data 1 2 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 27 34 35 36 37 38 39 46 47 48 49 50 472 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 8 9 16 17 18 19 26 27 34 35 36 Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/AB-1756

473

Allen Bradley ControlLogix VIP interface modules These VIP – VARIOFACE Professional modules are used in combination with two 14-pos. system cables and the relevant front adapters for Allen Bradley. Features: – Numerical marking (1-20) – Specially for ControlLogix Notes: For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 3. System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling D W H D W H Passive termination board for Allen Bradley ControlLogix with screw connection Passive termination board for Allen Bradley ControlLogix with Push-in connection      Technical data Technical data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / - Maximum permissible current (per branch) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions 1 A -20°C ... 50°C any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178 Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 65.5 mm / 56 mm Field level Controller level H / D 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / 125 V 1 A -20°C ... 50°C any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178 Push-in connection IDC/FLK pin strip 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 72.1 mm / 56 mm Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. VARIOFACE interface module, with ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 20 - with screw connection - with Push-in connection 14 14 80.6 mm 82.5 mm VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756 2322333 1 VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756 2904288 1 Ordering data Ordering data X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 X2 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 20111213141516171819 Connection scheme VIP-2/.../2FLK14/AB-1756 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 473

474

System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Allen Bradley SLC 500 System cables for 32 channels The 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500 are connected using 40-pos. connectors (already integrated into the I/O modules). Passive interface modules (-3/SC/FLK40, etc.) are connected to the I/O cards using the FLK 40/EZ-DR/.../SLC system cables. Web code for the online configurator  Your web code: #0007 Notes: Digital modules such as VIP-3/SC/FLK40 (2315078) can be found starting on page 548 System cable for 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500 (OB32, OV32, IB32, IV32)   Technical data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / - Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path 1 A Ambient temperature (operation) Assembly Conductor cross section Conductor structure: stranded wires / material Outside diameter -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 40 -position 10 mm Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Assembled round cable, with two 40-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips in fixed lengths (50 cm steps) for connection to 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500 Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 40 40 40 40 40 0.5 m 1 m 1.5 m 2 m 3 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC 2294610 2294623 2294636 2294649 2294652 1 1 1 1 1 474 PHOENIX CONTACT

475

Allen Bradley SLC 500 System cables for 32 channels The 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500 are connected through 40-pos. connectors (already integrated on the I/O modules). 32 channels are split into 4x8 channels using the FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/... system cables. The following 8-channel system cabling modules can be coupled: – OB32 and IB32 passive and active modules plus V8 adapter – OV32 and IV32 passive modules without status indicator Web code for the online configurator  Your web code: #0007 System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Notes: Digital modules such as VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC (2315214) can be found starting on page 516 Relay connections using PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT (2295554) and the like can be found starting on page 427 System cable for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels (OB32, IB32)   Technical data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / - Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path Ambient temperature (operation) Assembly 1 A -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Conductor cross section Conductor structure: stranded wires / material Outside diameter AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 40 -position 7.8 mm Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Assembled round cable, for connection to Allen Bradley SLC500, OB32, and IB32, with a 40-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip and four 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips, for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels. Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. for OB32 for IB32 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 3 m FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32 2296786 2298483 2298522 2298535 2296812 2296825 2296838 2296841 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 475

476

System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Emerson DeltaV System cables The DeltaV system can be used to install the process wiring via “mass termination blocks” (MTBs) using IDC/FLK connectors. In addition to the 10, 16, and 20-pos. system cables of system cabling (see page 536), the following system-specific cables are available:. – FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/..., for digital assemblies with 16-pos. MTB for connection with PLC-INTERFACE – FLK 16/14/DV-IN/..., for digital modules with 16-pos. MTB for connection to PLC-INTERFACE – FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/..., for digital assemblies with 40-pos. MTB for connection with PLC-INTERFACE – FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/..., for analog assemblies with 24-pos. MTB – FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV system cables are specifically designed for 32-channel I/O modules with 40-pin MTBfor the purpose of connecting I/O modules with 32-channel VARIOFACE interface modules System cable for DeltaV Technical data   25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / - 1 A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA Maximum permissible current carrying capacity per path Maximum conductor resistance Ambient temperature (operation) Conductor cross section Outside diameter 16 -position 20 -position 24 -position 20 -position 6.8 mm 7.6 mm 6.5 mm 10.3 mm Description No. of pos. Cable length Type System cable, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a 16-pos. and a 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip for connection with PLC-INTERFACE Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 0.3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 1 m 2 m 3 m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300 FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/... FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50 FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100 FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200 FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300 FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400 FLK 16-14-DV-IN/... 2304348 2304351 2300575 2300588 2304364 2304377 2304393 2300559 2300562 2304403 2305185 2304416 FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/... 2298470 2298438 2300818 2304487 Variable cable length System cable, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a 16-pos. and a 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip for connection with PLC-INTERFACE Variable cable length System cable, for 40-pos. (2 x 20) “mass termination blocks” with a 20-pos. and two 14-pos. IDC/FLK socket strips for connection with PLC-INTERFACE (two cables should be used per 32-channel I/O card) Variable cable length System cable, for 24-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a 24-pos. and a 16-pos. IDC/FLK socket strip for connection with UM-DELTAV/... modules 24 24 24 24 24 24 Variable cable length System cable, for 40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with two 20-pos. and one 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs for connecting with 32-channel interface modules 476 PHOENIX CONTACT Variable cable length 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 0.3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 3 m 6 m 8 m 10 m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300 FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/... FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/... 2304319 2304296 2301134 2301545 2304322 2304335 2304872 2304898 2304908 2304911 2304937 2304940 2304953 2304966 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

477

Emerson DeltaV Controller boards for eight channels These system-specific termination boards for DeltaV modules are used in combination with the relevant system cables. They are connected to 8-channel modules via “mass termination blocks” with IDC/FLK connection. FLKM 16/DV – Universal module – 1:1 connection FLKM 16/AI/DV – 1:1 connection – Separate equipotential terminals per channel FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV – 1:1 connection – 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC 60127-2/3 fuse per channel Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible current (per branch) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Field level Controller level H / D System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling D W H Interface module for 8 channels  FLKM 16/.../DV 25 V AC / 60 V DC 1 A (per signal path) Technical data FLKM 16/.../SI/.../DV 25 V AC / 60 V DC 50 mA (in delivered state, with one 50 mA fuse, max. 1 A permitted) -20°C ... 50°C Any DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664 Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 90 mm / 68 mm -20°C ... 50°C Any Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip Ordering data Description Interface module, with 1:1 connection No. of pos. Module width W Type 16 45 mm FLKM 16/DV Interface module, with 1:1 connection and separate potential terminal blocks per channel Interface module, with fuses per channel 16 16 57 mm FLKM 16/AI/DV 90 mm FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2304432 2304429 2304445 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 CH1CH1 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8 Ch1 Ch1 Ch2 Ch2 Ch3 Ch3 Ch4 Ch4 Ch5Ch5 Ch6 Ch6 Ch7 Ch7 Ch8 Ch8 - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV connection scheme + - + - FLKM 16/DV connection scheme + + + - - - + - + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 477 - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + COM COM COM COM FLKM 16/AI/DV connection scheme COM COM COM COMCOMCOMCOM CH1 CH1 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4

478

System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Emerson DeltaV Controller boards for 32 channels These system-specific termination boards for DeltaV modules are used in combination with FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV system cables. They are connected to 32-channel modules via 40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with IDC/FLK connection. FLKM 50/32M/DV – Can be used for 32-channel input and output cards – Two-conductor connection with a separate negative terminal per channel FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV – Can be used for 32-channel input modules – LED status display per channel – Two-conductor connection with a separate negative terminal per channel (Dry Contact) Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible current (per branch) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Field level Controller level H / D D W H Termination board for DeltaV With 2-conductor screw connection  Technical data FLKM 50/32M/DV 25 V AC / 60 V DC 1 A -20°C ... 50°C any DIN EN 50178, IEC 60664 Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 90 mm / 68 mm FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV 30 V DC 1 A -20°C ... 50°C any Screw connection IDC/FLK pin strip Description No. of pos. Module width W Type VARIOFACE interface modules, for 32-channel I/O modules: Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. - Input/Output - Input with LED per signal 50 50 169 mm 169 mm FLKM 50/32M/DV FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV 2304869 2304856 1 1 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Connection scheme FLKM 50/32M/DV 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 - - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Connection scheme FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV 478 PHOENIX CONTACT

479

Emerson DeltaV VIP controller board with fuses for 8 channels System-specific interface module for use in combination with the respective system cables. The controller board is connected to 8-channel modules through 16-position “mass termination blocks” with flat ribbon cable connection. Features: – Fuse per channel – Separate equipotential terminals per channel – Knife disconnection for each channel – Push-in connection System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling D W H Fuse module for DeltaV for 8 channels With Push-in connection   Technical data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA 24 V DC 24 V / 24 V Maximum permissible current (per branch) 63 mA (in as supplied state, with one 63 mA fuse) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid/stranded/AWG Dimensions Field level Controller level H / D -20°C ... 60°C any DIN EN 50178 Push-in connection IDC/FLK pin strip 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 109.8 mm / 63 mm Ordering data Description No. of pos. Module width W Type VARIOFACE termination board, for 8-channel modules Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 16 57.1 mm VIP-PT/FLK16/DS/FU/LED/AN/DV 2903599 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516 1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ 8- 8+ SH SH SH Connection scheme VIP-PT/FLK16/DS/FU/LED/AN/DV SH SH SH SH SH SH SH For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 479

480

System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling Honeywell C300, Series C I/O Front adapters The front adapters mean that pre-assembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules. FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300 – Front adapter with D-SUB connector – Connection of a maximum of 16 digital channels – Specifically for digital I/O cards FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 – Front adapter with D-SUB connector – Connection of analog modules FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/.../C300 – Front adapter with two 15-pos. D-SUB connectors – Connection of a maximum of 2 x 8 digital inputs/outputs per adapter – Specifically for connecting PLC-V8/ D15.../OUT or PLC-V8/D15.../IN Web code for the online configurator  Your web code: #0007 Front adapters for I/O modules of the C300 and C I/O series Card type Digital input Digital output Card type Analog input Analog output FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300 TDIL 11* TDIL 01* TDOB 11* TDOB 01* FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 TAIX 01** TAIX 11** TAOX 01** TAOX 11** Card type Digital output FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300 TDOB 01* TDOB 11* Card type Digital input FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 TDIL 01* TDIL 11* * Two front adapters are required for each module. Notes: Matching system cable fitted with D-SUB female connector at both ends, see page 571 1) No UL approval Honeywell C300 front adapter   60 V DC 125 V / - Technical data 1 A (per path) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Any IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 Ordering data Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA Maximum permissible current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. VARIOFACE front adapter for C I/O series, with one D-SUB pin strip - For digital I/O modules - For analog I/O modules VARIOFACE front adapter for C I/O series, with two D-SUB pin strips - For digital output modules - For digital input modules 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 37 37 15 15 SP 1- 2- 3- 4- FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300 FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C3001) FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C3001) 2901423 2900622 2900924 2901879 1 1 1 1 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 ** For three-conductor operation (channels 13 - 16) of input modules: only in conjunction with VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300, Order No.: 2900675 VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300, Order No.: 2904276 Connection scheme FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 17 18 36 37 Housing D-SUB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Housing D-SUB 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 Explanation: Connectors Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply 480 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Byte 0 Byte 1 9 10 Housing D-SUB 1 + 0 e t y B 1 + 0 e t y B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Byte 0 Byte 1 10 Housing D-SUB Connection scheme FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300

481

Honeywell C300, Series C I/O Interface modules VIP-3/.../D37SUB/M/HW/C300 – In conjunction with FLKM-PA- D37/HW/ These VIP – VARIOFACE Professional modules are used in combination with 37-pos. D-SUB cables and the relevant front adapters. The three module versions are available with screw or Push-in connection technology. VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M – In conjunction with FLKM-PA-D37/HW/ C300 or FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 front adapter – Universal module – Field connection via double-level terminal blocks VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M/SO – In conjunction with FLKM-PA-D37/HW/ C300 front adapter – System-specific labeling – Field connection via double-level terminal blocks – – – – – AN/C300 front adapter – System-specific labeling – For TAIX01, TAIX11 analog input modules – Field connection via three-level terminal blocks Web code for the online configurator  Your web code: #0007 Notes: For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 3. 1) No UL approval Maximum permissible operating voltage Maximum permissible operating voltage UL / CSA Maximum permissible current (per branch) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Controller level H / D System cabling for controllers Controller-specific system cabling D W H 37-pos. with screw or Push-in connection    Technical data VIP-2/... 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / 105 V VIP-3/...C300 25 V AC / 60 V DC 125 V / 105 V 2 A -20°C ... 50°C Any DIN EN 50178 D-SUB pin strip 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 72.1 mm / 46.6 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm 2 A -20°C ... 50°C Any D-SUB pin strip Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data 37 37 VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip and universal labeling, - with screw connection - with Push-in connection VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip and system specific labeling, 37 - with screw connection - with Push-in connection 37 VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip for analog input modules, - with screw connection - with Push-in connection 37 37 101 mm 102.8 mm VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M 101 mm 102.8 mm VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO1) VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO1) 88 mm 87.6 mm VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 2900676 2904277 2900786 2904278 2900675 2904276 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28 + 1 + 2 + 3 1 C 2 C 3 C 10 2911301231 + 4 + 5 5 C 4 C 9 C 13321433 1534163517 361837 7 C 8 C 6 C + 9 + 6 + 7 + 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 313233343536 37 GND 19 GND nc 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 31323334353637 GND + 0 1 0 1 C + 1 1 1 1 C + 2 1 2 1 C + 3 1 3 1 C + 4 1 4 1 C + 5 1 5 1 C + 6 1 6 1 C - 3 1 - 5 1 - 4 1 - 6 1 D N G Connection scheme VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M 1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28 1+ 2- 3+ 4- 5+ 6- 7+ 8- 9+ 10- 11+ 12- 13+ 14- 15+ 16- 17+ 18- 10 29 11 30 12 31 13 32 14 33 15 34 16 35 17 36 18 37 19 GND 19+ 20- 21+ 22- 23+ 24- 25+ - Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO 27+ 31+ 29+ 26- 32- 28- 30- + + - nc GND For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 481